Home

Wizcon 7.5 - User manual (English).

1. CELL WEE E Custom colors BEE EEE Hue 40 Red 255 BEE EEE E Sat ban Green 255 Define Custom Col ColorlSolid Lum fzo Blye p Add to Custom Colors 12 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Setting the Image Background Color Image Menu gt Edit gt Set Background Color The Set Image Background feature enables you to set the Image background color gt To set the background color From the Edit menu select Set Background Color The Color dialog appears as displayed on the previous page Select a color press OK and the background of your Image will display the color you chose Get and Save Color Options Image gt Edit gt Save Colors Wizcon includes the following options in the Image Edit menu H Get Colors m Save Colors The pal file contains the 16 toolbox colors as well as the additional 16 custom colors from the Color dialog Once you define or customize your colors you can save them in a pal file To retrieve or get the colors you have saved use the Get Colors option The menu path is Image gt Edit gt Get Colors The Color dialog is displayed where you can select the colors from a pal file If the Image file name and pal file name are the same the pal file is loaded automatically You can then continue to work with the customized palette every time you open an Image Image Editor 12 13 Pick Color Tool Operations Toolbox gt T
2. LOAD RECIPE recipe name Note The recipe name and description parameters support string expressions Example SAVE RECIPE Batch 002 Yoghurt production LOAD RECIPE Batch 002 24 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Block Command A block of SQL and Wizcon commands are used to ensure that a database will be updated with end of batch data even if that database is offline or down If a command in a block fails the execution stops and all the SQL commands that have been executed to that point are automatically canceled using the ROLLBACK command If the communication with the database is stopped only commands that exist in the block are saved and will be executed when the connection is renewed For more details refer to page 24 33 Syntax BEGIN BLOCK Commands list which is a list of Wizcon and SQL commands except for SELECT END BLOCK Program Header A header must appear in the WIZSQL file The syntax of the header of a program file is WIZ SQL VERSION version number The syntax of the header of a backup file is WIZ SQL BACKUP VERSION version number Refer to page 24 33 for more details on SQL backup WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 29 Program Initialization The initialization section of the ASCII file includes SQL and Wizcon commands for opening relational databases and initializing the WizSQL related tags This
3. RCP_NUM Orders WHERE tus new AND Order_Pri PRI ORDER_ID PRODUCT1 PRODUCT2 DH RCP_NUM 1 SAVE RECIP E Dummy RCP_NUM Save specs of next production order ORDER_STA T EXEC SQL UPDA ORDER_STATUS US pending E Orders SET orders_status WHERE Order_Id ORDER_ID DESCRIPTION S tarting production of new order IF START_PRODUCTION OAD RECIP E Dummy RCP_NUM OAD RECIP E SQL O001 WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 11 ORDER_STATUS in production EXEC SQL UPDATE Orders SET Orders Status ORDER_STATUS WHERE Order_Id ORDER_ID DESCRIPTION Ending production of order IF ti D_PRODUCTION ORDER_STATUS production completed EXEC SQL UPDATE Orders SET Orders_Status ORDER_STATUS WHERE Order _Id ORDER_ID H ERMINATE laz Fl Si COMMIT WORK RELEASE NEW_ORDER 0 START_PRODUCTION 0 el ND_PRODUCTION 0 24 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide WizSQLCommands Overview The WizSQL module allows you to define commands for reading and writing data from to user defined RDB tables E
4. IF SNEWHOUR THEN BEGIN SET STORE SET MOVE IF THEN RSAVE PROD SHOUR SHELL FILETRAN PROD SHOUR IF COUNT lt CMIN HEN PRINTSA Count too small COUNT IF COUNT gt CMAX HEN PRINTSA Count too large COUNT END In the example above the statements will be executed only at the beginning of each hour Note The second statement has an empty Condition and is executed only when the entire statement group is executed Statement groups can be nested This means that a group can be included as part of another group Example IF SNEWHOUR THEN BEGIN SET STORE SET MOVE TOTAL TOTAL COUNT IF THEN RSAVE PROD SHOUR SHELL SENDFILE PROD SHOUR IF CHANGE THEN BEGIN SHELL GETFILE ORDER NEW IF THEN RLOAD ORDER NEW 16 42 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide IF THEN LP IF PASS RESET WAIT SET GO END COUNT lt CMIN PRIN1 COUNT gt CMAX PRIN1 END TSA Count too small COUNT TSA Count too large COUNT Wizcon Language 16 43 Points to Remember Alarms The following are points to remember about Wizcon language as it relates to alarms bit testing initialization external programs and tags Commands can be written in the Wizcon Language to issue alarms However if alarms that announce flag status or setpoint viol
5. Note m The syntax of the FETCH command in WizSQL differs slightly from the standard SQL syntax m The number of tags in the FETCH command must be the same as the number of fields selected in the SELECT command m The tags in the FETCH command and the values assigned to them must be of the same type A typical Select Command Block may look as follows IF BATCH_BEGIN EGIN SELECT SELECT Temp Pressure FROM rocessl WHERE Batch July ETCH INTO SAVE_TEMP SAVE_PRESSURE SAVE RECIPE BatchBegin 007 Batch begin status of month 7 END SELECT H uw WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 23 String Expression The string expression can be m A String tag H A Quoted string m One or more of the above concatenated with the sign Example The following example shows how a string expression that combines string tags and quoted strings is translated by WizSQL Assume that the Wizcon string tags have the following values INSERT_COLUMNS Batch Temperature Pressure INSERT_TAGS August TEMP PRES And that WizSQL contains the following command EXEC SQL INSERT INTO Process1 INSERT_COLUMNS VALUES INSERT_TAGS WizSQL translates and executes this command as follows EXEC SQL IN
6. A 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix B Converting Wizcon 5 Applications TR 2 About this appendix This appendix provides instructions on how to convert Wizcon 5 applications to Wizcon 7 for Windows as follows Working with Wizcon 5 and Wizcon 7 the following page describes how to run Wizcon 5 applications with Wizcon 7 Copying an Application to other Locations or PCs page B 3 describes moving application files to another location Wizcon 5 Compatibility page B 4 provides instructions on how to adjust Wizcon 5 applications to run with Wizcon 7 Differences between Wizcon 7 for Windows and Wizcon 5 1 for OS 2 page B 6 describes operating system differences when running Wizcon Special Characters Consideration page B 10 describes how to overcome the differences in character set between Wizcon 7 and OS 2 Running Your Application the First Time page B 11 describes how to run a converted application for the first time Converting Wizcon 5 Applications B 1 Working with Wizcon 5 and Wizcon 7 Wizcon 7 is very similar to Wizcon 5 for OS 2 However some differences do exist due to different system behavior and capabilities between the operating systems Since file formats are compatible copying Wizcon files from a Wizcon 7 for OS 2 application to Wizcon 7 for Windows is basically all that is required in order to run the application under Wizcon7 The opposite is not always true
7. Objects in alarm Graphical object amp l Special text object amp l sfg object amp l Group object file name String The ILS file name Date Date mm dd yy Date in which the ILS file was created user name String Name of the user who created the ILS file image name String The source image Xn Number Present what writtens in the token before can be x1 x2 G 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide er num PARIS X step e x origin y origin setup units on off layer name from scale to scale Group font style font name Font type font direction font data font size Zone name x zone y Zone scale number Object number String Number Number Number Number 0 lt Number lt 255 0 lt Number lt 255 0 lt Number lt 255 Number Number Number Number String String String Number Number Hex Number String String Character String String Number String Number Number Number Index starts with 1 The strings that the user prints in the image 011 Wizcon s version First value of an RGB color Fecond value of an RGB color Third value of an RGB color Distance between points of the grid along the x axis Distance between points of the grid along the y axis X parameter of the grid s start point Y parameter of the grid s start point WORLDS PIXELS ON OFF Name of the la
8. Tuning Parameters C 17 Note For the following two network settings the data buffer will be sent once either of the two settings reaches the defined value Default Value 48 messages NET MAXTIMEDELAY This parameter determines the maximum time interval that a station will delay before updating the other stations with tag and alarm changes See note on the previous page Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Maximum network time delay field in the General tab of the Network Properties dialog For more details refer to the Network Properties section of Chapter 23 Wizcon Network Default Value 1 000ms NET PROTOCOL This parameter selects the network protocol to be used by Wizcon The two network protocols are NetBios or TCP IP Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the NetBios and TCP IP fields in the Protocol tab of the Network dialog For more details refer to the Network Properties section of Chapter 23 Wizcon Network Default Value NetBios C 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide NETWORK Determines if the Wizcon Network module will be loaded allowing you to access Wizcon stations on the network Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Activate network field in the General tab of the Network dialog For more details refer to the Network Properties section of Chapter
9. Generating HTML Pages 15 19 Specifying Historical Cache Settings Cached information enables quick access to recently acquired data The Wizcon system caches up to ten days of data by default and ensures that while doing so at least 20 Mb of disk space remains free You can change these default settings in the History tab as shown below Web Application Properties 2 x r Cache Settings Cache the last fi 0 days Keep at least zo Mb free on disk Cancel Help The following options are available Cache the last x days Specifies the number of runtime days the system will store acquired data Keep at least x Mb free on disk Specifies how many Mb the system keeps free while caching data If the system detects that there is not enough space to cache the specified number of days it will cache as many days as there is available space 15 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 16 Wizcon Language e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to define and set up Wizcon Language for use in the Wizcon system as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of the Wizcon Language Basic Principles on page 16 3 describes the basic principles of Wizcon Language programs and the two stages of language activation Language Setup page 16 5 describes the Wizcon Language setup procedure Language Definitions page 16 7 describes how to de
10. Tag f Graphs sort reference Time z Xe values Cancel Help The following options are available Time Tag Displays the time values of the X axis Time and Date Displays the Chart time and date in the scale Time only Displays only the Chart time in the scale Date only Displays only the Chart date in the scale Displays the tag values of the X axis If you select this option specify the tag with which you want the X axis to be associated For a list of tags defined for the current Chart click on the arrow to the right of the field 18 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Graphs Sort Reference determines the order in which the graph points are connected and indicates which points will appear on the graph For more details see below Time Causes the graph points to be connected in the order of the time the values changed In this case all points will appear on the graph X Tag Values Causes the graph points to be connected in the order of their X values In this case for each X there will be only one point on the graph This point will be of the last Y value in the requested time range Graphs Sort Reference In the graph sort reference of the X axis definition dialog you can determine the order in which the graph points are connected and indicate which points will appear on the graph as shown on page 18 31 For example sup
11. The following options are available Use chart multi markers Determines the style of the markers in the Line with marker and Marker only graphs If there are two graphs on your chart each with a different color a different marker shape will automatically be defined for each graph Wizcon uses 10 different marker shapes Advanced Activate to define the Chart window attributes as described on the following page Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect 18 48 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining Chart Window Attributes Chart window attributes are similar to Alarm window attributes gt To define Chart window attributes Press the Advanced button in the Chart Properties dialog as shown on the previous page The Chart Window Attributes dialog is displayed Chart Window er A n m Components Pos M Nare in Title ES Ne 140 M System Menu M Min Max Button MV Size Border MV Menu Bar Always On Top y 2 Title Bar Text aA Cancel Help The following options are available Title Bar Specifies that a title bar appears at the top of the window Name in Title Specifies that the name of the window will appear in the title bar System Menu Specifies that a menu appears when you click on the icon in the top left corner of the window This menu contains items that can be used to manipulate windows such as move size close and so on Charts 18 49
12. Sr Serial port e Baud Rate fi 9200 e Data Bits fe S Parity None E Stop Bits 1 zl x Je The following options are available Serial port Enter the appropriate device name The standard name is COMn where n is a number that refers to the serial port of the computer For example COM1 for port 1 The Baud Rate Data Bits Parity and Stop Bits fields are set to the default setting determined by the PLC or manufacturer If they have been defined they will automatically be displayed Communication Drivers 6 7 Defining Communication Blocks You can define communication blocks in the Blocks tab of the Communication Driver dialog as described below Refer to page 6 3 to see how to access the dialog Commmunication Driver Allen Bradley SLC500 ES General Serial Blocks Information e The following blocks are defined for the driver You can define communication blocks to improve driver performance when working with large quantities of tags These blocks enable you to transfer large blocks of information instead of individual data items The rationale for assigning communication blocks is the reduction in transmission overhead In serial communications RS 232C the serial bit rate is relatively slow and 10 to 20 bytes are required just to address the items to be transferred Thus while approximately 20 extra bytes are required to transfer one single item large blocks containing sever
13. Tag name COMP INTERVAL Select tags to record INTERVAL D M Record Alarms Minimal Severity Maximal Severity Family Prefix Select alarms to record according to filter First Zone Last Zone Class Cancel Help The following options are available Record Tags Specifies which tags you want to be recorded in your local database Select to configure the tag recording parameters as follows Tag name Specifies the tag that you want to record Click on the arrow to the right of the field and select a tag or enter a name prefix so that all the tags beginning with the prefix are recorded After you specify a tag activate the Add button to add the name to the list Wizcon Network 23 19 Record Alarms Network Simulation Option To delete a tag from the list select the name you want to delete in the listbox and activate the Delete button Specifies which alarms you want Wizcon to record in your local database Select to configure the alarm recording parameters as follows Specify values in the following filter fields so that only the alarms that meet these specifications will be recorded in your local database These values will appear under the Filter column in the Define Data To Record From Station dialog shown on the previous page Minimal Severity Maximal Severity Family Prefix First Zone Last Zone These filter fields together wi
14. 12 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Image Toolbar and Toolboxes Wizcon has a main toolbar as well as different toolboxes for drawing editing and animating your Image The toolboxes are displayed when you open an Image You can hide a toolbox by selecting it in the View menu of the Image The Image contains the following toolbar and toolboxes Toolbar This toolbar is located under the menu and includes shortcuts to menu items such as Save Print Navigate Mode Goto Zone Grid setup and Mark Triggers Navigate Mode Mark Triggers Undo Redo Print d dg Edit Mode mie Show als Sal Sa Si GE lte Save Copy Paste oto Define Zone Trigger On Set Background Color Goto Zone Grid Setup Image Editor 12 7 Color Toolbox The Color toolbox includes 32 colors for background and foreground text A left mouse click selects the line color while a right mouse click selects the fill color Double clicking either mouse button opens the Color dialog enabling you to customize any color Line color left click Fill color right click Transparent Patterns Toolbox Web disabled 5 e oe The Patterns toolbox contains 16 different fill patterns including solid and transparent The Image drawing patterns also support 32 gradient styles The first color used for the gradient is the foreground color while the last color used is the background color Gradient fills are supported f
15. 23 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Basic Concepts This section describes the Wizcon network configurations Wizcon Station A general term describing a station that is configured to operate on the Wizcon Network can be SCADA BACKUP VIEW or SERVER Wizcon SCADA Station An operations station that can communicate with up to 16 networks of PLCs simultaneously This station performs functions such as Sampling PLCs Generating alarms H Collecting historical data m Performing control operations The operator can view the process through the Wizcon user interface and interact with on going activities The Wizcon SCADA station can receive and send data to other network stations SCADA station definition is described on page 23 10 Wizcon Hot Backup Station For applications that require the highest degree of reliability Wizcon provides the Hot Backup redundant configuration This configuration consists of two identical Wizcon SCADA stations Both stations are connected to the same PLCs but one station runs in the Master mode and samples data in the field while the second station Backup station remains in a Stand By mode When the Master station goes down the Wizcon Network 23 3 Backup station switches to the Master mode starts to sample PLCs and distributes real time data to other stations across the network In addition to real time redundancy the Hot Backup feature ensures the integrity
16. Click on the page in the List of HTML files to display it in your browser Creating Events Summary Profiles 10 15 Changing the Default Location of Events Summary Profile Files The Events Summary Profiles Properties dialog enables you to determine the location of the Events Summary Profile files folder relative to the web application root directory This folder AnnPrf is located by default in the Docs directory of the application gt To change the default location 1 In the All Containers section right click Events Summary Profiles and select Properties from the popup menu The Events Summary Profiles Properties dialog is displayed Events Summary Profiles Properties 21 x Events Summary Profiles Location of Events Summary Profile files relative to the web application root directory Kaf The default folder name AnnPrf is displayed 2 Enter a folder name and click Apply If the folder does not exist a message is displayed asking if you want Wizcon to create it 3 Click OK to save your changes and to close the dialog You can also determine the location of the Events Summary Profile folder by right clicking Web Application in the All Containers section selecting Properties from the popup menu and selecting the Events Summary Profiles tab from the displayed dialog 10 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 11 Creating Images and Picture Viewers e ree this chapter This chap
17. E Menu gt WizTools MultiLanguage Support Using MultiLanguage support the tag description alarm text and the text field in an image can be developed in one language and translated to another During runtime a user can then choose the required language Support for different languages is dependent on the operating system and its support for that language Far Eastern languages such as Japanese are supported in Wizcon only in their native operating system Latin languages are supported in any operating system All texts for specific languages are kept in files The size of this file is proportional to the size of the application For small applications this can take as much as 10 kbyte A larger application can take as much as several mbytes Strings If you have a multilanguage application with strings in two or more languages it is possible that not all the strings will be present in all languages after importing If a string is absent in a selected language the missing string will appear on the screen in the following format lt string ID gt Where the string ID is a number such as lt 0000000005 gt Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 41 Defining MultiLanguage Support This section describes how to define multilanguage support in an application The following steps need to be repeated for each language used m Exporting the language strings into a file m Selecting the language in which the
18. General data on the VP Description of the objects Header I File file name X Date date D User username x Source image name Bae ofa oe ae oh oh ae eof deed deed oe of oe fe ake oh oe ae k ae oe k k kk General data on the VP Version number Background color Grid data Layers data Fonts data Zones data Version number VERSION ver num Background color G 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide BACKGROUND COLOR rgb Rbg CR De B Grid data GRID DX dx DY dy setup units ORIGIN lt x origin y origin gt SNAP on off SHOW on off Layers data LAYERS layer name from scale to scale GROUP group n Fonts data FONTS font style font name TT lt font type gt font direction font data FONTS SIZE font size n Zones data ZONES zone name lt x zone yzone gt scale number n Description of the objects object n object Simple object Composed object Simple object Graphical object Special text object Widget object Sgf object Graphical object box object circle object ellipse object circarc object poly object pipe object button
19. Image Animation 13 45 6 Press OK to complete the operation or From the Edit menu point to Operations and select Trigger The Trigger Object Definition dialog opens Press the Momentary button to display the Tag Input Momentary Values dialog as shown on the previous page Follow steps 4 6 as given on the previous page Input Method Testing After you select an input method and make the necessary preparations you can test the action that will occur whenever you click on the trigger object The test that you perform will invoke the particular input method dialog box To test an input method Activate the Test button in the Trigger Object Definition dialog A dialog will appear for that particular Input method excluding the Action method The dialog is placed in a default location on the screen but can be moved by placing the cursor on the Title bar clicking and dragging the box to any location The new location will be recorded and the dialog will thereafter appear in the new location relative to the Image window lower left corner The following sections describe each of the tag value input method operations in more detail 13 46 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Data Entry Value When the Data Entry Value method is being used and the operator clicks on a trigger object the Modify Tag Value dialog appears Modify Tag Value Tag Name STATION SILO2 Description Mixing Silo Current Tag Value
20. The blink rate is the amount of time the object will appear on the screen then disappear then reappear and so on The values you specify for fast medium and slow are in milliseconds and can be from 50 1 20 second to 30 000 30 seconds If you specify a value that exceeds these limits Wizcon will automatically apply the Images 11 43 maximum and minimum values instead The default values are 200 500 and 1000 ms Note that m High blink rates decrease the system s performance m When using the Wiztune dat file to enter the values use commas to separate the values Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect 11 44 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 12 Image Editor TR 2 About this chapter This chapter describes the Wizcon for Windows and Internet Image Editor as follows Overview page 12 3 provides an overview of the Image Editor Basic Principles page 12 4 describes some of the basic concepts used for Image design Image Toolbar and Toolboxes page 12 7 describes the Image toolbar and toolboxes Wizcon Color Features page 12 12 describes some of the Wizcon color features Image Design page 12 15 describes some basic concepts frequently used when designing Images Drawing in the Image page 12 18 describes how to design draw and modify an application using the appropriate tool Image Edit Menu page 12 21 describes the Edit menu items Drawing Shapes p
21. This parameter is represented by the Print alarm over two lines field in the Printer tab of the Alarm Parameters dialog For more details refer to the Alarm Properties section in Chapter 8 Alarms Default value NO ALARM_PRT_CONDENSE Contains the escape sequence sent to printer before each alarm In this line you can type a value that will represent an ASCII escape code used to instruct your printer to condense the alarm text smaller characters Each control code is a decimal number and more than one code must be separated by a comma For example if you want to send ESC 7 the digit 7 ASCII 55 use ALARM_PRT_CONDENSE 27 55 ESC 27 and 7 55 in ASCII code If you do not want to print in the condensed mode do not type any value after the keyword ALARM_PRT_CONDENSE Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Tuning Parameters C 3 This parameter is represented by the Alarm printer escape sequence field in the Printer tab of the Alarm Parameters dialog For more details refer to the Alarm Properties section in Chapter 8 Alarms Default value ASCII 15 CTRL 0 ALARM_TIME_FORMAT This parameter is used to select between four different alarm time formats for both the and the Alarm printer The following options are available m Day Time Day in month and time E Date Time Full date and time E Date Time ms Full date Time milliseconds m Day Time ms Day in month Time milliseconds
22. 20 38 Chapter 21 Macros ivasssevccaeecsuscarsnusawscaucuassnnvivansrandnauccansuavenansuneden 21 1 E E EA E E E T AE T T 21 2 Basic een CN 21 4 MaGro Floarea eet Eege Eed heiteg ater ERE AE AS EEEE AS 21 4 Macro Dettpnttlon ege CNS NENNSEE SENNENG EENS iA AA EANA E anaE 21 5 Defining Action Macros arrenar duct eg ETA baggage E T 21 7 Defining Command Macros ssseeseeeseeeseeesinesrnssrrssrnssrrssinsstnnsrnssrnssrnnsrnssrnnsnnne 21 13 Defining Program Macros A 21 14 Defining the DDE Command Macro ccccceesceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeeaeeeeaes 21 16 Modifying Macro cessionis E E EE 21 18 Chapter 22 Wizcon DDE Support cccssseseeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeees 22 1 Eeer 22 2 DDE TT 22 3 DDE Transactions EE 22 4 Wizcon DDE OVErVieW ceesceceeececeneceeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeeaeeeaaeseeaaeeeaeeeseaeeesaaeseeaaessnees 22 5 Using Wizcon as a DDE Clieint cccetccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeseseeenseeeseneeeseaeseseenenseeeees 22 6 WIZDDE Client Definition cccecceseeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseseeeenseeeseeeeeseaeeeseeneneeees 22 7 Specifying a DDE Address for Tags cceesceceeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeneeeeeas 22 8 WIZDDE Client BIOCK ree araara e aa aa poarre Spe Ae Sn erae AE eanas onek een ianiai 22 10 DDE Client Blocks Definition and Modification 22 10 Connecting Tags to One Item in a DDE Block 22 13 DDE Command asicccscedensces cede ss iecenseciscte ce ieteascassecceethed
23. AE smc loj E Soup hodn Dinars Ogee hiiia all e Crosshair You can cause the cursor to appear as a crosshair in the graph area gt To change the cursor to a crosshair From the Options menu select the Crosshair option The cursor appears on the Chart as a crosshair as shown below D ALD Be Ei ER Samp Mou pores Ogee Hep Charts 18 53 gt To change the pointer back to its original form From the Options menu deselect the Crosshair option Note A check beside the item indicates that the crosshair form is active Communication Errors If a communication error occurs a line of asterisks appears for any tag represented in the Chart which is associated with the VPI to which the error occurred The line of asterisks is on going in the Online mode and static in the History mode and appears until the error is corrected Note that the line of asterisks appears at the last point value in the graph before the error occurred For example if a communication error occurred when the graph was at the value 50 a line of asterisks begins to appear at the 50 mark The following is an example of a communication error in a Chart EI ell 5 Eis Bee eden Los Chor Han fi ke KKH ai ale lago Long Lag Zut 290 Sn 2 18 54 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Authorization If any item of any menu is disabled meaning that the item was not authorized for that particular operator the m
24. Loading Recipes After defining model recipes and recipes you can load the recipe to apply its tag values to the Wizcon system To load a recipe 1 In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio double click on Model Recipes to display the list of defined models 2 Click the model upon which the recipe you want to apply is based The recipe is displayed in the List of Recipes 3 Right click the recipe and select Transmit Recipe from the popup menu The Load Recipe File dialog is displayed Load Recipe File DFD 4 Select a recipe and activate the OK button A dialog appears notifying you that the recipe was successfully loaded Note If an error occurs when a recipe is loaded a message is displayed An explanation of the error is written to a file called errors rcp which can be viewed using any text editor 17 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Applying Recipes Applying a recipe means setting the tag values of an on going process to a specified recipe gt To apply a recipe 1 From the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio double click on Model Recipes to display the list of defined models 2 Click the model upon which the recipe you want to set is based The recipe is displayed in the List of Recipes 3 Right click the recipe and select Receive Recipe from the popup menu A dialog appears notifying you that the recipe was successfully saved The ta
25. Min Max Button Size Border Menu Bar Always on Top Pos Size Title Bar Text Specifies that a Minimize and Maximize button appear in the top right corner of the window These buttons can be used to minimize or maximize the window to predetermined sizes Enables window borders that can be dragged to change the window size Specifies that a menu bar appears in the window Select to display the Chart on top of other open applications Specifies the window X and Y position coordinates in pixels Specifies the window size in pixels Specifies the text that will appear in the Title bar You can also define Chart window attributes for a specific Chart by right clicking the Chart in the List of Charts in the Wizcon Application Studio to display the Chart Window Attributes dialog as shown on previous page 18 50 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Additional Features In addition to all the Chart features mentioned the following sections describe some additional useful features Background Color The background color of a Chart can be defined at any time Once a color is specified and the Chart file is saved that color always appears in the background of the graph area gt To set the background color 1 From the Setup menu select the Background option The Chart Background dialog is displayed Chaot Hpnckoerouag IT dppyta coking the mass ze w Gas tein 2 Select th
26. Owner Account Unknown Name Engineering Allow Launch G INTERACTIVE Allow Launch R METEOR2 Administrators Allow Launch SYSTEM Allow Launch Type of Access Allow Launch D Cancel Add Remove Help Registry Value Permissions for Launch Permissions F 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Default Protocols Applies to NT Service Pack 4 and later This page lists all protocols DCOM uses By default this page lists every protocol so that DCOM will work on as many networks as possible When a network node becomes inaccessible for example a cable is unplugged or a router goes down DCOM times out when trying to communicate with that node Since DCOM tries every protocol listed in this page the more protocols listed the longer the timeout period To reduce the time when network errors occur remove any unnecessary protocols Applications The Applications page lists the OPC servers and other COM objects registered on this computer OPC servers are listed by description not by ProgID the name many OPC clients display when connecting to a server For example FactorySoft Sample is the name used to connect to the sample Modbus server but DCOMCNFG shows FactorySoft Modbus OPC Sample To configure a server double click it or select its properties and use the following tabs General Lists some information about the server In SP4 it also sets the authentication level of this serv
27. This parameter is represented by the Repaint images after editing operations field in the View tab of the Image Properties dialog as described in the Image Properties section of Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value YES Tuning Parameters C 9 IMG_FAST_ZONE_ THRESHOLD This parameter determines the period of time in ms for slow zones A zone is slow if it has a background that takes more than a given period of time to draw This parameter improves the drawing time for Goto Zone operations by using a cache of memory bitmaps for drawing the background of slow zones For example IMG_FAST_ZONE_THRESHOLD 2 200 means that a zone is considered to be slow if its background takes 2200ms or more to draw Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Note This parameter only affects the background of the image Dynamic elements are drawn as before This parameter operates only when NOT in Edit mode The range is 0 to 1 hour in ms This parameter is represented in the Fast zone threshold msec field in the Fast Zone tab of the Image Properties dialog as described in the Image Properties section of Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value 2 500ms C 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide IMG_MAX_FAST_ZONES This parameter determines the limit of the number of fast zones bitmaps that can be kept in a single window memory cache When a window reaches this limit the least recently used fast zone bitmap
28. Bitwise NOT BIT Extracts the value of a given bit in an analog tag TAG BIT 1 would return the value of the first bit on the right for a tag called TAG 4 4 Power e g TAG 2 5 SE Multiplication and division 16 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Priority Level Operator Description Addition and subtraction Compare two values return the larger and the smaller respectively e g 1 6 MIN MAX MIN 3 returns 1 T lt lt gt gt Bitwise Shift Left and Shift Right The value of each bit is moved to the left or right by number of places specified eg TAG gt gt 3 moves each bit value 3 places right The bits at the end are dropped and the new bits receive the value 0 o0 R Bitwise AND Bitwise OR Bitwise XOR e g 3 BXOR 5 returns 6 Ko w Ge O wn Equality Inequality Greater and lesser than Greater lesser or equal Boolean NOT Boolean AND Boolean OR vV Il A A V Wizcon Language 16 19 String Tags For tags defined in the Tag Definition module as string tags only the following expression operators can be used Open and close parentheses Equality comparison or assignment gt lt lt gt Inequality NOT Boolean NOT AND Boolean AND OR Boolean OR Expressions Expressions are formed by combining constants variables and operators However any single variable or co
29. Click the check box to left of an option to deselect an option The check mark is removed Click the check box again to enable the option Click the Reset ALL button to disable all options 10 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Assigning Alarm Text and Background Colors Separate colors can be assigned for alarm text and background in the Colors tab Specifying different colors for different types of alarms enable each alarm to be distinguished and categorized more easily Different colors for background and foreground text can be defined for each Severity range and Zone Note Event time Start Time Ack Time and End Time colors are assigned by the system and cannot be changed Events Summary Profile 21x Alarm Filter Display Features Color m Text Coor ee Background Color By Zone 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 H I Cancel Help The dialog displays two columns one for text color on the left and the other for background color on the right Each column enables you to determine color according to the alarm Severity or Zone Creating Events Summary Profiles 10 11 m To assign text background color to an alarm according to its severity or zone 1 In the text background column select the Severity or Zone option from the By field 2 Enter the maximal value for the severity or zone in the numerical entry field 3 Click the color box to the right of t
30. Instance Parameters Instance name JALARM1 Ra EE ALARM TAG Cancel Hep This dialog enables you to specify a unique name for the cluster instance in the Image In addition if the cluster contains ASK variables user defined data the dialog box will include the ASK Parameter field for you to specify the user data For each text from the ASK token in the cluster the Instance Parameters window will include one more line for that text If more then 10 different text are specified then a scroll bar will be added to enable scrolling through them Image Editor 12 63 If the cluster is defined with the Define each Object when Instantiating option the Define Instance Links dialog is displayed Define Instance Links x Instance Name Movind m Linked Tags and Alarms lt D gt Blink MOVE_TRUCK The following options are available Instance Name The unique name of the instance in the Image Linked Tags and Alarms This listbox contains a list of all the tags and alarms associated with the object s in the cluster and the operation defined for each Tags Alarms Activate these buttons to change the original definitions of the tags and alarms associated with the objects in the cluster The tag and alarm definitions that you specify will be used to generate new tags and alarms for the cluster in the Image The dialogs that appear when you activate these buttons are identical to thos
31. Recipes 17 7 3 Enter the recipe name and click OK The Recipe Editing dialog is displayed Recipe Editing OBJ ABC Description new recipe Station Name zl Tag Name SDFSFD x Value T ag Jo Tag Name Value Tag If you are modifying a recipe the dialog will display the recipe definitions The options available in this dialog are similar to those in the Model Editing dialog on page 17 4 with the addition of the Value Tag field as described Value Tag Specifies the value for the selected tag Note that you can specify several values separated by commas in which case each value will be written to the next memory location in the PLC This option can be used only if your PLC supports recipe write blocks You can view and assign tag input values using the Single Tag Input dialog as described in Chapter 7 Tags 17 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m To add atag to the recipe Enter the required options as described above and activate the Add button The tag is displayed in the tag list box m To change a tag Select the tag in the tag list box then select a different tag in the Tag Name field and activate the Change button m To delete a tag from the list Select the tag in the tag list box and activate the Delete button Activate the Save button to save your definitions and close the dialog The recipe appears in the List of Recipes in the Wizcon Application Studio Recipes 17 9
32. Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented in the Time Format tab of the Alarm Parameters dialog For more details refer to the Alarm Properties section in Chapter 8 Alarms Default value DAY TIME C 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide ALGEN_REGARD_STATE In this line you can type YES to cause the alarm generator not to generate new alarms if a condition remains true and the alarm is defined as auto ended or force ended For example if an alarm condition is A001 gt 100 and the alarm is defined as Auto End when the tag value changes to 120 an alarm will be generated If the value then changes to 110 a new alarm will not be generated if YES was specified for this option If NO is selected the alarm will be generated Restart Wizcon for change to take effect This parameter is represented by the Avoid generating new alarms field in the General tab of the Alarm Parameters dialog For more details refer to the Alarm Properties section in Chapter 8 Alarms Default Value NO ANN_AUTO_SCROLL_TO_TOP If set to YES this parameter determines that when a new alarm arrives the Events Summary automatically scrolls to show the top alarms in the list This ensures that if the new alarm is important the operator will not miss it because he scrolled the list too far Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Scroll alarm list field in the
33. Select Acknowledge with confirm to prompt the operator before acknowledging the alarm Select Assist to cause the help file of the alarm associated with the object to appear whenever you select the object in the Image Image Animation 13 33 Select Assist Ack button to cause the help file of the alarm to appear with an additional acknowledge button For more information about alarm help files see Chapter 9 Events Summaries Select None for no trigger function If the No Alarm option is selected in the Show Object When field the Trigger Function field will be disabled Additional Information m If an object was already defined as an alarm object and you invoke the Alarm Object dialog for that object the dialog box will appear with the options you selected If you change the definition select different options and then activate the OK button the new definition will replace the previous definition m Several objects can be selected together in the Image for alarm object definition If an object within the group you selected was already defined as an alarm object the group definition will replace the single object s definition 13 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Trigger Objects Trigger objects are objects that you can click on to cause predefined tag values to be set automatically or manually cause the Image to go toa predefined zone or cause predefined macros to be activated Any trig
34. Station Name J Station id IT Management View T Backup station 3 In the Station Name field specify a unique name for the station 4 In the Station id field specify a unique ID number for the station Keep a 10 number gap between different station IDs For instance if one ID is 80 the next ID should be 90 Range for ID numbers is 1 999 23 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 5 Select the Management View checkbox The Management View Parameters are displayed in the dialog Local station configuration EN Station Name JMANAGEMENT_1 Station id fi j M Management View 7 Backup station Management View Parameters Server station X Cancel Help 6 Inthe Server station field click on the arrow to the right and select a server station to indicate that requests for data from the local station will be directed to the Wizcon server 7 Click OK to save your definitions and close the dialog Querying the Status of a Station with Wizcon Language The status of a station can be queried through the BACKUP Wizcon language variable The BACKUP variable represents the status of the backup station m When this variable is set to 1 the station is in Backup or passive mode m When the variable is set to 0 the station is in Master or active mode For more details refer to Chapter 16 Wizcon Language Caution Do not assign BACKUP to a tag through the Wizcon l
35. You can load an existing History Viewer from the Wizcon Quick Access bar gt To load a History Viewer 1 Click on the Load History Viewer Bl button in the Wizcon Quick Access bar A standard Open dialog is displayed where you can select the History Viewer you want to open 2 Click OK to close the dialog and open the History Viewer 19 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining History Viewer Window Attributes You can define parameters for the History Viewer by right clicking on History Viewer in the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio and selecting Properties The Set History Viewer Window Attributes dialog is displayed History Viewer Window Attributes m Com ts m Pos M Title Bar x ep ei SC IV Name in Title y IV System Menu IV Min Max Button IV Size Border MV Menu Bar x 45 T Always On Top Ve 200 m Size Title Bar Text Ph Cancel Help The following options are available Title Bar Specifies that a title bar appears at the top of the window Name in Title Specifies that the name of the window will appear in the title bar System Menu Specifies that a menu appears when you click on the icon in the top left corner of the window This menu contains items that can be used to manipulate windows such as move size close and so on Min Max Button Specifies that a Minimize and Maximize button appear in the top right
36. amp ZONE zone name amp l MACRO macro name Smooth TRIGGER SMOOTH GATE tag name POSITION lt x pos yl pos gt MINVAL low val MAXVAI high val Buttons TRIGGER BUTTONS GATE tag name POSITION lt x pos yl pos gt BUTTON WIDTH x1 BUTTON HEIGHT buttons order extra buttons TITLE text LEGEND text operation n Operation VALUE x amp ZONE zone name amp MACRO macro name Bit trigger TRIGGER BIT GATE tag name POSITION lt x pos vil pos gt Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 9 Momentary TRIGGER MOMENTARY GATE tag name DOWN_FORMULA one UP_FORMULA formula Special text object Digital display Date Time Sectime Text table string tag Digital display OBJECT DIGITAL DISPLAY object number GATE tag name display mode FORMAT vi digital options general data text information Trigger definition Date OBJECT DATE object number Special text data Trigger definition Time OBJECT TIME object number Special text data Trigger definition OBJECT SECTIME object number Special text data Trigger definition G 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide String tag OBJEC
37. directory on page 18 35 Data box setup Obtain the graph tags values and descriptions as described on page 18 43 Grid setup Displays a grid as described on page 18 46 Modes Menu The Modes menu contains the following options Select To do Online Graphically view tag value changes as they occur in the field as described on page 18 36 History Graphically view historical tag values according to the specified time period as described on page 18 34 Charts 18 7 Select Average Grid Operations Menu To do Smooth a graph by averaging all the values that correspond to a particular time scale point as described on page 18 52 Create a grid graph as described on page 18 45 The Operations menu contains the following options Select Zoom Back Default Zoom Goto To do Revert back to the last interactively defined state of the graph or scale as described on page 18 40 Revert back to the initial zoom state of the graph or scale as described on page 18 40 Search for a particular section of the graph and display that section in the Chart window as described on page 18 41 18 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Options Menu The Options menu contains options that are toggled on and off as follows Select To do Online scroll Optimize automatic scrolling as described on step page 18 37 Cross hair Change the regular mouse pointer that appears in the graph area
38. m To append the tag list to the current tag list Select a file and activate the Append button The tags in the file are appended to the end of the current list Tags 7 29 If a tag list file contains an error a message appears showing you the line in the file containing the error and a prompt asking you whether you want to correct the error for each type of error a different message appears If you activate the Yes button the following dialog appears to enable you to correct the error Correct Syntax Error E UNSIGN32 lt Unsigned 32 rec on chenges gt mmm C N OK Help In this dialog enter the correction to the error For example if the error is a non existing tag in a compound tag definition delete the tag and type an existing tag name 7 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining Tag Properties You can define properties for the tag buffer size and the flush rate To define tag properties In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Tags and select Properties from the popup menu The Tag Properties dialog is displayed Tag Properties MES Wizpro Logger Buffer size Flush rate 30 Cancel The following options are available Buffer size Determines the WizPro logger buffer size for history files in lines records The maximum is 2048 records Increase the value of this option if you anticipate that a large number of changes will
39. s Guide Layers Image objects are drawn in layers Each Image can consist of several layers or of only one the Base layer Layers can be added changed and deleted In an Image each individual layer constitutes one part of the overall Image A complete Image consists of all the layers that belong to that Image Each layer is assigned a zoom range Once created layers can be viewed in one of two scaling modes Elaborating Zoom On or Elaborating Zoom Off When the Elaborate On mode is selected each layer will be viewed according to the scale range specified in the Layer Definition operation described on page 11 10 When the mode is deselected layers will always appear even if scaling ranges were not specified for them In addition each individual Image layer can be assigned its own authorization level to enable only specific operators to view the layer Each layer can be made visible or hidden using the visibility mode toggle explained later in this chapter Layer Example The following is an illustration of an Image divided into two layers for which the zoom feature can be implemented Images 11 9 The first layer is an overview of the entire plant structure The second layer includes the detailed view of one part of the plant Layer Definition Menu Layers Definition Note It is recommended to refer to Step 5 of the Getting Started Guide to see how to define layers in more detail You can define a n
40. that can be downloaded from the Microsoft web site or Netscape FastTrack that can be downloaded at http home netscape com try comprod mirror server_download html or other m Properly configured TCP IP network for LAN WAN or RAS Remote Access Service m Wizcon for Internet and the required application gt To publish an application 1 Map the Wizcon for Internet web application directory as the primary directory of your web server 2 Install a Web Server such as the Microsoft Internet Information Server or the Netscape FastTrack 3 Add an additional document directory to your web server and map it to your web application directory of your application 15 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Using Netscape FastTrack The Netscape FastTrack Server provides the Netscape Server Administration tool application for publishing as shown below Weess Daum ent Directories Vi Anotha Mirastan DEE preria GT Anian ee ce LL e Rap T DIL tery ELEN Eat Beni e terte Hi WH Tare gt To publish your web application with the Netscape FastTrack web server 1 Select Content Management in the menu bar and then Additional Document Directories 2 Enter the URL prefix of the site application in the URL Prefix field 3 Enter the physical directory of your web application in the Map To Directory field This is the Docs directory under your application directory For example c wizcon for interne
41. transactions 22 4 Wizcon as a DDE client 22 6 DDE address specifying 22 18 specifying for tags 22 7 22 8 DDE blocks connecting tags 22 13 DDE client blocks definition and modification 22 10 DDE commands 22 14 Default Security Page F 7 Defining action macros 21 7 alarms 8 4 buzz parameters 9 30 Chart window attributes 18 49 Charts 18 10 clusters 12 55 command macros 21 13 communication blocks 6 8 communication driver properties 6 5 DDE command macros 21 16 Events Summaries 9 3 Events Summaries Profiles 10 5 file paths 5 29 font styles 12 29 graphs 18 15 macros 21 5 media object 13 60 multilanguage support 5 41 parameters for trigger objects 11 38 printers 5 30 program macros 21 14 reports 20 3 serial port parameters 6 7 statements 16 9 station properties 5 15 tag properties 7 31 tags 7 4 trigger objects 13 36 Wizcon Language 16 7 Wizcon to run as a DDE server 22 17 Defining fields integral 20 18 total time for range 20 20 weighted average 20 19 Defining zones 11 21 Deleting clusters from library 12 65 Deleting objects 12 48 Index l 3 Deselecting objects 12 18 Designing an application 4 5 Determining blinking rate values for dynamic objects 11 43 image update performance 11 40 period of time for slow zones 11 41 size of the internal message buffer 11 40 time format 8 16 Different or Same Domains F 6 Digital display
42. 13 23 Digital tag type parameters 7 13 Digital type tags 7 3 Direct value 13 47 Display options Events Summary 9 7 Displaying data box 18 42 Drawing shapes 12 22 Drum 13 17 Dummy tags 7 3 Dynamic Objects 13 3 performance optimization 13 8 Dynamic parameters blinking 13 16 drum pattern 13 17 fill colors and styles 13 13 fill region 13 12 motion 13 8 rotation 13 10 scale 13 11 show empty 13 12 transformation options 13 19 Dynamic text 13 21 E Event Summary history mode 9 15 online mode 9 15 Events Summary 9 2 defining and modifying 9 3 display options 9 7 exiting 9 4 history mode 9 2 online mode 9 2 operations 9 20 Popup 9 25 properties 9 32 tuning parameters 9 32 window attributes 9 34 Events Summary Profile properties 10 16 Events Summary Profiles defining and modifying 10 5 Events Summary Viewer 10 2 interacting with 10 2 Excel to Wizcon data transfer 22 20 Exporting alarms 8 18 tags 7 26 Expressions 16 20 File paths defining 5 29 Final Adjustments E 18 Find find next 12 38 Font style selection 12 29 Function Keys E 14 G Gate Conversion E 5 Generating History Viewers list 19 2 HTML pages 15 1 Global Gates E 6 GLS Files 7 27 Go To 11 24 l 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Grid 18 45 activation 18 47 setup 18 46 Grids 12 72 configuration 12 73 display 12 74 snapping 12 75 Grids in images 12 72 Grouping object
43. 50 000 It is also used for classification and filtering Specifies the name of the help file that contains information for the operator For more details about creating alarm help files refer to the section on Alarm Help Files as described on page 8 26 Specifies the alarm destination The following options are available Printer the alarm message is sent to print Events Summary the alarm is displayed in an Events Summary 8 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Attributes Popup the alarm is displayed in a Popup Events Summary Popup buzz the alarm is displayed in a Popup Events Summary which will buzz when the alarm is displayed If you do not select this option the Popup Events Summary will not buzz when the alarm is displayed even if it was defined to do so in the PopUp Buzz dialog which is described in Chapter 9 Events Summaries User class Enables you to identify an alarm and to classify it in online and historical Events Summaries Select this option and click on the arrow on the right of the field to select an alarm user class from a drop down list of predefined classes Each alarm can be assigned only one class Note Each class that appears in the list is defined by the operator in the User Class Definition section described in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio The alarm operational attributes include the following System Wide Alarms can be limited to a single
44. 80 characters per line You can add codes for your printer to print the report headings in a large font in bold or underline characters and so on These control characters should be defined in the report frame combined with the text and fields of the report To use these control characters designate your printer only to one of the following ports LPT1 LPT2 LPT3 or LPT4 Note This is only available in version 7 01 and higher gt To print from the Explorer 1 Inthe Report Definition dialog shown on page 20 4 activate the Save button The frame is saved in the default file location with the extension rpt 2 From the Windows Explorer right click the file and select Print from the popup menu The frame is sent to print 20 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Entering Field Codes A hash mark followed by numbers represents a field code For example 00001 The number must be an integer Thus 0 012 is not a legal field Field codes are used to define field definitions Field codes should be entered in the report frame in proper numerical order m Field codes consist of alphanumeric characters that represent the field number and type preceded by a number sign For example the code 00001 represents field number 1 m The length of the field and the field value format are specified by typing the number of the field in the format and the length that you want For example all of the followin
45. Add alarm definition as described in Chapter 8 Alarms Generate a new HTML file as described in Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages Create an Events Summary Profile as described in Chapter 10 Creating Events Summary Profiles Create a Trend Viewer as described in Chapter 14 Creating Trend Viewers E E sw Cel ws Create an image as described in Chapter 12 Image Editor Create a new Events Summary as described in Chapter 10 Creating Events Summary Profiles Create a chart as described in Chapter 18 Charts PE Create a History Viewer as described in Chapter 19 History Viewers Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 5 To do Click GH Create a new recipe model as described in Chapter 17 Recipes a Define a layout as described on page 5 47 E Create a report as described in Chapter 20 Reports R Display Wizcon version information 5 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide All Containers Section The All Containers panel displays a hierarchical structure or tree of the containers from which you build a Wizcon application Containers can be thought of as the building blocks of a Wizcon application The tree is made up of three main folders of containers with the current application as its root H Web Application contains the elements that are used to publish an application such as HTML pages for the Image and the Events Summary Profile and the Trend Profiles m Fi
46. Click inside the object or bound rectangle for a group of objects hold the mouse button down and drag to the desired location Note SR Before or after you draw a shape if the select tool is not activated clicking the right mouse button will cause the tool to be activated SR When more than one object is selected the objects will act as a single object for move scale and on Image Editor 12 33 Deselecting To deselect an object right click anywhere in the Image If several objects are selected you can deselect the objects in reverse order gt To deselect in reverse order In the Edit menu point to Select and select Deselect Last the last object you selected will be deselected first the second to last next and so on In addition when you select objects one at a time other selected objects will be deselected automatically Copying Objects You can copy an object or a group of objects in one of two ways gt To copy an object or group of objects 1 Select the object or objects you want to copy 2 Hold down the lt Ctrl gt key and drag the object or the bounded rectangle for a group of objects to the required location A copy of the object s will appear or 1 Select an object or group of objects 2 Press the lt Ctrl Insert gt key combination to copy the object s to the clipboard the object s will not immediately appear in the Image gt To paste the object s from the clipboard Pre
47. Edit Mode Menu gt Modes Edit In this mode all the Image window functions are present including the Tools window which contains the drawing and editing tools used to create and modify Images In the Edit mode an Image can be designed edited and navigated To activate the Edit mode Select Edit from the Modes menu A check beside the item indicates that it is active Selecting the item again causes the system to revert to the Monitor mode The Tools window initially appears outside the Image window but can be moved to any new location as explained below In this mode the displayed Image can only be viewed not navigated or edited though tag input can be performed if the operator is authorized to do so and the Trigger On mode has been activated Trigger On Mode Menu gt Modes gt Trigger On When the Trigger on mode is selected objects defined as Trigger objects can be used for tag input When this mode is not selected no object even one defined as a Trigger object can be used for tag input When this mode is active you can move from one trigger object to another by pressing the lt Tab gt key To move in the reverse order press the lt Shift gt and lt Tab gt keys together Note You move from one object to another according to the order in which the objects were designed To change the order use the Z order tool which is described in The Tool Window section 11 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User
48. For bitmap fonts a line must be provided even if the font exists in both systems For example NAME1 Courier TYPE1 B SIZE1 9x15 NAME2 Courier YPE2 B SIZE2 9x15 Notes A line starting with is a comment All lines must start at the first column No empty lines are allowed After loading an image select Font Definition in the Options menu Enter a definition for each font click OK then click Change and save the font s definition The image will be updated with the new fonts Due to different sizes of fonts this procedure might not be sufficient for all font conversions For some Vector fonts you will need to change the width and height in order for the fonts to display properly Also some text might need to be adjusted manually in the image so that the size of the text will be displayed accurately PC Soft has provided a FNTCNVT DAT file created during installation that has the basic fonts for both systems This file is located in the Proj directory DAT files Use this file as a base for your font conversion B 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Overcoming Image Size and Resolution Differences Due to different hardware and operating systems loading the same image in OS 2 and Windows in most cases the image will not display the same size While the window itself in pixels remains the same size one centimeter in one image will not be one centimeter in the other One p
49. In the Control panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the Printer icon Or From the Design menu point to Options and select Printers from the popup menu The Set Printers dialog is displayed Graphic a Alarm nul Report nul Cancel Help The following options are available Graphic Specifies the printer from which the system will print Images Alarm Specifies the printer from which the system will print alarms Report Specifies the printer from which the system will print reports Specify the name of the printer in each field The same printer can be used for one two or all of the output types The printer name can be the name of the printer itself such as server hplaserjet or its physical port name such as LPT1 If you wish to use LPT1 or any other port make sure that you set the port capture correctly If no printer is to be used enter NUL into the appropriate field Remember that the graphics printer should have the proper graphic capabilities Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 31 Operator Access Authorization Web disabled In Wizcon operator access to tags can be limited to professional level and skill This powerful feature enables the system engineer to control access to the Wizcon system The components to which access can be limited include m Menus and menu items m Tag value writing m Macro activation m Graphic element layers in images Sy
50. NO USER IMG_BLINKRATES Determines the blinking rate values for dynamic object The format of this parameter is IMG_BLINKRATES fast medium slow It is recommended to increase the values for this option if it is anticipated that a large number of dynamic objects on the screen will be updated at once The blink rate is the amount of time the object will appear on the screen then disappear then reappear and so on The values you specify for fast medium and slow are in milliseconds and can be from 50 1 20 second to 30 000 30 seconds If you specify a value that exceeds these limits Wizcon will automatically apply the maximum and minimum values instead Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect C 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Note RS High blink rates decrease the system s performance SR When using the wiztune dat file to enter the values use commas to separate the values This parameter is represented by The blinking rate values for dynamic objects msec field in the Dynamic tab of the Image Properties dialog as described in the Image Properties section of Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value 500 1 000 2 000ms IMG_EDIT_REFRESH Enables an image to be repainted automatically after actions such as moving copying and so on that may leave the image drawn incorrectly It is useful for small and medium sized zones an image with a few objects Changes are implemented online
51. New Image UE 12 78 OPEN DIE 12 78 SAVING SIE 12 79 Deleting NEEN 12 80 Printing IMAGES EEN 12 80 IR GIE 12 81 File Nsei EE 12 82 SIE le Al En EE 12 82 FUEMO cin wet iene Aa ate ie te eel a 12 83 Chapter 13 Image Animation ccccccssssssseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 1 RA 13 2 DyMamic OD jeCts eessen REENEN 13 3 Dynamic Object Defntton nnt 13 4 Optimizing Dynamic Object Performance sssssesseeesieesrresrresrnssrrssrrssrrssrresrns 13 8 Table of Contents ix Dynamic TERE Nee eege OA Siete ae le Gi needs 13 21 PNET CULV e CC 13 30 Trigger ele CN 13 35 Trigger Object Definition 0 0 eeecccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeesaesteneeenaees 13 36 Input Method Preparations cccceseeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeneeseseeeeeseseeneeenseenenes 13 39 Aetio Elte 13 39 Ae le 13 42 Smooth Variation Hange nenn nnnn 13 43 Momentary TrIOger ee ukegk Ecker Reeg dE EEN 13 44 Input Method Testing ceeeccceeeesneeeeeecaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 13 46 Trigger MACKOS neninn ee ae ee oad ect eae te Rae io ieee 13 54 Marking Trigger Objects ccceecceceeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeseaeeseeeeseaeeesaaeeeeneeeaas 13 55 Tag Value Sher CN 13 57 Media Player E 13 60 ENGEL EI TEE 13 62 Chapter 14 Creating Trend Viewers ccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 14 1 RAN 14 2 euer 14 2 Teng WEE 14 2 Interacting with Trend Viewerg A 14 6 Creating Modif
52. The Chart description can either be the text specified for the tag during the tag definition or any other text that you specify Select the Write description on scale option if you want the description you specified to appear beside the tag scale in the Chart gt To enter a description Activate the Description button in the Graphs Definition dialog as shown on page 18 15 The Graph Description dialog is displayed Fill in the fields as required and click OK Graph Description Enter description J White description on scale Cancel Help Charts 18 23 The following options are available Use tag description Uses the description specified for the tag during tag definition Enter description Uses the text that you enter in the field below as a tag description Write description on scale Specifies that the description appears beside the tag scale Note You cannot define two graphs for an identical tag Setting Reference Graph Parameters A reference graph is a graph with a predefined set of values chosen by the engineer The values are either supplied manually or taken from the history of a specific tag in a specific time period A reference graph is attached to a standard graph and is used to graphically represent a desired behavior of that standard graph It enables the operator to graphically compare the actual behavior of a tag with the required one You can define a reference
53. and then type it in the space below C Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 193 32 3 65 23 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon Backup Principles of Operation The Backup station and the Master station always have the same status of tags and alarms This is executed in the following way Tags m When atag is changed at the active station a message is sent to the passive station notifying of a tag change with the ID of the tag and its new value The passive station receives the message and performs Wiz5PutTag Value in memory only mode m When atag is changed from the passive station the request is routed to the active station where it is written to the PLC or to memory depending on the type of the tag The active station then informs the passive station that a tag was changed as in case 1 m When a passive station is first loaded it requests an update of all tag values Alarms m When an alarm is generated in the active station the active station informs the passive station that an alarm was started The forwarded information includes all that is needed to start the same alarm on the Backup station The passive station when it receives such notification from the active station starts the alarm using an internal API similar to Wiz5StartAlarm Further changes to the alarm generated in the active station are passed to the Backup station using th
54. characters maximum Type Specifies the type of macro that can be defined in this dialog Activate one of the following buttons to define a specific macro Actions Single Wizcon operations as described on page 21 9 Command Shell commands as described on page 21 13 Program Any number of macros that act as one macro as described on page 21 14 DDE Command Execute commands in other DDE compatible applications as described on page 21 16 Accelerator keys Specifies the keys that invoke the macros F1 to F12 A to Z ALT alone or in combination with Ctrl Shift and others Please refrain from using standard Windows accelerator keys such as Ctrl S Ctrl P or F1 and F3 since they are intended for other purposes Confirm Before Execute Enables Wizcon to prompt you to confirm the execution of a macro before it is executed Group Used to assign groups to macro authorization Activate the Add button to add the macro to the list of macros You can continue defining macros or you can activate the Save button to save your definitions and exit the dialog 21 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining Action Macros Defining action macros includes defining the action macro as described below and defining special action parameters as described on the following page Defining action macros is performed from the Macro Definition dialog To access the dialog see page 21 5 gt To define an Action macr
55. color will be determined according to severity or zone values Background Arrow Button Toggle button used to specify if the background color will be determined according to severity or zone values Text Value Column Used to specify value ranges for text colors Background Value Column Used to specify value ranges for background colors Colors A color selection field appears beside each value field To select a color for a specific value click on the small arrow to the right of the color field and select the color you want for that value Click on the toggle arrow in a column to select Severity or Zone as the column title Then specify the values in each column and select the desired color for each value For example suppose you specified the following values The left arrow button is toggled to Severity The right arrow button is toggled to Zone The value in the first value line for both columns is 50 The value in the second value line for both columns is 100 All the other lines are empty The colors for the first line are white for text and black for Background m The colors for the second line are green for text and blue for Background 9 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The alarms will be displayed as follows m The text for alarms with a Severity level between 1 and 50 will appear in white The text for alarms with a Severity level between 51 and 100 will appear in green m The backgro
56. lower the buffer sizes on the UART in the following menu Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt System gt Device Manager gt Ports gt Communication Port 1 4 gt Port Settings gt Advanced Use a trial and error method to reach the optimum setting 6 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining Communication Drivers Menu gt Design Communication Drivers Communication drivers are defined in the Communication Drivers dialog in which you can add and remove drivers as described on the following page and define driver properties as described on page 6 6 gt gt To add remove a communication driver In the Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the 2 Communication Drivers icon Or In the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio select Communication Drivers The Communication Drivers dialog is displayed Communication Drivers 2 x E The following communication drivers are defined in the application Logical Name Device Name Parameters Add Remove Properties Communication Drivers 6 3 The following driver information is displayed in the dialog Logical Name Specifies the name given to the driver for application identification purposes Device Specifies the name of the physical device The standard name is COMn where n is a number that refers to the serial port of the computer Drivers that use standard TCP IP or proprietary networ
57. of minutes that elapsed since midnight between 0 and 1 439 Thus 8 AM would be 480 ST and ET are Start Time and End Time and are only for the time in Tag type fields for which you selected the Given at Run Time option Specify the number of minutes that elapsed since midnight OF is for Output File Specify the filename or device to which the report will be sent SD and ED stand for Start Date and End Date respectively and are used with Tag type fields for which you selected the Given at Run Time option These parameters are optional Wizcon Language 16 35 Examples DIR Directory specifies the directory in which your history files are located TAG specifies the exact name of a tag for example ANAOI and not ANAO1 The tag will be reset tag 0 when the report begins and set tag 1 when the report ends Thus you will be notified when the report is completed The following is a list of examples of how you would use the Report command m REPORT REP4 2 360 0 360 LPT2 This command would create a report in a format defined as REP4 with a reference date of 2 days before a reference time of 6 AM midnight as the default start time for tag fields 6 AM as the default end time and the report would be output to printer 2 Example 2 If you want to leave optional variables empty type an x at their location in the REPORT command Wizcon will use the default value 0 for all the variables except OF Output File for whi
58. s Guide Any Dynamic object in an Image that should reflect the tag value change will be updated while the button is still pressed Only when the user releases the mouse left button button up the Up formula is calculated and the result value will be written to WizPro in the same way as the Down value If the user releases the button in a place not above the trigger object the Up value will not be written To set and reset a bit in an Analog tag the OR and AND operations can be used For example for 8 bit analog tag to set the 3rd bit use the formula 4 To reset the same bit use formula amp 251 The same principal can be applied to any bit and for 16 or 32 bits analog tags gt To define a Momentary Trigger 1 Select the object you wish to define as a Momentary Trigger Click the Trigger Definition tool in the Objects Toolbox The Trigger Object Definition dialog appears Press the Momentary button and the Tag Input Momentary Values dialog is displayed Tag Input Momentary Values Tag Name STATION SILO2 Button Down Formula 14 Button Up Formula e251 Cancel Help Enter the Value that Wizcon will write to the tag when you press the left mouse in the Button Down Formula field In the field Button Up Formula enter the value that Wizcon will write as soon as you release the mouse button For new definitions the default values are 1 and 0 for Down and Up respectively
59. see Popup Events Summary Events Summaries are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by right clicking Events Summary in the All Containers section and selecting New Events Summary or by clicking the Events Summary button in the toolbar File Lists GLS File Graph Under the Files list in the Wizcon Application Studio you can find Wizcon 7 elements that are stored as files These include the Windows Images Charts Events Summaries and History Viewer Recipes Layout and Reports You can add windows such as Image to its list by dragging and dropping the file from the Windows Explorer Double clicking on a window in the list opens it To open a new window right click and select New window from the pop up menu item GLS files are tag list files in ASCII format that you can edit add to or replace with the existing Wizcon 7 tag list A Graph is a tag display defined for a specific chart Each chart can include up to 16 graphs Graphs can appear in the format of bars lines lines with markers or markers only The Graphs Definition dialog is invoked by selecting Graphs Definition in the Setup menu of the Chart window H 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Group A group is a collection of objects that act as one object Groups can be ungrouped and their attributes can be edited the same way as any other object Groups are defined by selecting Operations and then Group from the Image Edit menu or by
60. set the NET PROTOCOL parameter to NPITCP To return to NetBios support set the NET_PROTOCOL parameter to NPINTBS or delete the line NET PROTOCOL NPITCP from the wiztune dat file 3 Specify the Broadcast Address of the remote stations in a text file called OTHERNET DAT as shown on the following page so that a Wizcon station can communicate with Wizcon stations on other LANs 4 Set the NET_HOTBACKUP_ADDR parameter to the IP address of Backup so that a link is established between a Master station and its Backup station For example NET_HOTBACKUP_ADDR 193 32 3 65 Wizcon Network 23 29 5 Access the Tuning Parameters utility of the Backup station and set the NET_HOTBACKUP_ADDR parameter to the IP address of the Master Note The Tuning Parameters utility is described in more detail in Appendix C Tuning Parameters Sample OTHERNET DAT file Below is a sample OTHERNET DAT file This configuration file instructs Wizcon to communicate with stations on the network 193 32 3 and 193 32 7 The third line enables communication with all stations on LAN 194 49 5 The suffix 255 defines communications with all stations 193 32 3 65 193 32 3 66 194 49 5 255 TCPAP Properties 1 1x Bindings Advanced DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address An IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address
61. the parameters are Link Y N and lt Application Topic Item gt For Source Params the parameters are PLC Driver address Smp Smp Rate Dummy No parameters Compound Const1 Tag1 Oper Const2 Tag For Type Params the parameters are Analog Format Tol Conversion Min Max Digital Filter String Length The lines following the title line contain the tags and their corresponding tag information The following is an example of a tag list VERSION 5 11 No Name lt Description gt Groups Rcd Red DDE Params lt Application Topic Item gt Source Source Params Type Type Params 1SILOIKK lt gt ffffffff N BI lt BLOCK1 1 1 gt DUMMY 2 PLC1 lt Plc tag rec on change gt ffffffff C N PLC 00000001 11000 AU 0 0101 1 0 7 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Importing Tags The Import Tags option enables you to import a tag list file into the system The imported file can replace the current list of tag definitions It can also be appended to the current list of tag definitions To import tag definitions In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click on Tags and select Import Tags from the popup menu The List to Tags dialog is displayed List to tags a RB Append Beplace Cancel Help This dialog lists existing tag list files GLS m To replace the current tag list Select a file and activate the Replace button You are prompted to confirm the replacement
62. to obtain a list of available tags and operators Define the compound tag in the Calculate field as either In Monitor or Always Select Always if you want the compound tag to be calculated always also when the tag is not In Monitor After you define the formula whenever the individual tags are sampled the compound tag will be assigned a value according to the evaluated formula 7 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Analog Tag Type Analog tags have numeric values represented in various formats signed or unsigned integer floating point BDC To define an analog tag type Click in the Tag Type field of the Tag Definitions NEW Tag dialog as shown on page 7 5 and select Analog from the drop down list The Tag Type parameters will appear as follows A Conversion Format Unsigned 16 z Measured Engineering Tolerance i Value 1 jo jo Low Limit fi Value 2 fi no High Limit fo The following options are available Format This field is used to specify the data format of the external device The options include Unsigned 16 Unsigned 16 bit integer Signed 16 Signed 16 bit integer BCD 4 digit BCD format Float 4 byte IEEE single precision floating point format Signed 32 Signed 32 bit integer Unsigned 32 Unsigned 32 bit integer Tolerance Specifies the minimum amount of change that must occur to a tag value since the last change for an event to be recognized Using this parameter i
63. whenever designated keys or key combinations are activated This enhances overall Wizcon functionality and saves you the time and effort of having to execute Wizcon operations in several stages You can define up to 1024 Wizcon macros Wizcon macros are defined by the following attributes Special accelerator keys that invoke the macros F1 to F12 A to Z ALT alone or in combination with Ctrl Shift and others A unique name and description Authorization groups Confirm before Execute option Wizcon macros include the following types Actions as described on page 21 9 Commands as described on page 21 13 Programs as described on page 21 14 DDE Command Macros as described on page 21 16 Trigger Macros as described in the section called Trigger Objects in Chapter 12 Image Editor 21 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide It is important to remember that macros will only be executed H Ifa Wizcon window including the Wizcon Application Studio or the Single Tag Input dialog is the active window If any other window is active such as an application other than Wizcon or a different Wizcon dialog and you invoke a macro the macro will not be executed m When Wizcon is used locally For example if a trigger macros is invoked through a web browser it will not be executed Macros 21 3 Basic Concepts The following section describes a definition of a macro file Macro File In Wizco
64. www microsoft com or find it on Microsoft developer products such as VC Connecting to remote OPC servers requires more steps than connecting to local OPC servers This application note provides instructions for accessing data from remote OPC servers using DCOM and explains how to troubleshoot DCOM problems with OPC servers For these instructions you use the Modbus Sample server as the OPC server and the OPC Inspector as the Windows client Note You can download these programs from the FactorySoft Web site http www factorysoft com Networking with OPC Using DCOM F 1 Making OPC Connections DCOM is an extension of COM that is mostly transparent to the individual COM objects OPC servers do not know that the client application may be on another computer and OPC client applications know they are using a remote server only if they specify another computer name when they connect to that server When You Can t Make OPC Connections There are 3 common reasons that an OPC Client may not be able to connect to a remote OPC Server e OPC proxy dlls are not installed on one of the computers OPC proxy dlls must be installed on both the client and server computers or nothing will work You can use the OPC Inspector to verify if the proxy dlls are installed In the OPC Inspector configuration right click the local computer or remote computer and select Properties The properties show the location of the proxy dlls an
65. 1994 19 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Relative Relative Date End Time Tag Range Value Range Include Set Values The time and date that you specify is relative to the current time and date For example for time 10 00 00 and date 3 tag values will be listed from 3 days and 10 hours ago The date that you specify is relative to the current date the time will remain absolute For example for 10 00 00 and date 3 tag values will be listed from 3 days ago at 10 AM Specifies the range of date and time of the last tag to be included in the History Viewer list The options you can select for Indicator are the same as those for the Start Time field described above Specifies the range of tag prefixes that you want to include in the History Viewer list Specifies the range of tag values that you want to include in the History Viewer list Includes set values in the list Set values are tag values recorded by WizPro upon system initialization History Viewers 19 5 Target Directs the list to one of the following Screen Sends the list to the screen Printer Prints the list to the printer specified in the Set Printers dialog described in the Printers section of Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio File Sends the list to a file You must enter a file name into the box below the field After you set the filter and activate the OK button the History Viewer list is ge
66. 23 Wizcon Network Default Value ACTIVATE NETWORK PREFIX_SPACE This parameter determines if a digital display appears without prefix and without the space that came instead This can be accomplished by manually entering the parameter PREFIX_SPACE NO into the wiztune dat file Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Default Value YES RECI PEPERTAG This parameter for recipe blocks enables the processing of values according to the tag associated with the appropriate address in the block This mode is activated by selecting Yes Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Tuning Parameters C 19 This parameter is represented by the Process each value according to its tag field in the General tab of the Recipes Properties dialog For more details refer to the Recipes Properties section in Chapter 17 Recipes Default Value YES SHOWDONEBAR This parameter determines if the background processing dialog box will appear when large tasks such as loading a large image are being executed The value can be YES or NO Changes can be implemented online This parameter is represented by the Show done bar field in the General tab of the Station Properties dialog For more details refer to the Station Properties section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Default Value YES STARTUP_RECIPE This parameter determines the name of a recipe that will be loaded upon Wizcon startup Restart W
67. 24 WIZCON e VT BE 24 25 Tag i ASSIQHIMONt EE 24 25 Beie BET 24 28 Table of Contents xvii Block GoMMaANG eege EA 24 29 Program Header EE 24 29 NGlklcluflll II ul 24 30 Program Termination cccceecceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeneeseseeneesseeeeeseseenenseseeneeseseeneeenseenanes 24 31 Communication Failure Processing s sccesecssesesseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseseeeenseeeeenees 24 32 WIZSQL Messages 2 ccceeccesccesseeeneeeeeeeneesnaeseseeeenseeessaesasaaesnseeeseeeesnaesaaeaeenseaeeees 24 34 TE es ROE le E 24 34 Chapter 25 Multiple Tags eeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 25 1 OVEN VIO W Eeer ENEE DESEN EEN EENS 25 2 Invoking Multiple Tags sccccsseeeeeeeseee eee seeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenseeneeenseenenenseenenes 25 3 The Tags Exerciser Program Wmmdow sssssssssssssissesrrssrrrssrirrssirnssrtnnnntnnssrnnnns 25 5 FING RaQ EE 25 8 ZOOM Tag wet Acne WA aca Getta ies Bain i a aia 25 8 Saving the TagList errin aitia ennan laade lee aaa aeaaaee 25 10 Appendix A Wizcon for Windows and Internet Files A 1 Appendix B Converting Wizcon 5 Applications keen B 1 Working with Wizcon 5 and WIZCON 7 ccecsecceceeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeneneeeeeees B 2 Copying an Application to other Locations or PCS csssecnessseeeeeeeeseeneees B 3 Wizcon 5 Compatibility cccceeceeeeeeseseeseeeeeseeeenseeeeeaeseseaeenseeeeeeeeeseeseneeeenseeeees B 4 Differenc
68. 30 According to the following Integral function calculation 11 600 5 1 200 7 1 800 25 200 where 11 600 11 multiplied by 600 12 10 12 00 60 seconds 5 1200 5 multiplied by 1200 12 30 12 10 60 seconds 7 1800 7 multiplied by 1800 13 00 12 30 60 seconds The result will be 25 200 20 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Weighted Average The Weighted Average function returns the average value of the tag relative to the time that the value occurred For example suppose the time interval is from 12 00 to 13 00 and the following three records are in the historic file Tag Name Tag Value Time of Logging ANAOO 11 12 00 ANAOO 5 12 10 ANAOO 7 12 30 According to the following weighted average calculation 25 200 3 600 7 where 25 200 is the Integral value 3 600 is the total time 13 00 12 00 60 seconds Note 13 00 to 12 00 equals I hour or 60 minutes The result will be 7 Reports 20 19 Total Time for Range The Total time for range function returns the total amount of time including seconds that the tag received values in the specified range For example suppose the time interval is from 12 00 to 13 00 the range is 7 to 11 and the following three records are in the historic file Tag Name Tag Value Time of Logging ANAOO 11 12 00 ANAOO 5 12 10 ANAOO 7 12 30 According to the following calculation 10 minutes 12 00 to 12 10 for the value 11 30 m
69. 40 40 20 20 20 20 0 0 d 0 20 20 20 20 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 80 80 780 80 F S A S eg 02 091 5 45 40 02 0915 46 00 02 09 d Ge Time All 4 My Computer Z Creating Trend Viewers 14 5 Interacting with Trend Viewers You can interact with a Trend Viewer as follows m Click on the scroll bar to scroll the window and display additional data H Click on a peak to view the tag values of the line and the time the data was monitored as shown in the picture below The time is displayed in the format specified in the X Axis time format tab 2 Wizcon Application Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Go Favorites Help ER HESS Q age B24 Address Je E PC Soft Wizcon for Internet PROJECT SDocs trend1 html 100 Value 80 0 Time 15 14 58 646 80 60 40 20 151440 000 15 14 55 000 1515 10 00 Time A mE H Menger Z 14 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Creating Modifying Trend Profiles Trend Profile definition involves the following four steps m Adding a Tag to the Trend Profile in which you associate Tags to the Trend Profile as described on page 14 8 m Specifying the Date and Time in which you determine a time range for data monitoring in the Time tab as described on page 14 12 m Selecting the X Axis Time Format in which you specify a time format for the X axis in the X Axis time format tab as described on page 14 17 m
70. 7 directory the CNVADDON gate is defined and WizPro is running properly 40 Error Could not create semaphore 41 Memory allocation error Action These are system errors that will only occur if your system is extremely overloaded Close some applications and retry Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 31 42 43 44 45 46 Could not open chart chart viewport name Could not write value to gate CNVADDON Could not load recipe recipe name Error code error code Could not save recipe name Error code error code Action These are WizPro errors Make sure that the relevant recipe or chart exists and that WizPro is running properly If necessary exit and restart Wizcon 7 CNVADDON Lost contact with WIZPRO Terminating Action This message will appear when you exit Wizcon 5 No action is necessary E 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix F Networking with OPC Using DCOM e 2 About this appendix This appendix provides instructions for accessing data from remote OPC servers using DCOM and explains how to troubleshoot DCOM problems with OPC servers Distributed COM DCOM is the technology that allows COM objects to communicate over a network OPC servers are COM objects therefore you can configure and use DCOM for connections to remote OPC servers DCOM is included in Windows NT 4 0 and can be added to Windows 95 or 98 You can download DCOM from the Microsoft site http
71. A Master station is automatically updated with the online data tag values and live alarms when it becomes active m Alarm history recorded by the Backup station during the Master station fail time will not be transferred to the Master station after the master restarts m If neither of the proceeding options is selected each station when active will record historical data independently and no historical data will be transferred between the two stations Updating an exiting Hot Backup application Both master and backup stations must be identical The procedure below ensures that the tags file in the master and the backup station will always be identical This is a must for master backup applications gt The procedure to add change tags to an existing Hot Backup Application 1 Exit from Wizcon in the backup station 2 Add or change the new tags in the master station 3 Copy the files to the wizgates dat file to the backup station 4 Run Wizcon in the backup station Wizcon Network 23 15 Configuring a Management View Station Web disabled Configuring a management view station is similar to defining a SCADA station as described on page 23 10 gt To configure your station as a Management View station 1 Load Wizcon without a plug 2 From the Network menu of the Wizcon Application Studio select Local Station Configuration The Local station configuration dialog appears Local station conficwration
72. Alarms that were changed added or deleted will be sorted immediately into their proper locations Note Events Summary operations can be performed only by operators authorized for the Events Summary menu items Authorization is defined during Application Setup 9 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Assist Menu gt Operations Assist This operation enables the operator to obtain information about specific alarms gt To obtain alarm information Select an alarm in the Events Summary and then select Assist in the Operations menu The Assist dialog is displayed in which assistance such as operator instructions for the handling of the alarm is displayed For further assitance call Jack Tel 2728 Assist information is taken from alarm Help files For more details about creating Help files refer to Chapter 8 Alarms Note that alarm assistance can also be obtained by double clicking on any alarm for which a Help file exists in the Events Summary To print the alarm Help text activate the Print button Events Summaries 9 21 Alarm Acknowledge Menu gt Operations Ack Selected When alarms in the Events Summary are selected specifying the Ack Selected item from the Operations menu will acknowledge the alarms If the Acknowledge Time Ack appears the current time will be displayed in white If the Ack column is sorted the order of the alarms will change accordingly If the ACK value was specif
73. BIOCKS cccceeececeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeeereee 6 8 Viewing Driver Intormaton eraa a A AA 6 12 Defining OPC Wizcon Client cccessseceeeseeeeeenseeeeeenseseeeenseeeenenseeeenenseenenes 6 13 OPC Driver Properties r aaa aa aaan ataare eana pet anana ea aaa ioma daai e Sapana ree ssenencececuneetis 6 13 Chapter 7 Tas vicivicsswdinseciinnicndensnniteciectteniasnnnunienannteneecieds 7 1 RAN 7 2 Basic due EE 7 2 RE Ree EE 7 3 Defining Tag Sw sscccesececccsccce cece eaaa aaea ai a ae 7 4 Kading a Tag EE 7 5 Recording Tag Value Changes ccccccccceeseeceeeeeceneeeeaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeesaeeeeeeeenaees 7 16 Communicating Online with Other Applications c cccceeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeneeeeees 7 17 Deleting and Modifying Tags cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 7 20 Single Tag In puts iesnas ecectedeccevsecreazeegcnccce sucueasetedaccapseseecyeervecdetsaetecoanerss 7 21 INRIA TAGS ee E EE Ee 7 23 Exporting lags nt 0 toric it rt terre etre ar ctor cae teak oes 7 26 CLS Fle ple atc EE 7 27 IMPOMUING Late eerste eege Ee 7 29 Defining Tag Properties ccccseeeecsseeeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeeeseeeeeseseneeseseeneeseseeeeeenseseeees 7 31 Chapter 8 Alarm i cicciscisessceeteeccsccivsnsscntacnescsiesvensnsscrenectucseresannsencs 8 1 OVNI VN Wi soc osc Sha SO Sa sek saa a co a aaa ee ace oe aces auras 8 2 Basic Principles meoc et ecbed ee 8 3 iv Wizcon for Windows
74. BSQ Only commands that are in a block are backed up If the failure occurs in the middle of a block all the commands of the block are backed up Commands that exist outside of a block are written to the backup file as a remark Assignment commands are executed regardless of the communication status with the database After the communication with the database is renewed you can run the backup file in two ways m Automatic To activate this option WizSQL should be activated with the option A If this option is on WizSQL automatically tries to renew the connection with the database once a minute When it succeeds it automatically runs the commands from the backup file H Manual If the option A is unavailable you need to activate the backup manually A special command exists for this purpose Syntax EXEC BACKUP When this command is activated WizSQL tries to re connect to the database and run the commands from the backup file Note You can edit the backup file before running it This way you can fully control the commands that will be run 24 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Example The following is an example in which backup file is executed according to the tag SQLBACKUP IF SQLBACKUP EXEC BACKUP SQLBACKUP 0 WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 33 WiZSQL Messages There are two types of messages that may occur when using WizSQL m Wizcon messag
75. Block as described on the following page DDE Type Single Select Single from the Tag Definition NEW Tag dialog for tags that will not be part of a DDE Client Block Applicator Zi F Inhregg Topi IT kaamt The following fields define the DDE connection Application The application to which you want to link the tag Topic The topic in the application that contains the object to which the tag will be linked Item Name The name of the item to which you want to link the tag The name is taken from the application and topic to which the tag is linked For example an Excel cell number Link Enables you to define the DDE Link as Always linked to the DDE server or In Monitor When selecting Always every change will be passed by WIZDDEC to WizPro even if the tag is not In Monitor 7 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide WIZDDEC enables your Wizcon application to run as a DDE client and receive information from server applications Refer to Chapter 22 Wizcon DDE Support for more details about WIZDDEC DDE Type Block Select Block from the Tag Definition NEW Tag dialog to connect a tag to one item from a DDE block Bloch nma Link E eA order Pa fi T Gkeagr Coir fi The following options are available Block Name The block to which the tag will belong Row The row number of the item in the block relative to the start position Column The column number of the item in the block relative to the s
76. Com dml Browse Test Access The server was launched successfully ss In this dialog you can define the following voy JI Heb Logical Name Specifies the name given to the driver for application identification purposes 6 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide OPC Server Name Node Name Name of a specific interface OPC Servers are provided by different vendors The code written by the vendor determines the devices and data to which each server has access the way in which data items are named and the details about how the server physically accesses that data For this reason we expect that the OPC Server will generally be a local or remote program which includes code that is responsible for data collection from a physical device Specifies the name of your computer If your OPC is running from a remote site you must make sure that DCOM is configured correctly to provide networking Refer to Appendix F Networking with OPC Using DCOM Communication Drivers 6 15 6 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 7 Tags e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to define and use tags in Wizcon as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of Wizcon tags Defining Tags page 7 4 describes how to add a tag record tag value changes and communicate online with other applications through the DDE interface Sin
77. Contains menu authorizations settings classes dat Contains alarm user class names wrestart dat Stores the last state of Wizcon Used to restart Wizcon in the same state after a power failure Set_up dat Contains the complied Wizcon language A 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide File Name Function ecl dat Contains the Wizcon language configuration Command5 dat Contains the Wizcon Language source wizddec dat Contains DDE Client block definitions IMG Image picture file VIM Contains image window definitions ILS Image list file Image picture in ASCII format LAY Layout file ANN Events Summary window definition CHR Chart window definition ANL History Viewer window definition RPD DAT Contains the reports fields descriptions RPT DAT Contains the layout of the fields in the report RC Recipe model model Recipe file name GLS Contains tag lists in ASCII format ALS Contains alarm list in ASCII format WNT Trend Profile for the Trend wizlet WNA Event Summary Profile for the Alarm Viewer wizlet WNP Picture file for the Picture Viewer wizlet Wizcon for Windows and Internet Files A 3
78. DOS application on the following page gives a step by step outline of the conversion process Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 1 Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility The Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility WINCNV EXE provides an interactive process during which the primary components of the Wizcon application are converted to Wizcon 7 format There is no need to first convert Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 5 and then to Wizcon 7 Note Direct Wizcon conversion is applicable from Wizcon version 7 02 Converting Wizcon for DOS Applications The following is a step by step outline of the conversion process for Wizcon for DOS applications to Wizcon 7 format Prepare Wizcon for DOS application for conversion Perform initial configuration in Wizcon 7 Convert gates Convert templates Convert alarms Convert Reports eck COV EY at oer e a Perform manual conversion and adjustments of other components Wizcon Language generic add on etc 8 Test and adjust the converted Wizcon 7 application E 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following sections describe the conversion process in detail Preparing the Wizcon for DOS Application During this stage the original Wizcon application will be prepared for conversion The following steps are included in this stage 1 2 Creating a new directory for your Wizcon DOS application Copying your Wizcon DOS application files from th
79. Date fields m Specify the time span or amount of monitored data in the Historical Period field For example if you specify 2 days and 2 hours the amount of data that is displayed is the data accumulated in 2 days and 2 hours starting from the specified start time m Specify a time span for the data displayed in a window at any given moment in the Window time period field When specifying a start time take into account the historical time span For example if you specify a start date of two days back from runtime and a historical time span of three days only the first two days of data will be displayed To display all three days of the historical time span specify a start time of at least three days 14 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To specify the date and time Select the Time tag in the Trend Profile dialog The following page is displayed Trend Profile The following options are available Start Date Specifies the date from which the data will begin to be monitored You can choose from Start Specifies a relative start date For example if you specify 4 the data is monitored four days before the Trend is opened during runtime Start on Specifies an absolute start date For example if you select 1 August 1998 the data is monitored from this date Creating Trend Viewers 14 15 Start Time Specifies the time from which the data will begin to be monitored You
80. Definitions NEW Tag dialog as shown on page 7 5 and select Digital from the drop down list The Tag Type parameters will appear as follows Filter jo sec fo ms The following option is available Filter Used for debouncing which is filtering out oscillations String Tag Type A string tag can receive an alphanumeric string as a tag value To define a string tag type Click in the Tag Type field of the Tag Definitions NEW Tag dialog as shown on page 7 5 and select String from the drop down list The Tag Type parameters will appear as follows Wik fo In the Width field specify the maximum number of characters that you want the string to include The maximum length of a string tag is 80 characters Tags 7 13 Authorization Groups Wizcon allows you to define security groups for changing tags value by an operator so that only authorized operators can set the tag value This is implemented by assigning authorization groups to each tag Operators who do not belong to any of the assigned groups will not be authorized to change tag values Note All operators can read tag values but only authorized operators can change them Operator authorization is discussed in more detail in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Once a group is assigned to a tag any operator who belongs to that group can perform tag value operations on that tag 7 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To ass
81. Determining the Location of the Picture Files Folder 11 31 Repainting the Magg anuso anei a E A TA 11 32 Setting the Amount of Memory Available for Image Objects c see 11 36 Defining Parameters for Trigger Objects cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeteas 11 38 Determining the Image Update Performance and the Size of the Internal Message Buom esanen a a AE A E A E Dee ee ege ege 11 40 Determining the Period of Time for Slow Zones 11 41 Determining the Blinking Rate Values for Dynamic Oblects 11 43 Chapter 12 Image Editor wiccccicisiscciseiversstenerescncessndennnedceceesnaneans 12 1 OVGIVICW eege dee Ee EE EENEG 12 3 Basic PrinnCipl S cn ees See 12 4 EE Ai Gettin a atin a ea Bot EE Aca as 12 4 Re ee 12 5 Mage le e VE 12 5 ZOOMMLOVE EE 12 5 KEE 12 5 Kiel 12 6 Editor Operations tiv eee ini Ge Ra ve eege eiia 12 6 Image Toolbar and TOOIDOXES ccceseeececeeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeeseseeneeseseenenenseneenens 12 7 ele Tee 12 7 Color Keele 12 8 Patterns TOO EE 12 8 Drawing TOODO EE 12 9 Align T OOIDOX oei tine il leeti E EE O AEE A E E nas 12 10 Operations TOODO hisi dirgasana aaran an aa aa ea ariaa nad at SEUTA EEEE SE ESA 12 10 Objects TOglDOX hreinn ennaa a a aE aan Ea aee AAE EA E AE EAEE SEEEN 12 11 Salle 12 11 WIZCON Color Features sccssecceseeeeesesesseeeeseeeeeeeseeneeseaeseseeeenseeeseeseseaeenseaeenes 12 12 Full Golor Supporten clean dee Ge eine dn nie eevee eh 12 12 selectin
82. End options it will be considered inactive and will not be displayed in an Events Summary Alarms are displayed in default colors specified during Application Setup Different colors for background and foreground text can be defined for each Severity range and Zone but event time Start Time Ack Time and End Time colors are assigned by the system and cannot be changed Events Summaries 9 5 The event time colors are m Start Time Red m Ack Time White m End Time Green If the Ack Time or End Time option is not being used the event time colors are applied to the Start Time option if used 9 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Display Options Menu gt Options Alarms can belong to several classifications The Options menu in the Events Summary window is used to determine which alarms will be displayed in the Events Summary and in what order alarms text and background colors It is also used to view a list of alarms in historical and online mode The following display options are available Select To do Filter Assign values to alarm classifications so that the Events Summary will display only the alarms that meet these specifications as described on the following page Sort Specify the categories and their order according to which the alarms will be sorted in the Events Summary as described on page 9 10 Display Specify which alarm fields will be displayed in the Events Summary as described on pag
83. Graph m Reference Name Display parameters a Graph color Graph pattern Line Width z Et Source of Data Source Parameters 3 aaa zl History Station Tag SDFS FD zl Manual A Data Start Tine 5 r Data Time Period Existing s Date Time Days Hours Minutes EE foooooo IER Af y Cancel Help The following options are available Reference Name Display parameters Specifies a name for the reference graph The following options are available Graph color Specifies the graph color The default color is the standard graph color Graph pattern Specifies a pattern for the graph The default pattern is the standard graph pattern Line Width Determines a reference graph with the standard graph color but with thicker lines The default is a thicker line than the line in the standard graph 18 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Source of Data The following options are available History A reference graph whose points are taken from the history of a specific tag from a specific time period Manual A reference graph whose points are entered manually by the engineer as described below Existing A reference graph that was used for another standard graph as described on page 18 29 Source Parameters Source parameters exist for The Manual source parameters are displayed by default and its fields are described below The Existing source paramet
84. Help Advanced gt gt T Alarm family T Only in visible view You can enter search strings up to 256 characters Search options are common for all Image windows The following is a list of search categories and their description Simple text Tag name This includes tag names in Dynamic object Tag value Trigger Text table and Widgets Alarm family As defined in alarm object Match case The search is made for full match of case of letters otherwise strings are compared ignoring the case 12 38 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Match whole word The search is made to find the exact full text all characters are accounted for Otherwise the search is made to find the occurrence of the search string inside any text Only in visible view If this option is checked the search is limited to the visible part of the Image inside the Image window Pressing the Advanced button in the Find dialog opens the lower portion of the dialog with advanced search options Find in Image EN IV Simple text IT Match case Cancel T Tag name I Match whole word Help I Alarm family I Only in visible view lt lt Advanced M Trigger macro IT Text table value F Trigger zone T String tag value T Trigger button T Cluster instance I Goto object T Cluster library I Always Goto object T Cluster object vs s The following advanced search options are available Trigger macro name The name of the macr
85. SCADA stations Since the Wizcon Server handles the communication this process does not affect time critical operations on the plant floor A Management View Station can not operate without a Server station Management View station configuration is described on page 23 16 23 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Configuring Wizcon for Networking Before you define stations for your network you must first configure Wizcon for networking gt To configure the Wizcon Network 1 Click the Start button and point to Settings The Settings menu is displayed 2 Select Control Panel The Control Panel window is displayed Double click the Network icon The Network dialog is displayed 4 In the Network dialog choose NetBEUI Protocol and click the Properties button The NetBEUI Properties window is displayed 5 Select the Advanced tab and click the set this protocol to be the default protocol check box Time Setting Considerations Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Date Time It is necessary to synchronize the clocks on your network because the Wizcon timestamp is based on local time according to daylight saving time setting Make sure that m The Windows settings are identical in all Wizcon stations across the network This includes Time Zone as well as Daylight Saving Time m All network PC clocks are synchronized at all times It is recommended to use a network utility to periodically synchronize the PC
86. SET tag1 RESET tag1 SETBIT ANAO1 3 RESETBIT ANAOI1 2 RSAVE recipe 001 RSAVE recipe tag RLOAD recipe 001 RLOAD recipe tag Description Assigns a value to a tag Adds 1 to tag value Subtracts 1 from tag value Assigns a tag value of 1 Assigns a tag value of 0 Sets a specific bit in a tag Resets a specific bit in a tag Saves a recipe Loads a recipe 16 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Command Example Description PRINT A PRINTS A Danger Writes alarm message to Temp temp pop up Event Summary and file PRINT G PRINT G Final Temp Writes alarm message to was temp Event Summary and file PRINT F PRINTSF Sensor A is Writes alarm message that ON does not have to be acknowledged PRINT B C D PRINT B Total weight Outputs a message to file was kgs you specified in the Wizcon Language setup PRINT E PRINTS E Have a nice Displays a pop up day message SHELL SHELL command Executes a command from tag the operating system environment A tag name can be used for transfer of values to external programs CHART CHART TREND3 Loads a chart with several optional parameters REPORT REPORT rep1 Generates a report according to a format defined in the Report module EXIST IF EXIST recipe 001 Checks if a file exists THEN RLOAD recipe 001 Wizcon Language 16 23 Command Example Description U
87. Select Leading Zeros to cause zeros to appear to the left of the value By default empty spaces appear to the left Display Format In this field for Digits before specify the number of digits that will be allowed for the integer part of the value For Digits after specify the number of digits that will be allowed for the fractional part of the value Note m The tag value can also be defined as a dynamic object as mentioned Text Table above Thus both the display contents and appearance can be made to change in accordance with tag value changes The Digits before 7 1 and Digits after fields may cause actual tag values to appear incorrectly For example if you specified 2 for the Digits before field and the actual tag value is 115 only 15 will be displayed To prevent confusion with decimal numbers Wizcon automatically precedes hexadecimal numbers with 0x Therefore please take into account that you need space for two extra characters before the displayed value For example 65 355 in decimal FFFF in hexadecimal To indicate that FFFF is in hexadecimal you must define six characters OxF FFF Text Tables are used to associate tag values with pre defined strings Whenever a Text Table is defined and activated a text string will be associated with the tag values that were defined in the Table When a 13 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide value changes the corresponding str
88. Sep 07 1998 C Starton 221740 R T Historical period Days Hours Minutes p E 4 0 Window time period Days Hours Minutes Seconds bp af ae ap Cancel Hep Start Date that specifies a relative or absolute starting date for data monitoring Start Time that specifies a relative or absolute time for data monitoring Historical period that specifies the time span for data monitored in historical mode only This component is only used when determining historical data display Window time period that specifies a time span for the data displayed in a window at any given moment For example the window can display one minute of monitored data If the data is not frequently updated it is recommended to specify a large window time period so that you can view the data without having to use the scrollbar If the data is frequently updated it is recommended to specify a small window time period Creating Trend Viewers 14 13 Specifying Online Trends When specifying a Trend that will display online data E Select a starting time date for data monitoring in the Start Time or Start Date fields m Specify a time span for the data displayed in a window at any given moment in the Window time period field Specifying Historical Trends When specifying a Trend that will display historical mode data H Select a starting time date for data monitoring in the Start Time or Start
89. Specifying Trend Profile Display in which you add a title to the Trend Profile specify background and foreground color and scroll steps in the Display tab as described on page 14 19 Trend Profiles can be modified as described on page 14 21 Creating Trend Viewers 14 7 Adding a Tag to the Trend Profile The first step to creating a trend profile is to specify the tags that will be included in the profile You can add up to 16 tags to a single Trend Profile Each tag is represented in the Trend by a line When you add a tag to a Trend Profile you must also determine the type of line that will appear in the Trend Viewer You can choose between Es line with markers Es curved line The Wizcon system automatically allocates a color for the line If you add more than one tag to a Trend Profile the system allocates a different color for each line 14 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide To adda tag 1 Click the New Trend Profile icon in the toolbar or In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Trends Profiles and select New Profile from the pop up menu The Trend Profile dialog is displayed Trend Profile Edit Henaoye Creating Trend Viewers 14 9 2 Activate the Add button The Add new tag dialog is displayed Add new tag x Add or edit tag s property Station name z pt RR _ Label Li
90. The button arrangement style Horiz for horizontal rows Vert for vertical columns Rect for rectangular arrays Optional buttons Cancel and Help Button size adjustment Use the lt arrow gt keys to change the size of the example button that appears in the field The lt PageUp gt and lt PageDown gt keys also affect the size of the example button and the lt Home gt key changes the button back to its default size The button definition is saved in a file 13 40 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Use Enables the operator to apply files that contain tag values The files must have been saved earlier with the Save button Tag value files can be edited using the system editor A new button can be defined and added to the list by activating the Add button A button can be selected from the list its characteristics modified and the revised definition saved by activating the Change button A button is deleted from the list by activating the Delete button As mentioned on the previous page in the Legend field explanation if an ampersand amp character precedes any part of the text specified in the Legend field the operator will be able to activate that button by pressing the lt Alt gt key together with character that follows the ampersand the character that will be underlined For example if a button legend is specified as O amp FF the actual text will appear as OFF and the operator will be able to ac
91. The lower the value the more Image windows that can be open simultaneously but they must be smaller in size The value for the parameter can be set from 60 to 200 After determining the Pool size restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Images 11 37 Parse each Image when loading Enables or disables tag name parsing upon loading in Images Disable this option to shorten Image load time for Images that contain network tags Caution When this option is disabled the validity of network tags is not checked It is suggested to use this option after all tag definitions on network station is completed After checking this option make sure to restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Defining Parameters for Trigger Objects You can define parameters for trigger objects in the Trigger tab of the Image Properties dialog as shown below Image Properties d Rates Fast Zone Dynamic Highlight State T Trigger object Top IT Mouse pointer on triggers C Bottom T Trigger small input box Cancel Apply 11 38 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available State Highlight Trigger small input box State parameter is not applicable on the Web Determines which trigger object is activated when you click on overlapping trigger objects The top or the bottom one You can specify Top for top default Bottom for bottom T
92. To specify a DDE Address Access the Tag Definition dialog select the DDE Link tab and select the Single option This is described in detail in the Communicating Online with Other Applications section of Chapter 7 Tags The DDE Link to tag parameters are displayed 22 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Following is an example of Excel as a DDE server application DDE Link to tag C None Application Topic ltem name In Monitor bookxis Porco C Always rii The following options are available Application Topic Hem name Link Specifies the name of the DDE server from which the WizDDE Client will receive updates Often the name of the software serves as the Application Specifies the name of the group of data or files on the DDE Server that will be accessed Specifies the data item on which updates are requested Enables you to define the DDE Link as Always linked to the DDE server or In Monitor When selecting Always every change will be passed by WIZDDEC to WizPro even if the tag is not In Monitor Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 9 WizDDE Client Block The WizDDE Client Block mechanism enables Wizcon to receive many tag values from the server in one update message This improves the communication between Wizcon and the DDE server The WizDDE Client Block is built from a matrix of rows and columns in which each cell of the matrix contains the value of one data i
93. User Date Format VFI Allows you to determine the format for history files by selecting Virtual File Interface DLL VEISCH The following options are available E VFISCB that enables writing reading tag and alarm historical files in FoxPro format This format is readable by most database programs This is the default option and can be used for both tag and alarm history files Note Restart Wizcon for changes to take affect 5 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide VFI FAST Mode VFI5FST VFI Fast mode addresses the following issues H Record of values with old time stamps This enables the Backup to complete data to the Master All values can be read and displayed in a Chart In order to enable this option you should set the following environment parameter VFISFST_MODE_TIMESTAMP YES This parameter should be set in the Master only It can also be set in the Backup but from performance point of view it is better to set it only in the Master Note Using this option effects the performance of the Fast VFT which will be less than optimum the more scattered recording that is done more values written not in order of time m Concurrent writing of history from more than one clients Note that a gap in logging data exists between the time Master is up and the Backup starts updating it until the Master logger starts working This gap is between 20 sec to 2 min depending on the overall load of the sys
94. Variables 16 14 system variable 16 14 tags 16 14 VFISCB 5 20 VFISFST D 2 Viewers Picture 11 2 Viewing driver information 6 12 Viewing Images 11 17 Index l 9 Window attributes Charts 18 49 Events Summaries 9 34 History Viewer 19 9 Window modes 11 6 edit 11 8 monitor 11 7 navigate 11 7 trigger on 11 8 Wizcon Alarm Processing 2 4 background processing 2 5 charts 2 6 connectivity 2 10 control language 2 14 database connectivity 2 11 equipment capability 2 11 exiting 4 17 Graphics Presentation 2 9 hot backup 2 8 Introducing 2 2 opening 4 2 reports 2 6 2 13 time stamping 2 9 x y charts 2 6 Wizcon starting 3 10 Wizcon Application Studio All Containers section 5 7 Control panel 5 11 Customizing lists 5 9 toolbar 5 5 Wizcon application wizard 5 51 Wizcon backup 23 31 Wizcon Language 16 2 Wizcon user defined report utility 20 2 WizDDE client WIZDDEC blocks 22 10 WizDDe client WIZDDEC activating 22 15 definition 22 7 WizDDE Server WIZDDES 22 16 activating 22 19 WIZDDEC 22 6 WizPro 2 11 8 13 logger flush to disk rate 7 31 loggerbuffer size 7 31 tag sampling 5 27 WizPro options settings 5 26 WizSQL 24 4 activation 24 8 adding updating and deleting 24 20 Connect Disconnect 24 17 If 24 18 Messages 24 34 ODBC Support 24 5 Retrieving Data 24 23 save load recipe 24 28 tag assignment 24 25 WizSQL File 24 10 WizSQL activation from the Applicatio
95. Viewer and select New History Viewer from the popup menu 19 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following dialog is displayed C WIZCONS PROJAYPSANL Untitled0 ANL OF Xx File Options Help Date Time Tag Value Type History Viewer information is displayed according to the following parameters Date Time Tag Value Type Set the filter to generate the list as described on the following page History Viewers 19 3 Filter Definition You can specify the lower and upper range limits of the tags to be included in the History Viewer list gt To define a filter for the list From the Options menu in the History Viewer window select the Filter option The Logger Report Definition dialog is displayed Logger Report Definition m Filter Days back Time Indicator Start time fo 00 00 00 Relative date x Daysback Time back Indicator SIE jo foo o0 00 Relative zl Tags range Values range J s39999 539999 MH Include Set Values Target Screen C Printer C File Cancel Help The following options are available Start Time Specifies the date and time of the first tag to be included in the History Viewer list Clicking in the Indicator field displays the following further options Absolute The exact time that you specify For example if you specified the date 10 05 94 and the time 15 00 00 tag values will be listed from 3 PM on October 5
96. Y parameter of the right point The tag that the user entered Formula entered by the user The name of the macro HORIZ VERT RECT CANCEL amp HELP DEC HEX ENG LEFTJUSTIFY amp PREFIX amp l LEADZERO Name of the file DRAGTOIMG DROPTOPLC ON DRAGGING ON DROPPING RIGHT_BOTTOM LEFT_TOP BOTH_SIDES ALWAYS amp l ACTIVE amp NOT ACTIVE FAST MEDIUM SLOW Index of the color in the color table ACK amp ACK WITH CONFIRM Si ASSIST amp ASSIST WITH ACK amp NONE G 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Move style String MOVE1 MOVE2 Mask String of 32 Each can be replaced by 1 or 0 to indicate on or off bit The following is an example of an Image ASCII file File EXAMPLE ils Date 10 27 97 User 1 Source EXAMPLE img Kb d KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK VERSION 7 0 BACKGROUND COLOR 255 255 255 GRID DX 500 DY 500 WORLD ORIGIN lt 0 0 gt SNAP OFF SHOW OFF LAYERS BASE 1 2048 GROUP 0Oxffffffff FONTS Default System lt B gt LR BLD REAL_SIZE 185 x 423 ZONES OVERVIEW lt 120 55 gt 64 OBJECTS OBJECT CIRCLE 1 LCOL 0 0 128 FCOL 0 255 0 PATTERN 15 FILLED LAYER BASE CENTER lt 3202 1000 gt PARAMS lt 578 0 gt lt 0 578 gt OBJECT PIPE 2 LCOL 128 128 0 FCOL 0 255 255 PATTERN 15 FILLED LAYER BASE WIDTHIN 100 WIDTHOUT 200 VERTICES lt 386 3742 gt lt 1484 14
97. a Picture Viewer is shown below fe L p p Eessen Pe Hd k en hien H Bache 2 en bebes bi Refer to the Getting Started Guide for a full description on interacting with a Picture Viewer 11 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Image Window Images are created edited and viewed in windows that can be moved sized and closed The Image window can be operated using standard window techniques according to the windows specific configuration defined during application setup gt To open an Image window Click the New Image 4 icon in the toolbar or In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Images and select New Image from the pop up menu A full Image window appears as follows Title Bar Image Menu Be L gis Les D n fhial facies See Toolbar i He aa S Pes Sle e d Action Buttons ei Vertical Scroll Bar Zoom Bar Image Region 5 a EI Yo H es EE Lym E Status Bar Horizontal Scroll Bar Images 11 3 In addition to the standard fields the Image window contains the following elements Title Bar Image Region Scroll Bars Status Bar Zoom Bar Action Buttons Toolbar Displays the title of the Image The work area in which you draw the Image The bottom and right edge sliders used for scrolling horizontally and vertically The slider position and size relative to the scroll bar represents the position and size
98. a dialog in which you can create a macro 8 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Ended Enables you to define an action when the alarm ends Click on the arrow on the right side of the field and select a macro or click on the Create Macro button to display the Macro Definitions dialog in which you can create a macro Click the Apply button to apply your definitions Assigning Names to Alarm Classes Menu gt Design Class Names This option is used to assign user defined names to alarm classes Alarm classes can be used to categorize alarms to identify them more easily and to filter them in the system Events Summary gt To assign class names From the Design menu select Class Names The Alarm User Class Names dialog is displayed Alarm User Class Names 1 Bi o fodas 2 class2 Wclass10 3 class3 sei H class 12 Joclass12 5 classi 13 olass13 6 Jclass6 14 felasst4 7 class ss 8 class 16 olassi6 Cancel Help The dialog displays 16 default class names Double click on the default name to select it and enter the new name Alarms 8 13 Alarm Properties This section describes how to define alarm properties gt To define alarm properties In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Alarms and select Properties from the popup menu The Alarms Properties dialog is displayed in which you can m Specify the message which wi
99. a dialog in which you can add change and delete field definitions during runtime Invoking the Report Definition Dialog The Report Definition dialog is invoked from the Wizcon Application Studio m To define a new report follow the instructions listed on the following page to invoke the Report Definition dialog m To modify a report double click the report in the List of Reports The Report Definition dialog is displayed as shown on the following page Reports 20 3 gt To invoke the Report Definition dialog Click the New Report J button in the Wizcon Application Studio toolbar or In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Reports and select New Report from the popup menu The New Report File dialog is displayed Ps L el al ol Enter a name for the report and activate the OK button The Report Definition dialog is displayed If you are modifying a report the dialog will display the report definitions Eed Det _ j Ee resi Hia Lave Save at Cave Hee 20 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Field Definition Activate to insert fields as described on page 20 9 Summary Activate to receive a complete list of all the defined fields in the report Import Html Activate to import an HTML file as a template as described on page 20 11 Creating a Frame The text and fields that comprise the report are ca
100. a non backup station Caution Do not assign BACKUP to a tag This variable is intended for stations Expression Operators Several types of operators can be used on variables and constants to form expressions The operators that can be used include arithmetic trigonometric Boolean and others listed on the following page Each operator is assigned a priority value to enable the system to determine which operator should be calculated first when an expression includes several operators The operators their priority levels and brief descriptions of each are provided in the following table Note Although the use of parentheses in expressions is optional it is recommended to use them whenever the priority of calculation execution is in doubt If an expression does not include parentheses mathematical and logical calculations will be executed according to the order shown in the chart above Wizcon Language 16 17 Remainder e g 5 2 1 Priority Operator Description Level 1 Open and close parentheses 2 SIN COS Sine and Cosine in radians FLOOR Rounds off downward Thus FLOOR 8 75 8 SIGN Value s sign returns 1 1 or 0 ABS Absolute value LOG Logarithm base 10 LN Natural logarithm DAYOF Extracts day from date value MONTHOF Extracts month from date value YEAROF Extracts year from date value 3
101. a string that represents the operator name The groups associated with the current operator The number of minutes that passed since midnight The value is used for tag comparison and definition The value range is from 1 to 1439 The number of days that passed since January 1 1980 The value is used for tag comparison and definition The value range is from 0 and on Defining Action on Alarm You can define a single action for an alarm when it reaches one of three states when it starts when it is acknowledged and when it ends When the alarm reaches the selected state it will trigger a macro Alarms 8 11 gt To define an action on alarm In the Alarm Definition dialog as appears on page 8 5 select the Action on Alarm tab to display the following dialog A Alarm Definition NEW Alarm x General Action On Alarm A I Started D I Acknowledged D OK Cancel Apply Help The following options are available Started Enables you to define an action when the alarm starts Click on the arrow on the right side of the field and select a macro or click on the Create Macro button to display a dialog in which you can create a macro Refer to Chapter 21 Macros for more details about creating macros Acknowledged Enables you to define an action when the alarm is acknowledged Click on the arrow on the right side of the field and select a macro or click on the Create Macro button to display
102. a text transparent Progress Proceed If you want to use a customized color conversion file specify the name of the file in the color conversion file field To make text dynamic select the Make simple text dynamic option In Wizcon for DOS the user could write simple text above a dynamic object and it is seen but in windows the user can t write simple text on top of a dynamic object This is because a dynamic object will always be on top of a simple object no matter which object was drawn first E 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide This version solves the problem by offering the user the option to check v in the check box if he wants the conversion utility to make all simple text a dynamic object When Wizcon converts the gates it creates the tag PC SHOW Do not erase this tag Select the Make the background of a text transparent option to make the background of text transparent Press the Proceed button and the templates conversion will begin Upon completion of the operation check the results in the Progress field and correct any errors Then repeat the operation as necessary Importing the Converted Image Into Wizcon 7 gt To import the converted image into Wizcon 7 1 In Wizcon 7 open a new image 2 Inthe Image select File gt Import gt ASCII file ILS from the Image menu 3 In the ASCII file listbox select the CNVIMAGE image which may take some time to load 4 A
103. all tag data in the system When the write history option is enabled tag values are logged according to tag definition When this option is disabled no logging occurs A Zone is a specific area in a Wizcon 7 image marked for navigational purposes Once defined zones can be used in go to and macro operations to cause specific image sections to fill the image area of the window immediately Zones are defined by selecting Zones Definition from the Options menu in the Image window Glossary H 17 H 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Index A Accessing Wizcon Application Studio 5 3 Wizcon stations on the network 23 23 Action buttons 13 39 Activating macro from DDE client application 22 21 WizDDE client WIZDDEC 22 15 WizDDE server WIZDDES 22 19 Active Layers 11 13 Adding communication drivers 6 3 OPC communication drivers 6 13 Add ons setting up 5 22 Alarm acknowledge 9 22 total acknowledge 9 22 Alarm Conversion E 16 Alarm objects 13 30 Alarms 8 2 assigning names to classes 8 13 colors 9 13 condition statements 8 8 configuring reports 9 16 defining 8 4 defining action on 8 11 display 9 4 display setup 9 11 end 9 23 exporting 8 18 filter 9 8 help files 8 25 importing 8 23 in Events Summaries 8 3 in images 8 3 print modes 8 17 properties 8 14 recording a message 9 24 sorting 9 10 text 8 10 All Containers section 5 7 ALS file format 8 21 Anal
104. and Internet User s Guide gt To modify the attributes of a tag Double click the tag in the list or Click a tag in the list to select it and select Zoom Tag from the Options menu The Tags Exerciser Program window is displayed as follows Tag Name SILO1 Driver Address l Change Value fo Read Write Sample C Always C In Monitor Never Close Help The following options are available Tag Name The name of the tag Driver The Driver address to which the tag belongs Address Specifies the current tag address Enter the new address and activate the Change button to confirm the change Value Displays the specified tag value Activate the Read button to display the current value Enter the new value and activate the Write button Sample The following options are available Always The tag will be sampled always In Monitor The tag will be sampled only when its value is requested by a Wizcon module displayed in an image window Multiple Tags 25 9 This mode minimizes communications traffic and improves system performance Never Tag sampling is disabled Note This dialog is modeless meaning that you can switch to a different tag without closing the dialog by simply double clicking on the desired tag in the list Saving the Tag List The tag list can be saved in one of two file types m A recipe file as described below m A tag list GLS file as described on the fol
105. and Internet User s Guide Defining Alarms ees EEN 8 4 General Alarm Definitions cccceeeecceceeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeesaaeseeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseneeeeaes 8 5 Defining Action ON Alarm secsi E NETE A 8 11 Assigning Names to Alarm Classes 8 13 Alarm Propert OS ege 8 14 Specifying a Login Logout Message tsen retnresnssrnssrnssrnssrrssrns 8 15 Determining a Time Format 8 16 Alarm Print Mode EEAE actin aeaa E e iia niis nieve Miia 8 17 Exporting Alarm 3 c0cccccccccecceceseececscstedeeceteeces scutes euceduecesseatee NEEN ENEE EEN 8 18 ALS File F rmats susieina hinna ni verte ete eld ies 8 21 importing Alarms geseet eeEdESENeSEEN EEGENEN EE Een 8 23 Alarm Help Piles srncie a iaa 8 25 Chapter 9 Events Summaries cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 9 1 RENE 9 2 Defining and Modifying Events SUMMaries ccsseesseeeeeeesteeseseeeeeeeeeeetees 9 3 Exiting the Events Gummam 9 4 Alarm Displays EE 9 4 PIETERA oI ILo eege E e E TTT EE EET 9 7 Alarni EE 9 8 Alarm SOng EE 9 10 Alarm Display Setup scmper anaandaa ia a aa aeaa dE 9 11 Alarm el TEE 9 13 History Online Mode gestreet eeh anne tie ne edie 9 15 Events Summary Operations cccsccccssccssseeeeseeeeeseeeseeeseseeeenseeeseeeeeseeseseeeenseeeees 9 20 EEN 9 21 Alarm Acknowledge cccsecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeesaneeseeaneeseseeeseesenaeeeennnaeeeenenees 9 22 Total Acknowledge erci iia ee a a aaia 9 22 Se EE 9 23 Operator Initiated
106. and Internet User s Guide Registering Your Product You are important to us and it s important for us to know who our customers are Registering your Wizcon product enables us to provide you with better services and important notifications about the product Please take a minute to complete the Licensing Agreement included with your product and send it to PC Soft Receiving Technical Support You can receive technical support from your local distributor To receive prompt support make sure that you complete the Registration form and send it to PC Soft Using this Guide 1 7 1 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing Wizcon e G About this chapter This chapter describes Wizcon for Windows and Internet and its features as follows What is Wizcon for Windows and Internet the following page describes Wizcon Wizcon for Windows and Internet Main Features page 2 4 describes Wizcon Main Features Introducing Wizcon 2 1 What is Wizcon for Windows and Internet Wizcon is an advanced Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCADA system used as an applications development tool that enables system integrators to create sophisticated Supervisory and Control applications for a variety of industries Wizcon is an application generator This means that all the control and monitoring facilities are already built into the system and only the project definitions need to be
107. appear in the description followed by the valve number you could use Valve ID where the empty parentheses indicate that all the characters in the operator supplied name should be used If the operator enters 12 for the instance name while instantiating the object the description of the generated tag will be Valvel2 Different combinations of the ID variable can be used to customize generated tag attributes upon object instantiation ASK text from to For text specify the text that will appear in the prompt upon instantiation The from to parameter is optional and can be used in the same way as described in ID token For example if you entered ASK TAG NAME in the Tag Name field of the Tag Specifications dialog and ASK Enter Description in the Description field when you instantiate the object in the Image the Instance Parameters dialog appears Instance Parameters Instance name ALAR M1 UE ALARM TAG Cancel Help If you enter ASK Tag Name 1 4 in the Tag Name field of the Tag Specifications dialog and ASK Enter Description 1 5 in the Description field when you instantiate the object in the Image the Instance Parameters dialog reappears However only the first four characters of the tag name and the first five characters of the tag description specified by the operator are extracted and used 12 60 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Alarms Activate t
108. appear in the report Specifies the range of zones of the alarms that you want to appear in the report Specifies the range of family prefixes of the alarms that you want to appear in the report Events Summaries 9 17 Class Activate this button to select alarm classes so that only the alarms that belong to one of those classes will appear in the report The Set Class Filter dialog is displayed Set Class Filter iclass1 IT Popup buzz M dese E Notused M class3 E Notused IM class4 E Notused M class E Notused M class6 FE Notused M class FE Notused MV class8 E Notused Set All M class9 E Notused M class10 E Notused Reset All M class11 E Notused M class12 E Notused M class13 E Notused MH class14 V Popup M class15 IV Annunciator M class16 IV Printer Cancel Select the alarm classes you want and click OK To select all the classes in the box activate the Set All button To de select all the classes in the box activate the Reset All button Target In this field specify the target of the alarm report to be generated If you select File specify the name of the file that you want the report to be written to 9 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Specifying a Directory for the Historical Alarm Data You can specify the directory from which Wizcon 7 will extract historical alarm data To specify a directory Select Alarms history directory from the Report menu The History Directory d
109. application as described below Opening Wizcon When you open Wizcon a The Getting Started Wizard dialog is displayed which enables you to open applications from the Wizcon Application Studio The Getting Started Wizard is described in more detail in the Using the New Wizcon Application Wizard section of Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio To access Wizcon 1 Click the Start button on your desktop and point to Programs Point to WizFactory point to Wizcon and select Wizcon from the popup menu The Wizcon Getting Started Wizard is displayed Once you have created the type of application you want The Quick Access bar is displayed Wizcon User name user The Quick Access bar is described in more detail on the following page 2 Click on the Wizcon Application Studio FP button in the Quick Access bar to access the Wizcon Application Studio The Wizcon Application Studio is described in more detail in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio 4 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide You can now define yourself as a default user so that next time you access Wizcon you can login to the system with a name and password Defining users is described in more detail in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Quick Access Bar The Quick Access bar enables you to Login and out of the system Open the Wizcon Application Studio for application design Load an image an E
110. application was written and importing the file into the application m Opening the file with a text editor translating the language strings into the required language and saving the file with a new name m Selecting the required language and importing the translated file into the application After you have defined multilanguage support for a language you can then select it to determine that the application texts will appear in that language as described on page 5 45 gt To define modity multilanguage support m To export a file 1 From the WizTools menu point to MultiLanguage Support and select Export Language from the popup menu The Export Language dialog is displayed Export Language x Export language Cancel Export to file a Help 2 Inthe Export to file field enter the name of the text file you wish to create for the language strings 5 42 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 3 Click OK to save your definitions and close the dialog It is recommended to save the file in the same directory as your application Note If multilanguage support has already been defined in your application the last language you imported will appear in the Export language field m To import the text file 1 From the WizTools menu point to MultiLanguage Support and select Import Language from the popup menu The Import Language dialog is displayed Import language Import from file 2 Cli
111. as position size color and orientation change accordingly there are 12 different object properties Thus a dynamic graphical illustration of plant activity can be achieved Any object in an Image can be dynamically animated including process messages In addition process messages themselves can be made to change textually according to tag values Values can be presented numerically or predefined messages can be displayed for each specific tag value In order to implement object animation tag value ranges are denoted by start and end values The current state of an object corresponds to the start value and the final state of an object after changes corresponds to the end value Thereafter for any tag value the object will be changed proportionally by linear interpolation or extrapolation Tag values can be further divided into sub values that control different display attributes such as colors and fill patterns Image Animation 13 3 Dynamic Object Definition Menu gt Edit gt Operations gt Dynamic Objects Toolbox gt Lal This operation is performed to make existing Image objects dynamic Note It is recommended to refer to Step 4 of the Getting Started Guide for more details about creating dynamic objects gt To create a dynamic object Select the graphic object in the Image that you wish to include in the cluster and do one of the following Click the Dynamic Definition tool Lal in the Object toolbo
112. before you begin the workflow Remember to restart Wizcon Step 1 Defining Communication Drivers and Blocks Blocks are to be defined logically to maximize the efficiency of Wizcon This is done by defining blocks according to common sampling rates and consecutive addresses in the PLC After defining communication drivers and blocks you need to restart Wizcon for changes to take effect When defining blocks avoid m Leaving gaps of more than 20 addresses within the block m Defining blocks with a sampling rate that is different from the individual tag sampling rate Defining the same tags in more than one block Defining large blocks For more details about defining communication drivers and blocks refer to Chapter 6 Communication Drivers 4 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Step 2 Defining User Groups Defining user groups is important at this stage because each subsequent design level may call for user authorization Once you define the user groups you can add individual users at any time to any group Defining user groups later on in the design process is possible but not recommended For example in a car production plant engineers managers and floor workers have different levels of authorization If you assign authorization rights early in the design process you will save valuable time in later stages of the design For more details about defining User Groups refer to the Operator Access A
113. box dragging and dropping For example any tag scale can be dragged and dropped to the right or left side of the Chart window Charts 18 5 Menu Options The following menu options are available in the Chart window File Menu File in which you can specify Chart filing operations as described below Setup in which you can define Chart components as described on page 18 7 Modes in which you can set the Chart operational mode as described on page 18 7 Operations in which you can perform various Chart and graph operations as described on page 18 8 Options in which you can choose additional Chart options as described on page 18 9 Help in which you can display Chart Help topics The File menu contains the following options Select To do Save Save the Chart Save As Save the Chart under a different name Delete Remove a Chart from the application Print Print the currently active Chart Exit Exit the Chart 18 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Setup Menu The Setup menu contains the following options Select To do Graphs Define graph characteristics as described on definition page 18 13 X Axis Create an X Axis in your graph as described definition on page 18 31 Time definition Define the Chart time period as described on page 18 11 Background Define the color of the graph area as described on page 18 51 History Specify a path for historical files as described
114. canceled by selecting a cluster object in the Image and then selecting Break from the Clusters menu in the Image Instances can not be defined as dynamic as trigger or as another cluster no nesting of clusters unless they are broken apart Image Editor 12 71 Grids A grid is an array of points superimposed on an Image It is used to accurately position objects in an Image A grid consists of the following elements Origin The origin is the reference point that all other points are made relative to The origin can be any point in an Image Step The distance between adjacent grid points Different values can be assigned for horizontal and vertical steps Snapping The cursor can be made to move only in grid point steps When the mouse is moved the cursor will jump to the next grid point The following types of grids can be used World The grid step is set to the Drawing Space When the zoom level is changed the visible distance between grid points also changes accordingly together with the other geometrical objects in the Image Pixels The grid step is set to the screen pixels Whatever the zoom level the distance between the grid points remains the same even though object sizes visibly change Grids can be made visible or hidden The following sections describe the operations that are performed to create grids and set their attributes 12 72 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Grid Configuratio
115. chart If your Wizcon application sends frequent tag value changes to a client program then it is imperative that Wizcon serves as a DDE server and not as a DDE client that abuses the poke mechanism The poke mechanism is described in detail in the previous section 22 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining Wizcon to run asa DDE Server gt To define Wizcon to run as a DDE server mg 1 Inthe Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio click the Application Setup button The Application Setup dialog is displayed 2 Activate the Add button The Programs Specifications dialog is displayed 3 Press Browse and locate the Wizddes exe file in the Wizcon Bin directory 4 Select the file and click Open The file name appears in the Programs Specification dialog 5 Click OK to save your definition and to close the dialog The Application Setup dialog appears as follows geste ze el wel mec 6 Click OK to save your definitions and close the dialog 7 Run Excel or any other application program to serve as the client Note For more details about adding programs to run with Wizcon refer to the section on Application Setup in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 17 Note m The WizDDE Server can support only one client application If a WizDDE Server communicates with a client and another application establishes contact with Wizcon the link
116. different line colors and line types The Trend component takes less than 400K to download Trend Viewer A Trend Viewer displays online past and current activities recorded by the Wizcon for Internet system according to definitions specified in the Trend Profile Introducing Wizcon 2 13 Wizcon Language Wizcon includes a built in control language called Wizcon Language which can be used to automate plant tasks augment control capabilities and enhance system flexibility This language enables application engineers with little programming expertise to write useful command programs Each system function such as access to control devices can be expressed in symbolic form in Wizcon Language so that any application engineer can customize the application to meet specific plant design requirements Year 2000 Compatibility Wizcon is compatible with the year 2000 Note that the support is up to 2036 2 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 3 Installing Wizcon for Windows and Internet TR 2 About this chapter This chapter describes Wizcon for Windows and Internet Version 7 5 system requirements and the installation procedure System Requirements on the following page describes the required Wizcon for Windows and Internet system requirements Installation page 3 4 describes how to install and uninstall Wizcon for Windows for Internet Starting Wizcon for Windows and Internet page 3
117. disable specific functions For more details refer to page 23 22 Wizcon Network 23 9 Configuring a Wizcon Server Station A station is defined as a Wizcon Server automatically according to the plug however the station name and station ID must be defined in the same way as for the SCADA station as described below When configuring stations no Wizcon station may have the same name as a Backup station with the 2 appended For instance if a Backup station is named Silo no other Wizcon station on the network can be named Silo2 Configuring SCADA and Network SCADA Stations When configuring a SCADA station you specify a unique name and a unique ID number for your station It is recommended to keep a 10 number gap between different station IDs For instance if one ID is 80 the next ID should be 90 and so on The range for ID numbers is 1 through 999 Before you configure a SCADA station you should know your station name so that you can give your SCADA station a unique name Therefore configuring your computer as a SCADA and Network SCADA station involves two steps E Knowing your computer station name m Defining a unique Wizcon SCADA station name in the Local Station Configuration dialog Note SCADA and Network SCADA stations require a security plug 23 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide To define your computer as a SCADA Network SCADA station E Know your computer station name 1
118. driver in the Information tab as described on page 6 12 Communication Drivers 6 5 Defining General Driver Properties You can define general driver properties in the General tab of the Communication Driver dialog as described below Refer to the previous page to see how to access the dialog Lorerruskcoos eeneg MFIIZ WC KE Bere Akats Intonation a CEWODRNER Lapod Hee mees Teen p J Wuer iba F fd F ii KL Gapa et otaie of bkchs 2 e TI ml The following options are available Logical Name Specifies a name for personal identification purposes Timeout Defines the period of time in one hundredth of a second during which the system waits for response from a device before indicating a communication failure Attributes Read Check to enable read only operations with the device Write Check to enable write only operation with the device Sample tags outside of blocks Check to enable the sampling of tags not included in the communication blocks If you do not select this option communications will be limited to tags within the blocks 6 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining Serial Port Parameters You can define serial port parameters in the Serial tab of the Communication Driver dialog as described below Refer to page 6 3 to see how to access the dialog Commmunication Driver Allen Bradley SLC500 EN General Serial Blocks Information
119. exchange the recipe file format must be defined so that external programs will be able to read them Model Files Model files are named file RC where file is the model name that can include any alphanumeric character Model files have the following format Dee ez E gggggggg gggggggg gggggggg gggggggg gggggggg gggggggg gggggggg gggggggg t L j r E T r F COOC COOC COOC CH The first line is a brief description of the model gggggggg stands for the tag name Each tag value appears after the tag name although for model files these values are insignificant Recipes 17 13 For example Booster Startup and Operation j SPEEDO SPEED1 VOLTO VOLT1 FLOW VOLUME COOC OOcH CH Ne Ne Ne Ne on NS Recipe Files Recipe files are named file recip where file is the name of the model and recip stands for the recipe name which can include any alphanumeric character Recipe files have the following format Dese ip en 3 gggggggg vvvvvv F gggggggg VVVVVV gggggggg vvvvvv gggggggg vvvvvv gggggggg vvvvvv vvvvvv gggggggg The first line is a brief description of the recipe gggggggg stands for the tag name and vvvvvv stands for a value or the name of another tag from which the value is taken For example Fine Grain Size MESH1 5 MESH2 7 MESH3 11 SPEED 390 FLOW 1200 VOLUME VOLMIX Note is
120. file GATES DAT Action The GATES DAT file is missing Make sure that it exists in the flattened application directory This message may also indicate that the GATES DAT file is already being used by another application In this case close the application using the file and repeat the step 3 No global gates found Global gates table not initialized Action The GATES DAT file is empty Make sure that the correct file from your original Wizcon DOS application is in the flattened application directory 4 Global gates table not initialized without preceding message Action The utility could not initialize the table due to memory allocation problems the most probable cause being that there was not enough memory Close some applications and re run the utility Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 25 5 Error while loading gate No gate number Action The gate file was found to be corrupted Return to the Wizcon for DOS application and save the gate information again 6 Error while writing file WIZGTGLB GLS Action Make sure that a file with the same name is not being used by another application First Pass of Attached Gate Conversion 7 No templates found Action There are no GT files in the directory No files were converted 8 Could not open file filename Attached gates table not initialized ignoring template Action Make sure that the file is not being used by another application 9 N
121. for the Trigger tab in the Jmage Properties dialog to cause trigger objects to be highlighted outlined with dashed lines when you click on the object and hold the mouse button down The default for this parameter is NO Image Properties 2 xi Pictures View Loading Trigger Rates Fast Zone Dynamic Highlight State eg Top IT Mouse pointer on triggers C Bottom IT Trigger small input box Cancel Apply Help The Image Properties dialog is described in more detail in the Image Properties section of Chapter 12 Image Editor 13 56 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Tag Value Sliders i LN ES Oo cr Web disabled Image gt Object Toolbox gt El Image Menu gt Edit Drawings gt Widgets gt Slider Tag value sliders widgets can be designed and used in an Image to change and read tag values in a simple visual manner The sliders can be positioned anywhere in the Image and will automatically reflect any change in the tag value that occurs in the field The following is an example of a slider The following points should be noted when working with tag value sliders m Tag value sliders are system windows that operate using system controls m Tag value sliders are automatically generated as trigger objects and therefore can only operate in the Trigger mode described in the section called Trigger On Mode in Chapter 12 Image Editor Image Anima
122. is any valid operator including operators percent denotes modulus as in C programming language amp or bitwise AND inclusive OR and exclusive OR Val is any numerical value 13 42 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide String Tags If the tag associated with the object was defined as a string tag you can enter any character string in the Formula field including a blank string no characters at all The Formula edit field can have up to 55 characters only If the formula begins with the at character the Image interprets the rest of the string as a tag If you want to see the at character typed place a space before it The tag in the formula can also be of a numerical type In this case the value is converted to a string and written to a string tag In addition you can enter a zone to jump to or a macro to activate whenever that object is selected In the Macro field you can specify a macro that you want to be activated by typing the name of the macro or by clicking on the arrow to the right When you click on the arrow a list of predefined macros will appear for you to select from Note If more than one operation is assigned in this dialog the operations will be performed in the following order goto zone tag assignment run macro If one of the operations fails the next operation will not be executed Smooth Variation Range If you want to use the Smooth input method to sp
123. line reference Tags 7 7 Sample External devices are sampled periodically to update the values of their associated tags Thus a tag value always reflects the state of its associated device Each tag is assigned its own sampling rate However if the device component with which the tag is associated is included in a communications block that block will ultimately determine the sampling rate The following options are available Never The external device is never sampled to update its respective tag In Monitor The device is sampled to update its respective tag only when the tag s value is requested by one of Wizcon modules for example displayed in an Image This option is useful for minimizing communications traffic thereby improving system performance Select this option for tags that are used for monitoring field activities and do not record into history files Do not select this option for tags that are used for alarm definition Always The device is always sampled to update its respective tag If you select this option specify the sample rate in seconds and or milliseconds Note that if the tag is included in a communication block the block will ultimately determine the sampling rate The fastest rate at which Wizcon will sample a tag is 50 milliseconds 7 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide To Define OPC Source Parameters You can associate the tag you want to define with an OPC driver by cl
124. not sampled However if an object was transformed using the dynamic move resize or rotate options and after the transformation that object receives tag values that cause it to move outside the Image window you can use the Sample when out of Window option to cause the object to be sampled If this option is not selected transformed objects that no longer appear in the Image window will not be sampled 13 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Dynamic Text Drawings Toolbox gt T Edit gt Drawings gt Text In any Image tag values can be displayed as one of the following dynamic text object types m Tag value m Text Table display each value causes a pre defined string to be displayed Date Time display Tag string display exact field device values Note You may want to refer to Step 6 of the Getting Started Guide to see an example of defining dynamic text Image Animation 13 21 gt To define a dynamic text display Click on the i tool in the Drawings toolbox The Text dialog appears Text Other Text Types Tag Value Text Table Date Time String OK Cancel Help To enter regular text click the left button in the Text field Regular text is described in more detail in Chapter 12 Image Editor The following description refers to dynamic text only The fields that relate to dynamic text in the dialog are as follows Text This field
125. number of indexes that point to record locations in the data file The number of indexes is configurable WIZTUNE DAT parameter see Appendix C for more information Because the data file is not ordered it holds two indexes for each time interval One index which points to the first record with a time stamp bigger or equal to the time of the index and one index which points to the last record with a timestamp smaller or equal to the time of the index If user has a history file for each day and wants an index in this file for each minute user will have a 1 440 minutes x 2 indexes minute x 4 bytes index 11 520 bytes index file 691 200 bytes if 1 index second The number of time indexes used is determined when the file in created Afterwards when the file is used read write this number of indexes will be used VFISFST allows more than one process writing to history simultaneously usually it is only one process Wizpro logger D 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide VFISFST Tuning Parameters For all the parameters described below please make sure to restart Wizcon to apply changes LGRBUFSIZE and LGRFLUSHTIME These parameters are common Wizcon parameters intended for tag history logging See Objects Tags Properties Wizpro Logger Buffer size indicates the buffer size used for the Wizcon logger and for the write operations of the VFISFST Advised size 2 048 Flush rate has a big influen
126. object simple text Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 5 box object OBJECT BOX object number General data ROUNDED box position Trigger definition circle object OBJECT CIRCLE object number General data circle ellipse position Trigger definition ellipse object OBJECT ELLIPSE object number General data circle elipse position Trigger definition circarc object OBJECT CIRCARC object number General data CLOSED circarc position Trigger definition poly object OBJECT POLY object number General data poly position Trigger definition G 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide pipe objec OBJECT PIPE object number General data pipe position Trigger definition Button_object OBJECT BUTTON object number General data FONT font style FACENAME font name TEXT_SIZE font size T_ font direction T_ font data box position CAPTION text Trigger definition simple text OBJECT TEXT object number General data text information Trigger definition i General data LCOL rgb FCOL rgb PATTERN pattern num filled LAYER layer name Box position VERTICS lt x pos
127. occur at any time during the Wizcon session Flush rate Determines a value that will represent the WizPro logger flush to disk rate in seconds for history files The maximum is 3600 seconds Note Restart Wizcon for changes to take place Tags 7 31 7 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 8 Alarms e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to define and use alarms in the Wizcon system as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of Wizcon alarms Basic Principles on page 8 3 describes the basic principles of alarm definition Defining Alarms page 8 4 describes how to define alarms how to define a single action for an alarm and how to assign a name to alarm classes Alarm Properties page 8 15 describes how to define a login and logout message the time format that appears in the Events Summary and the alarm printout and how to overwrite default print sequences Exporting Alarms page 8 19 describes how to generate a list of alarms in ASCII format and describes the ALS file format Importing Alarms page 8 24 describes how to import alarm definitions from an ASCII file Alarm Help Files page 8 26 describes how to create alarm help files Alarms 8 1 Overview Wizcon alarms are application messages used to notify operators of exceptional conditions in the plant In addition Wizcon generates system messages that provide operators with informa
128. of a plant or facility that can include dynamic and static objects Wizcon 7 images are drawn in layers whereby each image can consist of one or more layers that can be zoomed into to obtain detailed views of specific plant sections Images are created in the Wizcon Application Studio by right clicking Images in the All Containers section and selecting New Image or by clicking the New Image icon in the toolbar Instantiation Once you place a cluster in an application you create an instance The action of creating a separate instance of the object or function is called instantiation One cluster can have many different instances each with the specific characteristic that you define according to your application s needs For example each instance can be associated with a different set of tags and alarms that you defined when creating a new instance Layer A layer is a specific level of an image in which additional information is added and can only be seen in that layer An application can consist of many layers Different types of plant information can be shown on different layers It is used to provide a more detailed view of a particular section of the plant When a problem arises in a particular part of the plant you can display that layer to see additional information to help you solve the problem Layout A Layout is a set of Wizcon7 windows in the Wizcon Studio Application saved in a file Layouts are saved loaded and delet
129. of historical databases After the Master station recovers the backup station updates the Master station with the missing historical data This mechanism ensures that the historical database on the Master stations remains complete Hot Backup Configuration Network SCADA Station SCADA SCADA Station Backup WW ek Hot Backup station configuration is described on page 23 13 Wizcon Network SCADA Station A full operational station that allows operators to view and control the process This station automatically receives all the online and historical data from the SCADA stations as required The operator can transparently interact with the process using Wizcon images charts and other standard modules The Wizcon Network SCADA serves as a mirror of the real time and historical data from one or more SCADA stations The Network SCADA Station is not connected to a PLC but to SCADA Stations via a network Network SCADA station configuration is described on page 23 10 23 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon Server Station GE i LN ES Ab Web disabled Buffers and redirects data exchange transactions between the Management View stations to the plant in order to isolate and avoid overloading SCADA stations that control the real time data floor The Wizcon Server collects requests from the Management View stations and transfers them to the appropriate SCADA st
130. of the Quick Access bar gt To register system operators In the Control panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the Users icon The User Setup dialog is displayed User Setup Name x Password bz Group DefaultLayout Name Default Layout Change of Delete Save Cancel Help 5 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Name Password Default Layout Specifies the operator name Specifies the operator password The password is displayed as asterisks when a user types a password and when a User entry is selected from the list Therefore there is no need to retype password each time when changing user definition as Groups or default layout Specifies the default window layout that appears whenever an operator logs in If you do not want a specific layout to be loaded upon operator login leave this field empty m To add a new operator to the list Fill in the Name Password and if required the Default Layout field and activate the Add button m To modify existing operator definitions Select an operator from the list make the required changes to the Name Password and Default Layout fields and activate the Change button m To delete an operator from the Operator List Select an operator and activate the Delete button Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 35 m To assign groups to an operator or
131. of the alarms that you want to appear in the generated list You may select any attribute all of the attributes or none at all These attributes are described on page 8 7 List Target Specifies the target destination of the list to be generated Printer or File ALS You can select Printer to send the list to the printer or File ALS to save the list in a file with the extension ALS For File ALS specify the name of the file without the extension The file will be located in the application directory specified in the Set Default Paths dialog which is described in Printers section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio 8 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide An example of an ALS file is shown below After you complete the dialog and activate the OK button an alarm list will be generated according to the filter you specified ALS File Format This section describes the field definitions of an ALS file An ALS file can be opened with any text editor The following is an example of an ALS file No Tag Cond Value Text Prt Ann Pop Buz Fil Sys AAc AEn Dis CIA Sev Zone Name Help UserClass AOS AOA 0 T2 gt 200 lt Shutdown gt NNNNNNNNNNOO lt D gt lt gt 0 Y Exit 1 T3 150 lt Open3 gt NYYNNYNNNNOO lt MSG gt lt gt Admin The format of the file is as follows The first line contains the alarm attribute fields This line begins with a semicolon Alarms 8 21 Each remaining l
132. on the screen when specific alarms are issued Each file contains a description for its associated alarm Help files can be created using any text editor Simply start a new file and type the desired message Help files can have any name but must have the extension AHP All help files should be placed in one directory You can specify the file name of the help file while defining an alarm in the General tab of the Alarm Definition dialog as described on page 8 5 You can specify the file name of the help file for an existing alarm by double clicking on the alarm in the List of Alarms in the Wizcon Application Studio The Alarm Definition dialog will open in which you can define the path name of its help file Alarms 8 25 8 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 9 Events Summaries e L Web disabled __ For the Web refer to Chapter 10 Creating Events Summary Profiles 2 About this chapter This chapter describes Wizcon s Events Summary as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of the Wizcon Events Summary features Defining and Modifying Events Summaries page 9 3 describes how to define an Events Summary how to close an Events Summary window and how alarms are displayed in the Events Summary Display Options page 9 7 describes which alarms will be displayed in the Events Summary their order how to assign alarms text and background colors and how to view
133. program from the list of programs Moves a program up one line in the list of programs Moves a program down one line in the list of programs Determines a setting environment for a Wizcon application For more details refer to page 5 25 Note When adding a list of programs write the list in the order that you want them to run Do not place a program that should run before the Wizcon interface following a program that should run after the Wizcon interface Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 23 gt To setup a program you wish to run while starting Activate the Add button in the Application Setup dialog as shown on page 5 22 The Programs Specification dialog is displayed Pract ce l Clear a r l D ae IT Gei tha pozan bann w Loge 7 wn Le thes Gap pr seed b ie aset ies gel Fetten CS zl ma The following options are available Program to Run Specifies the full path of the program Click the Browse button to access the DDE server and client settings Bin WizDDEs c exe Parameters Specifies the program parameters if there are any Open a Window Opens the program in a window The following window styles are available Default Opens the window in a default size Minimize Opens the window minimized Maximize Opens the window maximized 5 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Start the Program before User Login Specifies whether to run the user program before or after u
134. provided by the application engineer Minimal computer or programming skills are required Wizcon takes advantage of the powerful preemptive multi tasking capabilities of the Windows 95 or 98 and NT operating systems and a built in event driven mechanism to achieve the utmost performance and data integrity It also uses its interface mechanisms to implement clear and efficient visualization of its components Wizcon for Windows and Internet enables you to integrate your application with your Internet Intranet network promoting real time Supervisory and Control using real time graphics and event driven information updates from any computing platform It combines the benefits of SCADA Java HTML and Internet Wizcon for Internet applications can be accessed and used without requiring platform specific software client software installation or plug ins The production floor can be safely monitored and controlled through a standard Web browser You can also view both factory data and corporate information through a common interface from any desktop or mobile computer A Wizcon application communicates with control equipment in the field such as Programmable Logic Controllers PLCs measuring instruments and other devices As the equipment is monitored and data is recorded Wizcon responds according to system logic requirements or operator requests 2 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Typical Wizcon SCADA Configurati
135. recipe files and can invoke operating system programs and batch files using the Shell command The Shell command can be used for file maintenance operations file transfers complex calculations and report generation Using the Print command with B C or D Wizcon can generate files that can be exported to other programs such as spreadsheets databases and report generators m String tags can receive string values with a maximum of 81 characters Any character after the 81st will be ignored Wizcon Language 16 45 m A maximum of three string tags can be concatenated in the same statement For example in the statement STRING_SUM STR1 STR2 STR3 STR4 the last string tag STR4 will be ignored In addition as mentioned above the STRING_SUM tag in the example should receive a maximum of 81 characters 16 46 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 17 Recipes e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to create define and apply recipes in the Wizcon system as follows Overview on the following page describes the basic principle of recipes including a discussion of recipe files models and write blocks Recipe Model Creation and Modification page 17 3 describes how to create and modify recipe models Recipe Creation and Modification page 17 6 describes how to create recipes Loading Recipes page 17 10 describes how to load a recipe into the Wizcon system Appl
136. right Wizcon Language 16 25 Examples TAG1 TAG2 TAG1 is assigned to the value of TAG2 SUM FLOOR SUM 0 5 SUM is assigned the rounded value of its current value STOP TEMP MAX STOP is assigned the value True 1 if TEMP is equal to Max and False 0 otherwise Note that the same symbol is used for both a command and a logical operator LEVEL 0 10 LEVEL is assigned the value 10 SPEED 0 SPEED SPEED is assigned the opposite of its current value Some control assignment operations have special commands These operations include INC Increment a tag Example INC TAG which is equivalent to TAG TAG 1 DEC Decrement a tag Example DEC TAG which is equivalent to TAG TAG 1 SET Sets a tag to 1 Example SET TAG which is equivalent to TAG 1 RESET Sets a tag to 0 Example RESET TAG which is equivalent to TAG 0 SETBIT Sets a bit in a tag to 1 Example SET TAG 3 which sets bit 3 in TAG RESETBIT Resets a bit in a tag to 0 Example RESETBIT TAG 3 which resets bit 3 in TAG 16 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Message Commands Messages can be sent to various destinations using the PRINT command The basic PRINT syntax is PRINTdest string where dest is a destination indicator and string is a string argument with seve
137. s login user will be of no importance Long Term Security Problem Resolutions For real life process solutions however you should not disable DCOM security and more than likely the client and server users will have different logons This section explains how to configure the client and server to communicate OPC data with DCOM security intact To demonstrate how OPC clients and servers can communicate data across a network you need to install the OPC Inspector and Modbus Server on separate computers When DCOM security is configured correctly you will be able to use the OPC Inspector to access data items from the Modbus Server How you configure DCOM depends on if the local and remote machines are located in the same domain or in different or no domains gt To add new users for same domain OPC communications 1 Install the Modbus server on one computer 2 Install the OPC Inspector on another networked computer in the same domain F 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 3 On the Modbus server computer run dcomcnfg exe This program is installed by default in the winnt system32 folder The Distributed COM Configuration Properties dialog box appears 4 Inthe Applications page double click the FactorySoft Modbus OPC Sample The FactorySoft Modbus OPC Sample Properties dialog box appears 5 Click the Security tab 6 Select Use custom access permissions and click Edit The Registry Value Permission
138. select DDE Blocks The DDE Client Block Definition dialog is displayed Block Maas AotkEkbis E To create anew DDE block follow the instructions in 2 3 and 4 below H To modify a DDE block double click the block or select the block and activate the Change button The Define Blocks dialog is displayed on the following page in which you can make the necessary changes 2 Inthe Block Name field enter an internal block name 3 Inthe Application field specify the DDE server application where each block physically resides Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 11 4 Activate the Add button The Define Blocks dialog is displayed Define the block and click OK to save your definitions and close the dialog The following options are available Name Specifies the internal name of the block For example BLOCK1 Application Specifies the DDE server application For example EXCEL Topic Specifies the name of the group of data or files on the DDE Server that will be accessed For example Book1 xls Address Specifies the block address For example DDE clients of Excel must specify the block address as follows Upper Left Cell Bottom Right Cell The DDE block starts at the cell in Row2 Column3 and ends with the cell in Row6 Column9 Therefore the block covers five cells vertically rows and seven cells horizontally columns Therefore the entry will be R2C3 R6C9 Dimension The number of rows and columns in the block
139. selecting the Group icon in the Objects toolbar History Viewer The History Viewer module in Wizcon 7 can be used to generate lists of historical tag values for analysis purposes The tag list generated by the module can be filtered to include only specific tags in the list The historical tag lists appear in History Viewer windows which are created in the Wizcon Application Studio by right clicking History Viewer in the All Containers section or by double clicking the History Viewer icon in the toolbar Hot Backup Station For applications that require the highest degree of reliability Wizcon 7 provides the Hot Backup redundant configuration This configuration consists of two identical Wizcon SCADA stations Both stations are connected to the same PLCs but one station is running in the Master mode and samples data in the field while the second station Backup station remains in a Stand By mode When the Master station goes down the Backup station switches to the Master mode starts to sample PLCs and distributes real time data to other stations across the network In addition to real time redundancy the Hot Backup feature ensures the integrity of historical databases After the Master station recovers the backup station updates the Master station with the missing historical data This mechanism ensures that the historical database on the Master stations remains complete Glossary H 7 Image An image is a graphical drawing
140. tag value Set Specifies a new current value which is written immediately Suggest Specifies a new current value which is displayed in the New Value field and written by clicking Apply 7 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide MultiAdd Tags The MultiAdd operation is used to automatically generate a group of tags according to a user defined pattern format gt To define tag pattern format 1 2 In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio click on Tags to display the List of Tags In the List of Tags section right click the tag you want to add toa group and select MultiAdd from the popup menu The MultiAdd Tag Definition dialog is displayed MultiAdd Tag Definition Pattern Step Name format fi Address format fi Amount to add f Generate Exit Help This dialog is used to generate a pattern for tags to be added to the existing tag list Once a pattern is defined for the Name format and Address format fields you can activate the Generate button to add tags to the list according to the pattern you defined Tags 7 23 The following options are available Name format The contents for this field can be any of the following characters This character will remain as is in the next tag A This character will be incremented alphabetically D This character will be incremented in decimal numeric order H This character will be incremented in
141. that the tag name is valid 4 Unexpected end of file Action Your Wiz SQL program doesn t end correctly Correct it and run Wiz SQL again 5 Tag name is too long Action Tag name format can be station name tag name where Station name is optional and up to 15 characters in length and tag name is up to 31 characters 6 String is too long Action Ensure that the maximum amount of characters in the string is 255 7 WizPro is not active Action WizSQL does not operate if WizPro is not active Activate Wizcon and then WizSQL 8 Failed to open input file file name Action Make sure the file file name exists and is enabled for opening WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 35 10 11 12 13 14 15 Memory allocation failed Action Check if the drive where your swapper file resides has enough space If not ensure enough room for it Illegal operator for the expression parameters Action The operator used in an expression is illegal for the parameters For example using an arithmetical operator for string parameters Illegal parameters for the expression operator Action The parameters used in an expression are illegal for the operator For example using arithmetical parameter for string operators Illegal expression type in assignment Action The expression type should be the same as the tag type to which the expression is assigned A WizPro function failed see the file error
142. the X and Y axis while zooming in and out to view the desired details The Wizcon built in report generator keeps you continuously informed and up to date on all plant activities Designed specifically for supervisory and control systems this report generator can automatically produce customized daily shift reports periodical reports and event driven reports Database Connectivity WizSQL module allows application designers to build event driven SQL queries to read and write Wizcon data from and to database tables This simplifies the exchange of information with other applications 2 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Easy Maintenance Wizcon for Internet Reduces operating costs by enabling users to build a single application instead of a networked solution of multiple applications Eases the administrative burden tremendously since it is Java based and Java is already an integral part of the web browser installed on most desktops Need not be installed locally on each machine Updates can be distributed centrally through web servers Does not introduce new configuration resource or compatibility issues nor does it require extra administrative or maintenance effort for each machine In addition Wizcon for Internet relies on Java s portability and eliminates the need to support different versions of applications on different platforms Can be viewed online with just a browser Events Summary Eve
143. the server application Note that not all the applications support DDE commands even though they may support DDE communication You must check the documentation of each software to see if this feature is supported It is very important to remember that DDE commands are sent by the client and executed in the server Applications that support DDE commands include a predefined set of commands that can be received from a client application These commands should be listed in the server applications documentation DDE commands that Wizcon sends to a DDE server are defined as macros in Wizcon Refer to the section on Defining the DDE Command Macro in Chapter 21 Macros for more details about defining DDE commands 22 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Activating the WizDDE Client WIZDDEC In order for the WizDDE to establish contact with the DDE server application the server must be loaded before WizDDE For example if your Wizcon application receives data from Excel the DDE server you must first load Excel before loading the WizDDE To enable your Wizcon application as a DDE client you must run the WIZDDEC module gt Torun the WIZDDEC module Click the Start button and point to Programs A popup menu is displayed Point to Wizcon and select DDE Client from the popup menu Important WizDDE Client Notes Things to know about WizDDEC H Load the application program that is the server before the clie
144. the tag You can delete a tag as described below gt To delete a tag 1 In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio click on Tags to display the List of Tags 2 Inthe List of Tags right click the tag you want to delete and select Delete Tag from the popup menu A dialog is displayed in which you can confirm your request or cancel it 7 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Single Tag Input This section describes how to assign an immediate value to a specific tag gt To define single tag input In the Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the Single Tag icon Or From the WizTools menu of the Wizcon Application Studio select Single Tag The Single Tag Input dialog is displayed Single Tag Input Station Name aaa E Set Tag Name zl Si Current Value New Value Suggest D l The following options are available Station Name The Wizcon network station to which the tag belongs Tag Name The tag for which the value is to be modified Click on the arrow on the right side of the field to display a drop down list of tags When a tag is selected its description is displayed underneath the Tag Name field and its value is displayed in the Current Value field Current Value Specifies the current value of the selected tag Tags 7 21 New Value Enter the new tag value or click on the arrows in the Suggest field slider to determine a new
145. the termination section of an ASCII file Communication Failure Processing on page 24 33 describes how WizSQL handles communication problems with the RDB WizSQL Messages on page 24 36 lists and describes WizSQL messages 24 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Overview Structured Query Language SQL is a standard language used for retrieving data from and sending data to a database management system In database management systems DBMS information is stored in tables where each line of the table contains a record of information When an application needs to retrieve data from a database you use the SQL language to make the request The database program processes the SQL request retrieves the requested data and returns it to the requesting program SQL also allows a program to update the database by adding new data removing old data and modifying previously stored data The WizSQL Connection module enables you to m Update user defined database tables E Retrieve information from common databases and save it in Wizcon recipes This type of data transfer allows users to send production orders from their business systems directly to the plant floor Note This chapter assumes a basic understanding of the SQL language Wizcon and the database management system that communicates with Wizcon WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 3 Wizcon SQL Connection Module The purpose of the Wizcon SQL Connection Mod
146. them Alarm Objects page 13 31 describes how to define objects as alarm objects Trigger Objects page 13 36 describe how to define trigger objects Input Method Preparations page 13 40 describe what to do before you can use an input method Trigger Macros page 13 55 describe how to define trigger macros Tag Value Sliders page 13 58 describe how to design sliders Media Player page 13 61 describes how to define media players Tag Value Simulation page 13 63 describes how to simulate tag values in Images Image Animation 13 1 Overview Image Animation is the process of linking Image objects created by using the Image Editor to a control process via tags Refer to Chapter 7 Tags for more information about tags and their relation to on going processes There are two main ways to implement Image Animation Dynamic Objects Objects in Images are associated with tags Any change in tag values causes the object to change graphically Trigger Objects Objects in Images are designated as triggers Whenever these objects are activated operations such as tag value changes are executed immediately thereby affecting the graphic presentation of the Image Each of these methods is described in the following sections 13 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Dynamic Objects Dynamic objects are elements that change according to tag values When a tag value changes the properties of the object such
147. to modify the group assignment of an existing operator Activate the Group button The Set Group Access dialog is displayed in which you can select a group to assign to the operator Set Group Access igi V ooupi MV group2 M groups M group3 H group19 V group4 M group20 H group5 M goup21 M groups MV group22 H group M group23 M groups M group24 Set All M group9 H group25 H groupi0 V group26 Reset All MV goupli M group2 H goupl2 V group28 group13 bh group29 groupl4 V group30 M group15 M group31 H group16 M group32 ces Activating the Set All button assigns all the groups to the operator Activating the Reset All button resets all the groups assigned to the operator to their original settings 5 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Assigning Group Names Gi E Web disabled _ a The Group Names option is used to assign names to authorization groups The default set of names appears as Groupmn where nn stands for a group number from 1 to 32 To assign names to authorization groups In the Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the Group Names icon The Group Names dialog is displayed Group Names 1 croup aa 3 faou 17 oroupl 25 Jeu 2 oroup2 10 baut lo Z group26 3 Joroup3 11 Jeu 19 fgroup19 2 group27 4 Jeun 12 group12 20 group20 28 Joroup28 5 JoroupS 13 Joroup13 21 Joroup2t 23 group29 6 for
148. to this server instance If this is the selection the user cannot log off without stopping the server and the server cannot run unless a user is logged on e This User runs this application The alternative to the Interactive User selection This option specifies a user context to run under regardless of the current user logged into the computer Short Term Security Problem Resolutions Same User Logon For testing purposes the easiest resolution is to have the same user log onto both machines Using this method provides the same security access and rights for both computers and the machines recognize each other Disable DCOM Security Another resolution is to disable DCOM security altogether As with having the same user logon to both machines this resolution may proves useful for testing or demonstration purposes when real security is not an issue gt To disable DCOM security 1 Onthe OPC client machine run DCOMCNFG Networking with OPC Using DCOM F 11 2 Set the Default Authentication Level to None on the Default Properties tab On the OPC Server machine run DCOMCNFG 4 On the Default Properties tab selected None for the Default Authentication Level 5 On the Default Security tab add the groups Everyone and Network to both the Default Access Permissions and Default Launch Permissions Access Control Lists With these settings the domain setup if any and the ID for each machine
149. token defined below the token 3 Composed token definition defined below the token 4 Simple token definition defined in the same line To help you locate and identify information easily this document uses visual cues The following typographical conventions are use in this document Type styles Used for Bold Token that appears as is italic Composed tokens defined below Italic A definition of a previously declared token This document uses predefined operators to define correlation between other declarations and definitions The following operators are not used in the ILS file it self Operator Definition Expression enclosed in the square parentheses are OPTIONAL Expression enclosed in the is optional unless mentioned else in a following remark x Expression enclosed in the x is optional but if it appears another following expression enclosed with the same x must also appear If the first expression doesn t appear the appearance of the second expression is STILL OPTIONAL Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 3 III Double square parentheses means that one square parentheses MUST appear in the ILS file l Logical OR amp l Logical AND OR n Tokens between and n appears 1 n times Indicates that the following is a remark and not part of the ILS file gt gt gt Indicates that this line and the next one appear as one in the ILS file ILS file structure Header
150. used as a text string that begins from the sign The sign alone signifies a tag name The tag list is taken from the relevant model The tag values constitute the recipe Model and recipe files have the same format 17 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m Ina model file the tag list constitutes the model H Inarecipe file the tag values constitute the recipe Since a model file is distinguished from a recipe file only by its extension RC a recipe can be converted into a model by assigning it the proper extension Remember modifying models changing the order of tags or tags themselves may cause conflicts between recipes created before the model was modified and recipes created after the model was modified Since models provide the recipe names and tag lists an error will occur when a model tag list was changed but its name was not In such a case recipes will be created that belong to the same model but with different tag arrangements Therefore when models are modified their names and tag lists must be modified accordingly Write Save Blocks Write save blocks that were defined in the Model Editing dialog as described on page 17 4 are saved in the recipe file The following is an example of a write block defined for the tag ANAO1 in a recipe file Compressor Machine 2 ANAO1 3 26 17 0 5 ANA06 390 i AIRPRES 1200 7 Recipes 17 15 RECIPEPERTAG Mode for Recipe Blocks In pr
151. used to group recipes and provide the list of tags from which the recipes are derived Using this Guide 1 3 Chapter 18 Charts describes how to define edit and view charts to provide graphical views of past and current activities recorded by the Wizcon system Chapter 19 History Viewers describes how to generate and use History Viewer lists to provide you with simple and straightforward data concerning tags and tag values over specific periods of time Chapter 20 Reports describes how to define customized reports which contain free text and calculated field data Chapter 21 Macros describes how to define macros special programs that execute pre defined actions commands or programs Chapter 22 Wizcon DDE Support describes how to define Wizcon as a DDE client or server Chapter 23 Wizcon Network describes how to design and operate a Wizcon Network Chapter 24 WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support describes how to use WizSQL both as a client and server Chapter 25 Multiple Tags describes how to define multiple tags These tags enables you to adjust system parameters and establish a proper Wizcon application working environment Appendix A Wizcon for Windows and Internet Files describes data and configuration files used by Wizcon Appendix B Converting Wizcon 5 Applications describes how to convert Wizcon 5 applications to Wizcon for Windows Appendix C Tuning Parameters describes how to use tuning parameters to optimi
152. value recorded in the interval you specified Minimum Returns the lowest value recorded during the specified interval Maximum Returns the highest value recorded during the specified interval Average Returns the arithmetic average of all the values recorded during the interval Sum Returns the sum of all the values recorded during the interval Integral Returns the sum of the products of each recorded value multiplied by the time until the next recording This function is explained in more detail on page 20 18 Reports 20 15 Weighted average Returns the average value of the tag relative to the time the value occurred in the tag This function is explained in more detail on page 20 19 Total time for range Returns the total amount of time that tag values were in the range specified This function is explained in more detail on page 20 20 Count for range Returns the number of times that tag values were recorded for a specified range Time of logging no Returns the time of the nth recording after the beginning of the interval For example if you want the hour at which the seventh recording occurred enter 7 Value of logging no Returns the value of the nth recording after the beginning of the interval for example if you want the value of the fourth recording type 4 for this option Repetition of value Time Returns the time of a specific occurrence of a specific value For example the f
153. will appear in the position it was last saved relative to the new location of the window 13 38 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Input Method Preparations The following sections describe the steps you need to take before you can use an input method Action Buttons If you want to use the Buttons input method you must first define the action buttons gt To define action buttons Activate the Buttons button in the Trigger Object Definition dialog The Preset Buttons Definition dialog is displayed Preset Buttons Definition Mixing Process Control Image Animation 13 39 The following options are available Title Legend Value Zone Macro Add Change Delete Style Optional Button Size Save The button group title optional A description of the buttons In this field any button letter can be highlighted for keyboard entry by prefixing it with the ampersand amp character The button value If the object was defined as a string tag as described in the section called Tag Value String earlier in this chapter the value can be any numeric alphabetic or alphanumeric value The zone to jump to when the button is activated This field is optional The macro to activate when the button is activated This field is optional Not applicable on the Web The button is added to the list The button definition is changed The button is deleted from the list
154. 0 New Tag Value 200 Cancel Help Enter a value and activate the OK button to apply it immediately to the tag Note If the object is a string tag object you can enter a textual value in the New Tag Value field For more information about string tag display see the section called Tag Value String on page 13 30 Image Animation 13 47 Touch Screen Numeric Keypad To enable Wizcon to support touch screens a new type of trigger is available In the Wiztune dat file manually set the tuning parameter IMG_TRG_KEYPAD YES Default is NO Restart Wizcon for it to take effect The Key Pad is available for Data Entry triggers of numeric type The following dialog will be opened Enter Value x zs np BEES SES Note that keypad is not supported in browser The keypad operates as any other numeric keypad Press the Back button to delete one number back Press Clear to erase all numbers in the field You can set the location of your keypad anywhere on the screen Press the Test button and you can move the keypad to any location When you reopen Wizcon and operate the keypad it will be opened at the same location as you selected 13 48 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Smooth Variation When the Smooth Variation method is being used and the operator clicks on a trigger object the Single Tag Input dialog is displayed Single Tag Input Station Name STATION E Set Tag Name Fo E S
155. 10 describes how to start Wizcon for Windows and Internet Installing Wizcon for Windows Internet 3 1 System Requirements Before you install Wizcon verify that you have the following Hardware Computer 200MHz Pentium or higher Memory 64MB minimum Hard Disk 120 MB minimum free Display VGA SVGA or any graphic adaptor that supports the operating system desktop The display should be set at 256 colors or higher and the screen resolution should be set at 640 x 480 or higher Mouse Any PC compatible mouse Parallel Port Required for the Wizcon security plug Software Operating System Microsoft s Windows NT version 4 0 or higher or Microsoft s Windows 95 98 can be used for application development m Properly configured TCP IP A fixed IP address is required for a web server Or Windows 95 98 NetBEUI Protocol m Web server A web server is required for publishing the application not for development m Browser A Java 1 1 enabled browser is required Netscape Communicator 4 0 or higher or Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 1 m HTML Editor Any HTML editor may be used 3 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following is required to publish a Wizcon application on the Web m Windows NT 4 0 m Java 1 1 enabled browser m A web server For example the Netscape FastTrack Server 2 1 that can be downloaded from the Netscape web site at http www netscape com or the Microsoft In
156. 17 If a tag value matches the specified bit pattern the object will be made visible otherwise it will be hidden If several objects are associated with the same tag each object requires its own pattern so that each pattern will control the visibility of a different object This tool can be used to capture several discrete states within a single analog tag For example a device can at any time be in the On Off Idle or Fail state whereby each state is represented by a different bit in an analog tag A bit pattern can be defined for each object that represents a state and as the device changes states its current state will be reflected in the Image by the respective object If a tag value matches several patterns due to the Don t Care bits any object associated with those patterns will be made visible Note You can select Force Dynamic Show from the Options menu in the Image window to cause a dynamic object in an Image to appear always even if that object is currently hidden according to a Drum Pattern Specification 13 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Transformation Options gt To perform dynamic object transformation operations Activate the Options button The Options dialog appears T Hand Mode IV Fixed Fill Area Web disablad IV Fixed Scale Reference Point IV Fixed Rotate Reference Point M Rotate Clockwise The following options are available Hand Mode Fixed Fill Area Fixed
157. 2 Click the Start button on your desktop and point to Settings From the popup menu select Control Panel The Control Panel window is displayed Double click on the Network icon The Network dialog is displayed Select the Identification tab Your computer station name appears in the Computer Name field Click Cancel to close the dialog and Cancel again to close the Control Panel window m Define a unique Wizcon SCADA station name 1 From the Network menu select Local Station Configuration The Local station configuration dialog appears Saine Drabengl D tegen Ve T Bichon uge In the Station Name field specify a unique name for the station In the Station id field specify a unique ID number for the station Leave the Management View and Backup station fields empty Wizcon Network 23 11 5 Click OK to save your definitions and to close the dialog 6 Restart Wizcon to implement the changes Status of a Station and Wizcon Language The status of a station can be queried through the Backup Wizcon Language variable The BACKUP variable represents the status of the backup station When this variables set to 1 the station is in passive mode When the variable is set to 0 the station is in active mode Caution Do not assign BACKUP to a tag through Wizcon Language Since Wizcon Language runs on both the master and backup station the assignment statement of WIL5 BACKUP is executed twice
158. 2 34 deleting 12 48 deselecting 12 18 dynamic 13 3 grouping 12 51 modifying 12 41 moving 12 35 moving to active layers 11 16 rotating 12 47 scaling 12 35 selecting 12 18 ungrouping 12 52 Obtaining alarm information 9 21 OPC Connections F 2 Opening new image files 12 78 Opening Wizcon 4 2 Operator initiated messages 9 23 Operators assistance 9 21 P Parameters analog tag type 7 11 compound tag source 7 10 digital tag type 7 13 PLC tag source 7 7 Popup Events Summary 9 27 string tag type 7 13 Picture Viewers 11 2 PLC tags 7 2 source parameters 7 7 Popup Events Summary 9 25 buzz 9 29 design 9 27 options 9 27 Positions jumping to 11 24 Printers 5 30 Properties alarms 8 14 Charts 18 48 Events Summaries 9 32 Events Summaries Profile 10 16 network 23 22 Recipes 17 12 Publishing an application 15 12 Q Querying station status 23 12 23 17 Quick Access bar 4 3 R RDB communication failure 24 32 Recipepertag 17 16 Recipes 17 2 applying 17 11 communications 17 17 creating 17 6 files 17 13 17 14 loading 17 10 model files 17 13 models 17 3 modifying 17 6 properties 17 12 write save blocks 17 15 Recording tag value changes 7 16 Recording tags and alarms 23 18 Reference graph parameters setting 18 24 Registering operators 5 34 Removing communication drivers 6 3 OPC communication drivers 6 13 Index l 7 Repainting
159. 378 Y 1070 Name x bt Scale MIXING_PROCESS 10 211 64 FILLING AREA 378 1070 70 LOADING_AREA 678 1025 50 Add Change Delete S Enter a new zone name the scaling units and the central point coordinates The Add button is used to add the new zone to the list of existing zones and the Change button is used to change the specifications of a selected zone Note You can define up to 500 zones per Image 11 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Jumping to Zones Menu gt Options Goto Zone gt To jump to a specified zone in an Image Select Goto Zone from the Options menu The Goto Zone dialog is displayed Select the zone that you want to jump to A predefined zone called previous zone is included in the zone list This zone appears as the characters lt lt lt You can go to this zone the same way as to any other zone However if there is no zone to return to the previous zone item will be disabled The previous zone item operates as follows For example from a zone called MAIN you go to a zone called ENGINE1 and from there you go to a zone called MOTOR3 If you select the previous zone item you will return to ENGINE1 If you select the previous zone item again you will return to the zone called MAIN The previous zone item will appear in all the Zone fields of relevant dialogs triggers macros etc Images 11 23 Jumping to Positions Menu gt Options Goto Yo
160. 55 gt lt 2977 3175 gt OBJECT BOX 3 LCOL 0 255 0 FCOL 0 0 255 PATTERN 15 FILLED LAYER BASE VERTICES lt 5755 4102 gt lt 10801 925 gt Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 19 G 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix H Glossary All Containers See Containers Tree Analog Tags Alarm Tags that have numeric values represented in various formats signed or unsigned integer floating point BCD Wizcon 7 Alarms are internal system messages that provide the operator with information concerning events generated by the system Alarms are displayed in the Events Summary and Popup Events Summary windows Alarms are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by right clicking Alarms in the All Containers section and selecting Add Alarm clicking the Alarm button in the toolbar or by selecting Add Object Alarm from the Design menu Alarm Help Files Alarm Help files are user created ASCII files that contain help messages These messages appear on the screen when specific alarms are issued Each file can include only one explanation for one alarm Help files can be created using a text editor Simply start a new file and type the desired message Help files can have any name but must have the extension AHP All Help files should be placed in one directory Glossary H 1 API A Wizcon API Application Programming Interface is a function that can be called from add on programs to p
161. 6 tags to a single Trend Profile Creating Trend Viewers 14 11 Specifying the Date and Time The starting date and time for the monitoring and display of data is specified in the Time tab While specifying the date and time you can also determine whether the Trend will display online or historical data Specifying the starting date and time is common to both online or historical data display and is determined in one of two ways m Absolute meaning the current time and date For example if you specify the date 08 05 98 and the time 15 10 00 the data is monitored from 3 10 PM on August 5 1998 H Relative meaning relative to the time and date the Trend was opened For example if you specify a starting time of 3 days and 2 hours back the data displayed is the data monitored 3 days and 2 hours before the Trend was opened 14 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Time tab is divided into four components as shown below Start Time Start Date Historical period Window time period Trend Profile 21x Tags Time x Axis time format Display G et absolute or relative starting date and time For non online trend check the historical period check box and select trend history time period The historical trend begins from the selected starting date and time Set window time period Start Date p Start Time 9 i i days back Start fi E hours back C Staton fMon
162. ATION WINTIME TEMP REL 0 10 0 0 REL 0 0 0 0 90 100 Note For more information on each WizSQL historical command please refer to the Reports chapter of the Wizcon User s Guide From To Parameter For every WizSQL historical function you must specify the From To parameter to define the time interval for which historical values will be analyzed A time indicator can be absolute or relative Syntax indicator date time m The Indicator part is used for indicating whether the date time is absolute or relative Specify one of the following ABS Absolute date amp time A full date and time with minutes and seconds must be specified REL Relative date amp time The number of days back and number of hours back are specified WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 27 RELD Relative date amp Absolute time The number of days back and a specific time are specified E The full format for the date and time parameters is as follows date day month year time hour minutes seconds Examples ABS 12 10 89 12 30 00 This specifies 12 30 on October 12 1989 RELD 10 12 30 00 This specifies 12 30 10 days ago REL 10 1 0 0 This specifies 10 days and 1 hour ago Save Load Recipe The Save and Load Recipe commands in WizSQL perform the same operations that they normally do in Wizcon Save and Load Recipe commands are defined as follows Syntax SAVE RECIPE recipe name description
163. COM Configuration Properties Default Properties The Enable Distributed COM on this computer option enables DCOM on the computer This defaults to selected DCOM enabled Windows NT uses the Default Authentication Level for user authentication as follows Networking with OPC Using DCOM F 5 Default Authentication NT Operation None NT does not use security Connect Default setting The operating system must know the 24 66 program s user context For example if you run an OPC client on Computer A the client s context is your login and password Although sometimes an OPC client application may run as a service or in another context Regardless of the client s context Computer B authenticates its login name and password unless its Default Authentication Level is set to None If Computer A the OPC client is running Windows 95 or 98 there is no security and the Default Authentication Level should be None on Computer B If both Computer A and Computer B are running on Windows NT and the Default Authentication Level is Connect Computer B must know Computer A s context or it will fail Different or Same Domains When both Computer A OPC Client and Computer B are in the same domain they automatically know each other s logins If Computer A is not part of the same domain as Computer B then Computer B needs an identical user account that is an identical login and password or set the Default Authentic
164. Caution If you are using the Wizcon Application Studio File gt Save as option to save an application be aware that this Save as file does not include all the application files but only the window list not even the windows If you are planning to copy an application to another directory make sure to copy all the application files to the new directory Converting Wizcon 5 Applications B 3 Wizcon 5 Compatibility Wizcon 5 is fully compatible with Wizcon 7 However due to some interface changes using Wizcon 7 on existing Wizcon 5 applications requires some adjustments The Wizcon 5 application file WZA is supported by the Wizcon Application Studio Running lt Wizcon WizApp WZA gt loads the application Add ons In addition the default path is scanned for a list of windows and lists are filled Note m Wizcon7 is not downward compatible with Wizcon5 m You cannot run both Wizcon 7 and Wizcon 5 simultaneously Authorization issues If you run Wizcon exe in a directory with a Wizcon 5 application you will see the Quick Access bar as well as the Wizcon Application Studio You should use Menu authorization to set the groups you want to enable access to the Wizcon Application Studio For example you can select an unused group let s say group 32 and name it Studio From the Wizcon Application Studio gt Design gt Menu Items the Menu Authorization dialog opens Select Quick Access Bar Press Groups and select only g
165. Color DIGITAL_1 4 Tags Alarms Find IT Define each object when instantiating The following options are available Name Specifies the name of the cluster up to 15 characters Lib Specifies the name of the library in which the cluster will be placed To select from existing libraries click on the arrow to the right of the field Description Specifies a brief description of the cluster up to 40 characters Note The following fields and buttons appear in the dialog box only if the object is defined as a dynamic trigger or alarm object 12 56 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Linked Tags and Alarms Tags This listbox contains a list of tags and alarms associated with the object you selected and the type of the object with which the tags and alarms are associated The object types enclosed in brackets lt gt include m D for dynamic E G for trigger H A for alarm Not applicable on the Web WR W for widgets tag value sliders m T for text table m N for digital date time and string displays H t for dynamic text tables E n for dynamic digital date time and string displays Note To indicate the connection between the selected line in the list box and the corresponding graphical object there is an arrow in the Objects View window in the right hand side of the list box from the left top corner of the window to the middle of the object In the Define C
166. D 5 This option must be enabled if the following timestamps are used m A driver that gets values with timestamps from a PLC m An add on that changes tag values with their timestamp m A program that writes historical records directly to the VFISFST using the WizVfi API s m Hot backup configuration If you have this option disabled but work in a configuration that needs this option enabled strange behavior may occur in chart during reading For example the graph s lines go in a backward direction jump from point to point backwards as well as forwards To enable this option put following line in your WIZTUNE DAT file VFISFST_MODE_TIMESTAMP YES This option has a big influence on history reading speed Especially when the timestamps are scattered over the file that is totally un sorted history reading might become very slow To disable this option disable in sorted timestamps remove this string from WIZTUNE DAT file It is recommended to use VFISFST_MODE_TIMESTAMP VFISFSTT_MODE_TIMESTAMP is used for backward compatibility only D 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix E Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility e oer this appendix This appendix provides instructions on how to convert Wizcon DOS applications to Wizcon 7 for Windows as follows Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility on the following page gives an overview of the conversion utility Converting Wizcon for
167. Data Box window can also be invoked to provide additional information This window can contain a description of each graph and the position of the pointer with respect to the graphs so that accurate readings can be made The Data Box is described on page 18 42 Cursor Shapes You can change the regular cursor shape that appears in the graph area of the Chart to a crosshair For more details about the crosshair option refer to page 18 53 18 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Basic Concepts The following basic concepts are common to all Charts Graphs Each Chart can be composed of one or up to 16 graphs Each graph represents the values of a specific tag and has its own attributes such as style pattern color and scale All graphs are drawn according to a common time scale that you define at the beginning of the Chart definition procedure Online History Charts can display either Online data or Historical data WR Online mode Graphs are constantly updated according to actual changes in field values m History mode The Chart can be configured to display tag values that occurred over a specified time period Data Box A Data Box is an optional window that can be invoked to provide the graph tag names descriptions and values Viewing Conventions Specific viewing in a Chart is made fast and simple by manipulating the mouse in different ways The mouse operations include double clicking marking a
168. Data Transfer This section describes how to send data from Excel to Wizcon in two steps H Defining the DDE link initialization E Defining the DDE transfer Step 1 Define the DDE Link Initialization Excel establishes the DDE link with Wizcon This is performed using the Excel INITIATE function called from a macro sheet For example SET VALUE Bl INITIATE WIZCON TAG RETURN In this example the INITIATE function establishes a DDE link with the Wizcon application and requests the TAG topic from the application The SET VALUE function returns the result of the INITIATE function in the B1 cell of the macro sheet Step 2 Define the DDE Transfer After the link between Wizcon and Excel is established data can be transferred from Excel to Wizcon In order to define the data transfer the following macro should be implemented in a macro sheet SET VALUE B5 POKE B1 1N101 B2 RETURN In this macro the POKE function is used to transfer a value from the B2 cell to the Wizcon tag called ANAO1 through the channel specified in the B1 cell The SET VALUEC function returns the result of the POKE function to the B5 cell in a macro sheet TRUE is returned upon success Note These macros specified above are used for definition purposes only In order to establish a link and transfer data activate these macros using the Macro Run option from t
169. De Grebe Ket The following options are available Window start time Specifies the date and time to search for Window time period Specifies the time period for which the window of the graph appears Go Activates the search Go back Jumps back to the last location before the Goto operation was performed Charts 18 41 Data Box A Chart data box is a separate window that can be invoked at any time to view the graph tags values and descriptions A data box presents graph tag and time values according to the current pointer location or current tag values You can determine its setup as described on the following page To display the Chart Data Box From the Options menu select Data box A check appears beside the item to indicate that the box is active and the data box is displayed The following is an example of the data box of an existing Chart Time field Data Box of C WIZCON PROJA YP mmm CHR Value Table Time 12 04 97 00 29 08 571 field Value Reference Value Tag z The Data Box includes a Value Table field that contains a list of tag names descriptions and values according to the current pointer location in the graph or current tag value Each tag line appears in the color of the graph it represents The data can be scrolled using the scroll bar The time field in the Data Box shows the time according to the pointer position in time graph and the start time and period of the data shown
170. E 12 38 Notification Message AA 12 41 MOITIC AON EE 12 41 elle Nr EE 12 42 Sendito BAC EE 12 42 Aligning Klee 12 43 eu elt 12 45 viii Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Clipboard Operations imissni aa eaat aaraa aaea aa aaa saesae aiaa Aanias 12 49 Grouped ODjectS osin nintsen a feats aaeain eaa aa eh taa ea aea adai 12 51 Grouping and Ungrouping Objects 0 ccecececeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeeaeeeeeees 12 52 Cluster Lei e a E e sc ences E ccs ates euucuectiacesn EE e 12 53 Why and When to Use Clusters 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseneeeseaeeesaeeseaeeesaes 12 54 Defining Clusters ata ad aae adalah AE 12 55 Special Ke 12 58 Placing Existing Clusters 0 ccceececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeecaeeesaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeaeeeeaes 12 62 Deleting a Cluster from the Library ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 12 65 Copying Clusters from One Library to Another 12 65 Clusters Inheritance Rebuilding Cluster Insiances 12 66 Working with the WiZCon Basket AA 12 68 InStance E ID tafl ng eegene dees eu AE geed eke E EAR TRA 12 71 El CN 12 72 Grid COMMQUPAT ON EE 12 73 Ee DR IEN 12 74 Grid SNAPPING reoriou rnin iai eei rada e VAE a a ia EE 12 75 limage File Menu eseu eekdeee deed See 12 76 Image File Management ccccseecceeeseeeeeeeeneeseeeneeseeesneeseeeseeeseeesnaeseeesnenseeeeees 12 77 File Type and File Eviension 12 77 page Files oes ek Eeer eege eege 12 78
171. E aN a EN AN EENE EN EAREN 4 17 Exiting E EE 4 17 ii Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio 00 5 1 RAN 5 3 All Containers Gechon nesr nesnnstnnstnsstnsstnnstnssrnssrensrnnsnnnt 5 7 The Control EE 5 11 e Nell EE 5 12 Optimizing Application Performance ccccsccsseeeseeeeeseeeeseeeseeeseseeeenseeeeeeeeess 5 15 Setting General Station Parameters cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeneeeaas 5 16 Selecting a Default User 5 17 Setting the Date Format 5 18 Setting a Format for History Files 0 ccceeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeseeeeeeeeeeaas 5 20 Application Setup ue Rugg ENEE ue 5 22 Defining System Options cccccecceceseeesesseeenseeeeeeeeeseaeseneeeenseeeseeeeeseeseneeeenseeeees 5 26 UE Ee elen EE ol aat ssa a a a A A eaS 5 26 Changing Default File Paths 00 cccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeceeeseeeeesaeeseaeeeeneeee 5 29 Specifying Active Printers cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeseaeeseeeeseeeeesaeeteaeeeeneeee 5 30 Operator Access Authorization sscccscesees eee eeeesseneeeeeseesseensneessnessueesnnesenees 5 32 Operator Heglsiratton nent 5 34 Assigning Group NAMES cceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaaeseneeeseaeeeseaeeseeeteneees 5 37 Menu Access Authorization c cccceeessieeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeneaa 5 38 MultiLanguage S
172. Events Summary Window Attributes Components Pos M Name in Title IV System Menu b Min Max Button IM Size Border MV Menu Bar z I Always On Top ie Title Bar Text ee Cancel Help The following options are available Title Bar Specifies that a title bar appears at the top of the window Name in Title Specifies that the name of the window will appear in the title bar System Menu Specifies that a menu appears when you click on the icon in the top left corner of the window This menu contains items that can be used to manipulate windows such as move size close and so on 9 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Min Max Button Size Border Menu Bar Always on Top Pos Size Title Bar Text Specifies that a Minimize and Maximize button appear in the top right corner of the window These buttons can be used to minimize or maximize the window to predetermined sizes Enables window borders that can be dragged to change the window size Specifies that a menu bar appears in the window Select to display the Events Summary window on top of other open applications Specifies the window X and Y position coordinates in pixels Specifies the window size in pixels Specifies the text that will appear in the Title bar Events Summaries 9 35 9 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 10 Creating Events Summary Profiles e 2 About
173. G004 and TAGO005 respectively m The converted values will be packed in the message and downloaded to the PLC Note m A recipe block can start only with an analog tag m If more than one tag has the same address in a recipe block the value will be processed arbitrarily according to the parameters of one of those tags H Load and Save blocks are allowed only for communication drivers that support Read and Write block operations Communications When a recipe is captured or applied the tags associated with the control process from which the recipe is extracted are either read from or written to Since the recipe operation involves the immediate updating of current tag values Forced Read and Write commands are issued by the system during a control process These commands activate the relevant communication devices Recipes 17 17 17 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 18 Charts I Web disabled E e nt For Web use Trend Profiles See Chapter 14 Creating Trend Viewers e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to define edit and view Charts in the Wizcon system as follows Overview on page 18 3 describes an overview of Wizcon Charts Basic Concepts on page 18 5 describes basic concepts common to Charts including definition of graphs Online History mode data boxes and viewing conventions Menu Options page 18 6 describes the Chart window menu options Ch
174. General tab of the Events Summary Parameters dialog For more details refer to the Events Summary Parameters section in Chapter 9 Events Summaries Default Value NO Tuning Parameters CS ANN_DOUBLE CLICK This parameter if set to ASSIST enables you to obtain alarm help text whenever you double click on an alarm in an Event Summary If ACK is selected causes the alarm to be acknowledged whenever you double click on the alarm in the Event Summary The change is implemented online This parameter is represented by the Alarm help text status field in the General tab of the of the Events Summary Parameters dialog For more details refer to the Events Summary Parameters section in Chapter 9 Events Summaries Default Value The default value is ASSIST ASKSAVELAYOUT This parameter determines if Wizcon will prompt you to save the layout when you exit Wizcon Select YES or NO The change is implemented online This parameter is represented by the Prompt to save layout field in the General tab of the Layouts Properties dialog For more details refer to the Layouts section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Default Value The default is YES C 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide AUTORESTART This parameter if set to YES determines if you want Wizcon to automatically recover the last state after a crash power failure etc The change is implemented online This parameter is r
175. Guide Each listed attribute can be set on or off When confirmed the selected attributes will apply to all future windows of the type specified The following options are available Title Bar Name in Title System Menu Min Max Close Size Border Menu Bar Specifies the line in the window that contains the title The window can be moved to a new location on the screen by clicking the mouse on the title bar and dragging the window to the new location Specifies the window name that appears in the title This component is relevant only if the Title Bar appears Specifies the menu that appears when you click on the small box in the upper left corner of a window This menu contains items that can be used to manipulate windows move size close etc Note The System menu is Title bar dependent Its corresponding check box is unchecked and disabled Specifies the buttons that appear in the upper right corner of a window These buttons can be activated to reduce the window to an icon or enlarge the window to predetermined sizes or close the window Note The Min Max button is System menu dependent Its corresponding check box is unchecked and disabled upon unchecking the System menu Specifies window borders that when clicked on can be dragged to change the window size Specifies the line in which the window menus appear Images 11 35 Note If the Menu bar is not selected but the System menu is the menu
176. History Viewer Window Attributes ccs seeccssseeeesseeeeeeeseeneeenseeeenees 19 9 Chapter 20 Reports E 20 1 OVEN VOW A oe E E ecstatic dates ven desta nates vecedtoncucnsner T 20 2 Report Definition and Modification ccssseeccsseseeeeeseeeeeenseeeeenseeeeeenseeeenenseetenees 20 3 Invoking the Report Definition Dialog ccc eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaes 20 3 Greating a Frame EE 20 5 Entering Field Codes AA 20 7 Inserting Field Defmons ccc cece ee eect ee eeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeneaas 20 9 Importing HTML Templates erdiari iaee aaea AEAEE EEEE EA O 20 11 Field Definition Types eccsesseesseseeeeeseeeeeseseeneeseseenenseseeneeseseeneeseseenenseseenenes 20 13 Taa Field Types EE 20 14 Compound Field Tvpe 20 22 Multiple Field TyPe s eecceeeecseeeeseneeeeeecneeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaeeeeetaeeeeneaeeeenes 20 24 Time Field Types cei caeaut ape adic a EAR 20 27 Date Fiala UND eege eseu eege EE Gadi needa deen 20 28 string Tag ee DK 20 28 xiv Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Field ut cocci cece E A T sedesteecauueecestie 20 31 Saving E in EE 20 33 Generating a List of Report Fields 20 34 Using a Let egene ee Beech ENEE REN 20 35 List File Editing Recommendations AA 20 35 Generating Reports cccsccecsseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeensneeeeeesesesasaesasneeeseeeeseaesnnenenseees 20 37 Command Line Report Generation 20 37 Wizcon Language Report Generation
177. History tab as described on page 15 21 Note The Web application files are saved in the Docs folder The Events Summary Profile folder the Picture files folder and the Trend Profile files folder are located by default under the Docs directory Generating HTML Pages 15 15 Changing the Location of Web Application Files The web application files that are part of the web application are saved in the Docs folder You can change this default location in the General tab as shown below Web Application Properties 15 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Changing the Location of Events Summary Profile Files The Events Summary Profile files in the default location called AnnPrf You can change this default location in the Events Summary Profile tab as shown below Web Application Properties Generating HTML Pages 15 17 Changing the Location of Picture Files The Picture files are saved in the default location called Pictures You can change this default location in the Pictures tab as shown below Web Application Properties Trends Piofies Histoy Doe 15 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Changing the Location of Trend Profile Files Trend Profiles files are saved in the default location called TrendPrf You can change this default location in the Trend Profiles tab as shown below Web Application Properties TrendPrf
178. If you made changes to the Image but did not save the file you will be prompted to either save the changes or discard them 12 76 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Image File Management Normally an Image window and Image are the same The file name used for both are identical except for the extension Image will automatically open save both files as needed Save menu Saves the Image When saving the Image for the first time the Save As dialog opens and asks you to give your Image a new name Consequent saves are saves with the current name Save As The user is asked for a name and can select the type of save VIM ASCH or Bitmap File Type and File Extension Image VIM Bitmaps BMP ASCII ILS Image Editor 12 77 Image Files The following paragraphs describe the filing operations for Image files New Image Files New Image files are opened from the Wizcon Application Studio To open anew Image file From the File menu in the Wizcon Application Studio point to New and select Image Or Press Ctrl N Or In the Container List of the Wizcon Application Studio Containers List right click Images and select New Image from the popup menu A new Image is displayed with the default Image properties Open Files Studio Main Menu gt File gt Open gt Image Image files are opened from the Wizcon Application Studio gt To open an existing Image file From the File menu of the Wizcon Applicati
179. If you have Wizcon 5 and Wizcon 7 already installed on your PC you may want to run your Wizcon 5 applications with Wizcon 7 s Studio Wizcon 7 enables you to open your old applications with Wizcon 7 Wizcon 5 Application uses Wza and Wizcon 7 Application uses wz7 files If you wish to run your Wizcon 5 application in Wizcon 7 you can open the old application with Wizcon 7 If you right click the pop up menu opens Select the Open with Wizcon 7 option Your Wizcon 5 application then opens in the Studio To save your Wizcon 5 application in Wizcon 7 format select Save from the Wizcon Application Studio File menu In any folder of your application right click and a pop up menu appears Select New You will receive two options Wizcon 5 and Wizcon 7 Select the one you wish your application to operate in B 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Copying an Application to other Locations or PCs If at any stage you plan to move your application to another location it is advisable that you keep the windows in a sub directory of your application directory The Wizcon Application Studio will keep the windows in a relative path as long as they appear in the directory for example IMG HOTEL VIM Therefore when you copy the application just make sure you copy all sub directories as well Regarding other files such as tags and alarms they are expected to be found in the path as set in the default Path settings
180. Lg sl In the Low Value and High Value entry boxes specify the value range for which the color you select will be active Then select a color for the range you specified by clicking on the arrow to the right of the color field You can move from field to field by pressing the lt Tab gt key Note Each range should be specified in ascending order No overlapping is allowed For values that are not included in the ranges you specified the object will maintain its original attributes 13 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Types iain Te eb orbit oe The procedure for specifying values and selecting fill types in this dialog is the same as that for the Select Colors dialog described on the previous page Image Animation 13 15 Dynamic Object Blinking To define a dynamic object to blink Activate the Blink button in the Dynamic Parameters dialog The following dialog is displayed The following fields are available Low Value High Value Rate Specifies the minimum tag value for which the dynamic object will blink Specifies the maximum tag value for which the dynamic object will blink Specifies the amount of time that the dynamic object will appear on the screen then disappear then reappear and so on The value for Rate can be Fast Medium or Slow To select a rate click on the arrow to the right of the field or move to the field and use the up and down arrow k
181. Loading an image file that is larger than 30K m Printing an image m Generating Events Summary and History Viewer reports m When using MultiAdd List and Use functions in the Tag Definition dialog These functions are described in more detail in Chapter 7 Tags While the background processing is in progress you can perform other operations The following is an example of a background Processing dialog Processing 0 50 100 Add multiple tags The string above the Stop button in the dialog describes the task that is currently being executed The Stop button can be activated to end the process However in some cases the Stop button will not appear and no termination will be possible During the process the percentage covered will continuously be displayed in the dialog until the entire process is completed Introducing Wizcon 2 5 Built in Report Generator Designed specifically for supervisory and control systems this report generator can produce customized daily shift reports periodical reports and event driven reports For more sophisticated reports you can use WizReport available on the Value Pack CD Charts and Reports Wizcon charts provide graphical views of process behavior and operational trends over a period of time A single chart can display historical and real time trends in distinctive colors and styles You can configure an X Y chart with up to 16 related process parameters and scroll along
182. Messages cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeneeseeeeesaeeesaeeeeneeees 9 23 Popup Events Summary s ecceceeeeeteeesneeeeseeeenseeeseaeeenaeseseaeenseeeseeeeeanaeseseeeenseeeees 9 25 Designing Popup Events Summaries ssesesseseseeeiessiesissrissrinsttntrnnnnnstnnenn nenn 9 27 Events Summary Properties cccccccssccesseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeseseeeenseeeeeeeeeseaesaseeeenseeeees 9 32 Events Summary Tuning Parameters sseseesseesseesiessiesriesiesrinsrintrnnntnnsnnnennnens 9 32 Defining Events Summary Window Attributes 0 cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenaees 9 34 Table of Contents v Chapter 10 Creating Events Summary Profiles 1 00 10 1 OVGIVICW E eine de eee ead E ET 10 2 Events Summary Profile cccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeaeeeeeeeenaees 10 2 Events Summary Viewer 10 2 Interacting with the Events Summary Viewer ssssssesssesssressrrssrnssrnssrnssrnssrnssns 10 2 Defining and Modifying Events Summary Profiles sssecceseessseeeseeeeeeees 10 5 Filterimg Alarm eenia A E E AE EEE E EEA AER 10 6 Defining Alarm DISpla yenara raar ana Ars R ERARA AAEE E RAE ARDERE Eina 10 7 Enabling Disabling Features 10 10 Assigning Alarm Text and Background Colors sessseesseesssesseeeseeeserenesenersenee 10 11 Creating Events Summary Viewers cseccceseeseeeeeseeeeneeeeeseeeeseaeseseeeenseeenenees 10 13 Changing the Default Location of E
183. NITERR UNITERR 1 002 Checks if a communication driver and device are operational MACRO MACRO MyMacro Activates a pre defined macro ZONE ZONE MAIN 3 Loads an image window and goes to a specified zone tagname tagl Forces an immediate tag read Strings Many commands accept string arguments The string argument is a list of characters placed between double quotes For example This is a strings Consecutive strings are concatenated to form a single string such as This is one long string Variables can be placed between strings In such cases the resultant string will include the value of the variable For example Production on DATE was PROD tons This string would yield the following statement Production on 11 12 90 was 7 24 tons depending of course on what the value of PROD is 16 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide String Tags Only the following commands can be used for tags that were defined as string tags in the Wizcon tag definition module ASSIGN RSAVE RLOAD PRINT A B C D E F G SHELL REPORT EXIST MACRO ZONE CHART TAGNAME Each Wizcon Language command is described in the following paragraphs Assign Commands Assign commands force new values on tag variables only if those variables can be changed The basic assign command is the equals sign The tag is placed to the left of the sign the assigned expression is placed to the
184. Once by the master WILS and the other by the backup station s WILS thus not giving a true picture of the situation Querying the Status of a Station with Wizcon Language The status of a station can be queried through the BACKUP Wizcon language variable The BACKUP variable represents the status of the backup station m When this variable is set to 1 the station is in Backup or passive mode m When the variable is set to 0 the station is in Master or active mode For more details refer to Chapter 16 Wizcon Language Caution Do not assign BACKUP to a tag through the Wizcon language Since Wizcon language runs on both the Master and Backup stations the assignment statement of WILS BACKUP is executed twice Once by the Master WILS and the other by the Backup station s WILS thus not giving a true picture of the situation 23 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Configuring a Hot Backup Station Web disabled The Hot Backup configuration is based on a pair of SCADA stations one operates as a master and the other serves as a standby or backup If the Master station fails the Backup station takes over A Backup station can also operate as a Network SCADA station serving as an additional station for displaying and controlling the process on the Master station gt To define a station as a Hot Backup station 1 Exit Wizcon on the Master station and copy all the Master station application f
185. Oven is too hot TEMP Degrees This message will be issued as an alarm PRINTSC Balance for batch BATCH at WEIGHT Kilos This message will be sent to a file PRINTSASB Oven is too hot TEMP Degrees This message will be issued as an alarm and sent to a file Using the file destinations B C D on line information can be saved and used later by other applications such as spreadsheets databases and report generators Line Feed Control The special control code INN placed at the beginning of a string suppresses the Carriage Return or Line Feed code at the end of the message Thus consecutive PRINT commands will form single lines Note This code applies only to the PRINT B PRINT C and PRINT D commands 16 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Example PRINTSD NN Temperature is dangerously high PRINTSD Alarm operators This message will be written as Temperature is dangerously high Alarm operators Recipe Commands A Recipe is a list of tags and their respective values Recipes are described in more detail in ChapterI7 Recipes The Wizcon Language includes commands that can be used to capture and apply recipes These commands are useful when the operator wants the system to automatically apply set values to large groups of tags or automatically record current settings for later use Models are groups of recipes and each recipe is stored in a file called mod
186. Polygons Polygons drawn in orthogonal and vertical horizontal and at 45 degrees Filled Orthogonal Polygons e Sek bla 12 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To draw 1 In the Drawings toolbox click the appropriate shape 2 Click the left button on the start point 3 Click the left button on successive end points 4 Click the right button and the last point will automatically be connected to the start point closing the polygon 5 Right click in the Image to deselect the tool If you click the right button before starting to draw the Select tool will be activated You can create an arc instead of a straight line gt To create an arc Web disabled B gt Click on a line end while holding down the lt Shift gt key The line between the last two points will be marked by the system as an arc which can then be adjusted to the required radius and set by clicking the left button The following is an example of shapes drawn with some of the tools in this group SIHD Uaegkee D L re Let Dein Droe Beier Do Mei el S aT 8 Ble ei r i 4 a Ve MI Zo D Lee bat Image Editor 12 23 Drawing Rectangles and Ellipses This section describes how to draw with the following group of tools gt To draw 1 2 3 4 5 Use m esi o o o 0 ei e To draw Filled rectangles or squares orthogonal rectangles Unfilled rectangles or squares orthogonal rect
187. SE If Command The If command can be used anywhere in the program as with all other standard commands in one of the following ways IF expression A Command IF Expression BEGI Command 1 Command 2 Command n END To any of the two IF formats an ELSE part can be added with a single command or with a list of commands between BEGIN and END 24 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Examples DESCRIPTION Example 1 IF ANAO1 gt 200 LOAD RECIPE IF ANAO3 gt 100 ANAO2 30 DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE 2 IF ANA10 1 INDEX 0 WHILE INDEX lt INDEX IF ANAO5 100 BEGIN SAVE RECIPE ANAO6 300 END ELSE ANA0N6 200 END Recipe 001 5 INDEX 1 Name 1 Description Note This command is available in Wizcon 01 and higher WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 19 Adding Updating and Deleting Data These commands belong to the Data Manipulation Language part of SQL and enable data to be added to deleted from and inserted into RDB tables Commands such as INSERT UPDATE DELETE COMMIT and ROLLBACK can be used in WizSQL The syntax for executing one of these SQL statements is Syntax EXEC SQL string expression Where the result of the string expression is the SQL command to b xecuted Note that the SQL command should conf
188. SERT INTO Processl Batch Temperature Pressure VALUES August TEMP PRES Note String tags used within an SQL command require single quotes For example assuming Month is a string tag Month August EXEC SQL INSERT INTO Process Batch Temperature Pressure VALUES MONTH TEMP PRES 24 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon Command Two types of Wizcon operations are supported m Tag Assignment described below m Save Load Recipe as described on page 24 29 Tag Assignment In Wizcon tag assignment operations the value assigned to the tag can be any expression in C format as in the condition expression or the result of a historical function on a tag For example Syntax tag name expression tag name historical expression Expression You may assign one of the following expression types to a tag m If tag_name is a numerical tag it is a numerical expression as described earlier in the condition section m If tag_name is a string tag it is a string expression as described earlier in the SQL command section m SQLRC This is a variable containing the SQL completion code It is a predefined variable that indicates the status of the last SQL command executed WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 25 Historical Functions Much like the Wizcon Report module WizSQL supports historical operations on tag values in histor
189. SK mask Composed dynamic 1 Icol 2 fcol 3 pattern those are optional according to the tag values while saving to ILS simple dynamic n 1 Tcol data 2 fcol data 3 pattern data Icol LCOL rgb fcol FCOL rgb pattern PATTERN2 vi lcol data LCOL GATE tag name START vi END x2 VAL rgb G 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide fcol data FCOL GATE tag name START x END x2 VAL rgb pattern data PATTERN GATE tag name START x END x2 VAL color objects in dynamic Graphical object amp l Special text object amp l sfe object amp l Group object cluster object OBJECT CLUSTER INSTANCE object number NAME text LIBRARY text CLUSTER text PLACED SCALE x INSTANCE OBJECTS object n Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 15 Alarm objec OBJECT ALERT object number STATION text FAMILY text SHOW WHEN show option BLINK blink action time FILL COLOR color action time LINE COLOR color action time TRIGGER trigger options ALERT OBJECTS objects in alarm n Blink action time STARTED rate amp ACKED rate amp ENDED rate Color avtion time STARTED color amp ACKED color amp ENDED color
190. Scale Reference Point When this option is selected the operator will be able to enter numerical values for the Move Scale default they are defined graphically in the Image When this option is selected fill area borders will be fixed to their position in the Image By default the borders are bound to the object Not applicable on the Web When this option is selected the Web disabled position in the Image By default the point is bound to the object Not applicable on the Web Image Animation 13 19 Fixed Rotate Reference Point When this option is selected the rotation axis is fixed to its position in the Image By default the axis is bound to the object Not applicable on the Web Rotate Clockwise When this option is selected the rotation will be performed in the clockwise direction By default the direction is counter clockwise Sample when out of window When this option is selected transformed dynamic objects that no longer appear in the Image window will still be sampled This option is described on the next page If multiple transformations are to be performed on the same object they will be performed in the following order Move Scale and Rotate This order affects the location of fill area borders rotation axes and scaling reference points when they are not fixed to a position in the Image Sample when out of Window In Wizcon dynamic objects that do not visually appear in the Image window are
191. Search for the next occurrence of the last search string Align two or more objects at right top or bottom Center or resize horizontally vertically or both Select objects in the Image Enables you to perform editing and animation operations in your Image Enables you to draw and add text by using the Polyline Box Circle Pipe Text and Pick color tools You can assign trigger objects with the button tool Determine media player or slider properties Set the Image background color Retrieve customized colors Save customized colors Image Editor 12 21 Drawing Shapes This section describes how to draw with the tools in the Drawing toolbox The tools have been divided into groups each with their own drawing procedure m Lines orthogonal polylines filled and unfilled polygons and orthogonal polygons as described below m Filled and unfilled rectangles squares orthogonal rectangles ellipses and circles as described on page 12 24 m Arcs and filled and unfilled closed arcs as described on page 12 25 Pipes and orthogonal pipes as described on page 12 27 Using the Text tool is described on page 12 28 Drawing Lines and Segmented Shapes This section describes how to draw with the following group of tools To draw LC D bd Lines regular straight Orthogonal Polylines lines drawn in vertical horizontal and at 45 degrees Unfilled Polygons Filled Polygons Unfilled Orthogonal
192. Station Properties The Station properties dialog is displayed as shown on the following page in which you can HN Customize the application workplace in the General tab as described on the following page m Select a default user that will be logged in when you start Wizcon in the Default User tab described on page 5 17 E Set the date format in the Date Format tab as described on page 5 18 m Set the format for history files by selecting Virtual File Interface DLLs in the VFI tab as described on page 5 20 Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 15 Setting General Station Parameters The application workplace can be customized in the General tab of the Station Properties dialog Station Properties 2 x General Default User Date Format up V Show done bar I Auto Restart after an illegal shutdown The following options are available Show Quick Access Bar Determines whether or not the Quick Access bar appears when Wizcon is loaded Show done bar Displays a background processing dialog when large tasks such as loading a large image are being executed Changes are implemented online Auto Restart after an Specifies if Wizcon automatically illegal shutdown recovers its last state For example after a power failure Changes are implemented online 5 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Selecting a Default User si d T Web disabled _ ez You can specify the na
193. T DIGITAL DISPLAY object number Special text data Trigger definition Special text data GATE tag name general data text information Text table OBJECT TEXT TABLE object number GATE tag name FILE file general data simple text position Trigger definition Widget object Widget slider widget mediaplayer Widget slider OBJECT WIDGET SLIDER object number LAYER layer name lt x1 pos yl pos gt lt x2 pos y2 pos gt SLIDER SPECIFICATION GATE tag name VALUE_ASSIGNMENT value assignment SNAP dit LIMITS DEFAULT bit FROM low val TO high val PRIMARY x TICKS_POS ticks pos BORDER2 bit Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 11 widget mediaplayer OBJECT WIDGET MEDIAPLAYER object number LAYER layer name MEDIAPLAYER SPECIFICATION DEVICE_NAME file HAS_TITLE bit TITLE_NAME text Sgf object OBJECT SGF object number LAYER layer name eil pos yl pos gt lt x2 pos y2 pos gt gt gt gt UU file a Trigger definition Composed object Group object Dynamic object Cluster object Alarm object Group object OBJECT SEGMENT object number GROUP OBJECTS objects in segment n obj
194. TEE 18 47 Chart Rropertes ebe Seet ege ini ee 18 48 Defining Chart Window Attributes eccceecceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeceeeeesaeeeseaeeeeeeeenaeenaas 18 49 Table of Contents xiii Additional Features a iciiisccssiesicccccicscesecacccebecdscscacwa ua ewackeeueecccssuseadeduseedcdussscasececewe 18 51 Background Colo ssi teenud enaena kariaan nia ae a aaa aeaa aiae 18 51 Smoothing Graph Ssi aana i a E a a E e Ea 18 52 Grosshadern o ea E E E eebe eebe det 18 53 Communicati ri ETS ett deg iiaiai edi yea i eiriaa oaii 18 54 Authorization eai eiei ii eCa ee ented EA AAE OEE 18 55 Fe aL gt a es E ee Ee 18 56 Saving Charts aS Trends cccscesceseeseeesesseeesneeseeesseessessaeseeeeeeeseeeseensesnasenananes 18 59 Keyboard Mouse Action Summary csecsseseeeee cece eeeeseeeeseeeeseeeseenseeesnnesenees 18 60 Functional RANGES cceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeseeeenensesesnenseseseeseseeneeseseenenseseenenes 18 62 Chapter 19 History Viewers ccccsssseeeeeseneeeeeeseneeeeeessenenennes 19 1 History Viewer List Definition ccssseeccsssseeesseeeeeeeseeneeenseeeeeenseeneeeeseeeneeeeeenes 19 2 Generating a History Viewer List ccceeceeeceeeeeceeeeesaeeeeneeceeeeesaeeeseeteneeeeaes 19 2 Filter Kierpere E tbe sde See Sege tases d i 19 4 Historical Data DireCtOry eee ceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeseaeeeeneaas 19 7 Loading an Existing History Viewer 19 8 Defining
195. Tag List JM Analog Tag IU Digital Tag The tag sources and types are defined in the Tag Definition procedure described in the following pages Tags 7 3 Defining Tags Before defining tags it is recommended that you first define user groups Once you define the user groups you may freely add individual users at any time to any group To define user groups refer to Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio This section describes how to define a tag as described below and how to modify and delete tags as described on page 7 22 Note You may want to refer to the Getting Started guide to see how to define a tag in more detail gt To define a tag Click the Tag Micon in the Wizcon Application toolbar or From the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Tags and select Add Tag from the displayed pop up menu The Tag Definition NEW Tag dialog appears as shown on the following page in which you can do the following m Add atag in the General tab as described on page 7 5 m Determine whether tag value changes will be recorded in the Record tab as described on page 7 16 H Define an external application with which Wizcon can communicate in the DDE Link tab as described on page 7 18 7 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Adding a Tag You can add a tag to your application in the General tab of the Tag Definition NEW Tag dialog as described below Refer to
196. This is worked out from the address 22 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide After defining blocks individual tags can be connected to elements in the block as described below Connecting Tags to One Item in a DDE Block When you want to connect a tag to one item in a DDE block you must specify a DDE address for the tag gt To specify a DDE Address Access the Tag Definition dialog select the DDE Link tab and select the Block option This is described in detail in the Communicating Online with Other Applications section of Chapter 7 Tags The DDE Link to tag parameters are displayed Following is an example using Excel Block name Excel Link CS In Monitor Row 1 C Always Column fi The following options are available Block Name Specifies the block to which the tag will belong Row Specifies the row number of the item in the block relative to the start position The start position appears in the Address field of the Define Blocks dialog shown on the previous page Column Specifies the column number of the item in the block relative to the start position Link Enables you to define the DDE Link as Always linked to the DDE server or In Monitor When selecting Always every change will be passed by WIZDDEC to WizPro even if the tag is not In Monitor Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 13 DDE Command A DDE command is a command that the DDE client sends to the DDE server and is executed in
197. To revert to Select mode and cancel an operation after selecting a tool right click in the Image area Object Selection Deselecting Following are some object selection tips Choose the Select tool to select any object for size or move operations Select several objects by holding down the left mouse button on an empty point in the Image and dragging a rectangle around the objects you wish to select Add an object to those objects already selected by holding down the lt Shift gt key while clicking on the object Deselect objects by clicking on an empty part of the Image area Deselect the last selected object by pointing to Select in the Edit menu and selecting Deselect Last Note Right clicking sets the object automatically to select mode and cancels the move operation 12 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Aligning Objects Objects can be selected an aligned using one of the Wizcon alignment tools All the objects are aligned or resized according to the position or size of the first object selected This object is marked with marked with eight hollow handles as shown below The Align menu with all its options is described in more detail on page 12 43 gt To align objects 1 Determine the first object and click to select 2 Select the other objects to be aligned to the first by holding down the lt Shift gt key and clicking them Select Align from the View menu The Align menu is displ
198. UPPort ssecccseeeseseeesseeeseeeenseeeeeeeeeseaeseseaeenseeeeseeeeaeasseseeeenseeeees 5 41 Defining MultiLanguage Support sssssssseseeesisssnssiestiesrissrinsrnnstnnsnnnnennennneen nenn 5 42 Selecting a Language c cceecceceeeeceeeeeesaeeeeee cence ceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeesaaeeeeaaeseeneeee 5 45 Loading Wizcon Files Created in Another Wizcon Applcation 5 46 LAY OUNS geseet ees tececcereeze couse caccessesecctenecaeactsspaccusteseteurts 5 47 Capturing and Saving Lavouts tten tetn netu netnnnsnnsennssrnnnnn 5 47 Assigning Layouts to USGIrS o nirre een geseet geesde BARENS RREA ET 5 48 Loading E ME EE 5 49 Closing all Open Windows sssesssesessseessesessstsetrttnntennntnnnenntnnnnntnnnsnnsennnnnsnnn 5 49 Saving Layouts by Detauht cae eeseaeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeeeaeeeeneeee 5 50 Using the New Wizcon Application Wizard cccsseeeeseeeeeeeseeeeenseenenenseeeenes 5 51 Table of Contents iii Chapter 6 Communication DriverS sccsssseeeseseeeesesteennes 6 1 RA 6 2 Defining Communication Drivers cssscsceeeesceesseesesseeeeeeeeeseeeesseeseseeeenseeeeenees 6 3 Communication Driver Properties cssecccseeeesceesseeeeseeeeneeeeseeeseseeeenseeenseeeeees 6 5 Defining General Driver Properties c ccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeesaeeesaeeeeeeeees 6 6 Defining Serial Port Parameters ccccceeececeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesaeesaeeeeeeeees 6 7 Defining Communication
199. Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide WizFactory Version 7 5 Warranty Trademarks This document is for information only and is subject to change without prior notice It does not represent a commitment on the part of PC Soft International Ltd No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying or recording for any purpose without written permission from PC Soft International Ltd If you find any problems in the documentation please report them in writing PC Soft does not warrant that this documentation is error free Copyright 1997 1998 1999 by PC Soft International Ltd Wizcon is a trademark of PC Soft International Ltd Windows 95 Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation All other products and brand names are trademarks of their respective companies WIZF WIZUGE 7 5 0499 Table of Contents Chapter 1 Using this Guide ccccccesssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 1 Abo t this Manger wesc eege EES ee 1 2 What You Should Know a ar ea aa ara ra ae aa raaa apneo ase daat resoa irei daana ia 1 6 Typographical Convention 1 6 Registering Your Product ccccseseecsseeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenseeneeenseeenens 1 7 Receiving Technical Support ssssssssesssesrrssrrssrnssrnssrrssrnssrnssrnssrnnsrnnsrnnsrnnsnnnsnnne 1 7 Chapter 2 Introducing WiZCON c
200. You can select all the columns by activating the Select All button and deselect them by activating the Deselect All button Clicking the Default button selects all the columns 5 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Control Panel The Control panel on the right of the Wizcon Application Studio is displayed when the root of the tree the current application is selected For example on page 5 4 the application called wizapplication the default name Wizcon for Windows and Internet gives to new applications is selected and the Control panel is displayed The Control panel displays icons that represent the following elements of Wizcon for Windows and Internet Click To do Define communication drivers as described in Chapter 6 Communication Drivers Define users as described on page 5 34 Define group names as described on page 5 37 Define printer settings as described on page 5 30 Define multiple tags as described in Chapter 25 Multiple Tags Define a single tag as described in Chapter 7 Tags Define DDE blocks as described in Chapter 22 Wizcon DDE Support Define application setup as described on page 5 22 Define macros as described in Chapter 21 Macros Set a network environment as described in Chapter 23 Wizcon Network Define Wizcon Language as described in Chapter 16 Wizcon Language Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 11 Menu Options Menu bar F
201. Ze on your desktop gt To create a shortcut to your Wizcon application without going through the Project Wizard 1 2 Right click on your desktop and select New from the popup menu Select Shortcut from the popup menu The Create Shortcut dialog is displayed Type the location and name of your application wz7 or search for the application by clicking on the Browse button Press Next and select a name for the shortcut Press Finish to complete the operation 3 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 4 Getting Started e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to open Wizcon and suggests a workflow for building an Wizcon application as follows Accessing Wizcon on the following page describes how to open Wizcon and the Wizcon Application Studio A description of the Quick Access bar is also provided Designing an Application page 4 5 describes what to do before you begin designing an application as well as typical application requirements Wizcon Workflow page 4 9 describes a typical workflow for application design Shutting Down page 4 18 describes how to logout of the system and how to exit Wizcon Getting Started 4 1 Accessing Wizcon You can access Wizcon and all its working components in two steps m Step 1 Opening Wizcon as described below m Step 2 Opening the Wizcon Application Studio which contains all the components you need to design an
202. a 1 1 compliant browsers 15 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Microsoft Internet Explorer can also load Java applets from CAB files An optional CODEBASE tag specifies the directory relative to the HTML page where Wizcon Classes are found jar or wizcon cab For example if Wizcon classes are placed in the classes sub directory under the directory on the HTML page In the default case where the classes are in the web application root directory the CODEBASE tag is not needed and should be removed Note The CODEBASE tag is available only when accessed through a web server This tag is not for local access The file parameter VALUE car wnp specifies the name of the Picture file to be displayed by the Picture Viewer wizlet The filebase parameter VALUE pictures specifies the directory where the Picture files are It is relative to the Web application root directory the HTML directory WIDTH and HEIGHT specify the size in pixels the Picture Viewer Wizlet will get in the HTML page This is an example of HTML code for adding an Events Summary Wizlet lt APPLET archive wizcon zip CODE wizcon Events Summary Events Summary class WIDTH 490 HEIGHT 200 gt lt PARAM NAME file VALUE first wna gt lt PARAM NAME filebase VALUE annprf gt lt PARAM NAME cabbase VALUE Wwizcon cab gt lt APPLET gt Generating HTML Pages 15 9 The parameters are similar to the Vi
203. a list of alarms in historical and online mode Events Summary Operations page 9 20 describes how to obtain information about specific alarms acknowledge a single alarm or all alarms terminate an alarm and record alarm messages Popup Events Summary page 9 26 describes Popup Events Summaries how to design them and to define their parameters and how to make a Popup Events Summary buzz to indicate a severe warning Events Summary Properties page 9 33 describes how to define Events Summary tuning parameters and Events Summary window attributes Events Summaries 9 1 Overview The Wizcon 7 Events Summary is a Wizcon 7 window in which alarms are displayed Several Events Summaries may be created each with different types of alarm grouping so that the operator will be able to identify the type of alarm according to the Events Summary Alarms in the Events Summary can be classified according to several groups and insignificant events and information can be masked for operator convenience Events Summaries can operate in one of two modes Online or History m In the Online mode only active alarms are listed m In the History mode a historical list of alarms is shown in the Events Summary according to the specified alarm filter and can be directed to the screen a file or a printer The Events Summary can display alarms generated on any Wizcon station on the network This way an operator can see alarms of the same logica
204. ach command consists of three segments as described in the table below Command Segment Description Command Description Free text in quotation marks that explains the command purpose and comments It is 80 characters long maximum and ends with a semicolon Condition Logical condition for command execution The SQL and Wizcon parts will be executed only if the condition changes from FALSE to TRUE Command List Includes a number of mixed SQL and Wizcon commands which will be executed when the condition becomes true Each is ended with a semicolon Types of commands SQL Command An SQL statement that can incorporate Wizcon tag names as tokens This type of command connects disconnects WizSQL to and from RDB and enables data exchange between Wizcon and the RDB Three groups of commands are supported Connect as described on page 24 18 Table Update and RDB Query Wizcon A Wizcon related operation Two types of Wizcon operations Command are supported Tag Assignment as described on page 24 26 and Save Load Recipe as described on page 24 29 WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 13 Block Command Backup Command Termination IF A block of SQL and Wizcon commands If a command in a block fails the execution stops and all the SQL commands that have been executed to that point are automatically canceled using the ROLLBACK command If the communication with the database is stopped only commands that exis
205. activate the Command button The Shell Command dialog is displayed Shell Command Name Shell Command Line _ Cancel Help The following options are available Name Specifies the macro name specified in the Macro Definition dialog Shell Command Line Specifies the shell command that is to be executed whenever this macro is invoked Wizcon executes this command using the standard Windows Start command You can use any of the Start parameters For more about the Start command refer to the Windows Help Clicking OK saves your definitions and closes this dialog displaying the Macro Definitions dialog where you can activate the Add button to add the macro to the list of macros Macros 21 13 Defining Program Macros Program macros are macros that are composed of several other existing macros You can define Program macros when one or more macros of any type already exist Defining program macros is performed from the Macro Definition dialog as described on page 21 5 To define Program macros In the Macro Definition dialog activate the Program button The Program dialog is displayed Name mmm Macro List l v No Name 2 Add Change Delete Insert f Cancel Help The following options are available Name Specifies the macro name that you specified in the Macro Definition dialog Macro List Specifies the macro that will be included in the program Click on the arrow
206. added to the list when the Generate button is activated After you set the MultiAdd definition activate the Generate button to generate the specified tag pattern Tags 7 25 Exporting Tags The Export Tags option enables you to generate a tag list file which is a list of tag definitions in ASCII format You can edit the file to add modify or delete tags You can then import the file back into the system The list file is saved as an ASCII file with a GLS extension as described in more detail on the following page gt To generate a list of tag definitions In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Tags and select Export Tags from the popup menu The Tag List dialog is displayed r Filter r List Target Printer Name l Address l File GLS Comm Driver fa Communication Drivers Cancel Hep The following options are available Name Specifies the tag you want to filter Address Specifies the address you want to filter Comm Driver Specifies the name of the communication driver List Target Specifies the target destination of the list to be generated Printer or File GLS You can select Printer to send the list to the printer or File GLS to save the list in a file with the extension GLS For 7 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide File GLS specify the name of the file without the extension The file will be located i
207. aded in the Image window Image ASCII files can be useful for the following purposes m Viewing Saving Images in ASCII format enables you to obtain documented records of the Images so that they can be viewed simply by opening the file with any text editor m In addition this option provides the illustration designer and plant engineer with a powerful Image debugging tool m Drawing The ASCII format enables Images to be converted easily from to other formats such as AUTOCAD and Wizcon for DOS m This option also enables you to draw Images by editing text files This can be useful when you are working outside the Wizcon environment or want to create an Image without physically drawing it m Other Uses Images in ASCII format can be used for numerous purposes to enhance Image creation and modification capabilities Image Editor 12 81 To save an Image as an ASCII file Select Save as ASCII from the File menu You will then be prompted to enter the name of the file The Image will be saved in a file with the extension ILS For more information see Appendix G Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format for the structure and format of an ILS file File Insert File gt Insert Any Image can be merged with the current Image in a window gt To merge Images Select Insert from the File menu In the dialog that is displayed select a name from the list When a name is entered and confirmed the contents of that Image will be incorpora
208. age the grid was activated CZ IMG UntitledO File Edit View Layers Clusters Options Modes Help Ble 2e Sie AA as Sl Sie zg L IST ei X 6298 Y 1019 Scale 64 Layer BASE E Grid Snapping Operations Toolbar gt Menu gt Modes gt Grid Snap To toggle the Grid Snapping mode on and off Click the zz tool in the Operations toolbox or select Grid Snap from the Modes menu Image Editor 12 75 Image File Menu The Image File menu provides the user with the basic operations of the Image The File menu consists of the following options Save Select this item to save the current Image file with its original name Save as Select this item to save the current Image file with a new name Insert The Insert file option allows you to insert an existing Image file into an existing Image window Import You can import or load an Image file that has been saved as an ASCII file into the Image This file can then be viewed and edited Attach to The File Attach to menu allows you to attach an Image VIM to an existing window This replaces the Image inside the window The VIM file is modified to reflect this change The Common Open dialog lets you select the Attach VIM actually the Image is what is attached The Image title changes to for example attached to c APPLIC W7 2 VIM Print Select this item to print the current view Exit Select this item to close the current window
209. age 12 22 describes how to draw with the tools in the Drawing toolbox Image Editor 12 1 Font Style Selection page 12 29 describes how to define font styles and modify text Image Editing page 12 32 describes the Image editing operations performed to alter the current state of an object or groups of objects in an Image Clipboard Operations page 12 49 describes the clipboard operation which is used to transfer data between applications Cluster Library page 12 53 describes the Cluster Library provided by Wizcon to simplify and speed up application design and maintenance Grids page 12 72 describes what Grids are and how they are used Image File Menu page 12 76 describes how the Image File Menu provides the user with the basic operations of the Image Image File Management page 12 77 describes the file management of Images and Image Windows Image Files page 12 78 describes the filing operations for Image files 12 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Overview The Image Editor is the graphic tool of the Wizcon system It is used to create and view the Images that enable the operator to visualize part or all of a control process The Image Editor includes a wide variety of drawing tools that make Image design quick and easy The Image Editor operates in an Image window defined during Application Setup Any drawing in this window can be zoomed and scrolled Objects created using the E
210. age 18 24 m To add the tag to the tag list Activate the Add button H To change the attributes of a specific tag in the list Select the tag change the attributes and activate the Change button m To delete a tag from the list Select the tag and activate the Delete button Charts 18 17 Control Limits Control limits enable an operator to immediately detect events considered extreme situations For example if the temperature of an engine exceeds a certain limit The limits appear in the Chart as two horizontal lines one for the upper limit and one for the lower limit You can select an option to invert the color of values in the graph that exceed the control limits The control lines and inverted color make it easy to notice any value that exceeds the limits so that appropriate action can be taken Logarithmic Display The logarithmic display is defined in the Graphs Definition dialog as described on page 18 15 It obtains logarithmic tag scale values as in the following example wm Als 18 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Fill Reference The Fill reference option is defined in the Graphs Definition dialog as shown on page 18 15 It determines how a selected pattern will fill the graph It consists of two options Low Limit and Value Low Limit Selecting the Low Limit option causes the pattern to fill the graph line down to the lower limit value of the graph the value specified i
211. ails about Wizcon language refer to Chapter 16 Wizcon Language Getting Started 4 7 Wizcon enables you to define compound tags A compound tag is a linear calculation based on values of other tags Compound tags are described in more detail in Chapter 7 Tags The Wizcon scripting language can also be used to implement logic In addition to providing connectivity to SQL databases WizSQL has powerful language functions and its event driven architecture provides excellent performance 4 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon Workflow This section describes a workflow with which to build an application The following sections describe each step in the workflow in more detail Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Defining Communication Drivers and Blocks Defining User Groups Defining Tags and Alarms Building the Application Image Defining logic Testing the Application Defining Charts Reports and Recipes Fine tuning the Application You can reverse the order of these steps if you use the Wizcon cluster technology Getting Started 4 9 You can merge steps 3 and 4 into one and complete the step in four stages Define some of the tags Build part of the image m Complete the image m Define the remaining tags Tip If you are building a network application you should define a network name and number
212. al items can be assigned instead using the same addressing overhead It should be noted however that not all devices support block transfers and the ones that do may impose restrictions on block size or item types For more details see the PC Soft driver information documentation 6 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon enables you to define contiguous blocks in the address space of the external device These blocks can then be transferred in single communication transactions To define a communication block Click the Add button in the Communication Driver dialog as shown on the previous page The following dialog is displayed Block Definition 2 x Communication Driver Logical Name ABC Block Address Length Sample Rate PP ap Soop ae Cancel Help The following options are available Block Address The starting address of the block in the device For address format specifications see the relevant communication driver section in the PC Soft driver information documentation Length Number of items in the block Sample Rate Sampling rate of the block in seconds and milliseconds Note E The maximum number of blocks that can be defined for each driver is 256 m In special cases blocks may be defined differently For more information refer to the PC Soft driver information documentation Communication Drivers 6 9 Remember m Though blocks are efficient in terms of transfer ra
213. al number of times a tag was in the ON state in the past month m The efficiency of a tag based on the total amount of time it was in the ON state in the past month A list of fields can be viewed in the Field Summary dialog described on page 20 31 20 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Inserting Field Definitions Field definitions can only be defined for codes that were entered in proper numerical order For example you cannot define a field for the code 00003 if codes 00001 and 00002 were not yet defined in the report To define a field In the Report Definition dialog as displayed on page 20 4 select the field code or double click on it and activate the Field Def button If you do not know the next field number to be defined or if you want the report utility to determine the next field number enter a high field number such as 9999 then activate the Field Def button The utility will prompt you to change the field number you entered with the next ordinal number to be defined or Activate the Field Def button without first selecting a code in the report The utility will then enable you to define a field for the next ordinal field number in the report Reports 20 9 The Field Definition dialog is displayed Field Definition Field No 5 Type Tag Time Compound Date Multiple String Tag Cancel Help The following Field Defini
214. al unit values If a graph description was defined to appear in the Chart during the graph definition procedure the description appears to the left of the tag scale Charts 18 21 Setting Control Limits You can specify the low and high limit values that will be marked by horizontal lines across the Chart You do not have to specify both limit values gt To set control limits Activate the Control Limits button in the Graphs Definition dialog as shown on page 18 15 The Control limits dialog is displayed Fill in the fields as required and click OK Control limits Low limit J T Draw high limit High limit J T Invert color out of limits Cancel Help The following options are available Draw low limit Specifies the low limit value Enter a value in the Low limit field Draw high limit Specifies the high limit value Enter a value in the High limit field Invert color out of limits Causes the graph values that exceed the control limits to appear in inverted color If you select this option the Draw options are enabled Note If you do not select a Draw option or the Invert Color option the low and high value fields are disabled 18 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following is an example of a Chart in which control limits were defined id list s Zeg Moche Dpr Gaza Dk ELI hb It d Leet heel vw oe RE a 2 Specifying a Description for the Chart
215. alculations that the PLC cannot perform Wizcon Language is written and implemented according to If Then conditions For example IF FLAG 1 THEN REPORT Shift Some examples of Wizcon Language commands include Starting and stopping a process Loading a recipe m Writing to a tag value based on another tag value m Writing to a file or printer For more details about defining Wizcon Language commands refer to Chapter 16 Wizcon Language Getting Started 4 13 Step 6 Testing the Application At this stage of the design process it is recommended that you test your application to check your image alarm tag and block definitions After completing the test and implementing the necessary changes you can continue to define your reports charts recipes and fine tune the application Step 7 Defining Charts Reports and Recipes Defining Charts Charts provide graphical views of past and current tag values You can use charts to follow a trend or compare values You can define up to 16 tags on a single chart When defining a chart it is possible to m Define a unique color to each chart that is also used by the scales of the chart E Determine that charts show online or historical activities For more details about defining charts refer to Chapter 18 Charts Defining Reports You can define reports for different users such as operators engineers and managers Make sure that each report includes the
216. ame Action A problem exists with the Wizcon 7 gate database Close the conevrsion utility Exit and restart Wizcon 7 then retry If the error persists reload the gate information from the original unmodified GLS files generated by the gate conversion utilities If the error still persists shut down and restart your system 24 Error while writing to CNVZONES INC aborting 25 Error while writing to Add On Data file 26 Error while writing to ILS file Action Shut down and restart your system and then try the template conversion again 27 Error in text table file file name Line No line number Action Make sure that you have the original unmodified text table file from the Wizcon DOS application in your flattened application directory Alerts Conversion 28 Alerts table not initialized Action Make sure that the ALARMS DAT file exists in the Wizcon DOS application directory Then run Wizcon DOS and save the alarms again Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 29 29 Memory allocation error Action The system is overloaded Close some OS 2 applications and retry 30 Help file ALARM2 HLP not present no help information conversion 31 Help file ALARM2 HLP is empty no help information conversion Action These messages will appear if you do not have any alarm help information for your Wizcon DOS alarms and should be ignored If you do have alarm help information the ALARM72 HLP file is in error Make sur
217. ampling rate in seconds specified when defining the tag as described in Chapter 7 Tags The tag sampling attribute which can be Y for always R only if clients are registered for that tag N for never The tag type which can be A for Analog D for Digital A or D for Compound depending on the type of tags in the formula S for String tags No character for dummy tags The dialog contains a menu bar with the following menus and options Menu Select To do File New Open Clear the tag list from the Tags Exerciser Program window Open the Tag Filter dialog to define a tag filter and specify a tag list file as described on page 25 3 Save as Recipe Save the list as a recipe as described on page 25 10 Save as GLS Save the list as a tag list file as described on page 25 11 25 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Menu Select Options Sample Selected Sample All Sample Disable Find Tag Zoom Tag Help Using Help Find Help Index To do Sample the currently selected tag in the list Change the Never sample attribute of all the tags in the list to Request Tags are then sampled only when clients are registered for them Select this item to change the sample attribute of all the tags to Never This will disable the sampling of all the tags Search for a tag as described on page 25 8 Modify the tag options as described on page 25 8 Display the st
218. an be used in other modules for displaying calculating and control functions Basic Principles In Wizcon a tag can be associated with one of the following sources PLC Dummy or Compound as described below m PLC Tags These tags are associated with external devices and mapped to the external device variables for example PLC registers Wizcon samples these tags periodically through the communication driver so that changes of value in the field device variable is automatically transferred to the associated tag The change of PLC tag value in Wizcon is recognized in the external device 7 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m Dummy Tags These tags represent internal variables and are used for a variety of calculations control and other application related needs Dummy tags are updated by user input or changed by other application modules These tags are set to 0 upon system initialization Compound Tags Tags that are linear calculations based on values of other tags According to their data types tags can be one of the following Tag Icons Digital Discrete logic tags that have Boolean values of TRUE 1 or FALSE 0 Analog Tags that have numeric values represented in various formats signed or unsigned integer floating point BCD String Tags that are defined to receive alpha numeric strings Wizcon marks tag type with icons Below are the analog and digital icons used to mark tags in the Studio
219. an be entered in one of two formats E Logical Format Tag operation Value as described on the following page E Flag Format Tag bit Value as described on the following page 8 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Logical Format Tag operation Value Where Tag can be any tag name Value can be any numerical value and Operator can be one of the following relational operators gt gt lt lt or lt gt All these operators have their standard mathematical meanings Examples TEMP gt 100 COUNT 1000 This means that if the value of a tag called TEMP is greater than 100 the alarm will be issued This means that if the value of a tag called LEVEL is less than or equal to 20 the alarm will be issued This means that if the value of a tag called COUNT equals 1000 the alarm will be issued Flag Format Tag bit Value Where Tag stands for a tag name Value stands for 0 or 1 and bit stands for the bit number in the tag value Bits are numbered from 0 for the least significant bit to 31 for the most significant bit Examples LRMREG 3 1 STATUS 15 0 This means that if bit 3 of the value of a tag called LRMREG is 1 the alarm will be issued This means that if bit 15 of the value of a tag called STATUS is 0 the alarm will be issued Alarms 8 9 Alarm Text This section describes how to enter the alarm text in the Alarm Definition dialog as shown o
220. and Internet User s Guide 3 The server identifies the requested data by the DDE Address sent by the client 4 When the requested data item changes the server updates the client Wizcon DDE Overview Wizcon supports DDE both as a client and a server this means that it can receive data as a DDE client and send data as a DDE server provided the partner application supports DDE Wizcon DDE support is provided by two programs WIZDDEC Enables your Wizcon application to run as a DDE client and receive information from server applications as described on the following page Using WIZDEC you can m Update tags with values received from a server application The new tag values are incorporated on line into images charts reports alarms historical databases and PLCs m From Wizcon execute DDE commands in server applications with parameters defined in Wizcon WIZDDES Enables you to run your application as a DDE server as described on page 22 19 Using WIZDDES you can m Transmit real time tag values to external applications such as spreadsheets databases batch programs and many others m Run any Wizcon macro from a DDE client application Note Both programs can run simultaneously to transform Wizcon into a DDE client and server at the same time This is common in configurations in which a Wizcon application receives data updates from one program and sends data updates to another Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 5 Us
221. and change and be written to the PLC when you complete the dragging release the mouse button and place the slider on a specific value Select Snap to Tick to cause the slider to snap to ticks on the value scale whenever it is moved or the tag value changes in the field Select Default tag limits to cause the value scale limits to be those you defined for the tag in the Tag Definition procedure refer to Chapter 7 Tags for more detail In the From To fields you can specify the values you want for the upper and lower limits of the tag scale Image Animation 13 59 Media Player The Media Player enables you to play any Media file that is installed on your computer Usually this object is used to play AVI files that display some information to the operator gt To define a new media object Select the Media tool A from the Objects Toolbox 2 Draw a rectangle in the initial size you wish 3 The Media Player Properties dialog opens where you can select the Media device file you wish to play 4 You can set the Media window to include a title bar with your own text Media Player Properties 2 x General Select the file to use with this media player E SWIZCONSPR OJ Clock avi Browse IV Has Title Title Plant Clock Cancel Help 13 60 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Media device will be displayed Stretched to the object size Small control bar is displayed a
222. and depends on the PLC memory structure internal architecture and communication protocol When exchanging data between Wizcon 7 tags and PLCs the communication driver for the specific PLC should be installed Glossary H 11 Popup Events Summary A Popup Events Summary appears on the screen immediately when a severe alarm occurs The Popup Events Summary can be designed to display alarms in different colors and include different titles In addition the Popup Events Summary can be defined to buzz for specific alarms Popup Events Summaries are defined by selecting PopUp Settings from the Design menu in the Wizcon Application Studio Project Tree Recipe This is a list tree that represents the various elements of Wizcon 7 The All Containers section Containers Tree area is made of two main groups Files and Objects The root of the Tree is the station or application name Whenever a tree item is selected a list of the container content is displayed in the right hand side of the Wizcon Application Studio A recipe is a list of tag values that can be saved and applied in specific control processes as a group to cause the process to enter a desired state When a recipe is applied the tags associated with that recipe will be set to the corresponding values that you specified during the recipe definition procedure In Wizcon 7 each recipe belongs to a Model Models are used to group recipes and provide the list of tags from
223. andard Windows Help on how to use Help files Display the Find Setup Wizard in which you can enter key words to find a topic Display the Multiple Tags Help topics Note If a communication error occurs a line of asterisks appears for any tag represented in the tag list that is associated with the VPI to which the error occurred The line of asterisks is on going and appears until the error is corrected When the error is corrected the tag value appears in the tag list Multiple Tags 25 7 Find Tag Menu gt Options Find Tag After a list is generated you can search for a specific tag To find a specific tag From the Options menu in the Tags Exerciser Program window select Find Tag The Find Tag By Name dialog is displayed Find Gate By Name Name Prefix ey Close Help Specify the name of the tag you want to search for and activate the Find button The tag will appear highlighted in the list of tags Note that the name you specified is used as a prefix in the name matching process Also that the search is modeless meaning that you will not have to close the dialog to perform any other operation in the window Zoom Tag You can use the Zoom Tag option to modify the attributes of a tag in the Tags list The attributes that you can modify and operations that you can perform include H Reading the tag value m Writing a value to the tag m Changing the sample attribute 25 8 Wizcon for Windows
224. angles Orthogonal rectangles with round corners Filled orthogonal rectangles with round corners Filled ellipses Unfilled ellipses Filled circles Unfilled circles Tips Round cornered rectangles will become sharp cornered rectangles if they are rotated Same as above Moving cursor in vertical direction creates a thin ellipse Moving horizontally creates a wide ellipse Same as above Click on center point and drag outwards Same as above In the Drawings toolbox click the appropriate shape Position the mouse pointer where you want to start drawing Drag diagonally Release the mouse button Right click in the Image to deselect the tool 12 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide If you click the right button before starting to draw the select tool will be activated The following is an example of shapes drawn with some of the tools in this group mp Unie Mi E Ee Ly Ven Less hoki Dpie Moki Al IS maea Bie oe a H IO 2 i Drawing Arcs This section describes how to draw with the following group of tools Use To draw Tips al Filled closed arcs The angle of an arc or closed arc may be affected if the arc is scaled Unfilled closed arcs ol a Arcs Image Editor 12 25 gt To draw an arc 1 In the Drawings toolbox click on the appropriate tool Position the mouse pointer where you want to start drawing Drag to end point R
225. anguage Since Wizcon language runs on both the Master and Backup stations the assignment statement of WILS BACKUP is executed twice Once by the Master WILS and the other by the Backup station s WILS thus not giving a true picture of the situation Wizcon Network 23 17 Recording Remote Data In addition to Wizcon Server stations both SCADA and Network SCADA stations are also able to record remote tags and alarms You can simulate the connection to a remote station that is not running as described on page 23 20 This enables you to work with remote tags alarms and images to help you when developing the local station application To specify remote tags and alarms for recording in your local database 1 From the Network menu select the Record Remote Data option The Define remote data to record dialog appears Define remote data to record xl Station Tags Alarms Change s Cancel Help 2 Select the remote station for which you want the tag and alarm data to be recorded and activate the OK button to save your settings and close the dialog 3 Restart Wizcon for your changes to take affect 23 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To change the recording specifications of a remote station Select a station in the list box and activate the Change button The Define Data To Record From Station dialog appears Define Data To Record From Station COURSE xl MV Record Tags
226. ants constitute expressions as described on page 16 17 Expressions Combinations of variables constant and operators that yield values as described on page 16 20 Commands Symbols that represent operations as described on page 16 22 Constants Any positive numerical value There are two kinds of variables Tags A tag is represented by its name preceded by a commercial at sign For example POWER or INFLOW To indicate the Wizcon network station a tag belongs to after the commercial at sign simply type the station name followed by a colon and then the name of the tag For example STATION1 ANA01 refers to a tag called ANAO1 in the station called STATION1 System Variable A variable controlled by the Wizcon system This type of variable is represented by a name preceded with a dollar sign such as TIME or DATE System variables are read only and cannot be modified 16 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide System Variables The table below describes the Wizcon system variables Name SALARMS STIME SDATE SHOUR SMINUTE SYEAR SWEEKDAY Range 00 00 23 59 01 01 31 12 Description Represents the number of unacknowledged alarms in the system Specifies the current time in Hours Minutes format When printed the time will appear in the format Hours Minutes Seconds Specifies the current date in Day Month format When pr
227. apter 3 Installing Wizcon for Windows and Internet 3 1 System Requirements ccccseccssseeceseeesseeseseeeenseeeeseeessaeseseeeenseaeseeeeessassaseeeenseeeseas 3 2 Installation ses EENS EENEG NEEN 3 4 Uninstalling Wizcon for Windows and Internet A 3 9 Starting Wizcon for Windows and Internet c cccesecesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseneeeenseeeees 3 10 Chapter 4 Getting Started cceeeeeeeesseneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 1 Accessing WIZ COM NEE 4 2 Opening WIZCON ica sda wee AG eal a a et ti ant daa oaks ial tats 4 2 Quick Access EE 4 3 Designing an AppliCation cccseccccesseceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseenseeeeeenseeeeeens 4 5 Before Designing Your Application ccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeneaaes 4 5 Typical Application Heouremente 4 6 WIZCON Workilow sie nea a aaea E EAE E 4 9 Step 1 Defining Communication Drivers and Block 4 10 Step 2 Defining User Groupe 4 11 Step 3 Defining Tags and Alams 4 11 Step 4 Building the Application Image 4 12 Step 5 Defining Wizcon Language sessseesseesseessresrnesrnssrnesrnssrnssrnssrnssrnssnn 4 13 Step 6 Testing the Application eccceceeeceseeeceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeaeeeeeeeeaes 4 14 Step 7 Defining Charts Reports and Recipes ssesessessessrssrresrresrresresrresrens 4 14 Step 8 Fine Tuning the Applcation 4 16 Shutting DOWN BEE 4 17 LOQOUE eeni ena ti AA vee caves pe cde ENE
228. are programs can be imported to the Wizcon image editor m Using the Wizcon clusters library with a variety of prebuilt objects including valves pumps and other industry standard components You can define or change the parameters of each object and save the changes in the Wizcon for Internet configuration database Millisecond Time Stamping Wizcon samples PLCs at up to 50 milliseconds resolution and can receive data with a time stamp of up to 1 millisecond resolution This data is registered in Wizcon history files according to the time stamp It allows operators to trace the sequence of plant events exactly as they occurred Introducing Wizcon 2 9 Networking The Wizcon solution provides a smooth growth path from a standalone workstation through the plant floor configuration to plant wide network architecture that connects the plant floor with existing file servers and other management systems The Wizcon network uses client server architecture allowing users to transparently define network data objects without defining network tags or alarms in the local configuration database Wizcon can be connected to other Wizcon stations or Wizcon stations using NetBIOS or TCP IP protocol Thus tags and alarms defined on any Wizcon station can be used on the same network as Wizcon for Internet Online Design You can make changes during runtime and view the results immediately Open Architecture Wizcon integrates seamlessly w
229. are using Wizcon for Windows and Internet for the first time you may proceed in one of the following ways H Read this guide from cover to cover exactly as it is presented m Read Chapters 1 through 5 These chapters provide you with basic information on the Wizcon installation procedure guidelines for designing an application and a description of the Wizcon Application Studio Then read the chapters you need depending on the tasks you want to perform If you are an experienced Wizcon user read Chapter 2 Introducing Wizcon to learn about the available features and then use the Table of Contents and the Index to find the information you need This guide contains the following sections Chapter 1 Using this Guide covers basic information about this manual Chapter 2 Introducing Wizcon introduces Wizcon and its features Chapier 3 Installing Wizcon for Windows and Internet describes the system requirements and installation procedure Chapter 4 Getting Started provides guidelines for building applications with Wizcon Chapier 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio describes the operational framework of Wizcon Chapter 6 Communication Drivers describes how to define communication drivers and blocks 1 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 7 Tags describes how to define and use tags which are contact points through which Wizcon receives data from the controller and or outputs data to
230. art Definition page 18 10 describes how to define Charts Time Definition page 18 11 describes how to determine the period for which tag values can be traced Graph Definition page 18 13 describes how to define graphs in Charts X Axis Definition page 18 31 describes how to create three types of graphs using the X axis Charts 18 1 Modes page 18 34 describes the Chart s operational modes History and Online modes Scrolling and Zooming page 18 38 describes the scrolling and zooming operations Data Box page 18 42 describes the data box which displays the graph tags values and descriptions Grids page 18 45 describes grids which are sets of equidistant points covering the entire graph area Chart Properties page 18 48 describes how to define the line style of a Chart and its window attributes Additional Features page 18 51 describes additional features such as setting a background color smoothing graphs the crosshair cursor communication errors and authorization Keyboard Mouse Action Summary page 18 60 summarizes the Chart keyboard and mouse actions Functional Ranges page 18 62 describes Chart functional ranges 18 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Overview Tag Value Scale Charts provide graphical views of past and current activities recorded by the Wizcon system They can be used to reveal operational trends compare device functionality and correlate ac
231. aster station it re registers as a client for the alarms and tags at the Backup station Wizcon Network 23 33 23 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 24 WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support TR 2 About this chapter This chapter describes WizSQL Wizcon SQL support as follows Overview on page 24 3 describes an overview of SQL and the WizSQL Connection module Wizcon SQL Connection Module page 24 4 describes WizSQL and how it can be configured ODBC SQL Support page 24 5 describes installation configuration and activation of ODBC Activating WizSQL page 24 8 describes how WizSQL is activated The WizSQL File page 24 11 describes how to define commands for reading and writing data from and to user defined RDB tables Sample WizSQL Program page 24 11 describes a sample SQL program WizSQL Commands Overview page 24 14 gives an overview of WizSQL commands and their functions Adding Updating and Deleting Data page 24 21 describes adding to deleting from and inserting data into RDB tables Retrieving Data page 24 24 describes retrieving data with the SELECT and FETCH commands WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 1 String Expression page 24 25 describes a string expression Wizcon Command page 24 26 describes Wizcon supported operations Program Initialization page 24 31 describes the initialize section of a ASCII file Program Termination page 24 32 describes
232. ate and time for the alarm start time that will appear in the report 9 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide End Time Ack Time Severity Range Zone Range Family Range Indicator Indicates whether the date and time is absolute or relative Click inside the field to display the following options Absolute The exact time you specify For example if you specify the date 08 05 96 and the time 15 00 00 alarms will be listed from 3 PM on August 5 1997 Relative The time and date that you specify will be relative to the current time and date For example for time 10 00 00 and date 3 alarms will be listed from 3 days and 10 hours ago Relative Date Only the date that you specify will be relative to the current date the time will remain absolute For example for time 10 00 00 and date 3 alarms will be listed from 3 days ago at 10 AM Specifies the range of date and time for the alarm end time Only alarms that ended in this date and time range will appear in the report The options you can select for Indicator are the same as those for the Start Time field described above Specifies the range of date and time for the alarm acknowledge time Only alarms that were acknowledged in this date and time range will appear in the report The options you can select for Indicator are the same as those for the Start Time field described above Specifies the range of severity levels of the alarms that you want to
233. ation Note that trigger macros will only be executed if the Trigger mode is activated by selecting Trigger On from the Modes menu in the Image Marking Trigger Objects Image Menu gt Options gt Mark Triggers Image gt Toolbar gt ai gt To mark trigger objects on the screen Select Mark Triggers from the Options menu in the Image or Select the mark trigger toggle from the Image toolbar After you select this item a red colored hand will appear in all the trigger objects in the Image gt To unmark the objects Reselect Mark Triggers In addition if the Trigger On mode is active the hand cursor that appears will turn red whenever you click and hold the button down and move the cursor within the borders of the object When you leave the object borders while still holding the button down the hand will turn white Note The lt Spacebar gt can be used to simulate the mouse button Image Animation 13 55 The Mark Triggers function will apply to any object However if an object is marked with a red hand to indicate that it is a trigger object but that object is dynamically or manually transformed moved rotated scaled etc the trigger mark may disappear or will not appear in its proper location If this happens you can press lt ALT R gt or click on the lt r gt button in the Image window to redraw the Image The hand will then appear in its proper location In addition you can specify YES
234. ation Level to None If your computer is running using Windows 95 98 or NT and it is not part of the same domain set the Default Authentication Level to None F 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Default Security Page You use the Default Security page as shown below to edit the security that applies to all COM objects on this computer Any security settings defined on a per server basis override these security defaults otherwise DCOM security uses these default settings Distributed COM Configuration Properties Distributed COM Configuration Properties Networking with OPC Using DCOM F 7 Default Access Permissions Default Access Permissions specify which users can access or connect to a server Permissions are based on either users or groups It is advised that you specify permissions for groups first and then add user accounts to those groups When a domain includes many users this approach allows each server computer to give access permissions to the group of OPC users otherwise each user must be given permissions on each computer running a server Default Launch Permissions Launch Permissions specifies which users can launch a server If a server is already running this default setting does not apply For example this limit does not apply for servers that run automatically or ones that are already started manually Registry Value Permissions x Registry Value DefaultLaunchPermission
235. ations In response to these requests the Wizcon Server continuously receives updated messages about tags and alarms and dispatches them to the Management View stations In addition to routing real time data the Wizcon Server can collect data from the SCADA stations and record selected data in historical databases These databases can reside on the Wizcon Server local disk or on the network file server and are shared among all stations across the network Since Wizcon stores the data in a common format users can access this data from both Wizcon stations and other applications without having to deal with format conversion This configuration allows users to efficiently distribute computer power among different computers and PLCs optimizes network resource consumption and ensures that time critical missions will be completed without interference The Wizcon Server Station configuration is described on page 23 10 Wizcon Network 23 5 Management View Station Stations that bring real time and historical data from the plant floor to any desktop in the organization Management View stations can display data collected by one or more SCADA stations In addition to displaying the data in forms of images graphs and reports Management View stations provide the necessary functions for interacting with on going activities Each command for changing process parameters or downloading a recipe is immediately transferred to the appropriate Wizcon
236. ations are required it is recommended to define these alarms according to the instructions provided in Chapter 8 Alarms Alarms issued as a result of Wizcon Language commands are specified as follows Name WIZWIL Severity 10 Class None Zone 0 Bit Testing In order to reduce the number of tags under Wizcon control and thereby reduce communications and processing loads several discrete flags bits can be grouped into a single analog tag if the external device supports this grouping Several bit wise operators such as gt gt amp BXOR and BIT can be used to isolate and test analog tag bits For example IF STATUS1 STATUS2 BIT 3 AND POWER BIT 5 THEN PRINTSA Conveyor motor stuck Such bit oriented analog tags can be displayed as Drum tags as explained in Chapter 12 Image Editor 16 44 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Initialization Sometimes an application may need to perform several operations upon startup In order for the system to be able to identify a startup operation specified by a Wizcon Language program Dummy tags are automatically initialized to 0 For more details about Tags refer to Chapter 7 Tags For example Zb RUN THEN RUN RLOAD INIT 1 RLOAD INIT 2 SET GO ll om H e where RUN is a Dummy tag External Programs Tags A Wizcon application can exchange information with other programs using
237. ayed 4 Select a tool from the menu The selected objects will be aligned accordingly 5 Click an empty part of the Image to deselect the objects Image Editor 12 19 Moving Scaling Scale by selection of object and handles gt To move an object Hold down the left mouse button on object and drag to the required position To copy the object move scale it with the lt Ctrl gt key pressed Object Sensitive Menus H Right click on any object in the Image to select the object A popup menu is displayed m Click in an empty space in the Image to display a general Image menu m The popup menu deselects previously selected objects 12 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Image Edit Menu The Image Edit menu is the graphic tool of Wizcon 7 It is used to create and view the Images that enable you to visualize part or all of a control process The following menu items are available Select Undo Redo Copy to Clipboard Paste from Clipboard Insert Picture Find Find Next Align Select Operations Drawings Set Background Color Get Colors Save Colors To do Reverse or delete the last entry Immediately after you undo an action the Undo command changes to Redo allowing you to restore what you reversed Transfer data between applications Paste objects from the Clipboard to an Image Insert a picture jpeg jpg Find and go to an object that matches the search text
238. b browser Images 11 29 Image Properties Wizcon parameters can be fine tuned to enhance the Image and update performance These environmental properties control Image size resolution minimum and maximum amount of time Wizcon will wait before updating Image objects when their values change and more Image Properties are used to define the properties of the Image and update performance To access the Property dialog box From the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application right click Images and select Properties from the popup menu The Image Properties dialog is displayed in which you can m Determine the location of the pictures files folder in the Pictures tab as described on the following page H Repaint the Image after editing operations in the View tab as described on page 11 32 m Set the amount of memory available for Image objects in the Loading tab as described on page 11 36 m Determine parameters for trigger objects in the Trigger tab as described on page 11 38 m Determine the Image update performance in milliseconds as well as determine the size of the internal message buffer that Images use to collapse the tag alarm notification message received by WizPro in the Rates tab as described on page 11 40 m Determine the period of time in ms for slow zones in the FastZone tab as described on page 11 41 m Determine the blinking rate values for dynamic objects in the Dynamic tab as describe
239. between Wizcon and the first client will be terminated m Ifareal tag gets a communication error then asterisks are sent to the DDE client Specifying a DDE Address The DDE address is always defined in the client application When Wizcon serves a DDE server the DDE addresses must be defined in the application that will request tag value updates from Wizcon The client must define the DDE Addresses with the three standard components Application Topic and Item Name Client applications wishing to receive tag values in Wizcon must define their DDE Addresses as such Application Wizcon Topic GATE Item Name TagName or StationName TagName For example A1001 or VIEWO1 ANAO1 You must read the relevant documentation in the client application to find the syntax for defining DDE Addresses For example in Excel to make a cell a DDE client on the Wizcon tag ANAO1 you must specify the following formula for the cell WIZCON TAG ANAO1 If ANAOI is on a remote station called STAT 1 the formula would be WIZCON TAG STAT1 ANAO1 22 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Activating the WizDDE Server WIZDDES TO enable your Wizcon application as a DDE server you muse run the WIZDDES module gt Torun the WIZDDES module Click the Start button on your desktop point to Programs and then to Wizcon Select DDE Server from the popup menu Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 19 Excel to Wizcon
240. between a remote station that is not running Network Properties page 23 22 describes how to set your network environment to establish maximum Wizcon application performance Wizcon TCP IP Support page 23 28 describes how to configure your Wizcon network for TCP IP Wizcon Backup Principles of Operation page 23 31 describes the backup principles of the backup station and the master station Failure Detection and Reaction page 23 33 describes what to do when an error message is received in switch backup mode Wizcon Network 23 1 Overview Wizcon stations operating in a network environment can share objects such as alarms and tags Direct access to remote tags and alarms can be implemented through the simple station definition procedure described on page 23 9 Once the station is defined to support Wizcon network activities any operation involving tags and alarms on a local station can include remote tags and alarms as well The Wizcon network system operates in a manner similar to other network systems WizPro the Wizcon kernel handles all network operations and transfers data from to local and remote Wizcon stations Wizcon supports various network components including Novell Requester LAN Server and TCP IP Installation in a TCP IP environment enables Wizcon stations on one network to communicate with Wizcon stations on other networks Through TCP IP the Wizcon Network offers a complete enterprise wide solution
241. can choose from Start Specifies a relative start time For example if you specify 2 the data displayed is the data monitored 2 hours before the current time Start on Specifies an absolute start time For example if you specify 15 00 00 the data is monitored from 15 00 00 on the current day If the Trend is opened during runtime at 16 00 you will view one hour of monitored data If the Trend is opened during runtime at 14 00 you can begin to view data after one hour Historical Period Specifies the time span for data monitored in historical mode only Window time period Specifies how a time frame for the data monitored in the window at any given time For example if you want a time frame of 1 minute and 30 seconds make sure that the Days and Hours fields display 0 Then enter 1 in the Minutes field and 30 in the Seconds field 14 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Specifying the X Axis Time Format The time format displayed on the X axis of the Trend is configured in the X Axis tab You can display m The time m The date m The time and the date together as shown in the example below Time format and date To specify the X axis time format Select the X Axis time format tab in the Trend Profile dialog The following page is displayed Trend Profile Creating Trend Viewers 14 17 The following options are available Time and date Select to display the time and date Time on
242. cation cccseccccesseeceeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeseeseeesneesesesneesesesnenseeseees 15 12 Using Netscape East reck ccitsacstsseetescheneetieatadetentanetenpastalayissceedivaadadebeetas con 15 13 Using Microsoft Internet Information Server A D 15 14 Web Application Properties cccssseeccsseseeeesseeeeesseeeeeenseeeeeenseeneeeeseenenenseenenees 15 15 Changing the Location of Web Application Files 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee eeeeteeeeee 15 16 Changing the Location of Events Summary Profile FPiles 15 17 Changing the Location of Picture Files cccecccseeeeeseeceeeeeeeteeeeeaeeeeeeteneeees 15 18 Changing the Location of Trend Profile Files esenee eeens neee 15 19 Specifying Historical Cache Settings ccccceececeeeeeeseeceeneeseeeeeseaeeeeneeteeeeees 15 20 Chapter 16 WiZCON Language cccccccseseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 16 1 021 eae ee BS PoE ORE A RPE SO oS eS 16 2 Basic Principles csornai a a cvcuuessvcecdeess i 16 3 Language Activation sesssseessrressernesnrunsnnnnesrnnnnttnnntnnannnnnsnnnannntnnnnnnnnnnnennnena 16 4 LANQUAGES SOTUP E 16 5 Language Definitions ccecceceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeseseeeeeseseenenseseeenens 16 7 Statement Detintton nenn 16 9 IER 16 10 Loading a File from the Statement List 16 11 Loading a Statement File to a Printer or a Pie 16 12 PINGING TOX aae et E gepeneuiedd E E ARAE E EEE 16 13 Wizcon Language Format cccesecccese
243. cation where the sets of tables are created For further information refer to the relevant documentation of the driver you are using 24 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following are examples of database connection strings H The line in Wiztune for Sybase System 10 ODBC driver assuming the server name is Wizcon will be WIZSQL_ODBC_ATTRIBUTES DSN Sybas System 10 SRVR Wizcon m The line in Wiztune for BASE format ODBC driver will be WIZSQL_ODBC_ATTRIBUTES DSN dBASEFile Note You should not include the UID User ID or name and PWD Password attributes in the connection string They are given in the connect command in your WizSQL program Activating WizSQL and ODBC If you are using an ODBC driver of a file format for example dBASE FoxPro etc use empty strings for the user and password in the connect command in the WizSQL program For example CONNECT E es Before writing your WizSQL program check which of the SQL commands are supported by the ODBC driver for the database you are using You can also refer to the documentation of the specific driver you are using WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 7 Activating WizSQL WizSQL is activated as follows WIZSQL P A D L C FileName where FileName is the name of the WizSQL file Enter the FileName without an extension The system automatically attaches the suffix WSQ to the file P only Parse the Wizco
244. cccccsseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeenees 2 1 What is Wizcon for Windows and Internet csccescesseeeseeeeeeeeesneeseseeeeneeeeneas 2 2 Typical Wizcon SCADA Configuration cccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaas 2 3 Wizcon for Windows and Internet Main Features eccseseeresseeeeeeeseeeeeeees 2 4 Alarmi eelere KETTEN 2 4 Automatic Network Optimization seesseeesesesenesiresrresrresrrssrrssirssrrnsrnssrnernnsrnnsnnne 2 4 Background ProCeSSing soere neran na aE ENA AR 2 5 Built in Report Generator 2 6 Charts and REPOS s 0 0 iil eetevye et de eet ee ee Edel 2 6 Database Connectivity isses rinanon oetra na aaa Eed Drees Ee 2 6 EEEE EE E I EE A E A E A tetera A 2 7 EVENTS ul ET TE 2 7 Events Summary Profiles c ccccececeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeneneeee 2 8 Events Summary Viewer 2 8 Hot Backup Gupport aeaaaee aaraa aa aE R a aai r aa Aaa eA a Eaa 2 8 Innovative Graphics PDresentatton 2 8 Millisecond Time Stamping cc ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeeees 2 9 NGIWOrKING EE 2 10 Online Desig iieii aca ek Cheese aay tian okie el aa d 2 10 Open Architecture 2 10 Nee 2 11 er le 2 11 Re 2 12 Table of Contents i Securty on THE Web 2ug00oee deg deg dee Wivasedeaes jacecadtduedicudaecededeadedd e i 2 12 TAGS EE 2 12 Trond Re UE EE 2 13 ne WE EE 2 13 VOTE ee Language E 2 14 Year 2000 Compatbilttv 2 14 Ch
245. ce on the amount of records written to the VFI in one write operation For more details refer to the section Defining Tag Properties in Chapter 7 Tags The parameters described below have no interface in Wizcon 7 Studio and can be added to WIZTUNE DAT using any text editor VFI_DAYS PER FILE The VFI_LDAYS_PER_FILE parameter defines how many days will be combined in each physical VFISFST file in the disk Default and recommended parameter 1 gt To define Add to WIZTUNE DAT file the next string VFI_DAYS_PER_FILE n Where n is number of days maximum is 49 days file for VFISFST VFI5FST VFI Fast D 3 VFI5FST_IDX_SEC VFISFSTT_IDX_SEC These parameters determine for each VFISFST_IDX_SEC seconds a time index Default 60 1 index minute These parameters determine the size of the GTddmmyy IDT files For example a value of 60 will give an index file of 11Kb a value of 1 will give an index file of 675Kb It is recommended to use VFISFST_IDX_SEC VFISFSTT_IDX_SEC is used for backward compatibility only gt gt To define Add to WIZTUNE DAT file the next string VFISFST_IDX_SEC n Where n is number of seconds between each time index VFISFST_WRITE_BACK VFI5FSTT_WRITE_BACK These parameters define if the VFISFST will make some optimizations in the history files while reading them writing back of next record pointers Default Optimization is performed To disable optimization during reading a
246. cessseceeeseeeeeensseeeenes 23 31 TAGS EE 23 31 Ern soot es Sees as neces Soe te ent hts A Se eM oe et ne 23 31 Failure Detection and Reaction cc ccccsssseccsssssecessseeecnssseeeenseseeeaeseseeensesnanaas 23 33 Chapter 24 WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support seen 24 1 Ier RS eS PEE E ea a a a aN a a 24 3 Wizcon SQL Connection Module ccccccsssssseceseeecesnssseeeseeeeeeeanssesesueeseanesenees 24 4 ODBC SQL Support see SAS aa oaaae aeaaea aana 24 5 Instalatii enan na bore a Act ah ee Ae 24 5 ODBC Configuration ccccccceecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaeeeeaaeeseeeeseeeeesaeessaeeeeeeeees 24 6 Activating WiZSQL cccssccccesseeceeesneeeeenseeeeeennaeseenneaeseenseaeeenseaeeeenseaneeenseneeeenees 24 8 Activating WizSQL from the Command Prompt sssssssssnnssesnnssesnnnnennnnnrnnnnne nn 24 9 Activating WizSQL from the Application Setup Menu em 24 9 The WIZS GE Fil sista cise stncteed eee euer Ou AN EEN 24 10 Sample WiZSQL Program cc ccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseaetennees 24 10 WO Commande OVErVieW cccecesececcsssseeseseeeceansnseeeseeueeenaneseseseenseauans 24 13 WIZSOL GOMGITION BEEN 24 15 SOL CommMmanGh agereechte 24 16 ele Ee HEI e EE 24 17 MEG elen Elle WEE 24 18 Adding Updating and Deleting Data cccccceseeseeeeceeeeeenseneeeeeeeeeeneneeneees 24 20 Retrieving Data setuenktsegese Ee ENNEN ENNEN NSE EES geed 24 23 String EXPLeSSION E 24
247. ch Permissions Can you access this server Access Permissions How should I run this server Server Identity When an OPC server tries to send data back to the OPC client Windows NT asks the same questions If the security allows the client to connect but no data is returned the security on the client computer may be the problem Configuring DCOM You use the DCOMCNFG EXE program to configure DCOM This program is installed by default in the system folder of your Windows NT computers and can be installed with DCOM for Windows 95 and 98 users F 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide When you run DCOMCNFG program the Distributed COM Configuration Properties dialog box appears You use this dialog box to configure DCOM security Distributed COM Configuration Properties 2x Applications Default Properties Default Security Default Protocols Enable Distributed COM on this computer Enable COM Internet Services on this computer Default Distributed COM communication properties The Authentication Level specifies security at the packet level Default Authentication Level TT E The Impersonation Level specifies whether applications can determine who is calling them and whether the application can do operations using the client s identity Default Impersonation Level identity DI T Provide additional security for reference tracking Cancel Apply Distributed
248. ch the default is LPT1 If you want the report to be sent to the printer do not type anything typing x would cause the report to be sent to a file called x For example the command REPORT REP1 x x x x REP1 LST would generate a report in the format defined as REP1 and output that report to a file called REP1 LST 16 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m Example 3 You can use the REPORT command to generate a report about the duration of a specific batch program The program start time is stored in a PLC register which may for example be represented in Wizcon as the tag called Start When the batch is terminated the value 1 will be assigned to a bit in the PLC This bit may for example be a digital tag in Wizcon called Batchend The command would be written as follows IF BATCHEND 1 THEN REPORT BATCH x x start Tag names can be included for variable values Note that parameters must be separated by spaces m Example 4 The variables SD and ED are useful to help process weekly and monthly reports and in calculating an accumulative average For example IFS TIME 17 00 THEN S_DATE SDAY 1 E_DATE 0 REPORT REP1 X X X X LPT1 S_DATE E_DATE File Check Command The Exist command can be used to check if a file exists If the file you specify exists the command will return 1 If the file does not exist the command will
249. chart window as is The time definition will not be changed Wizcon Language 16 31 Absolute Time The format of the absolute time chart command is CHART VpName ABS I_Date I_Time D_Len T_Len This command loads the specified chart window and changes its time parameters in the absolute mode where I Date The number of days from 01 01 80 I_Time The number of minutes since midnight D_Len Chart and window period in days This parameter is optional see notes on next page T_Len Chart and window period in minutes This parameter is optional see notes below In the absolute mode you can specify date and time parameters to change tag values via image time and digital date displays Relative Time The format of the relative time chart command is CHART VpName REL D_Date D_TIME D_Len T_Len This command loads the specified chart window and changes its time parameters in the relative mode where D_Date The number of days back from the current day D_Time The number of minutes back from the current minute D_Len Chart and window period in days This parameter is optional see notes on next page T_Len Chart and window period in minutes This parameter is optional see notes on next page In the relative mode you can define the numbers of days ago as a simple digital display and the number of minutes ago as a digital time display 16 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Relat
250. ck in the Import Language field to display a list of available languages Select the language in which the application was written 3 In the Import from file field enter the name of the text file that contains the language string this is the file you created in the Export to file field in the Export Language dialog on the previous page or click Browse to locate the file 4 Click OK to import the file The following message appears E Selected language doesn t exist Do you want to create it and import language strings 5 Click Yes to establish a link between the language and its file Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 43 m To translate the file 1 2 Open the language file using any text editor Translate the language strings into the required language and save the file as a new file Access the Explorer and remove the extension txt from the file Follow step 1 on the previous page to open the Import Language dialog and enter the required language in the Import language field In the Import from file field enter the name of the file that contains the translated language strings or click Browse and locate the file Click OK to import the file The following message is displayed Ki Selected language doesn t exist Do you want to create it and import language strings No Click Yes The language is now supported 5 44 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Se
251. clocks Wizcon Network 23 7 H If Wizcon and Wizcon for OS 2 are on the same network make sure that the Windows time settings in all Wizcon stations are as follows Time Zone Eastern Time USA and Canada GMT 5 00 Automatically adjust clock to daylight saving time changes by selecting the automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes option in the Time Zone tab These time settings ensure that the Windows and OS 2 events are synchronized 23 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Configuring Wizcon Network Stations Menu gt Network You can configure your computer as a Wizcon network station as described below You can also query the status of a station with Wizcon Language as described on page 23 17 gt To configure network stations Select the Network menu in the Wizcon Application Studio The following options are available Select Local Station Configuration Record Remote Data Network Properties To do Configure your computer as a SCADA or Network SCADA station as described on the following page Hot Backup Station as described on page 23 13 Management View Station as described on page 23 16 Record remote tags and alarms as described on page 23 18 Simulate the connection between a remote station that is not running as described on page 23 20 Set your network environment and establish a proper Wizcon Application performance You can also enable or
252. complete the task The COMMIT statement tells the DBMS that the transaction is now complete All of the statements that comprise the transaction for example inserts updates delete have been executed and the database is consistent If you do not use the commit command other clients cannot see the changes made and when exiting data is lost Syntax EXEC SQL COMMIT WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 21 ROLLBACK Signals the unsuccessful end of a transaction It tells the DBMS that the user does not want to complete the transaction Instead the DBMS should delete any changes made to the database during the transaction It restores the database to its state before the transaction began Syntax EXEC SQL ROLLBACK 24 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Retrieving Data Data is retrieved by one SELECT command that finds a group of records and one or more FETCH commands that insert values from one record in the RDB into tags Often the values are saved in dummy tag recipes for later use The syntax of the SELECT command is BEGIN SELECT select command according to standard SQL syntax select command block END SELECT Note The SELECT command string can be a string expression The Select Command Block is a mixture of SQL and Wizcon commands and FETCH commands The syntax of the FETCH command is FETCH INTO TAG1 TAG2 TAG3
253. corner of the window These buttons can be used to minimize or maximize the window to predetermined sizes History Viewers 19 9 Size Border Menu Bar Always on Top Pos Size Title Bar Text Enables window borders that can be dragged to change the window size Specifies that a menu bar appears in the window Select to display the History Viewer on top of other open applications Specifies the window X and Y position coordinates in pixels Specifies the window size in pixels Specifies the text that will appear in the Title Bar 19 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 20 Reports e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to use the Wizcon User Defined Report utility in the Wizcon system as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of the Wizcon User Defined Report utility Report Definition and Modification page 20 3 describes how reports are defined Field Summary page 20 31 describes how to invoke the field summary report Saving Reports page 20 33 describes how to save reports Generating Reports page 20 37 describes how to generate completed reports from the command line and with a Wizcon Language command Reports 20 1 Overview The Wizcon User Defined Report utility can be used to define customized reports for specific plant requirements Wizcon generates the reports that you define with this utility as free format d
254. ct Cancel Docs ha Drive oc diskipart0 zl 3 Enter a name for the application in the Application Name field 4 Specify a folder for the application in the Folder Name field and click Create The folder structure appears in the Folders list 5 Click OK to close your settings and close the dialog gt To create a template application 1 From the File menu choose New Application The New Application dialog is displayed New Wizcon Application EN DI l Blank Template Application Application pr Lee Cancel Choose which type of new application you would like 5 52 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 2 Select Template Application and click OK The Choose template application dialog is displayed Choose template application 2 x Look in E Project z fa cl EE I Does WIZAPP Fieras Files of type fwiecon for Internet Document w27 zl Cancel 3 Select the Wz7 file of the application upon which you want to base the new application and click Open The dialog closes and the Set Application dialog is displayed Set Application EN Application name Folder name Agen for Internet PROJECT Create wizapi Folders aci 4 Wizcon for Internet E project Cancel amp Docs ha Drive amp c disk part01 4 Specify a new name for the application in the Application Name field 5 Specify a new folder for the application in the F
255. ct Exit Wizcon Getting Started 4 17 4 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes the Wizcon Application Studio which is the operational framework of Wizcon for Windows and Internet as follows Overview page 5 3 describes how to open and exit the Wizcon Application Studio its structure and tool bar Menu Options page 5 12 describes the available menu options This chapter also describes the following Optimizing Application Performance page 5 15 describes how to use the Station properties to optimize Wizcon performance and enhance functionality Application Setup page 5 22 describes how to set up additional add ons and programs to run automatically while starting Wizcon Defining System Options page 5 26 describes how to define system options such as setting WizPro options changing default file paths and specifying active printers Operator Access Authorization page 5 32 describes how to control local access to the Wizcon system such as registering system operators and assigning names and authorization groups MultiLanguage Support page 5 41 describes how the tag description alarm text and the text field of an image developed in one langauge can be translated to another Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 1 Layouts page 5 47 describes how to save default window layouts Usin
256. ct the library to which you want to copy the cluster 4 Then simply drag the cluster from the source library dialog to the target library dialog and the cluster will be copied Note Clusters that reside in the same library must have different names Therefore if the cluster you want to copy already exists in the target library you will not be able to copy it Clusters Inheritance Rebuilding Cluster Instances One of the big advantages of using clusters is the ability to rebuild all instances automatically after updating the original cluster in the library For example suppose you have a cluster in the library of a specific valve type and you already used this cluster many times in your application Thus you have many instances of that cluster in your application Now you want to change the graphic representation of the valve for example What you have to do is simply redefine the object once in the library and then use the Rebuild option in the Image Clusters menu 12 66 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To rebuild the instances in the application 1 Select Rebuild Instances from the Clusters menu in the Image window The Rebuild Cluster Instances dialog is displayed Rabuikd Clustor otamces Ted akarmi BRICKS Eri Faan In the list you can see all the instances that were placed in the current Image Each line contains the library name the cluster name and how many instances of that obje
257. ct were placed Select those items you want to update note that the list box has multiple selections and therefore you can select more than one line in the list and press the Rebuild button Note The tags and alarms that were associated with each instance will be kept the same The Rebuild operation will fail if there is no compatibility between the cluster in the library and the instances in the Image Compatibility means that the tags alarms triggers must have the same links For example you cannot redefine an object that was linked to one tag to be connected to two tags You can select all items in the list by pressing lt CTRL gt lt gt keys Image Editor 12 67 Working with the Wizcon Basket The basket is a special tool that supplies a new high level of engineering and application design It is used to make a prototype of the application before starting to actually implement it and also to trace the progress of the application development You can think of baskets as shopping lists Just as you specify in the shopping list the groceries you need to buy you can specify in the basket the components you need to include in your application such as five pumps 12 valves and two reactors When you place an object from the basket to your application there is one less object that you can take from the basket If you delete an instance that is a basket item from the application it will be added to the basket again a
258. ctivation date Time The Popup activation time Alarm List A list of the active alarms in the Popup Events Summaries 9 25 The following options are available Clear Clears the selected alarm from the Popup Clear All Clears all the alarms from the Popup When this button is activated the Popup Events Summary will automatically disappear from the screen Relax Clears the Popup Events Summary from the screen for a pre defined period of time Quiet Disables the Popup buzz feature for a predefined period of time Note the following RW When the Clear button is activated and the alarm is removed from the Popup the alarm s End or Ack status will not be affected m When a Popup is activated whenever an alarm becomes active and appears on the screen you will not be able to perform any system function until the Popup disappears This is meant to draw the operator s attention to serious alarms The Popup will disappear only when all the alarms in the list are cleared either one at a time or all together However the operator can cause the Popup to disappear temporarily by activating the Relax button E The amount of time the Popup will be relaxed and silenced is specified during the Popup design procedure on the next page m In the Popup example above an eight star marker appears to the left of the alarm line This marker indicates the alarm that is causing the current buzz 9 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User
259. ctory wizcon pro vim chr ann anl Users c wizfactory wizcon pro Macros Jc wizfactory wizcon pro Classes Jc wizfactory wizcon pro_ Save Cancel Help The dialog displays the following Wizcon file types with their current path specifications Application C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Alarm History C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 29 Alarm Help C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Tag History C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Images C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Text Tables C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Cluster lib C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Image Recipe C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Recipe Model C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Window definitions C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Users C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Macros C Wizfactory Wizcon Project Classes C Wizfactory Wizcon Project m To change the path of a specific file type Click in the line that you want to change and specify the new path A path must be specified with a terminating backslash Note Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Specifying Active Printers Menu gt Design Options Printers The different types of files generated by Wizcon for alarms reports screen contents and so on may be sent to different types of printers To use several printers the operator must first specify which printers are active 5 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide To specify active printers
260. current field definitions as described on page 20 35 m To delete a field from the list Select the field you want to delete from the list and activate the Delete button Do not delete any fields that appear in the report currently displayed in the Report Definition dialog If you do you will be unable to generate the report properly m To change a field definition 1 Select the field you want to change from the list and activate the relevant field type button The field type dialog is displayed 2 Modify the field definition and activate the Change button m To adda new field to the report 1 In the Field No field enter a new field number and activate the relevant field type button The Tag Type dialog is displayed 2 Define the tag type for more details refer to pages 20 11 through 20 30 and activate the Add button The new field is displayed in the list 3 Activate the Save button to save your definitions and to close the dialog 20 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Saving Reports After defining frames fields and field codes save your definitions gt To save report definitions Activate the Save button in the Report Definition dialog as shown on page 20 4 The report is saved in two parts as follows m pt which contains the report frame m rpd which contains the field data If you entered a field in the report frame but did not define that field when you activate the Save b
261. d 18 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m The location of the slider in the scroll bar represents the relation between the window and Chart start times m The size of the slider represents the relation between the window and Chart time periods History Directory Historical data is stored in a default system location specified in the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio The directory from which the historical data is taken can be changed To retrieve data from a different location a new path name must be specified Refer to Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio for more details about defining path names gt To assign a historical data path name From the Setup menu select the History directory option The History Directory dialog is displayed in which you can specify the directory path from which you want your historical files to be extracted History Directory Enter history directory OK Cancel Charts 18 35 Online Mode Online Charts can be used to graphically show a process in progress by demonstrating operational trends and correlation between parameters Online Charts are continuously scrolled along the time X axis so that full window updates are continuously shown Note that if the X axis was defined as sorted by Time as described on page 18 33 each time a tag value on the X or Y axis changes a line will be drawn from the last point on the graph
262. d Topic Specifies the name of the topic on the server The server s documentation must specify what the topic should be for its supported DDE commands 21 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Command Specifies the command string that you want to execute Make sure that the application recognizes the syntax of the command You can also include command tokens and receive their current values when you execute the commands For example the current value of the time token can be 1 00pm The command tokens are similar to the alarm tokens which are listed in Chapter 8 Alarms Clicking OK saves your definitions and closes this dialog displaying the Macro Definitions dialog where you can activate the Add button to add the macro to the list of macros Macros 21 17 Modifying Macros You can modify Action Command Program macros from the Macro Definition dialog gt To modify macros 1 From the Design menu in the Wizcon Application Studio select Macros The Macro Definition dialog is displayed with a list of the defined macros as shown in the following dialog Macro Definition wizmacro Name JOP_ANN Description Open Annunciator Accelerator keys Type Action Command E Alt Tom TI Shift z DDE Command Program I Confirm Before Execute _ Group No Name Type Keys Description DP Chat lt A gt Open Chart a OP ANN Open 4nnunciator Sa
263. d identify if they are OPC 1 0 or 2 0 compatible F 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide e Windows NT service pack mismatch Each NT service pack contains DCOM problem fixes If different service packs are installed on two computers with Windows NT OPC will not work properly Although a client may be able to connect to a server not all of the functions will work Also many times OPC seems to work but no data is sent back to the client application Service Packs 3 and 4 work for OPC if both computers are at the same level Do not mix different levels and do not use service pack versions before Service Pack 3 e Security is the most common reason that OPC fails over DCOM The rest of this note explains how to configure DCOM security Computer A Computer B Data OPC Client OPC Server OPC Functions OPC Client Server Communications Security for Windows NT and DCOM DCOM employs the extensible security framework provided by Windows NT In the same way that a Windows NT user needs to be defined in Windows NT security to access that operating system an OPC client user needs security rights on the remote OPC server to access data from that server Networking with OPC Using DCOM F 3 When an OPC client tries to connect to an OPC Server Windows NT asks the client the following questions Who are You Authentication Level Can you launch this server Laun
264. d on page 11 43 11 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Determining the Location of the Picture Files Folder The location of the Picture files folder is determined in the Pictures tab The Pictures folder is located by default in the Docs directory which is the default web root directory Its location is relative to the web application root directory Image Properties 21x si View Loading Trigger Rates Fast Zone Dynamic Location of Picture files relative to the web application root directory Pictures Apply Cancel Enter the required location and press the Apply button You can also determine the location of the Picture files folder by right clicking Web Application in the All Containers section selecting Properties from the popup menu and selecting the Pictures tab from the displayed dialog Images 11 31 Repainting the Image You can specify that an Image is automatically repainted after such actions as moving and copying and overcome any display differences in the View tab of the Image Properties dialog Image Properties 2 xi Pictures Loading Trigger Rates Fast Zone Dynamic V Repaint images after editing operations Resolution factor fi Number of gradient color steps 16 Advanced Cancel Apply Help The following options are available Repaint Images after Enables an Image to be repainted automatically edit
265. dd to WIZTUNE DAT file the next string VFISFST_WRITE_BACK NO To enable optimization remove this string from WIZTUNE DAT D 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Disabling this option results in a faster first reading with the chart during chart opening but slower the next readings It is recommended to use VFISFST_WRITE_ BACK VFISFSTT_WRITE_BACK is used for backward compatibility only VEISEST NO COMM ERR VEISESTT NO COMM ERR These parameters define if to write communication error values to history Default Communication error values are written to history If this option is enabled no communication error values will be written to the history files To enable this option disable communication error values logging to history insert the following line in the WIZTUNE DAT file VFISFST_NO_COMM_ERR YES To disable this option enable communication error values logging to history remove this string from WIZTUNE DAT file It is recommended to use VFISFST_NO_COMM_ERR VFISFSTT_NO_COMM_ERR is used for backward compatibility only VFISFST_ MODE_TIMESTAMP VFI5FSTT_MODE_TIMESTAMP These parameters define if VFISFST works in mode that supports un sorted timestamps or sorted timestamps only Default This option is disabled VFISFST does not support not sorted timestamps during reading For example by default VFISFST during reading considers that data file is sorted by time VFI5FST VFI Fast
266. default start time for tag fields 6 AM as the default end time and the report would be output to printer 2 Example 2 If you want to leave optional variables empty type an x at their location in the REPORT command Wizcon will use the default value 0 for all the variables except OF Output File for which the default is LPT1 If you want the report to be sent to the printer do not type anything typing x would cause the report to be sent to a file called x For example the command REPORT REPI x x x xX REP1 LST would generate a report in the format defined as REP1 and output that report to a file called REP1 LST Reports 20 39 20 40 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 21 Macros Web disabled oe o T i A Macros can be invoked from local server only e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes the use of macros in the Wizcon system as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of Wizcon macros Basic Concepts page 21 4 describes basic concepts of macros Macro Definition page 21 5 describes how to define action macros and special action macros shell command macros program macros and DDE command macros Modifying Macros page 21 18 describes how to edit macro definitions Macros 21 1 Overview Menu gt Design Macros Macros are special shortcuts that can be used to execute pre defined actions commands or programs
267. ditions are displayed in the Events Summary Profile As Filed Ipaatscl Lager Cota Dep me awe ga GA dra Mie rier oped belie ll be dpm Dar pre pep H pe fe br Zerg br a ee e e 10 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Stations Minimum Severity Maximum Severity Family Prefix First Zone Last Zone Defining Alarm Display Specifies a list of Wizcon stations from which alarms will be displayed in the Events Summary Specifies the minimal alarm severity to be included in the Events Summary Specifies the maximum alarm severity to be included in the Events Summary Specifies the first letters of the alarm families to be included in the Events Summary Specifies the lower limit of the zone range to be included in the Events Summary Specifies the upper limit of the zone range to be included in the Events Summary The Display tab enables you to determine which of the parameters selected during alarm definition is actually displayed in the Events Summary Profile You can also determine the width of each column The operator can then adjust the default display resize columns and change alarm sorting at run time Note If an alarm is defined with both the Auto Acknowledged and Auto End options it will be considered inactive and will not be displayed in an Events Summary Profile Creating Events Summary Profiles 10 7 The Display tab contains fou
268. ditor can be linked to tags so that as the values of a tag change the objects linked to that tag will change accordingly In addition objects can be defined as triggers for tag value input Image Editor operations can be performed only by operators with the proper authorization level While some operators may be authorized to design and view Images others may only be able to view them In addition each object in an Image has its own authorization level The following basic activities can be performed using the Image Editor m Image Editing Image design E Image Animation Associating Image objects and dynamic properties with tags and the modification of their values m Image Navigation Navigating within an Image Image Navigation is described in Chapter 12 Image Editor This chapter describes the Image Editing activity Chapter 13 Image Animation describes how Image objects are associated with tags Image Editor 12 3 Basic Principles Objects This section describes some of the basic concepts used for Image design that should be understood before using the Image Editor facilities Objects are geometric figures or text that together comprise an Image Objects that are geometric figures can be either open or closed and both can be filled with specified patterns and displayed in unlimited colors Each object can be assigned attributes such as pattern and filling In addition to the standard object design features the
269. do command reverses or deletes the last entry Immediately after you undo an action the Undo command changes to Redo enabling you to restore what you reversed Up to 50 levels of Undo Redo operations are available 12 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt gt To undo 1 Select object you want to undo 2 Click on the Undo tool 2 in the Image toolbar 3 The action is reversed You can also undo an action by selecting Undo from the Image Edit menu or pressing lt Ctrl Z gt To redo 1 Select the object you want to redo 2 Click on the Redo tool in the Image toolbar 3 Your action is restored You can also redo an action by selecting Redo in the Image Edit menu or pressing lt Ctrl Y gt Note The Align feature does not support the Undo feature Copying objects using lt Ctrl C gt does not support the Undo feature Image Editor 12 37 Find Find Next in Image Using the Find option you can search and go to an object that matches the searched text This feature is available in Edit mode only The Find command opens the Find Dialog see below while the Find next searches for the next occurrence of the last search string You can activate the commands using the following activation keys Image gt Edit gt Find Ctrl F Image gt Edit gt Find Next F3 The Find in Image dialog is displayed Find in Image E IV Simple text IT Match case Cancel IT Tag name T Match whole word
270. e you can use an object that has been already approved for work The following sections explain how to do the following Define clusters and add them to the library Place existing clusters in your application Delete clusters from the library Copy clusters from one library to another Rebuild cluster instances Work with the Wizcon basket 12 54 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining Clusters Ba Objects Toolbar gt Menu gt Clusters gt To define a cluster and add it to a library Select the graphic object in the Image that you want to include in the cluster and select one of the following E Define from the Clusters menu in the Image Ba E The tool from the Objects toolbox m Right click and select Define Cluster from the popup menu If no tags or alarms are associated with the graphic objects that are selected in the Image meaning that the object was not defined as a dynamic trigger or alarm object the Define Cluster Object dialog is displayed Define Cluster Object Ea Name Glo Lib mylib Description Com silo filling coe we Image Editor 12 55 If the object you selected in the Image is associated with tags or alarms the object was defined as a dynamic or trigger object the Define Cluster Object dialog is displayed Define Cluster Object E Name Siren Lib Es Description plant fire dam zen ssSsS S m Linked Tags and Alarms lt D gt Line
271. e 9 11 Colors Assign alarm text and background colors according to their severity level or zone as described on page 9 13 Online Choose between Online mode for a list of alarms as they occur in the system or History mode for a list of historical alarms as described on page 9 15 Events Summaries 9 7 Alarm Filter Menu gt Options Filter The Filter option is used to assign values to each of the alarm classifications so that the Events Summary will display only the alarms that meet these specifications gt To set the alarm filter Select Filter from the Options menu The Filter dialog is displayed Stations Minimal Severity Jo Ee a Maximal Severity 50000 Family Prefix j First Zone jf F Last Zone 50000 gt Class Cancel Help The following options are available Stations Specifies a list of the active Wizcon stations Select the stations from which you want to receive alarms in this Events Summary Minimal Severity Minimal severity level for which alarms should be displayed Maximal Severity Maximal severity level for which alarms should be displayed Family Prefix Displays only those alarms with the specified family prefix If you leave this field empty alarms with any family prefix will be displayed 9 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide First Zone Last Zone Class Specifies the first zone value for which alarms should be displayed Specifies the
272. e ESC 7 digit 7 ASCII 55 is to be sent use ALARM _PRT_CONDENSE 27 55 If the variable is not defined ASCII 15 lt Ctrl gt 0O is used To suppress any condense character before alarms use ALARM _PRT_CONDENSE ALARM_PRT_2_ LINES if YES is specified alarm printing will be divided into two lines with alarm text on the second line ALARM_PRT_CONDENSE 15 ALARM_PRT_2_LINES NO C 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix D VFISFST VFI Fast e Pe ise this appendix This appendix describes the VFISFST feature as follows Advanced User Information on the following page provides information about the VFISFST feature VFISFST Tuning Parameters on page D 3 describes the VFISFST tuning parameters Note This VFISFST appendix is applicable to Wizcon 7 Version 7 01 and higher VFI5FST VFI Fast D 1 Advanced User Information Since Wizcon allows timestamps in drivers and on the Wizcon network the records in VFIS5FST data file can not be written sorted by time If application does not use external timestamps drivers that get values with timestamps from a PLC add ons that change tag values with their timestamp programs that write historical records directly to the VFISFST using the WizVfi APIs hot backup configuration data can be written sorted by time that is in a standalone configuration VFISFST uses a non dense time index file The index file holds a fixed
273. e Options menu select Online scroll step A popup menu displays the following options Select To enable No step one small bar at a time appears on the time scale Full window A scroll of one full window 1 2 window The default step A scroll of one half of the current window size 1 3 window A scroll of one third of the current window size 1 4 window A scroll of one fourth of the current window size 14 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Modifying Trend Profiles Trend Profiles can be modified gt To modify a Trend Profile In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio click Trends Profiles and double click the Trend Profile you want to modify from the List of Trend files The Trend Profile dialog is displayed in which you can modify the Trend Creating Trend Viewers 14 21 Creating Trend Viewers A Trend Viewer displays online past and current activities recorded by the Wizcon for Internet system according to definitions specified in the Trend Profile Trend Viewers are created by generating an HTML page from the Trend Profile and publishing the resulting page on the Web This section describes how to generate a single HTML page that contains the Trend Viewer For details on generating a single HTML page that contains two or more objects refer to Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages For more details about publishing refer to Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages 14 22 Wizcon
274. e Weight Value dialog You can then enter a new value in the Value field or click the up or down arrow to the right of the field until the required value is displayed Specifies the position of the parameters in the Events Summary To move a parameter click on a parameter to select it and click the Move Up or Move Down button The selected parameter will move up or down one place in the list Specifies the default sort order of the alarms Click in the field and select a sort order from the drop down list For example End Time Specifies the alarm time format Click in the field and select a time format option from the drop down list An example of an Events Summary with the Start time Ack time End time Severity Text and Family parameters selected is shown on page 10 2 Creating Events Summary Profiles 10 9 Enabling Disabling Features The Features tab enables you to determine operator options such as whether or not an operator can resize a column Aen Filter Gender Teaser Colo Sek beaten fand pal bp ele en the opm rr bk bn Slee boinne r F les Fca nd Alar F lies io phai Sicating F l Go Changs Die Dinor FF Alls feig gt flea Dow Sabri E akar during Das ALL Cej ssl The following options are available Allow Alarm Acknowledge Allow Force End Alarm Allow to Modify Sorting Allow to Change Filter Definition Allow Field Sizing Allow Column Selection Allow Alarm Assistance
275. e alarm ID and the event that occurred Ack End Class Text changed m When a request to Start Ack End an alarm on the passive station is made the passive station routes the request to the active station The Wizcon Network 23 31 passive station will show the result of the request after it receives the notification from the active station m When the passive station starts it requests the status of all active alarms at the Master station builds an Alarm id on active station to Alarm id on passive station translation table and brings the passive station to the same status 23 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Failure Detection and Reaction In automatic switch backup mode the Master station periodically checks the connection with the Master station The frequency of the check is user defined For more details about fine tuning refer to Appendix C Tuning Parameters In case of communication test failure with the Master station or in case the Backup station was switched to active mode in manual switch backup mode the Backup station broadcasts a backup is active message to the network When the remote stations receive the message they m Update their internal stations database with the information that the Master station is now replaced by the Backup station Disconnect session with the Master station Reconnect to Backup station In case the local station was a client of alarms and tags on the M
276. e amount of computer resources It should be optimized so that it will run as fast as possible To optimize your dynamic object performance consider the following guidelines when designing your Image m Avoid putting too many fast changing dynamic elements in one zone Minimize the size of fast changing dynamic objects Avoid spreading fast changing dynamic elements out over the zone Avoid putting other dynamic objects in the immediate surroundings of fast changing dynamics H Keep fast changing dynamic objects as simple as possible Do not make a fast blink over a complex cluster or group Each of the dynamic object attributes is described in the following sections When the Move 1 button is activated the Dynamic Parameters dialog is temporarily disabled and the Editor enters the Move mode described in Chapter 12 Image Editor When an object is moved to the location corresponding to the End Value parameter the dialog reappears for further setting 13 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide If the Hand mode described in the Transformation Options section on page 13 20 is active instead of moving the object the operator enters the movement coordinates in the Move dialog The following options are available X Factor Specifies a horizontal change in drawing units with a scale of 64 each unit being 1 100 mm per unit change in the tag value Y Factor Specifies a vertical change in drawing units wi
277. e available Show Specifies that the selected layer will always be visible Clear Specifies that all layers revert to default visibility A layer set to be visible Show is marked with a special arrowhead character 11 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Forced Layer Hide Menu gt Layers gt Override Hide You can override the current visibility mode and hide a layer To hide a layer Select Override Hide from the Layers menu The Layer Override Hide dialog is displayed Layer Override Hide BASE b gt SILO MAIN VIEW SILO PUMPS SILO VALVES Hide Clear The following options are available Hide Specifies that the selected layer will always be hidden Clear Specifies that all layers revert to default visibility Any layer set to be hidden Hide is marked with a special arrowhead character Note If both the Hide and Show attributes are assigned to a layer that layer will be hidden Images 11 15 Elaborate On Mode Menu gt Layers gt Elaborate On Layers can be viewed in one of two scaling modes Elaborating Zoom On or Elaborating Zoom Off When the Elaborating Zoom mode is On each layer will be viewed according to the scale range specified in the Layer Definition operation described earlier in this chapter When the mode is Off layers will always appear even if the current scale does not fall within the layer s scale range To toggle the Elaborating Zoom mode on and
278. e background color by clicking on the arrow to the right of the color field and select a color from the color palate 3 Select Apply the color to the scales if you want the background color to be used as the scales background color The default background color of the scales is pale gray 4 Activate the Test button to see how the Chart is displayed 5 Click OK to save the color selection and exit the dialog Charts 18 51 Smoothing Graphs In some cases the window period and window size are set so that several values are displayed near the same point in the time scale resulting in a graph which is plotted as a sequence of vertical lines These vertical lines represent the range of values for the respective time scale point It is possible to obtain smooth graphs by averaging all the values that correspond to a particular time scale point gt To smooth a graph From the Modes menu select Average The Average mode is activated gt To restore original graph values From the Modes menu deselect Average Note A check beside the item indicates that the Average mode is active The following is an example of a graph before the Average mode was activated A ue l Eis See been Coertom Crherg Han la ng ffl 4 D I D EN H STE MOTEN t E BC t gt 18 52 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The same graph is displayed in the following example after the average mode was activated
279. e button sets the object automatically to Select mode and cancels the move operation Once a starting point for the Move operation has been established click the right button to cancel the last part of the operation When no starting point has been established the right button can be used for single object selection 12 46 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Rotate Operations Toolbar gt al Menu gt Edit gt Operations gt Rotate The Rotate Operation enables you to turn an object or group of objects clockwise or counter clockwise To rotate an object 1 Select an object 2 Select Rotate from the Operations menu or the Rotate tool from the Operations toolbox 3 Click the left button on the rotation pivot and see the skewing handles 4 Move the frame of the object around the pivot until the object is rotated to the desired orientation and click the left button Once a starting point for the Rotate operation has been established click the right button to cancel the last part of the operation When no starting point has been established the right button can be used for single object selection Note Ellipses can not be rotated sideways slanted Image Editor 12 47 Delete Operations Toolbar gt x Menu gt Edit gt Operations gt Delete This operation is used to delete objects from an Image gt To delete Select one or more objects and m Select Delete from the Operations m
280. e dialog Alarms Properties 2 x General Time Format Printer C Day Time MiliSeconds C Date Time C Date Time MilliSeconds Cancel Apply Help The following options are available Day Time Displays a time format of month time Day Time MilliSeconds Displays a time format of month time plus milliseconds Date Time Displays the full date and time Date Time MilliSeconds Displays the full date and time plus milliseconds Note Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect 8 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Alarm Print Modes You can define how the alarm is printed and override the default printer options with an escape sequence in the Printer tab of the Alarms Properties dialog Refer to page 8 15 to see how to open the dialog Alarms Properties x General Printer Time Format Alarm printer escape sequence Cancel The following options are available Print alarm over two lines Alarm printer escape sequence Apply Help Enables you to print alarms in two lines of text The first line will contain the WizPro title Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Enables you to override the default mode in which alarms are printed For example if you want alarm to appear in bold enter the relevant printer escape sequence Refer to your printer user s guide for more details about escape sequences Restart Wizcon for change
281. e is limited to 200 2 The name of an environment variable is limited to 32 characters Manager Variables Automatic recover to last state after crash power failure Default is NO TORESTART YES Default user when starting Wizcon Format is User Password or for last user Default is No User For example FAULTUSER hello world Put Wizcon in the system task list Default is YES TASKLIST YES Ka Ka EN KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK kk kkkkkk kk kk kk kkk KK kk KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK EN Ka Ka KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK kk kk kkkkkkkkike ki KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKKKKKKKKK EN FREER RRA ARG ISDS Tey it Rak BR BOR RLS ETO EE tee ROMP DSP ROR IRICEN WPS De EE Mage E etc C 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Login amp Logout alarm text If missing the corresponding alarm will not be generated SU represents the current user name LOGIN_TEXT U logged in LOGOUT_TEXT U logged out Determine if a message will appear after you made changes in a layout and then exited Default is YES ASKSAVELAYOUT YES Determine if the done bar will appear for a large job execution Default is YES HOWDONEBAR YES Wr x j Image VP Variables Image update rate in milliseconds Defaults are MinWait 10 MaxWai
282. e original Wizcon directories to the new directory Note that the application should be flattened in the new directory meaning without sub directories It is highly recommended to transfer your entire Wizcon application to the flattened directory However the following files must be transferred WIZ BAT initialization file GATES DAT global gate data file SET_UP DAT setup data file GT attached gate data files PIC template data files FK template specific function key data files TXT DAT text table data files ALARMS DAT alarm data file recipe template and recipe files RP DAT report data files Note Some application files may be located in sub directories in Wizcon for DOS 4 0 or higher For more details about file locations see the Wizcon DOS User Manual Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 3 Initial Configuration Create a new Wizcon 7 application by starting Wizcon 7 in a new directory on your disk Before you begin the automatic conversion of gates and templates user authorization and VPI parameters should be converted manually gt To manually convert user authorization and VPI parameters User Authorization Define your users in Wizcon 7 It is recommended to keep the same user names Unlike in Wizcon DOS there is no authorization level in Wizcon 7 Instead the final converted Wizcon 7 application will use user groups 1 to 9 For example if a user was assigned aut
283. e recipe when the process is resumed For more details about defining recipes refer to Chapter 17 Recipes Getting Started 4 15 Step 8 Fine Tuning the Application Once you have completed these steps it is recommended to check all your definitions Use the Single Tag Value which is described in Chapter 7 Tags to Invoke Wizcon Language commands Initiate dynamic behavior in an image H Invoke reports m Check alarms Once you are satisfied with the results fine tune your entire application by m Adding users to the user groups as described in the Operator Access Authorization section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Saving layouts that can be loaded upon login Setting the menus that will be displayed for the different user groups as described in the Operator Access Authorization section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio 4 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Shutting Down This section describes how to logout of Wizcon and how to exit the system Logout After initiating logout you will not have access to the system until you login again To logout Click the Logout Wl button in the Quick Access bar Exiting Wizcon You can exit Wizcon from the Quick Access bar or from the Wizcon Application Studio gt To exit Wizcon Click the Exit PA button in the Quick Access bar or From File menu in the Wizcon Application Studio sele
284. e that appear for the same functions in the Define Cluster Object dialog described on page 12 55 12 64 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Find Activate this button to search for a tag or alarm in the Linked Tags and Alarms listbox In the entry field you can specify the full name of the tag or alarm or a name prefix The dialog box that appears when you activate this button is identical to the one that appears for the same function in the Define Cluster Object dialog described on page 12 55 Deleting a Cluster from the Library Clusters can be deleted from their library gt To delete a cluster from the library 1 Select the Cluster and the Open Lib menu 2 In the Library field combo box field select the library from which you want to delete the object Then select the cluster from the clusters list in the dialog and press the lt Del gt button on the keyboard Note Since a library must contain at least one cluster you can not delete the last cluster in the library Copying Clusters from One Library to Another Clusters can be copied from one library to another Image Editor 12 65 gt To copy a cluster from one library to another 1 Select the Cluster and the Open Lib menu 2 In the Library field combo box field select the library from which you want to copy cluster Then select this menu item again you can do it since the Open Lib dialog is modeless 3 In the new dialog sele
285. e that it exists in the Wizcon DOS application directory 32 Warning Could not create Help File filename Action System overloaded or another application is using the file Shut down and restart 33 Warning bad file structure ALARM2 DAT Action Run Wizcon DOS and save the alarm information again 34 Error Could not initialize alerts file CNVALRT ALS Aborting Action System overloaded or another application is using the file Shut down and restart E 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Generic Application Module After you integrate the generic add on program into your application as described earlier in this appendix it will automatically be activated whenever your Wizcon 5 application is invoked Any message including error messages will be sent to a log file called CNVADDON LOG This file will be deleted whenever Wizcon 7 is invoked so that it will always contain only messages from the last Wizcon 7 session The messages will also be displayed in a window associated with the application module This window will appear in the background and can be located using the Windows Task Bar The messages that may be sent include the following 35 WIZPRO not loaded 36 Gate CNVADDON not found 37 Could not request messages for gate CNVADDON 38 Data file CNVADDON DAT not found 39 Initialization fault Action These are initialization errors Make sure that the CNVADDON DAT file is located in your Wizcon
286. e the buzz parameters From the Design menu point to PopUp Settings and select Buzz from the Popup menu The Pop Up Buzz dialog is displayed Pop Up Buzz Buzz parameters Severity Tone On time Off time Range Hertz 1710 Sec 1 10 Sec LUT AUU LUT LU r Status parameters Test severity buzz gt I IT Buzz acked alarms Severity Start test be em k d E a o 8 a The following options are available Buzz Parameters The following parameters are available Severity Specifies the severity range for which the other parameters in this line will be relevant The severity range will include all the severity levels greater than the one defined in the previous line up to and including this severity Tone Specifies the buzz tone for a severity range The value is in Hertz and can be from 37 to 32 767 system limitation 9 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide On Time Specifies the amount of time in 1 10 seconds that the Popup will buzz for a specific severity range If you specify 0 no buzzing will occur for that severity range This may be useful if you want to de activate the buzzing for all alarms within a specific severity range Note It is recommended to specify short On Time up to 20 seconds because this action uses large computer resources and slows the system Off Time Specifies the amount of time in 1 10 seconds that the Popup will be silent bet
287. e you select the drivers you wish to install The dialog specifies the default directory in which Wizcon will be installed Installing Wizcon for Windows Internet 3 7 Getting Started Web Select this option to install the Wizcon for Internet Getting Started tutorials Exercise and final applications Getting Started Windows Select this option to install the Wizcon for Windows Getting Started tutorials Exercise and final applications It is recommended to select the Wizcon System files option Click the Next button The Select a Language dialog is displayed Select a language Eg Choose one of the languages listed below that you would like to install C Chinese C French C German C Japanese Polish lt Back Cancel Please note that you will not receive the Select Language dialog if you did not Check tv the System files 7 Choose one of the languages that you want to install Wizcon is localized for English French German Chinese Japanese and Polish 8 Press the Next button A progress bar is displayed and the installation begins When installation is complete the Finish Reboot dialog is displayed Click Yes to restart your PC or click No to update later It is recommended to restart your PC immediately after installation 3 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Finish Reboot Dialog Setup has completed installing Wizcon for Windows and Internet C No will
288. ead write instructions into a set of detailed commands for the PLC Communication drivers are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by selecting Communication Drivers from the Design menu or by double clicking the Communication Drivers icon in the Control Panel Compound Tag A Compound tag is a linear calculation based on values of other tags Compress Tag Definition Every tag in the system possesses a unique ID number When a tag is deleted its ID is reserved and cannot be assigned to another tag Therefore when a tag is deleted it creates a hole in the ID tag numbers Use the Compress option to avoid this problem This option enables the user to arrange all available tags IDs in the system in consecutive order Data Box DDE A Data Box is a supplementary window that can be invoked in the Chart module to provide graph tags values and descriptions Wizcon 7 can communicate on line with other applications through the DDE Dynamic Data Exchange interface DDE is a common protocol that allows OS 2 and Windows NT applications to exchange data freely using either one time data transfers or ongoing transfers in which applications send updates to each other whenever new data is available H 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Digital Tags Discrete logic tags that have Boolean values of TRUE 1 or FALSE 0 Dummy Tags Dummy tags represent internal variables and are used for a variety of calculations c
289. ecifies the X and Y coordinates of the rotation axis The default coordinates are those of the lower left corner of the bounded segment rectangle The rotation axis can be made to relate to the Image or the object itself by specifying the desired parameter in the Options dialog which is invoked by activating the Options button in the Dynamic Parameters dialog Note Rotation from the Start orientation to the End orientation will be in the counter clockwise direction unless otherwise specified in the Options dialog 13 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Scale When the Scale button is activated the Dynamic Parameters dialog is temporarily disabled and the Editor enters the Scale mode described in Chapter 12 Image Editor When an object is scaled to the size corresponding to the End Value parameter the dialog reappears for further setting If the Hand mode described in the Transformation Options section on page 13 20 is active instead of sizing the object the operator enters the scaling parameters in the Scale dialog The following options are available X Factor Specifies the horizontal scaling in drawing units per unit change in the tag value Y Factor Specifies the vertical scaling in drawing units per unit change in the tag value Reference Point Specifies the X and Y coordinates The default coordinates are those of the lower left corner of the rectangle bounding object The scaling refere
290. ecify tag values to be applied online you must first define the variation range Image Animation 13 43 gt To define the smooth variation range Activate the Smooth button in the Trigger Object Definition dialog The Tag Input Smooth Range dialog appears Tag Name STATION SILO2 Lower Limit fo Upper Limit fiod Cancel Help Enter values for the upper and lower range limits These values will be used as the range within which values can be selected to apply to the tag Momentary Trigger A Momentary Trigger is an object that is used to change a tag value in a one shot way Usually such operations are required for a digital tag that controls some field operation which is activated by a high value one 1 for a short period of time followed by a low value zero 0 The neutral way to implement such an operation is by using the button down button up pair of user actions This operation is actually a button click that is regarded as one operation The Momentary trigger operation will regard a button click as two operations All tags can be used for the Momentary trigger including string tags Functional Description Following is a description of the way Momentary Trigger operates m Alltags can be used for the Momentary including string tags m A formula identical to the one used in the Action trigger can be assigned for button down button up operations 13 44 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User
291. ecipe Recipe Creation A recipe is defined and grouped according to a model therefore its respective model must be specified before creating the recipe as described on page 17 3 When defining recipes you define a list of tag values that are applied to a specific control process Recipes are created in the Recipe Editing dialog This dialog is invoked from the Wizcon Application Studio H To create a new recipe follow the instructions listed on the following page to invoke the Recipe Editing dialog m To modify a recipe double click the recipe in the List of Recipes The Recipe Editing dialog is displayed as shown on the page 17 8 17 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To create a recipe 1 From the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio double click Model Recipes A list of the defined model recipes appears underneath the Model Recipe container as shown in the example below E amp Wiz Application E E Web Application HTML P Events Summary Profiles Si Trends Profiles E Files fy Images afi Events Summaries Charts History Viewer Model Recipes ET Layouts EF Reports EI Objects Tags Alarms 2 Right click the model upon which you want to base the recipe and select New Recipe from the popup menu Notice how the List of Recipes is displayed in the Wizcon Application Studio The New Recipe File dialog is displayed a Cancel Help
292. ects in segment Graphical object amp l sfg object amp l Group object G 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Dynamic object OBJECT DYNAMIC object number Dynamic options DYNAMIC OBJECTS objects in dynamic Dynamic options simple dynamic composed dynamic simple dynamic move sclae rotate fill show empty drum move move Style GATE tag name VALO0 x1 DX dx DY dy FROM low val TO high val scale SCALE GATE tag name VALO x REF_POINT lt x pos y1 Doss gt gt gt SX x2 SY x3 FROM low val TO high val rotate ROTATE GATE tag name VALLI REF_POINT lt x pos y1 Doss gt gt gt ANGLE x2 FROM Jo val TO high val Fill FILL GATE tag name VALO0 x1 BOX0 lt x posi vi pos gt lt x2 pos y2 pos gt _ gt gt gt DX dx DY dy FROM Jo val TO high val Show SHOW GATE tag name START low val END high val Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 13 Empty EMPTY GATE tag name START low val END high val Blink BLINK GATE tag name blink range 10 blink range START low val END high val RATE rate drum DRUM GATE tag name MA
293. ed using the File menu items in the Studio Layouts enable you to maintain continuous control of the plant By saving a particular layout you can ensure the specific window combination will be available whenever you need it H 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Each layout should be assigned a unique name for filing operations Remember that whenever you specify layout names the default layout path will always be used as the default location The default path is defined in the Paths dialog which is opened by selecting Options and then Paths from the Design menu Note that you can cause a specified layout to be loaded automatically whenever specific operators login to the system List Area Macro The area where a list of the container s contents is displayed in the right hand side of the Wizcon Application Studio Macros are special programs that execute pre defined actions commands or programs whenever designated keys or key combinations are pressed Wizcon macros simplify the execution of complex operations and enable you to perform a series of functions with one keystroke This enhances overall Wizcon 7 functionality and saves you the time and effort of having to execute Wizcon 7 operations in several stages Wizcon 7 macros can be defined for system functions or for trigger objects Macros are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by double clicking the Macro icon in the Control Panel or selecting Mac
294. edit import and delete an HTML file Building HTML Pages Manually page 15 9 describes how to manually create HTML files using standard HTML editors It also describes how to change the default location of HTML files Publishing an Application page 15 13 describes how publish an application on a web server using the Netscape FastTrack server and the Microsoft Internet Information server Web Application Properties page 15 16 describes how to specify Web application Picture and Events Summary Profile and Trend profile file locations It also describes how to specify historical cache settings Generating HTML Pages 15 1 Overview Wizcon Applications are viewed online by using Wizcon for Internet Java Applets known as Wizlets that are embedded in HTML pages displayed by the Web browser The page also includes a parameter that specifies the input file For example a page containing an Events Summary Profile wizlet also contains the file name for the Events Summary Profile Wizcon for Internet includes an HTML assistant to help you generate HTML pages as described on page 15 6 or you can build the pages manually as described on page 15 9 The HTML pages are then published on a web server so that an operator can view and interact with a Wizcon for Internet application in a web browser HTML pages can be generated from the following m A Picture as described in Chapter 11 Creating Images and Picture Viewers The resulti
295. eeeeenseeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenseseeeeasenneeenseeenens 16 14 MVarlabDles Ae a E EA E INE ER 16 14 Expression Operators deeg iiaiiaaaeaiue a iaabot 16 17 Table of Contents xi EXPOS IONE ee ENEE inane hen roe 16 20 COMMANGS EE 16 22 ETC 16 40 Points tO Remember cceeeeececeeeeeseeeeneeeeseeeeeeeseeneeseseeneeseseeneeseseneeseseenenseseenenes 16 44 All EE 16 44 Bit TESTING WEE 16 44 lu e LE 16 45 External Programi Sarii virisi eel ae ie a ee a 16 45 E EE 16 45 Chapter 17 Recipes iebstncauctemeicanteantinstaasecwcerannennaineceseemaiastaaanetane 17 1 OVER VIO WW eege Ee deeg deeg Eege Eege 17 2 ReCIPS EE 17 2 lee EE 17 2 Write lee CET 17 2 Recipe Model Creation and Modification cccssssseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseseeeenseeeeeees 17 3 Recipe Creation and Modification csssccseeceeseessesseseeeeeseeeeeseeesseseseeesseeeeeees 17 6 Recipe Cr ation cia eet Aetna need dia ee 17 6 Loading E 17 10 Applying Recipe Ss eege eege ee 17 11 Recipe Properties onena E a N E Ahi 17 12 Additional Information cccccsecceceteeceeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeensneeeeenas 17 13 E A A E A EE 17 13 Model Fles arae urn iee delle Se ee eel E a 17 13 Recipe EE 17 14 Write Save BlockS E 17 15 RECIPEPERTAG Mode for Recipe Bock 17 16 elle te EE 17 17 Chapter 18 Charts ciciiscsecsccectscsdsastessssesdecdiestsessesndecdenedaantuansescden 18 1 EREM 18 3 Basic Concepts eege tee ee ee EE EEN DEENEN 18 5 G
296. eeesseeseseeeenseeeees F 11 Same User Logon aiin tari fendasic testy eea e eg ae Agut F 11 Disable DCOM Security ccccceccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaeeeeaaeseeneeseaeeeseaeeeeaaesseneeesaees F 11 Long Term Security Problem ReSOlUtiONS ccesccsseeeseeeeesneeeeeeseseeeenseeeeeees F 12 Eer FINS aoe a SA ete F 14 Appendix G Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format cccccssssseeee G 1 mMrod CUON err A E G 2 Document Conventions cccceeeeeeeeeeeesenneeeneeeeneeeeseaesesaaesnseeeeeeneeseaeseseaeenseeeeeaes G 3 Appendix H Glossary wi siccccsicicinieccseenennsssianniendsinensenmneieineneene H 1 Je TO E Li xx Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 1 Using this Guide TR G About this chapter This chapter describes how to use this guide as follows About this Manual the following page describes the chapters in this user s guide What You Should Know page 1 6 describes things you should know and the typographical convention used in this guide Registering Your Product page 1 7 describes how to register your product and how to receive technical support Using this Guide 1 1 About this Manual Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide designed for Wizcon for Windows and Internet running under Windows NT and Windows 95 or 98 provides developers and system integrators with the necessary information to build process and control applications with Wizcon If you
297. een LightGreen TextCyan LightCyan TextRed LightRed E 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide extMagenta LightMagenta extBrown DarkYellow extLightGray DarkGray extDarkGray LightGray TextLightBlue Blue TextLightGreen Green TextLightCyan Cyan TextLightRed Red extLightMagenta Magenta TextYellow Yellow TextWhite Black Each line in this file describes a single color conversion Different keywords are used for text and graphic colors The first word in each line describes the original color and the second word describes the target converted color Note that using the default color settings will result in optimum compatibility with the background color in Wizcon for DOS applications It is therefore recommended if you are using the default colors to change the background color of your Wizcon 7 image to match the background color of the Wizcon application This will improve image clarity The CNVCOLOR sample file will provide the best possible results when converting from a black background in Wizcon to a white background in Wizcon 7 Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 11 Converting Templates gt To convert templates To convert templates activate the Templates button The Templates Conversion dialog appears as follows Templates conversion EN Color conversion file Browse I Make simple text dynamic IT Make the background of
298. el rec where model stands for the model name and rec stands for the recipe name Thus the recipe OUT belonging to the model MOTION is stored in the file called MOTION OUT The recipe command syntax is RLOAD recipe To apply a recipe RSAVE recipe To capture a recipe where recipe is a string specifying the recipe filename If only the filename is specified without a pathname the recipe will be placed in the default pathname for recipes as explained in the Changing Default File Paths section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio If a full pathname is specified for the recipe the default will be overridden Wizcon Language 16 29 Examples D DYES COLOR RI SDAY MOD I RLOAD MOTION OUT RLOAD RSAVE TUNE 008 RLOAD DAILY RSAVE MIXER RLOAD RCP1 GI ED E Apply recipe OUT of model MOTION from the default recipe directory Apply Recipe RED of model COLOR from the DYES directory in drive D Capture the current process setting into recipe 008 according to model TUNE Apply a recipe according to the current day DAILY 0 for Sunday DAILY 1 for Monday etc Capture the current process setting into a recipe identified by the value of MODE according to the model MIXER For instance if MODE is 12 then recipe 12 will be generated and stored as file MIXER 12 Apply the recipe represe
299. elax button is activated and the amount of time the Popup buzz will be silenced when the Quiet button is activated Pos Specifies the X and Y position coordinates of the Popup on the screen Size Specifies the X width and Y length Popup size values Title Bar Displays the Popup title bar in the Popup Show Old Alarms Displays old alarms together with new active alarms Title Text Specifies the title that will appear in the Popup title bar 9 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Test Test the Popup specifications you selected position title bar and so on After you activate this button a Popup will immediately appear with an alarm called Popup testing You can activate any of the buttons in the test Popup just as when it appears on the screen in an application The Clear Clear All Relax and Quiet buttons retain their normal functions Popup Events Summary Buzz Menu gt PopUp Settings Buzz The Popup Events Summary can be defined to buzz This feature can be used to call the operator s attention to the screen and indicate a severe warning The buzz will be determined according to the alarm s severity and different buzzes can be defined for different severity ranges The Popup will buzz according to the parameters of the alarm with the highest severity Note Only alarms that belong to a new class called Popup Buzz will be able to cause the Popup to buzz Events Summaries 9 29 gt To defin
300. eld which must be specified if you select the File option The following options are available No Tag Name Family Severity Zone Targets Specifies the range of numbers of the alarms that you want to appear in the generated list Specifies the name or name prefix range of the tags associated with the alarms that you want to appear in the generated list Specifies the name or prefix of the family to which the alarm belongs that you want to appear in the generated list The severity range of the alarms that you want to appear in the generated list The zone range of the alarms that you want to appear in the generated list The target specifications of the alarms that you want to appear in the generated list any none or all can be selected Alarms 8 19 User Class Activate this button to select classes to filter the alarms that will appear in the generated list After you activate this button the Set User Class dialog appears I class M class9 V class2 M class10 V class3 M class11 M class4 M class12 V class5 M class13 IV class6 M class14 M class M class15 V class8 M class16 Reset All Ok Cancel Help You can select one or more classes so that only the alarms that belong to those classes will appear in the generated list Activate the Set All button to select all the classes Activate the Reset All button to deselect all the classes Attributes The attribute specifications
301. eld Definition dialog is displayed Multiple Field Definition Field range m Function From mE v Minimum To zl C Maximum Increment Average C Sum The following fields are available From To Specifies the field numbers that you want to include in the calculation Click in the field to view the available fields Increment Determines the fields you want to include in the calculation Enter 1 to receive the values of all of the fields in the range you specified However if for example you have a matrix of three columns 9 fields and you want only fields 2 5 20 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide and 8 to be included in the calculation you would specify From 2 To 8 and Increment 3 which would cause field number 2 to be included the field in the next column to the immediate right 5 and the next 8 Function Specifies the function to be performed on the recorded values The following options are available Minimum Returns the lowest value in the group of fields Maximum Returns the highest value in the group of fields Average Returns the arithmetic average of the values of all the fields in the group Sum Returns the sum of the values of all the fields in the group Examples of Use Following are some examples of when and how to use a multiple field type If you want to receive a calculation of total production for the whole month enter From 4 To 124 I
302. elease mouse button SE Ze E Je Move the mouse to the desired radius point and left click the mouse button 6 Right click in the Image to deselect the tool The following is an example of shapes drawn with some of the tools in this group Comp Ungteett Br Gi Fe Ed Ze Leen hele Gptore Been Dee Hei oF S 2 62 Pe 8 sel je se 3 i r E Ge S re I Sow ba Lam Bact 12 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Drawing Pipes This section describes how to draw with the following group of tools To draw Pipes gi g Orthogonal pipes Connected segments drawn in vertical horizontal and at 45 degrees Note At any stage in the drawing sequence the thickness of the pipe can be controlled using the plus and minus keys gt To draw a pipe 1 From the Drawings toolbox click on the appropriate pipe tool Click the left mouse button on the start point Click the left mouse button on successive end points Right click when the shape is complete St Ze Ser Fe Right click in the Image to deselect the tool The following is an example of shapes drawn with some of the tools in this group Da LS Ges Las Ja omer Ho u pete Hal sel s SY Te Be eis e sbb a Ve Wi Sege E Le BASE Image Editor 12 27 Text Drawings Toolbox al Image gt Edit gt Drawings gt Text gt To use the text tool 1 From the Drawings toolbox click on the text tool 2 Enter text in
303. ematical Operators amp lt lt gt gt I Logical Operators amp amp ll AND OR NOT The condition variable can be TAG The Wizcon tag name It must be preceded by the o character For every tag that appears in the condition expression WizPro updates WizSQL whenever one of those tags changes When WizSQL receives the tag update message it checks only the conditions that contain the tag whose value has changed This event driven mechanism saves computer resources and allows the Wizcon application to perform unaffected by communications with the DBMS The following are examples of condition expressions IF TEMP gt TEMP_SP amp amp DOIT 1 IF ANA01 ANA02 ANAO3 lt ANAO4 ANAOS5 ANAO6 IF SSQLRC 1 IF ANAO1 gt 5 AND NOT ANAO2 5 ANAO3 Note If at least one of the tags in the condition expression is in communication error or has been deleted the condition will be ignored SQL Command The SQL command is a standard SQL statement that is executed when the command condition becomes TRUE 24 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The SQL command may incorporate the Wizcon Tag token that is translated to the tag value when it is inserted or updated in the database but the tag will receive a value only when the database is queried WizSQL supports three groups of SQL commands explained in the following sections Only SQL data manip
304. en and then the data box width cx and height cy Under Grid setup the grid attributes are specified according to the explanation line Under Chart modes the different Chart modes are specified according to the explanation line Under Chart options Chart option values are specified For scroll step the x can be 0 for no scroll step which is the default of one small bar at atime 1 for a full window 2 for half a window 3 for one third of a window or 4 for one fourth of a window 18 58 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Saving Charts as Trends When you save a Wizcon chart automatically a trend file is also created wnt When you update the trend and then you return to your chart and save it a message appears asking you if you want to save the chart and overwrite the trend Yes will overwrite the trend file and No will only save the chart Notes 1 Trends do not support graphs with x axis defined as a tag Therefore if the user created a chart with this kind of graph the new trend will be a regular graph In the Time definition dialog of the chart the user can choose relative and write the time back in the format hours minutes seconds for example 03 40 50 but in the Trend definition the user can write only relative hour so in the example above the new trend will be 4 hours relative the time will be rounded up In the chart the user can choose for the line ty
305. enerated during the template conversion process Make sure that this file exists in your Wizcon 7 directory before you continue The file will be located in your Wizcon 7 directory unless severe errors occurred during template conversion Since charts are not converted automatically and the generic add on supports chart activation you must first convert charts manually before they can be activated by the add on To do so define a Wizcon 7 chart for each Wizcon DOS chart and edit the CNVADDON DAT file Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 21 Locate the lines in the CNVADDON DAT file that refer to chart activation marked clearly in the file and replace the chart name and parameters with the name of the chart you defined for that chart For example if your Wizcon application included a chart called PRDDL and you defined a Wizcon 7 chart called CHVP1 to replace the Wizcon chart you would edit the following line in the CNVADDON DAT file 103 ActivateChart prddl 12 1 11 00 lt Replace with the name of a Chart Edit the line as follows 103 ActivateChart CHVP1 In the example above the old chart name and parameters and the comment lt Replace were replaced with the chart name Note that the brackets and must also be deleted Application Module Integration To integrate the generic application module in your Wizcon 7 application simply add it to the Wizcon 7 loader In the Wizcon Manager Select A
306. ented by the value of the tag called MAC Zone Command The Zone command can be used to load an image window and go to a specified zone If the specified image is already loaded only the Go To Zone operation will be performed The format of this command is ZONE VpName ZoneName or ZONE StringTag Where StringTag is the name of a string tag that contains the value of a valid zone name Examples ZONE MAIN PUMP4 This command will cause a move to the zone called PUMP4 in the image called MAIN ZONE ZON This command will cause a move to the zone represented by the value of the tag called ZON Wizcon Language 16 39 Tag Sampling Command Examples Tags are sampled periodically as described in Chapter 7 Tags However sometimes it may be necessary to spontaneously sample and record the current values of external elements For example in some batch programs tags must be sampled and recorded in synchronization with events such as when a value has stabilized In the Wizcon Language the sample symbol is an exclamation mark which is attached to the name of the tag to be sampled TOTAL TOTAL WEIGHT PRINTSA Mixture is ready with volume VOLUME Statements Statements consist of two elements Conditions and Operations Conditions contain expressions that yield the value True non zero or False zero Operations can contain several commands each separated by a semicol
307. enu m Click the Delete tool x in the Operations toolbox m Press the lt Delete gt key on the keyboard The object is removed from the Image 12 48 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Clipboard Operations The Clipboard is an operating system facility used to transfer data between applications Wizcon enables you to use the Clipboard as a convenient way to transfer graphic objects from the Wizcon application to external applications vice versa and from one Wizcon Image to another In Wizcon 7 the Clipboard can be used when working with Images and the Clipboard items appear in the Edit menu of the Image To use the Clipboard the Edit mode must first be activated by selecting Edit from the Modes menu gt To copy an object from an Image to the Clipboard Select an object s and then select Copy to Clipboard from the Edit menu or press the lt Ctrl Insert gt key combination The object will be copied to the Clipboard for later use by Wizcon or any other external application gt To paste transfer an object from the Clipboard to an Image Select Paste from Clipboard in the Edit menu or press the lt Shift Insert gt key combination Then to place the object you can choose between the following options WR Double click on the point in the Image where you want the object to appear The object will automatically be pasted at the location you selected in its original size H Click once to set the si
308. epresented by the Auto Restart after an illegal shutdown field in the General tab of the Station Properties dialog For more details refer to the Station Properties section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Default Value NO CHR_MULTIMARKERS This parameter affects the style of the markers in the Line with marker and Marker only graphs When this parameter is set to YES a different marker will be drawn for different colors so graphs with two different colors will be drawn with two different markers Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Note Only 10 markers are available Colors 1 to 6 will have the same markers as colors 11 to 16 This parameter is represented by the Use chart multi markers field in the General tab of the of the Charts Properties dialog For more details refer to the Charts Parameters section in Chapter 18 Charts Default Value NO Tuning Parameters C 7 DEFAULTUSER Enables you to select the name of the user you want automatically logged in whenever you start Wizcon default user Use an asterisk for the last user If a password is missing the user will be prompted to enter it The format is User Password Changes are implemented online This parameter is represented by the User and Password fields together in the Station Properties dialog For more details refer to the Station Properties section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Default Value
309. er Location Specifies where a server is to run Use the default Run application on this computer Security Allows the default launch and access permissions to be overridden for this server This setting works just like setting the default permissions Networking with OPC Using DCOM F 9 Identity Changes how the server should be run FactorySoft Modbus OPC Sample Properties RE General Location Security Identity Endpoints Which user account do you wantto use to run this application C The interactive user C The launching user This user User OPC Browse Password Confirm Password he System Account senvices only co av Identity Properties for FactorySoft Modbus OPC Sample server By default the computer runs as the launching user This means the server runs in the context of the client user For each client that connects an instance of the server launches These instances are not in the context of the current user on the server computer therefore the servers are invisible on the server computer The Task Manager shows multiple instances of the server running which is not how OPC servers are usually intended to run F 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide e Interactive User runs this application Only one instance of the server runs and its window is visible Either the user manually or COM automatically can launch the server All clients connect
310. er Several Wizcon 7 stations can be linked together in a network so that Wizcon 7 reports charts tag values recipes and images can be transferred from one station to another H 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon 7 network definition and configuration is performed from the Wizcon Application Studio by selecting the options in the Network menu Object Lists PLC The objects branch in the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio includes a list of Tags and Alarms Right clicking on any object displays its properties A PLC Programmable Logic Controller is a field device used to control external machines and equipment Wizcon 7 uses communication drivers to communicate read and write values with the PLC Wizcon 7 supports the use of more than 100 PLCs from different vendors PLC Tags A PLC tag represents data from a PLC memory These tags are associated with external devices and mapped on the external device variables for example PLC register Wizcon 7 samples these tags periodically through the communication driver so that changes of value in the field device variable are automatically transferred to the associated tag Also the change of PLC tag value in Wizcon 7 is immediately recognized in the external device Each PLC tag is associated with a specific PLC register defined as Tag address in Wizcon 7 tag definition The format of a tag address varies from one PLC to another
311. er 13 Image Animation Image Editor 12 51 Grouping and Ungrouping Objects gt To group objects 1 Click the select tool and then drag to select the drawing objects you want to group 2 Click the left mouse button on the Group tool EI in the Objects Toolbox Or Point to Operations in the Edit menu and select Group gt To ungroup objects 1 Select the grouped objects 2 Click the right mouse button on the grouped objects and select Ungroup from the popup menu Or Point to the Operations in the Edit menu and select Ungroup 12 52 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Cluster Library Wizcon provides the Cluster Library feature which uses object oriented technology to simplify and speed up application design and maintenance The library includes a variety of Clusters A Cluster is an object class with all its behavior including parameters the graphical shape and tag and alarm functions For example a valve cluster may include the valve s graphic shape a status tag an alarm condition and an open close trigger operation You can easily place clusters in an application and reuse them as needed Clusters can be small or large They can be simple such as circles or pumps or complex such as a complete sub application that includes tanks pumps and valves Working with clusters involves two stages m Define clusters and add them to libraries This task requires knowledge of all Wizcon co
312. erform basic Wizcon 7 operations Since Wizcon APIs can be called from add ons written in the C or Visual Basic programming language basic programming knowledge is required to use them Authorization Basket Authorization in Wizcon 7 refers to the ability to limit operator access to system facilities This powerful feature enables the system engineer to control access to the various Wizcon 7 components and modules such as menu items tags macros and graphical objects A Basket is a special tool that is used to make a prototype of the application before starting to actually implement it and also to trace the progress of the application development You can specify in the basket the components needed in your application such as 12 valves two reactors and three pumps Think of the Cluster Basket as a shopping list All basket operations are also logged in a file called BASKET LOG that describes who takes or adds items from and to the application basket and when The system contains only one basket kept in an ASCII file BASKET DAT that can be edited to ensure fast and simple image design H 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Block Chart Clusters A Block is a series of addresses in a PLC By defining blocks you can increase communication speed between Wizcon and the PLC A Chart displays historical or online tag values in graphical drawings Each chart can include up to 16 graphs each representing a d
313. ernet User s Guide Appendix G Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format e 2 About this appendix This appendix describes the structure and format of the Wizcon for Windows and Internet ASCII ILS file Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 1 Introduction This document defines the format of the ILS file that can be created from the Image The ILS file is an ASCII file that includes the descriptions of the Image and of all its objects The following editing points should be noted m Image ASCII files support include statements For example VERSION 7 0 LAYERS BASE 1 2048 GROUP 0xffffffff include LAYERS ADD m Comments can be inserted in one of two ways using a semicolon anywhere in the line or by using to denote the beginning of a comment and to denote the end of the comment If you use a semicolon the comment will be considered from the semicolon until the end of that line Comments denoted by and cannot be nested For example the following lines are erroneous This is the illustration of the turbine engine for the air blower which runs on 220V RA m Spaces and new lines are insignificant You can insert as many spaces as you want between words and you do not have to divide the statements into lines G 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Document Conventions This document uses four types of tokens 1 Tokens that appear in the ILS file as is 2 Composed
314. ers C 15 LOGIN_TEXT Determines the text you want to appear for login alarm texts If you omit the login text the corresponding alarm will not be generated For example U logged in Changes are implemented online This parameter is represented by the Login Alarm text field in the General tab of the Alarms Properties dialog For more details refer to the Alarm Properties section in Chapter 8 Alarms LOGOUT TEXT This parameter determines the text you want to appear for logout alarms U represents the current user name For example U logged out If you omit the logout texts the corresponding alarms will not be generated Changes are implemented online This parameter is represented by the Logout Alarm Text field in the General tab of the Alarms Properties dialog For more details refer to the Alarm Properties section in Chapter 8 Alarms NET HOTBACKUP_ADDR In order to establish the link between a Master station and its Backup station you must specify the TCP IP address of the remote station It should be specified in both stations when working with TCP IP This parameter specifies the TCP IP address of the Backup station If you are in the Backup station specify the TCP IP address of the Master Station and if you are in the Master station specify the TCP IP address of the Backup station When working with TCP IP make sure that the Net_Hotbackup_Addr parameter is empty when switching from Hotbackup configuration to SCADA
315. ers are described on page 18 29 Station Specifies the station to which the tag belongs The default is the station defined in the standard graph Tag Specifies the tag represented in this Chart The default is the tag defined in the standard graph Data Time Period Specifies the time period from which to take the history of the tag Includes the Chart start time and its time length Enter the parameters to define the required reference graph and select a source of data The source parameters of the data source are described in the following sections Manual Source Parameters When Manual is selected as the data source in the Reference Graph Definition dialog a reference graph can be defined in which its points are entered manually by the engineer Charts 18 27 gt To display the manual source parameters Select Manual in the Source of Data field The following source parameters are displayed in the Reference Graph Definition dialog and the Draw Reference Graph Point window is displayed underneath the Reference Graph Definition dialog in which an engineer can manually map values Source Parameters Days Time Mili Value fo 00 37 47 e Add henge Delete f Draw Reference Graph Points The point values with their stamp are displayed The time stamp will begin with 00 00 00 There are two possible ways for the engineers to enter points m By moving the cursor over the graph The valu
316. es m ODBC Driver messages Note For further information about the ODBC Driver messages please refer to the documentation of the ODBC Driver you are using Wizcon Messages There are three types of WizSQL messages m Error messages m Warning messages m Debug messages Note that m Debug messages are printed to the screen when the D parameter is active These messages show the user the upcoming step m All messages are printed to a log file when the L option is on The name of the log file is the same as the WizSQL file with the suffix LSQ The WizSQL Command message is printed as line column and the attached message of the Wiz command file When a message is written to a log file then the date and time are also added Note If the message occurs on the same date as the opening date of file only the time is indicated 24 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following is a list of the WizSQL messages and the actions required to correct them The Error message is displayed in Bold 1 Number of fields differs from the number of tags Action Ensure that the number of tags in a Fetch command is the same as the number of Fields in the corresponding Select command 2 Type of field differs from type of tag Action Ensure that the type of a tag in a Fetch command is the same as the type of the corresponding field in the table 3 The tag tag name does not exist Action Verify
317. es over and continues to function Innovative Graphics Presentation Wizcon employs the most advanced techniques for presenting graphics They include 2 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m Drawing a single large image that represents the entire plant and then zooming in on a selected area to obtain detailed views of small and even hidden elements In addition your image can consist of more than 64 layers with each layer representing specific information Operators can then choose and mix layers accessing only the information they need and are authorized to see m Defining dynamics so that as parameters in the field change so do graphical drawings and textual displays For instance if a tank is filling the respective tank drawing will be filled accordingly and the display of the liquid level will be updated numerically H Defining any object in the image as a trigger so that whenever that object is selected one of several operations such as macro activation will be automatically performed m Designing an image using the Wizcon simple yet powerful graphic editor that includes a variety of drawing tools designed specifically for Wizcon for Internet requirements A unique editing feature enables you to easily modify any object and simultaneously apply the changes to all the applications diagrams In addition to drawing images within the Wizcon framework graphic files that were generated using other softw
318. es Between Wizcon 7 for Windows and Wizcon 5 1 for OS 2 B 6 d DEE B 6 COMMUNICATION Drivers o escccciccdececcarecectscecacecsarecectavecdcdvadiececasvetacoesavacechavendceeeatts B 6 lr Le EE B 6 Overcoming Image Font Differences eeseesseeeseeseeseeeneetreerrrnsrnsrnssrnssrnsns B 7 Overcoming Image Size and Resolution Differences sssssnnssesnnsserrrnesrrr nenene B 9 Special Characters Consideration cccscccesceesseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseseeseseeeenseeeeenees B 10 Running Your Application the First time cc sccccsssseeesseseeeesseeeeeeeseseeneeseeeeees B 11 xviii Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix C Tuning Parameters cc secesssseeeesseeeeeseeeeeeeenees C 1 Eeler ee eege E C 2 Tuning RG TC C 3 WIZTUNE DAT eege conc bce tenes cteedenccnttzsarsaantedcveahavaseustcesatectasveunsties C 24 Appendix D VFISFST VFI Fast cccccesssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees D 1 Advanced User Information cccccsecccceceeeeeeeeneeeeeeenenseeeeneeseeeeneeseeesneeseeesnenseeeenes D 2 VFI5FST Tuning Parameters cccsccssseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeseseeeneeeeseeeseseaesnseeeeeeeaes D 3 LGRBUFSIZE and LGRFLUSHTIME sssssssesssssssiesnssnenernsrrntnssrnrtnstnstnsnnsnnnnnrn nnne D 3 VBE d PERFILE EE D 3 VFI5FST_IDX_SEC VFISFSTT_IDX_SEC cecceeecececeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeereeeneteneees D 4 VFISFST_WRITE_BACK VFISFSTT_WRITE_BACK 2 cecceseeee
319. es are reflected in the Time and Mili and Value fields of the source parameters Each time the engineer clicks the mouse the value appears in the source parameters list of values Clicking OK will save the definitions and close the dialog m By entering a list of values into the Values field of the source parameters Clicking OK will save the definitions and close the dialog 18 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Existing File Reference Graph When Existing is selected as the data source in the Reference Graph Definition dialog a reference graph can be defined that has been used for another standard graph gt To display the Existing source parameters 1 Select Existing in the Source of Data field The following source parameters are displayed in the Reference Graph Definition dialog Source Parameters 2 Select one of the list of existing reference graphs 3 Click OK to close the dialog Runtime Behavior of a Reference Graph The following describes the runtime behavior of a reference graph m A reference graph is displayed in both History and Online mode in the background of the standard graph to which it belongs m Data for history reference graphs is read from the directory defined in the Chart history directory definition m A reference graph field can be added to the data box called reference value In this field the data box will put the value of the reference graph under the mouse poi
320. es cdx alerts dat Contains alarm definitions errors dat Contains information warnings and error messages wiztune dat Stores Wizcon variables used for settings users dat Contains users definitions wizcfg dat Contains configuration information of paths and printers settings netcfg dat Contains information on station network settings wizvpi dat Contains information about communication driver definitions and Wizpro options g i a Wizcon for Windows and Internet Files A 1 File Name Function wizpro txt Contains Wizpro comm error string alarms prt Contains alarm printer configuration Irm dat Contains information on current active alarms Wizpro restarts alarms in this file when it reloads GTddmmyy dbf Contain information on daily tag values history file GTddmmyy cdx in FoxPro format VFISCB dd day mm month GTddmmyy fpt yy year Gtddmmyy dat Contain information on daily tag values history file Gtddmmyy idt in an internal Wizcon format VFISFST Giddmmyy str dd day mm month yy year Alddmmyy dbf Contain information on daily alarms history file in ALddmmyy cdx FoxPro format dd Day mm month yy year wizmacro dat Contains information on the default macro file wizmacro err Contains macros error messages groups dat Contains user group names wizmenu dat
321. etails refer to the Image Properties section in Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value 1 IMGMAXWAIT IMGMINWAIT Together these parameters determine the image update performance in milliseconds Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Default Values IMGMINWAIT 10 IMGMAXWAIT 2 000 These parameters are represented by the Image update rate field in the Rates tab of the Image Properties dialog as described in the Image Properties section in Chapter 12 Image Editor Tuning Parameters C 13 IM GWI ZM SGBUF Determines the size of the internal message buffer that images use to collapse tag alarm notification messages received by Wizpro When tag values change an image receives messages in a buffer from WizPro and updates graphical objects accordingly The range is 5 to 500 messages A high value for this parameter improves the performance of images with rapidly changing dynamic objects so that images will not have to make graphical updates for each tag value message Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Size of the internal message buffer that images use to collapse tag alarm notification messages field in the Rates tab of the Image Properties dialog as described in the Image Properties section in Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value 20 messages INTASKLIST This parameter determines whether or not Wizcon appears in the task list Select NO if you do not want Wi
322. ethods can be used for the From To parameter All the characters within the number range you specify will be displayed For example if the string is ABCDE and you specify 2 4 for From To the letters BCD will be displayed The character located at the number you specify will be displayed For example if the string is ABCDE and you specify 3 for From To the letter C will be displayed All the characters from the number you specify and forward will be displayed For example if the string is ABCDE and you specify 3 for From To the letters CDE will be displayed All the characters up to the number you specify will be displayed For example if the string is ABCDE and you specify 3 for From To the letters ABC will be displayed For example If you specify the tag name ANA ID 2 3 in the Tag Definition dialog and if the operator instantiates the object for which this tag was defined and enters the instance name 102 a tag called ANAO will be created for that object the count for 2 3 in 102 is I 1 0 2 and 2 3 For tag address if for example you want the address constant to be 0000 in the Address field in the Tag Definition dialog you can choose 0000 ID 2 3 Then if for example the operator enters A10 in the instance name the address of the tag generated upon instantiation of the object would be 000010 Image Editor 12 59 The same applies for description For example if you want the constant Valve to
323. euscatvececebceeustetesducusbecenseetee 22 14 Table of Contents xv Activating the WizDDE Client WIZDDEC csscsssssseseeseeesseesstensneesnensnes 22 15 Important WizDDE Client Notes 22 15 WIiZDDE Server WIZDDES c eccesecessseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesnaeseseeeeeseeeseeseseaeenseeeeenees 22 16 Using Wizcon as a DDE Gener 22 16 Defining Wizcon to run aS a DDE Gener 22 17 Specifying a DDE Address 22 18 Activating the WizDDE Server WIZDDES eeesesseesseesseesesrerrrsrrrnrrrrerenee 22 19 Excel to WiZcon Data Transfer eccsceseeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeseseeneeseseeneeseseenenenseenenes 22 20 WIZCON Macro From Client cceccceseceeeeeesneeeneeeeeseeeescaeseneeeeeseeesseeseseeeenseeeseeees 22 21 Chapter 23 WiZCON Network eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 23 1 REENEN egene Eege T 23 2 Basic Concepts gesuerg ce ated 23 3 WIZCOM S LALION aeea Ses ac AEE R dames date ses aaa daseds Saedeth nas danssddfvessssan dussich aaserdad 23 3 Wizcon SCADA Station erise mir tni ier AR AEE ETAS 23 3 Wizcon Hot Backup Station cccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeesseaeeseeeeeeeees 23 3 Wizcon Network SCADA Station cccccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeess 23 4 WIZCON Server Ee EE 23 5 Management View Station c cccccccccccssececessnececeesneeeeecseeeeceaeeeeseaeeeesenaeeeeeeaas 23 6 Configuring Wizcon for Networking s sssssssesneeunuunnunnnunnnnn
324. evious Wizcon versions all the values in a recipe block were processed according to the first tag For example the conversion of all the values in the block were performed according to the first tag The RECIPEPERTAG mode for recipe blocks enables the processing of values according to the tag associated with the appropriate address in the block This mode is activated by specifying yes for the new RECIPEPERTAG variable in the WIZTUNE DAT file RECIPEPERTAG YES RECIPEPERTAG introduces the following new functions H Each value in the block will be converted according to a tag associated with the value s address when the recipe is saved or loaded m During recipe editing the value s limits will be checked according to the associated tag m Ifa value has no associated tag that value will not be converted and no limit checking will be performed For example assume the following configuration Tag Definition Tag Name Address TAGOO1 A001 TAG002 A002 TAG003 A004 TAG004 A005 Recipe File Test 001 TAG001 10 20 30 40 50 17 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Thus when TEST 001 is loaded the following procedure will be performed WR The first value 10 will be converted according to the TAGO01 tag m The second value 20 will be converted according to TAGO02 m The value 30 will not be converted since no tag is associated with its address m Values 40 and 50 will be converted according to TA
325. ew layer or modify an existing one 11 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To define modify a layer Select Definition from the Layers menu The Layer Definition dialog is displayed Lane From Sc 1 i R ep To Saale 1 Kat Haze Prai Ta CS The following options are available Name Specifies the name of the layer to be defined or revised up to 15 characters From Scale Specifies the zoom range lower limit at which the layer will be visible in the Elaborating Zoom mode from 1 to 2048 To Scale Specifies the zoom range upper limit at which the layer will be visible in the Elaborating Zoom mode from 1 to 2048 Group Specifies the layer authorization assignment P y 8 List Specifies the list of existing layers and their respective zoom ranges Images 11 11 m To add newly defined layer names and attributes to an Image Activate the Add button m To save the changes made to an existing layer Activate the Change button m To delete a layer Select the layer and activate the Delete button Deleting a layer will cause all the objects in that layer to be deleted In addition note that the active layer cannot be deleted To do so you must first change the active layer Then delete the first layer when it is not active m To assign groups to a layer Activate the Group button The Set Group Access dialog appears Each group checked will be assigned to the layer fo
326. ew stations to the plant floor The Wizcon 7 Server collects requests from the Management View stations and transfers them to the appropriate SCADA stations In response to these requests the Wizcon Server continuously receives updated messages about tags and alarms and dispatches them to the Management View stations Glossary H 13 In addition to routing real time data the Wizcon 7 Server can collect data from the SCADA stations and record selected data in historical databases These databases can reside on the Wizcon 7 Server s local disk or on the network file server and are shared among all stations across the network Since Wizcon 7 stores the data in a common format users can access this data from both Wizcon 7 stations and other applications without having to deal with format conversion This configuration allows users to efficiently distribute computer power among different computers and PLCs optimizes network resource consumption and ensures that time critical missions will be completed without any interference String Tags Tag TCP IP Tags that are defined to receive alphanumeric strings A Tag is a contact point through which Wizcon 7 receives data from the controller and or outputs data to it Tags can be analog digital or compound Compound tags are tags for which the values are the result of a combination of two other tags In addition you can define Dummy tags These tags are not actual contact points with
327. example of a Button dialog Note Refer to the menu button box designed in Step 11 of the Getting Started Guide for more details about defining button boxes Image Animation 13 51 String When the String method is being used a Text Table was defined for a trigger object and the operator clicks on the object the Modify Tag by String dialog is displayed Modify Tag by String Tag Name STATION SILO3 Description silo is overflowing Cancel Help Note that to use the String input method a string must first be defined by activating the Textable button in the Text dialog For more information about text tables see the section called Dynamic Text on page 13 23 In the Modify Tag dialog select a predefined string from the list The values corresponding to the string you selected will immediately be applied to the tag 13 52 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Date Time When the Date method is being used the object was defined for date display as described in the section called Dynamic Text on page 13 23 and the operator clicks on the object the Set Date dialog is displayed After the new date is entered the date display object will immediately be updated When the Time method is being used the object was defined for time display as described in the section called Dynamic Text on page 13 23 and the operator clicks on the object the Set Time dialog
328. eys to select an option In the Tuning Parameters utility and in the WIZTUNE DAT file both described in Appendix C Tuning Parameters the 13 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide IMG_BLINKRATES parameter defines the blinking rate values for dynamic objects The format of this parameter is IMG_BLINKRATES fast medium slow The values you specify for fast medium and slow are in milliseconds and can be from 100 1 10 second to 30 000 30 seconds If you specify a value that exceeds these limits Wizcon will automatically apply the maximum or minimum values instead The default is IMG_BLINKRATES 500 1000 2000 Note You can also use commas to separate the values Drum Pattern An object can be made visible when its associated tag value matches a specified bit pattern The bit pattern can include Don t Care bits which are bits that will be considered matches no matter what their actual values may be gt To assign a Drum Pattern Activate the Drum button The Drum Tag Definition dialog is displayed Drum Tag Definition Mask FEDCBA987654321 GBFEDCBA98 76543218 LES 41 Gx Cancel Help A bit pattern is entered as a sequence of zeroes ones or asterisks that represent Don t Care bits For example using the pattern in the dialog box above the value 0101101100011010001101110111010 matches the pattern while the value 0101101100011010001101110110110 does not Image Animation 13
329. f the Wizcon Application Studio right click Model Recipes and select New Recipe Model File from the popup menu The New Recipe Model File dialog is displayed New Recipe Model File Cancel Help 2 Enter the new model name and click OK The Model Editing dialog is displayed Description Station Name D Tag Name l x Block Size fi Tag Name Block Size Save Cancel Help If you are modifying a model recipe the dialog will display the model recipe definitions 17 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Description Specifies a brief description of the tag Station Name Specifies the station to which the tag belongs Tag Name Specifies the name of a tag To view and select from a list of existing tags click the arrow to the right of the field Your entry will mark the beginning of the write block Block Size Specifies the number of tags to be included in the write block m To add a tag to the model Enter the required options as described above and activate the Add button The tag is displayed in the tag list box m To change a tag Select the tag in the tag list box then select a different tag in the Tag Name field and activate the Change button m To delete a tag from the list Select the tag in the tag list box and activate the Delete button Recipes 17 5 Recipe Creation and Modification This section describes how to create and modify a r
330. fine the Wizcon Language Wizcon Language Format page 16 14 describes the basic elements of Wizcon Language statements Points to Remember page 16 44 describes things to remember about the Wizcon language as it relates to alarms bit testing initialization external programs and tags Wizcon Language 16 1 Overview Wizcon Language is a simple but powerful tool used to create programs that can enhance the capabilities of control equipment working with Wizcon such as PLCs and establish the connectivity interface between Wizcon and external computer applications Wizcon Language runs on your local PC it is not supported on the Web A general description of Wizcon Language is provided in the following paragraphs followed by the Language definition procedure The Wizcon Language format is provided on page 16 14 16 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Basic Principles Wizcon Language programs are written as a sequence of statements These statements consist of two elements Condition A condition based on arithmetic and Boolean expressions using tag values or system variables Operations A set of operations defined by the language including assigning tag values issuing alarms loading images loading recipes and generating reports Language statements are scanned periodically by the system as defined during the Wizcon Language setup procedure described on page 16 5 If a statement condition is tr
331. fine what is to be included in the window 11 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To draw a window 1 Click the W button in the top left corner of the window or select Window from the Options menu The cursor shape changes to EN 2 Click the left button on a corner of the window to be zoomed Move the cursor until the desired window is traced and click the left button again 4 The window is now marked Note that the window size and shape is in proportion to the window 5 Click the left button inside the marked window The Image is zoomed in to match the marked window The marked window can be moved by clicking the left button on its edges When the cursor takes the shape of crossed arrows click the left button on the new location Note After a window is marked it can be unmarked by clicking the right button An additional click with the right button will cancel the operation and the cursor will revert to its regular arrow shape Auto Zoom Button gt A Menu gt Options AutoWindow When the Auto Zoom operation is activated only the filled part of an Image not empty space will appear in the window This operation automatically positions the window and adjusts the Zoom Factor so that all the Image objects can be viewed Images 11 19 gt To position the window Click the A button in the top left corner of the window or select AutoWindow from the Options menu The window is aut
332. following special features are also available Objects can be defined as Groups Dynamic and Triggers both described in Chapter 13 Image Animation Wizcon provides you with an Image cluster library to make application drawing easier The library can contain objects clusters that you define and can be used in any Image Library clusters can be defined to include one or more existing Image objects gt TS l 3 E J Each Image can include special widgets slider scale objects and Media Player to enable fast and simple tag value changes The widgets are custom designed and can be placed in any location in the Image Widgets are described in more detail in Chapter 13 Image Animation Image objects can be associated with alarms This feature is described in more detail in Chapter 13 Image Animation 12 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Drawing Space An Image is drawn in a Drawing Space measured in Drawing Units This measurement can be useful when moving throughout the drawing space and determining object sizes The Drawing Space is from 1 000 000 to 1 000 000 Drawing Units Image Window An Image is contained in an Image window The part of the Image that is displayed in the window depends on the window size the Image size and the zoom level Zoom Level The zoom level determines how close the Image will be viewed The smaller the zoom level the closer the Image will be objects will be lar
333. for Windows and Internet User s Guide To create a Trend Viewer 1 T Include Trend Viewer Click the New HTML File icon in the toolbar or From the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click HTML and select New HTML File from the pop up menu The Generate new HTML file dialog is displayed Generate new HTML file E T Include Picture Viewer Check this option to display dynamic graphics in the HTML page Then Fz choose the Picture to be displayed che l z E Disable control operationis T Include Events Summary Viewer Check this option to display alarms in the HTML page Then choose an Events Summary Profile for the configuration of the Events Summary Profile z Width E Height foo wy 7 EIDA Check this option to display a Trend in the HTML page Then choose a ped Trend Profile for the configuration of the Trend object Profile Width jeo Height o Cancel Help The dialog contains three sections Picture Events Summary Profile and Trend Viewer Click the Include Trend Viewer box to enable the fields in this section Click the Profile box and select a Trend Profile file from the list of available profiles Creating Trend Viewers 14 23 4 Optional You can change the default width and height of the viewer in the Width and Height fields It is recommended to generate the page first and view it in your browse
334. from the statement list to a printer or to a file The Commands List dialog is displayed From fi To 3999 List Target Printer C File WLS OK Cancel The following options are available From Specifies the number of the statement from which the printing is to begin To Specifies the number of the last statement to be printed List Target Sends the program to the printer or a file Printer Sends the program to the printer File WLS Sends the statements to a file Specify the name of the file to which you want the statements sent 16 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Finding Text Activate the Find button in the Wizcon Language dialog shown on page 16 7 to find specific text in If Then statements and description sections of a program The Find text dialog is displayed Enter text string Enter a text string and click OK The search will begin from the statement you select and proceed down to the end of the program When the string is found the screen is scrolled to the statement that contains the string Wizcon Language 16 13 Wizcon Language Format Wizcon Language is a simple procedural language in which statements are written sequentially Wizcon Language statements consist of the following basic elements Variables Variables Tag or system values as described below Operators Arithmetic or Boolean symbols that together with variables and const
335. front Objects are placed with the first object you created on the bottom and the last object you created on top You can shift the order of the objects by using the Bring to Front option or Send to Back option To bring objects to the front Select the drawing object you want to bring to the front and click the Bring to Front tool Ki in the Operations toolbox Or From the Operations Menu click Bring to Front The selected drawing object is placed in front of other overlapping objects Back Operations Toolbar gt Ea Menu gt Edit gt Operations gt Send to Back The Send to Back option enables you to place objects in the back of your Image You can change the way objects overlap or lie by shifting the object to the back Objects are placed with the first object you created on the bottom and the last object you created on top You can shift the order of the objects by using the Bring to Front or Send to Back options 12 42 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide To send objects to back Select the drawing object you want to send to the back and click the Send to Back tool K in the Operations toolbox Or From the Operations menu click Send to Back The selected drawing object is placed in behind other overlapping objects Aligning Objects The Align menu allows you to align an object with another object This menu also enables you to resize objects Edit Menu gt Align Image gt View gt Align
336. fter the image is loaded select the Save As item to save the image with a name other than CNVIMAG IMG A Wizcon 7 image now exists with a zone for each converted template Maximize the image and select the Goto Zone item to navigate between the zones Make sure that each zone appears correctly At this point the colors in your image may not appear clearly To correct color appearance change the background color as explained above Note If you decide to repeat the template conversion operation at this point close the image before you activate the Templates button again Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 13 Function Keys Function key assignments are not converted to Wizcon 7 However a substitute is provided for function keys that performed the Load Template operation This substitute will enable you to navigate more easily in the converted application In the bottom section of any zone that included such function keys blue boxes called GoTo will appear Each of these boxes is a trigger object that can be activated for navigation in the converted application Each GoTo trigger replaces a set of function keys for a specific authorization level If you converted your user information correctly meaning that every user is a member of only one group from 1 9 that represents the user s original authorization level only one GoTo trigger object will appear for each user Like the Wizcon function keys the GoTo trigge
337. g a box clicking and dragging the mouse to cover the desired part of the graph time scale or tag scale Then clicking the mouse in the box you drew causes that part of the graph to fill the entire window Note that if the zoom in operation was performed in the graph area the scales change accordingly Similarly if the zoom in operation was performed on one of the scales the graph area also changes accordingly In addition you can also perform the following zoom in operations using the right mouse button m Right click the mouse once on the time scale to zoom in the graph window periods by a factor of 1 5 m Right click the mouse once on a tag scale to zoom in the graph This operation is used to obtain a broader view of a specific part of a graph The following zoom out operations can be performed using the left mouse button H Left click the mouse once on the time scale to zoom out the graph window periods by a factor of 1 5 H Left click the mouse once on a tag scale to zoom out the graph Charts 18 39 Zoom Back This operation is used to undo the last zoom operation and can undo a maximum of ten previous operations gt To Zoom Back From the Operations menu select the Zoom Back option or Press the ESC key Default Zoom This operation is used to revert back to the initial zoom state of all the graphs the way the Chart first appeared when it was defined according to the original window time defi
338. g appears enter the new name of the Image For an ASCII file the extension is US The save operation will save the Image with all its attributes size location which Image is in the window etc and modifications that were made Image Editor 12 79 Deleting Files Images are deleted from the Wizcon Application Studio gt To delete an Image file Select the Image name from the List of Images in the Wizcon Application Studio Right click on the file you wish to delete and select Delete from the popup menu Printing Images Menu gt File gt Print Images are printed from the Image file menu gt To print an Image file Select Print from the File menu The Print dialog is displayed he m To send the Image to a file in the bitmap format Select the Bitmap option and specify the filename 12 80 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide ASCII Files Images that were saved as ASCII x ILS files can be loaded the same as any other Image for more information about the purpose and usage of Image ASCII files see the sections below gt To load an ASCII file Image Select Import from the File menu A dialog will appear with all the ASCII files that you can import Select the file you want to import and activate the OK button ASCII Files By default when you select Save or Save as Images are saved in Wizcon VIM files You can however also save Images as ASCII files which can then be edited and lo
339. g ee EE 12 12 Setting the Image Background Color nens 12 13 Get and Save Color Options cccccceccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeecaeeeeaaeseeneeseeeeeaeseeaeeenenees 12 13 Pick Color TOON errenta dapati sass ppsea aaraa dais eonna bas aLi KE EEEn Ea Ee aah 12 14 Table of Contents vii ut NR E 12 15 Active ET 12 15 MOUSE tee E 12 15 EES 12 15 ln DEE 12 16 Elena Ee ed EE Ee nde eegen 12 16 DIOU o EA EEEN eerste AE Eet deeg dete thteumntebaetl E 12 16 Continuous DESIGN Anasanat a aaa a aeaa a e apaiia eights 12 16 Multiple ale e VC 12 16 DOSIQIM Procede oeiia apara Raa AAAA AREALET AAA KRAER RAA E ARTARSA AEI FARFAR Ea 12 17 Drawing in the IMaQe ccessecceseseeeseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeseseneeseseeneeseseenenseseeneeseseenanes 12 18 Object Gelechon Deselecting nenn nenn 12 18 Aligning Lee 12 19 Meleiro tee er ln DEE 12 20 Object Sensitive Menus tenets ceaeeeeeaeeeneeeseaeeesaeeseeeseeeees 12 20 Image Edit Menu eene NNEEEEERNENEEEEEEAREEEEREENEEKEENEEEEEEEREEEEEEREEEEEEEEENEEESENEEEER EEGENEN 12 21 NEU RT ET E 12 22 Drawing Lines and Segmented Ghapes nee 12 22 Drawing Rectangles and Ellipses A 12 24 BI WEE 12 25 Bleid 12 27 RRE 12 28 FONT Style Selection see n 12 29 Modifying EE 12 31 Image Edge 12 32 SEISCH e EE 12 33 De SGlOCHING MEET 12 34 Copying Kee 12 34 Moving and Scaling Objects esseeeseeeeeeeeeeesrnesr nesr resrnernnrnssrnnsrnssrnnsrnssrnsnnns 12 35 UNGO REO EE 12 36 Find Find Next i Mago earair aE a EE A EE
340. g fields refer to field number 12 in different formats 00012 012 000 12 m Ifa tag value represents date or time a special field can be assigned for that value To define a date or time type the letters D for date T for time tag values are measured as seconds starting from midnight M for minutes tag values are measured as minutes starting from midnight or S for time with seconds after the sign For example D00000012 T00012 MO00012 500000012 Reports 20 7 m D Date fields should have a length of eight spaces to provide enough space for hyphens or slashes m T Time fields should have a length of five spaces for the format hh mm For example if tag values is 600 the report will show this value as 00 10 H M Time with Minutes fields should have a length of five spaces for the format hh mm For example if tag values is 600 the report will show this value as 10 00 H S Time with Seconds fields should have a length of eight spaces for the format hh mm ss Up to 9 999 fields can be defined per report The report frame does not have to include all the fields that you define Some fields can be used to calculate other fields You can also define fields that will be added to the report frame for later use The following are examples of field contents m The minimum value of a tag in the last work shift m The total amount of time a tag exceeded a value in the past week m The tot
341. g select the Date Format tab The Date Format Dialog opens 2 From the Date Style list select a predefined date style 3 From the Date Separator list select the way you want the date to be separated 4 Press OK key to enter your selection When loading for the first time Wizcon for Window and Internet sets default values for these parameters using country code defined in Control Panel gt Regional Settings The table below lists the default values in Wizcon for different countries Country Date Style Date Separator USA MMDDYY slash l Japan YYMMDD slash Netherlands DDMMYY dash Denmark DDMMYY dash Germany DDMMYY dot Austria DDMMYY dot Russia DDMMYY dot All others DDMMYY slash Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 19 Setting a Format for History Files The format for history files is set in the VFI tab of the Station Properties dialog VFI enables the designer to select different file formats to be used by WizPro for historical data logging and report generation The system engineer can use a combination of different file systems and databases with the application for data manipulation convenience and optimum performance VFI uses a unique driver for each database thereby taking advantage of the database s structure and characteristics PC Soft supplies drivers to support specific databases Station Properties 2 x General Default
342. g the New Wizcon Application Wizard page 5 51 describes using the New Wizcon Application Wizard to open applications from the Wizcon Application Studio 5 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Overview The Wizcon Application Studio is opened from the Quick Access bar which is displayed when Wizcon is opened It has an Explorer like interface which offers full control and access to all parts of the system during application development There is no need for the Wizcon Application Studio to be displayed during runtime and a developer can minimize it to obtain an unobstructed view of the plant process An operator can use the Quick Access Bar for various actions during runtime gt To open the Wizcon Application Studio 1 Click the Wizcon Application Studio Fl button in the Quick Access bar The Wizcon Application Studio is displayed together with the Tip of the Day window Wiz Application Wizcon Application Studio File View Design Network Tools Help EN ad soln te Less l zsclegs Les la l ell il SS Here All Containers 7 ZS Wiz Applic EI Web E H Ai Did you know 7 E Files You can repeat your last action by clicking the Redo EA Im button on the Main toolbar For Help press F1 user Z Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 3 2 You can deselect Show Tips on Startup if you do not want to display the Tip of the Day window when you next open Wizcon for W
343. g values of the selected recipe are modified to the tag values of the on going process Recipes 17 11 Recipe Properties This section describes how to determine the tag value and the recipe that will be loaded on startup To define recipe properties From the All Containers section in the Wizcon Application Studio right click Model Recipes and select Properties from the popup menu The Recipes Properties dialog is displayed Bere Sak Heips Grocers mch vale oerrreku ba trop L el el zl e The following options are available Startup Recipe Determines the name of a recipe that will be loaded upon Wizcon startup Process each value according to its tag Enables the processing of values according to the tag associated with the appropriate address in the recipe block Note Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Note The WizPro logger and alarm generator are activated only after the specified recipe is loaded If the load fails see the file called error rcp for a description of the failure 17 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Additional Information Files The following sections provide additional recipe information concerning files and communications Recipes and models are stored as text files These files can be used by external programs such as spreadsheets databases report generators production management programs or computation programs To facilitate this data
344. ger and less of the total Image will be visible Note Although objects may seem larger their size in terms of Drawing Units does not change Any zoom level can be assigned from 1 to 2048 At a zoom level of 64 each Drawing Unit is 0 01 mm on a standard monitor Layers An Image is structured in layers Each layer contains one part of the overall Image A complete Image is formed by combining its layers Layers are described in more detail in Chapter 12 Image Editor Each individual Image layer can be made visible or hidden Layers can be added or changed but not removed Image Editor 12 5 Zones Zones are predefined positions in the Image window The operator can request to jump to any defined zone from anywhere in an Image Editor Operations The Editor can Draw Object drawing Align Align and resize objects Undo Redo Reverse or delete the last entry Redo allows you to restore what you reversed Find Search for objects in Image Modify Modification of object attributes color pattern and so on Transform Move copy rotate scale and delete View Scroll pan zoom and redraw Special Special management operations File Filing operations Dynamic Objects Designing objects that vary according to tag values Tag Value Input Designing trigger objects The Modify and Transform operations are based on the Object Operation method whereby first the object is selected and then the operation is executed
345. ger object included in a segment will function the same as when it is not included in a segment For more information about segments see Chapter 12 Image Editor Several tag input methods can be used for trigger objects Each method is explained below To test an input method tag value variations can be simulated Tag Value Simulation is described on page 13 63 The tag value input methods include the following Action Buttons Bit Data Entry When the operator clicks on an object a preset value is applied to the tag or a predefined macro is activated This method is valid for all tags and objects When the operator clicks on an object a set of buttons with preset values appears Activating a button causes a value to be applied to the tag or a predefined macro to be activated This method is valid for all analog and digital tags not for string tags When the operator clicks on an object ON OFF and Toggle buttons appear This method is valid for all tags and objects except string tags described in the section called Tag Value String on page 13 30 For analog tags the Toggle buttons will not appear When the operator clicks on an object a dialog appears to specify a numerical tag value This method is valid for all tags and objects except Text Table objects described on the following page Image Animation 13 35 String When the operator clicks on an object a Text Table that was made active for the tag a
346. gle Tag Input page 7 24 describes how to assign an immediate value to a specific tag The following options can be very useful in large projects MultiAdd Tags page 7 26 describes how to add a large number of tags to an existing tag list Exporting Tags page 7 29 describes how to generate a list of tag definitions into ASCII format Importing Tags page 7 32 describes how to import a list of tag definitions to append or to replace the current list of tag definitions Defining Tag Properties page 7 34 describes how to define some tag properties Tags 7 1 Overview The term tags in Wizcon refers to control values monitored by the system These values are similar to variables in a programming language such as BASIC PASCAL and C Like their programming counterparts each value is identified by a unique name and can be one of several data types such as integer real or Boolean PLC tags are distinguished from other variables in that they can be associated with external device components such as registers or I O points in PLCs memory locations in remote devices A tag value represents the value of an external component or device so that referencing the tag is equivalent to referencing the component or device itself Updating a tag causes the external component or device to be updated as well Thus a Wizcon PLC tag is actually a link to external devices Once tags are defined in the Wizcon tag definition module they c
347. global gates table could not be initialized due to memory allocation problems the most probable cause being that there was not enough memory Close some applications and repeat the step Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 27 16 Error while loading gate No gate number Action The gate file was found to be corrupted Return to the Wizcon for DOS application and save the gate information again 17 Attached gates table not initialized ignoring template Action No gates were found in the GT file specified in the cross reference file Another cause may be a memory allocation error 18 Error while writing file WIZGTATH GLS Action Make sure that the WIZGTATH GLS file is not being used by another application Template Conversion 19 CNVCOLOR Syntax error in Line No line number Action The format of the specified line in the CNVCOLOR file is incorrect Correct the line or use the default color conversion tables 20 CNVCOLOR Unknown color keyword in line No line number Action An illegal color name appears in the specified line Correct the line or use the default color conversion tables 21 No templates found Action No PIC files were found in the flattened application directory Copy them from your original Wizcon DOS application E 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 22 Unexpected error Gate gate name does not exist 23 Unexpected error Could not get limits of Gate gate n
348. graph for each standard graph You can also define one reference graph for all the standard graphs in a Chart window For example a Chart showing the heat of two ovens in identical manufacturing lines One reference graph can be created for each of these lines The definitions of a reference graph are saved in the Chart window file and its points in a separate file The engineer is able to select the file to receive the points of a new reference graph If there is a reference graph that is the same in two Chart windows the engineer does not have to define it twice 18 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide A reference graph shares the following attributes with its standard graph m Type Bar Line Line with marker Marker only Logarithmic display Fill reference View limits Control limits A reference graph has the following display parameters m Color The default is the standard graph color m Pattern The default is the standard graph pattern m Line Width The reference graph has thicker lines than the standard graph To set reference graph parameters After defining a graph and adding it to the tag list in the Graphs Definition dialog as shown on page 18 15 activate the Reference button The Reference Graph Definition dialog is displayed Charts 18 25 Check the Define Reference Graph check box to display the options in the dialog as shown below Reference Graph Definition IV Define Reference
349. gt Tools Multiple Tags The Multiple Tags utility are invoked from the Wizcon Application Studio Invoking multiple tags from the Wizcon Application Studio involves two steps H Specifying a tag list file you want to load and defining a tag filter so that only specific tags are loaded from the file m Displaying the tag list in the Tags Exerciser Program window as described on page 25 5 Specifying a Tag List File and Defining a Tag Filter In the Tag Filter dialog you can m Define a tag filter Only those tags that meet the filter requirements you specify appear in the generated list H Specify a tag list file You can choose between a standard Wizcon tag file and a GLS file Multiple Tags 25 3 To specify a tag list file and or define a tag filter 1 Inthe Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click fh the Multiple Tags icon or From the WizTools menu select Multiple Tags The Tag Filter dialog shown below is displayed on top of the Tags Exerciser Program window Tag Filter m Tag Filter r Source File From To Wipro Name C File GLS Driver No fi fie TST Gi Address Source PLC M Dummy H Compound Type V Analog V Tag Value String Cancel Help The following options are available Tag Filter Specifies filter parameters so that only the tags that meet the filter requirements will appear in the generated tag list The foll
350. haracters in tabs definition Station names and alarms text Also avoid applying special characters to string tabs B 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Running Your Application the First time When you run your converted application for the first time create a shortcut Right click on your desktop select New gt Shortcut In the Create shortcut dialog browse and select Wizcon 7 folder gt Bin gt Wizcon exe Press Next and you may select a title for your shortcut When you press Finish the Icon is on your desktop Right click the icon and select Properties Select the Shortcut tab In the Start In field enter the Application s directory This enables the icons to be able to run Wizcon the next time by double clicking on the icon Converting Wizcon 5 Applications B 11 B 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix C Tuning Parameters e Pe isc this appendix This appendix describes how to use the Wizcon tuning parameters to optimize performance and enhance functionality as follows Overview on the following page describes the Wizcon Tuning Parameters Tuning Parameters page C 3 provides a list of the tuning parameters available in the wiztune dat file Wiztune dat page C 24 provides a printout of a typical wiztune dat file Tuning Parameters C 1 Overview The Wizcon Tuning parameters can be used to optimize performance and enhance functionality Each Wizc
351. hart to which the grid is applied Each tick Displays the horizontal lines on the grid in subunits Each label Displays the horizontal lines on the grid in whole units Show grid Activates the grid 18 46 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide After you define the grid you can change the grid definition as many times as you want and activate the Test button each time to view the grid without exiting the dialog However the Test button is enabled only if you select the Show grid option Activate the OK button to save the definition and exit the dialog Grid Activation You can activate a grid for a graph in one of two ways To activate a grid From the Modes menu select Grid The grid with the attributes you specified in the Grid Setup procedure described on the previous page covers the entire graph area or Select the Show grid option in the Grid Setup dialog as described on the previous page gt To deactivate the grid Deselect the Grid item in the Modes menu Note A check beside the item indicates that the Grid mode is active Charts 18 47 Chart Properties You can define the line style of a Chart and its window attributes gt To define Chart properties In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click on Charts and select Properties from the popup menu The Chart Properties dialog is displayed Charts Properties 2 x Multi Markers Advanced
352. hat an object will be visible when the value is within the specified value range and hidden when the value is outside that range Empty Specifies that an object will be empty when the value is within the specified value range Multi Range Parameters The following options are available Station Specifies the station running the Wizcon application to which the tag belongs To select a station from the list of stations defined in the Wizcon network click on the arrow to the right Tag Specifies the tag associated with the selected object To select an existing tag click on the small arrow to the right Animation Specifies the dynamic operation to be performed on the selected object for the specified tag value range The operations include the following Blink Specifies that an object will blink when the value is within the specified value range 13 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Line Color Sets the line color of an object when the value is within one of several specified value ranges Fill Color Sets the fill color of an object when the value is within one of several specified value ranges Fill Type Sets the internal fill pattern of an object when the value is within one of several specified value ranges Not applicable on the Web Drum Sets a bit pattern so that when a tag value matches this bit mask the corresponding object will be visible otherwise it will be hidden Object The selec
353. he 23 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Master Station specify the TCP IP address of the Backup station Make sure this field is empty when switching from Hot Backup configuration to SCADA station Note The Backup station can only be manually activated by using the WizSetBackup Mode A DI in an add on Note Restart Wizcon for changes to take place For more details refer to the Wizcon Programming Interface on line Help Wizcon Network 23 27 Wizcon TCP IP Support Present connectivity needs cause organizations to combine desktop workstations servers and hosts into Local Area Networks LANs and enable even remote locations to access these networks These LANs have to connect with other LANs and Wide Area Networks WANs and enable any pair of systems to communicate when they need to regardless of their location in the network Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP is a communications protocol that provides effective and reliable communications between computers in a network and also between different networks Industrial uses of TCP IP include transferring data between two networks in an organization A large plant complex may have a network at one site whose stations communicate with stations on a network in a different part of the complex This section describes the following m TCP IP Software as follows describes the software you need to install on your system m W
354. he All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Events Summary Profiles and select New Profile from the popup menu The Events Summary Profile dialog is displayed in which you can E Filter alarms in the Alarm Filter tab as described on the following page E Define how alarms will be displayed in the Define tab as described on page 10 7 m Set the features you want to be enabled or disabled for the operator in the Features tab as described on page 10 10 m Assign text and background colors according to the alarm s severity level or zone in the Color tab as described on page 10 11 Creating Events Summary Profiles 10 5 gt To modify an Events Summary 1 Inthe All Containers section click Events Summary Profiles The existing Events Summary Profiles are displayed in the List of Events Summary Profiles 2 Double click the Events Summary Profile you want to modify The Events Summary Profile dialog is displayed as shown on the following page in which you can modify the current definitions gt To insert an Events Summary Profile In the All Containers section right click Events Summary Profile and select Insert Profile from the popup menu The Import File dialog is displayed in which you can select a predefined Events Summary Profile and add it to the current application Filtering Alarms The Alarm filter tab enables you to set filter conditions for alarms Only the alarms that meet these con
355. he Default Location of HTML Files The web application files that are part of the web application are saved in the Docs folder You can change this default location as shown below gt To change the default location of HTML files In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click HTML and select Properties from the popup menu The HTML Properties dialog is displayed in which you can change the displayed location of the web application root directory This option can also be accessed in the General tab of the Web Application Properties dialog as described on page 15 17 Generating HTML Pages 15 11 Publishing an Application After generating HTML pages you can publish them so that a user can interact with the application through the Internet or through an Intranet The web application is part of your application that is downloaded to the user web browser It consists of the HTML files Pictures files Events Summary Profile files Trend Profile files and Wizcon for Internet Java classes To enable users to interact with your application the web application must be mapped to a web server this operation is also called publish The web server enables any web browser user to view your application by connecting to your site To publish an application you need the following installed on a single computer m Windows NT 4 0 or higher E Web server for Windows NT Microsoft Internet Information Server
356. he Excel Main Menu 22 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon Macro From Client Wizcon macros can be activated from DDE client applications as long as those applications support this part of the DDE protocol Consult the documentation of the client application to check if this support exists and how it operates To activate a Wizcon macro from the client application the DDE Address for the macro must be defined with the following parameters Application WIZCON Topic GATE Command MacroName the name in Wizcon given to the macro to be executed Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 21 22 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 23 Wizcon Network e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to design and operate a Wizcon network as follows Overview on page 23 2 describes an overview of the Wizcon network environment Basic Concepts page 23 3 describes the Wizcon network configurations Configuring Wizcon for Networking page 23 7 describes how to configure Wizcon for networking Configuring Wizcon Network Stations page 23 9 describes how to configure your computer as a SCADA Network SCADA Hot Backup and Management View station It also describes the Wizcon Server station and how to query the status of a station with Wizcon Language Recording Remote Data page 23 18 describes how to record remote tags and alarms It also describes how to simulate the connection
357. he Welcome dialog is displayed Welcome to the Wizcon for Windows and Internet Setup program This program will install Wizcon for Windows and Internet on your computer It is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law Cancel Installing Wizcon for Windows Internet 3 5 3 Click the Next button to continue the installation The Choose Destination Location dialog is displayed Choose Destination Location EN Setup will install Wizcon for Windows and Internet in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder You can choose not to install wWizcon for Windows and Internet by clicking Cancel to exit Setup Destination Folder Creos Browse lt Back Cancel 4 Ifyou have a previous version of Wizcon installed you are prompted to overwrite the previous version or to Exit the installation in the following note Note d o Setup has detected a previou
358. he Wizcon logo display mode The following options are available Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect m Yes Until acknowledged by the user m No Logo is not displayed H Timed Logo is displayed for 3 seconds This parameter is represented by the Wizcon logo display mode field in the General tab of the Station Properties dialog For more details refer to the Station Properties section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Default Value YES Tuning Parameters C 23 WIZTUNE DAT The changes you make in the Tuning Parameters utility are recorded in th e WIZTUNE DAT file This file contains all of the Wizcon environmental parameters and their current values The WIZTUNE DAT file is an ASCII file that can be edited using any text editor The following is an example of the WIZTUNE DAT file FI I II I II I II I II II I I I I IO I IO I ok ok H Me a Ne Ne Nee Ne Ne Ne Ne AOS Ne an Ne Ne Ne AU Or en en we Di r H IN FILE WIZTUNE DAT WIZCON ENVIRONMENT DEFINITION FILE All atoms can be dynamically changed and retrieved by WizGetEnv and WizSetEnv APIs KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK Syntax Lines that start with are comments empty lines are ignored Lines without the character are also ignored Spaces before after the sign are not significant Limitations 1 Total number of lines ALL lines in the fil
359. he entry field to display a color box in which you can select a color for this maximal value 4 Press OK to activate and to close the dialog Alarms with severity or zone according to the selection below or equal to the entered maximum value will be displayed using the selected color If the Ack Time or End Time option is not being used the event time colors are applied to the Start Time option if used 10 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Creating Events Summary Viewers An Events Summary Viewer displays alarms generated in the Wizcon system according to definitions specified in an Events Summary Profile Events Summary Viewers are created by generating an HTML page from the Events Summary Profile in the Wizcon system and publishing the resulting page on the Web This section describes how to generate a single HTML page that contains the Trend Viewer For details on generating a single HTML page that contains two or more objects refer to Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages For more details about publishing refer to Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages Creating Events Summary Profiles 10 13 gt To create an Events Summary Viewer 1 Click the New HTML File icon in the toolbar or From the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click HTML and select New HTML File from the pop up menu The Generate new HTML file dialog is displayed Generate new HTML file xi T Inc
360. he following options are available Trigger object Determines whether or not trigger objects are highlighted when you hold the mouse button down on the object If this option is checked trigger objects will be outlined with dashed lines when they are selected The default option is not selected Mouse Pointer on triggers Determines whether or not the mouse pointer will be highlighted when it is moved on top of a trigger object in an Image The default option is not selected When checking this parameter the dialog appearing when defining Data Entry for triggers will be small with just a field for entering the value Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Images 11 39 Determining the Image Update Performance and the Size of the Internal Message Buffer Note The Image Rates Properties is not applicable on the Web You can determine the Image update performance in milliseconds in the Rates tab of the Image Properties dialog as shown below You can also determine the size of the internal message buffer that Images use to collapse tag alarm notification message received by WizPro Image Properties 2x Pictures View Loading Trigger Rates Fast Zone Dynamic Image update rate Maximum BI Minimum 10 S Size of the internal message buffer that images use to collapse tag alarm notification messages 20 The following options are available Image update rate Specifies the Image update pe
361. he list lines is fixed that is the position of each item in a line is important and should not be changed Each line that begins with a semi colon is treated as a comment line and will be ignored when the file is used 20 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Using a List Report lists can be used for replacing or appending current field definitions gt To replace or append the current field definitions Activate the Use button in the Report Summary dialog From the Use List File listbox select an RLS file and activate the Replace button or the Append button Replace and Append follow the same behavior as Adding a field The Use List dialog is displayed Use List File REP1 RH Append Replace Cancel E List File Editing Recommendations When editing the list file with a text editor it is recommended to bear a few things in mind The columns for each line field definition are static and their location should not be changed The recommended way to use the list is to generate a list and then edit it as opposed to creating the file fresh form the start Reports 20 35 The field numbers in the list are fixed that means they represent real field numbers and will be entered in the listbox as such For example if you define in the list fields 1 followed by field 5 the fields will be entered and treated as field numbers 1 and 5 The only limitation for field numbers is that they must be in inc
362. hexadecimal numeric order O This character will be incremented in octal numeric order This character will cause whatever character appears in that position to be incremented according to its specific character type If the character is alphabetical it will be incremented alphabetically if the character is numerical it will be incremented numerically Any other character will remain as is Note The MultiAdd operation increments only the tag name and address For example if the current tag name is WATER39X and the next name format was defined as DHA the MultiAdd operation will cause the tag name WATER39Y to be generated Note that if the format length is less than the current name address length the format will affect the right part of the name address For example if the name format was defined as HHH and the current name is WATERO01 the next name will be WATEROOZ2 7 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Address format Pattern and Step Amount to add The contents used for the Name format field can also be used for the Address format field Specifies incremental amounts You can enter any numerical value from 1 to 7 The Name and Address of the next tag will be incremented according to the amount specified in these fields For example in the Name format field if you entered AA for the Pattern and 2 for the Step the next tag will be called AC Specify the number of tags that will be
363. his button to change the original definition of the alarms associated with the Alarm object in the cluster so that a new alarm will be generated upon cluster instantiation in the Image Not applicable on the Web After you activate this button the Alarm Definition dialog is displayed In this dialog only the Change button will be enabled To change the current definition of the alarm and cause a new alarm to be generated upon cluster instantiation Activate the Change button to invoke the Alarm Specification dialog The fields in the Alarm Definition and Alarm Specification dialog are described in Chapter 8 Alarms Special Tokens In the Alarm Specification dialog you can use the ID and ASK tokens to enable easy alarm creation and identification The special tokens can be used in the Tag Name Family Help File and Text fields in the dialog A detailed explanation of these special tokens is provided above in the description of the Tags button Find Activate this button to search for an existing tag or alarm family in the list After you activate this button the Find dialog is displayed Image Editor 12 61 Specify the name prefix of the tag or alarm family that you want to search and activate the Find button Define each Object Select to change the definitions of the tags and when Instantiating alarms upon cluster instantiation in the Image Placing Existing Clusters gt To instantiate a cluster from a lib
364. horization level 2 in the Wizcon DOS application that user should be a member of user group 2 in Wizcon 7 VPI Definition Define your VPIs in Wizcon 7 Exit and restart Wizcon 7 to apply these settings gt To activate the Wizcon conversion utility Make sure that Wizcon 7 is running and invoke the conversion utility You can use the command WINCNV at the command line Or Click on the Start button on your desktop point to Programs gt WizFactory gt Wizcon gt Dos2Win Conversion Utility Click on Dos2Win Conversion Utility E 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Wizcon Conversion Utility dialog appears Wizcon Directory Wizcon DOS Directory Bee T Invert Strings Conversion steps Global Gates Attached Gates Alerts Templates Reports Close Help The Wizcon Conversion Utility dialog is the main tool of the interactive conversion process Each conversion operation is performed in the Wizcon Conversion Utility dialog by activating the appropriate button You can convert Gates Global and attached Alerts Templates and Reports Gate Conversion All Wizcon global and attached gates can be converted to Wizcon 7 format Since Wizcon 7 does not recognize the term attached gates all the Wizcon gates will be converted to normal global Wizcon 7 tag format Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 5 In some cases the conversion operation may ca
365. hown on the following page in which you can determine m Determine if the Wizcon Network module is loaded enabling you to access Wizcon stations on the network in the General tab as described on page 23 23 m Determine a network protocol to be used by Wizcon in the Protocol tab as described on page 23 24 m Optimize network use in the Internet tab as described on page 23 25 m The Hot Backup switching mode in the Backup tab as described on page 23 26 23 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Accessing Wizcon Stations on the Network You can determine if the Wizcon Network module will be loaded in the General tab of the Network dialog Refer to the previous page to see how to open this dialog Network xi General Protocol Intenet Backup r Message control Maximum network time delay fi 000 ms Maximum network changes delay E The following options are available Activate Network Specifies that the network is activated Select to activate Message control The following options are available Maximum network time delay Determines the maximum time interval that a station will delay before updating the other stations with tag and alarm changes The default time is 1000ms Maximum network changes delay Determines the maximum number of messages that a source station accumulates before it sends the data buffer to a target station The default is 48 messages Note Restart W
366. i Description Mixing Silo Current Value 0 New Value Es 88 Suggest H gt Exit Apply Help 4 The following options are available New Value New tag value numerical Suggest Slider for suggested values Set Slider for tag values Apply Applies the value to the tag Note Single Tags are described in more detail in Chapter 7 Tags Image Animation 13 49 Bit When the Bit method is being used and the operator clicks on a trigger object the Tag Input Bit Operation dialog appears Tag Name STATION SILO2 Description Mixing Silo Current Value 0 New Value f Off Cancel Help For analog tags the Toggle button in the dialog will not appear since it is only relevant for digital tags The action button functions are On Sets the tag value to 1 Off Sets the tag value to 0 Toggle Toggles between 1 and 0 for digital tags only Note If the object was defined as a string tag as described in the section called Tag Value String on page 13 30 this trigger type will be disabled 13 50 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Buttons When the Buttons method is being used and the operator clicks on a trigger object a dialog appears with the predefined buttons Button definition is described earlier in this chapter Each button represents a different value When a button is activated its corresponding value is immediately applied to the tag The following is an
367. ialog is displayed in which you can either specify the path of the directory in which the historical data file is located or select the Use default history directory option History Directory Enter history directory eg OK Cancel Help The default directory is that specified in the Set Default Paths dialog for the Alarm History field For more details about setting default paths refer to the Defining System Options section Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Events Summaries 9 19 Events Summary Operations Menu gt Operations When alarms are displayed in an Events Summary you can obtain information about a specific alarm acknowledge a single alarm or all alarms terminate an alarm and enter alarm messages The following options are available in the Options menu of the Events Summary window Select To do Assist Obtain information about specific alarms as described on the following page Ack Selected Acknowledge the selected alarms as described on page 9 22 Ack All Acknowledge all the displayed alarms as described on page 9 22 Force End Terminate selected alarms as described on page 9 23 Message Record alarm messages as described on page 9 23 To perform any operation on alarms in an Events Summary except for Ack All the alarm must first be selected When an alarm is selected it appears in a light gray color Selecting an alarm again will cancel the initial selection
368. ibrary to another 12 65 defining 12 55 deleting 12 65 deleting from library 12 65 inheritance 12 66 instance operations 12 71 placing existing 12 62 special tokens 12 58 Colors E 9 Commands assign 16 25 chart 16 31 error verification 16 38 file check 16 37 gate sampling 16 40 macro 16 38 message 16 27 recipe 16 29 report 16 34 shell 16 31 zone 16 39 Communicating online with other applications 7 17 Communication blocks 6 9 defining 6 8 Communication drivers 6 2 properties 6 5 viewing information 6 12 Compound tags 7 3 source parameters 7 10 Configuring hot backup switching mode 23 26 management view stations 23 16 SCADA and Network SCADA stations 23 10 server stations 23 10 Wizcon for networking 23 7 l 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Configuring DCOM F 4 Control panel 5 11 Conversion Utilities E 2 Troubleshooting E 25 Converting Templates E 12 Converting Wizcon DOS Applications E 1 Converting Wizcon for DOS Applications E 2 Converting WizconS Applications B 1 Copying clusters from one library to another 12 65 Creating Events Summary Viewers 10 13 Picture Viewers 11 25 Creating Modifying Trend Profiles 14 7 Crosshair pointer 18 53 Customizing the application workplace 5 16 D Data box displaying 18 42 setup 18 43 Data transfer Excel to Wizcon 22 20 Date Time 13 28 DDE 7 17 22 2 22 5 address 22 3 block 7 19 single 7 18
369. ical files The results of these operations can be assigned to tags The WizSQL historical functions are split into two groups The functions in the first group perform a calculation on values within a specified time interval WMIN Returns the lowest value recorded during the specified interval WMAX Returns the highest value recorded during the specified interval WAVERAGE Returns the arithmetic average of all the values recorded during the interval WWAVERAGE Returns the average of recorded values of the tag relative to the time the value occurred in the tag WINTEGRAL Returns the sum of recorded values multiplied by the time the value occurred in the tag until the next recording of the same tag WSUM Returns the sum of all the values recorded during the interval The syntax for this group of commands is as follows Syntax FUNCTION tag name from time to time Example WMIN ANAO1 REL 1 10 0 0 REL 1 0 0 0 24 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The functions in the second group perform calculations based on a value range given WINTIME Returns the total amount of time that tag values were in the specified range WINCOUNT Returns the number of times that tag values were recorded for a specified value range The syntax for this group of commands is as follows Syntax FUNCTION tag name from time to time low value high value Example DUR
370. ication is launched for example the page containing the Picture Viewer and add a link to the page displaying the online alarms view as shown below Online Alarms sick Baisiai Fama Erd ari Camre Fim utsi 0 aime Erain ire lies T 15 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Generating HTML Pages with the Wizcon HTML Assistant This section describes how to generate an HTML page with two or more Wizcon objects Generating HTML pages with a single Wizcon object is described as follows The Picture Viewer that displays a graphical representation of a process in Chapter 11 Creating Images and Picture Viewers The Events Summary Viewer that displays online alarms in Chapter 10 Creating Events Summary Profiles The Trend Profile Viewer that displays Trends in Chapter 14 Creating Trend Viewers Generating a Single HTML Page With Two or More Objects HTML pages can be generated within Wizcon for Internet using the Wizcon for Internet HTML Assistant gt To generate a HTML page with two or more objects 1 From the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click HTML and select New HTML File from the pop up menu or Click the New HTML file Zi icon in the toolbar The Generate new HTML file dialog is displayed as shown on the following page Specify parameters for the Viewers you want to display in the page as described on the following page Click Genera
371. icking in the Tag Source field of the Tag Definition NEW Tag dialog as shown on page 7 5 and selecting the driver from the drop down list The Tag Source parameters will appear 1 From the Driver drop down list select the OPC driver 2 Inthe Address field click on the Browse button E The Add Item dialog opens Note that this dialog displays only if your OPC Server supports Browsing If not you must enter the address manually Add Item EN Item Name PLC 01 Random Browse items Filter F Cancel El Root PLC 01 Simulate Modbus 3 From the Browsed Items list select the name of the item that you want to be linked to and press OK to complete the operation Tags 7 9 Compound Tag Source Parameters A compound tag is an analog or digital tag the value of which is a combination of two other tags gt To define compound tags Click in the Tag Source field of the Tag Definitions NEW Tag dialog as shown on page 7 5 and select Compound from the drop down list The Tag Source parameters will appear as follows Constant Tag Name Calculate fo x z CG In Monitor db xX C Always Constant g Tag Name jo x zl The compound tag formula is as follows Constantl Tagl oper Constant2 Tag2 Where oper is one of the following operators division or multiplication Note that in the tag and operator fields you can click on the arrow to the right of the fields
372. ide Importing Alarms The Import Alarms option enables you to import alarm definitions from an ASCII file You can use the imported ASCII file to replace the current list with the generated one or append it to the current list of alarms gt To import alarm definitions In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Alarms and select Import Alarms from the popup menu The List to alarms dialog appears List to alarms a RH Append Replace Cancel Help This dialog lists existing alarm list files ALS m To replace the current alarm list Select a file and activate the Replace button You are prompted to confirm the replacement m To append the alarm list to the current alarm list Select a file and activate the Append button The alarms in the file are appended to the end of the current list in numerical order Alarms 8 23 If an error exists in the ALS file incorrect syntax when the file is being loaded to replace the current file or appended to the current file you will be prompted to optionally correct the error If you want to correct the error a dialog appears as in the following example Correct Syntax Error E DAI01 lt 0 lt DA101 lt 0 Popup buzz auto ack gt NYNYS Help 8 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Alarm Help Files Alarm Help files are user created ASCII files that contain help messages These messages appear
373. ied for the ANN_DOUBLE_CLICK parameter in the WIZTUNE DAT file an alarm can also be acknowledged by double clicking the alarm For more details about Tuning parameters refer to Appendix C Tuning Parameters Remember alarms that are Acknowledged and Ended will not appear in the Events Summary Total Acknowledge Menu gt Operations Ack All You can acknowledge all the alarms in the Events Summary gt To acknowledge all the alarms in the Events Summary Select Ack All from the Operations menu Alarms defined with the Class at Ack option are displayed one by one showing the Set User Class dialog in which you can assign a class to each alarm Note Formerly it was not possible to assign a New User Class to alarms after the Ack All option was selected If Acknowledge Time Ack appears in the Events Summary the current time will be displayed in white 9 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide If more than 500 alarms appear in the Events Summary only the first 500 will be acknowledged You can display the name of the station from which the alarm was generated The station name can also be used as a sort parameter End Alarm Menu gt Operations Force End This operation is used to force alarms to end This is useful to remove alarms that cannot be ended due to communication or equipment modifications or other causes An alarm that was force ended will be removed from the Events Summary gt To force alarms
374. ield Type A compound field is a value that is calculated based on the values of two other fields and or constants that you specify gt To activate the compound field In the Field Definition dialog activate the Compound button The Compound Field definition dialog is displayed Compound Field definition Compound Field Formula Field Const f Field2 Const mg JL fo iF ef slk Cancel Help 20 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following examples help to explain the use and functionality of the Compound field Note that the calculation is performed from left to right m For the total time to produce all the items fill in the dialog as follows where Field 2 is a tag field containing the average time to produce one item Field 3 is a tag field containing the total amount of items produced H For the area of a circle fill in the dialog as follows where Field 4 is a tag field containing the radius of the circle Constant 3 1416 is the pie factor Reports 20 23 Note that m Compound fields can be nested m The code numbers of the fields included in the compound formula must be codes of fields that were defined in the report Multiple Field Types Multiple field types are value calculations based on a group of other existing fields gt To activate the compound field In the Field Definition dialog activate the Multiple button The Multiple Fi
375. ient program and other HMI SCADA and custom applications This client program uses OPC technology to exchange data with HMI and SCADA software and OPC servers For further information see Appendix F Networking with OPC Using DCOM OPC Driver Properties 2 Communication drivers are defined in the Communication Drivers dialog in which you can add and remove drivers as described on the following page and define driver properties as described on page 6 6 To add remove a communication driver In the Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the Communication Drivers icon Or In the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio select Communication Drivers The Communication Drivers dialog is displayed on page 6 3 OPC communication drivers are defined in the Communication Driver dialog as shown on page 6 3 Communication Drivers 6 13 gt To define communication driver properties In the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio select Communication Drivers The Communication Drivers dialog is displayed as shown on page 6 3 Select a driver and then click the Properties button to display The Communication Driver OPC Client dialog in which you can define communication driver properties Communication Driver OPC Client Communication Driver Setup Wizard Specify a unique logical name for the driver keydriver OPC Server Name Modbus Node Name Server or www Server
376. iew the drivers defined for the application add a new driver remove a driver and define driver properties as described in Chapter 6 Communication Drivers Define macros as described in Chapter 21 Macros View the DDE blocks defined for the application add a new block delete a block and define block properties as described in Chapter 22 Wizcon DDE Support Set up additional add ons and programs to run while starting Wizcon as described on page 5 25 Design a Popup Events Summary which appears on the screen to inform the operator of severe alarms as described in Chapter 9 Events Summaries Popup Events Summaries are allocated to an alarm during alarm definition as described in Chapter 8 Alarms Assign class names to alarms as described in Chapter 8 Alarms Define Wizcon language procedures as described in Chapter 16 Wizcon Language Configure application options such as WizPro Paths and Printers as described on page 5 24 Configure operator access authorization as described on page 5 34 Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 13 Menu Network Tools Help Select Local Station Configuration Record Remote Data Network Properties Single Tag Multiple Tags Import Export MultiLanguage Support Help Topics Tip of the Day About studio To do Configure your computer as a SCADA or SCADA View station a Hot Backup Station or a Management View S
377. ifferent tag Charts are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by right clicking Charts in the All Containers section and selecting New Chart or by clicking the Chart button in the toolbar A cluster is an object class with all its behavior including parameters the graphical shape and tag and alarm functions For example a valve cluster may include the valve s graphic shape a status tag an alarm condition and an open close trigger operation Containers Tree This is a list tree that represents the various elements of Wizcon 7 The Containers Tree area is made of two main groups Files and Objects The root of the Tree is the station or application name Whenever a tree item is selected a list of the container s content is displayed in the right hand side of the Wizcon Application Studio Control Panel The control panel is displayed in the Wizcon Application Studio when the root of the tree is selected in the All Containers section It displays such items as Wizcon Language Definition Communication Driver Definition Single Tag dialog Multiple Tags utility and settings such as Authorization and Network Glossary H 3 Communication Driver Communication drivers control the computer PLC communication channels They are used to connect different PLCs industrial instruments and remote computers to your computer Different communication drivers are used for different PLCs Each communication driver translates general r
378. ific manner Note Consult the relevant documentation of the server application to see how to define the DDE Address in the client application Remember that the DDE Address is defined in the client application for accessing data in the server A common example is a client application receiving updated data from Excel Excel documentation states that a client must define the DDE Address as follows in order to receive data updates Application EXCEL Topic FileName Sheet e g BOOK1 XLS SHEET1 Item name Row Column e g R1C1 Excel is a good example of why you need to read the server application documentation in order to properly define DDE Addresses from client applications The Excel Item name specified above is valid for the English language version but differs in other language versions of Excel Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 3 Client applications wishing to access tag values in Wizcon must define their DDE Addresses as follows Application WIZCON Topic TAG Item name TagName or StationName TagName For example VIEWO1 ANAO1 DDE Transactions Two DDE compatible applications can exchange data in four steps as shown in the following diagram DDE Client DDE Server Application Topic Item S 1 A DDE Address is defined in the client application 2 The client sends the DDE Address in a request to the server for data updates 22 4 Wizcon for Windows
379. ifies the maximum time interval that a server will delay before updating the Wizlets with tag and alarm changes The default value is 100ms Maximum number of messages delayed Specifies the maximum number of messages that a server accumulates before it sends the data buffer to the Wizlets The default value is 48 Note The data buffer will be sent once either of the two settings reaches the defined value Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Wizcon Network 23 25 Configuring the Hot Backup Switching Mode Note Hot Backup is not applicable on the Web You can configure the Hot Backup switching mode in the Backup tab of the Network dialog Network xi General Protocol Internet r Hot Backup mode Auto Manual TCP IP address Cancel Apply Help The following options are available Hot Backup mode Determines the Hot Backup mode The following options are available Auto which is the default option Manual Enables activating the Backup station regardless of the state of the Master station Both the Master and the Hot Backup stations must be set to the same mode TCP IP address Specifies the TCP IP address of the Backup station To establish the link between a Master station and its Backup station you must specify the TCP IP address of the remote station in both stations If you are in Backup station specify the TCP IP address of the Master Station And if you are in t
380. ign groups to a tag Activate the Groups button in the Tag Definitions NEW Tag dialog as shown on page 7 5 The Set Group Access dialog is displayed Set Group Access goupil M aset V group M group18 M group3 MV group19 V group4 M group20 M group5 MV group21 M group M group22 M group MV group23 IV groups V group24 Set All M group9 MV group25 M groupi0 MV group26 Reset All M goupli MV group2 M goupl2 MV group28 M goupl3 M group29 M goupl4 MV group30 WM group15 M group31 M group16 MV group32 Cancel Help In order to set values a group must be assigned to a tag Click a group to select it Clicking a selected group will deselect the group Activating the Reset All button will deselect all the groups Activating the Set All button will select all the groups Tags 7 15 Recording Tag Value Changes You can determine whether tag value changes will be recorded to file using the Record tab of the Tag Definition NEW Tag dialog as described below Refer to page 7 4 to see how to access the dialog Barma Dez DOE Link C Change RN Urn r Fees T The following options are available Never Specifies that the tag value will never be recorded Changes Specifies that the tag value will be recorded whenever it is sampled and is found to have changed by more than the tolerance since the previous sample Update Specifies that the tag value will be recorded whenever a driver is set to update
381. ile View Design Network Tools Help Menu File View Gi al giele 2eslal lr 9 The following menu options are available in the Wizcon Application Studio Select New Open New Application Open Application Save Save As Exit Wizcon Tool bar Status bar Disable non Web Features Window System Menu To do Open a new HTML file Events Summary Profile Trend Profile Layout Capture Image Events Summary Chart History Viewer Recipe Model and Report Opens an existing Image Display the New Application wizard in which you can open a application as described on page 5 51 Open an existing application as described on page 5 54 Save the current project Save the current project with a specific name and location Exit Wizcon for Windows and Internet Display or hide the toolbar Display or hide the status bar Disable non Web features in the Image Display or hide the icon in the top left corner of the image window This overwrites the System menu property of the image window attribute as described in Chapter 12 Image Editor 5 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Menu Design Select Add Object Communication Drivers Macros DDE Blocks Application Setup PopUp Settings Class Names Wizcon Language Options Authorization To do Add a new tag as described in Chapter 7 Tags or add a new alarm as described in Chapter 8 Alarms V
382. iles to the Backup station 2 Run Wizcon 3 From the Network menu of the Wizcon Application Studio select Local Station Configuration The Local station configuration dialog appears as shown on page 23 11 4 Select the Backup station checkbox The Backup Parameters field appears Wizcon Network 23 13 Local station configuration EN Station Name CORN SILO Station id 234 a Management view Iv Backup Parameters Checkup rate Jo Sec Tl Share history files T Update history of Primary Cancel Help The following options are available Checkup rate Specifies the times per seconds 1 sec at which the Backup station will check if the Master station is still functioning Share history files Specifies that the Backup and Master station both share the same history files LRM HIS Both stations have the same tag history path and use a file server or peer to peer connection This option is recommended when historical data is critical Update history of Primary Updates the Master or main station with the data logged in the Backup station 5 Optional If you are configuring the backup station as a Network SCADA station leave the above options blank and click OK 6 Enter your specifications Click OK to save them and close the dialog 23 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Note m Only tag historical data can be transferred to the Master and not alarm history
383. ill be recorded at 3 days ago 10 AM Last Value Displays the last value of the string tag from the period of time specified Current Value Displays the current value of the string tag This is its value at runtime irrespective of the period of time specified for the field 20 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Field Summary The Field Summary is a User Defined Report utility that enables you to obtain a complete list of all the defined fields in your report The list of fields is displayed in a dialog that can also be used to add change and delete field definitions online gt To invoke the Field Summary utility From the Report Definition dialog displayed on page 20 4 activate the Summary button The Field Summary dialog is displayed Field Summary EN Field No fi Compound Multiple Time Date Sting Taa Field No Type Description STATION SILO2 A 3 TIME Reference Time 12 00 4 Tag REACTOR_LEVEL Cancel List Use Help The following options are available Field No Contains the current ordinal number of the field that you want to add modify or delete Type Displays the tag type buttons which when activated display the relevant tag type dialog as explained in pages 20 11 through 20 30 List Generates a list of report fields as described on page 20 34 Reports 20 31 Use Report lists can be used for replacing or appending
384. in the window in XY graphs By default the Data Box appears below the Chart but can be positioned anywhere on the screen In addition the Data Box will never be covered by the Chart You can resize the box as described in the following section 18 42 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Data Box Setup This section describes how to configure data box parameters gt To display the Data Box Setup From the Setup menu select Data box setup or If the data box is open double click in the tag list table The Data Box Setup dialog is displayed Data Box Setup V Data box title bar IV Show time field M Show header IV Show tag names M Show descriptions I Show current values Tl Activate data box Test Cancel Help The following options are available Enable data box sizing Enables and disables data box sizing Data box title bar Enables a title bar in the data box Show time field Displays the time field at the top of the data box Show header Displays the names of the field above the value table Show tag names Displays the names of the tags in the table Charts 18 43 Show descriptions Displays graph description in the table Show current values Displays the current values of the tag or the values represented by the current pointer location Activate current box Activates the date box Note The Value field in the data box will always appear and can
385. indows and Internet or click Next Tip to display another tip 3 Click Close to close the window The Wizcon Application Studio is displayed as follows Wiz Application Wizcon Application Studio File View Design Network Tools Help 2e BA awla aowa Sls d All Containers Control panel 7 E Wie Application E H E Web Application i HTML Communicati Users Group Names Printer g Events Summary Profiles Drivers SI Trends Profiles of ho d EA Images Pa adi Events Summaries Multiple Tags Single Tag DDE Blocks Application 3 Charts Setup History Viewer P GT Model Recipes Fo tal Ep Layouts ao oe 3 Er Reports Macros Wizcon Wizcon d Dbiects Network Language Tags Alarms For Help press F1 user E It is divided into two frames m All Containers on the left as described on page 5 7 m Control panel on the right as described on page 5 11 5 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Wizcon Application Studio window also contains m A menu bar through which you can access Wizcon for Windows and Internet operational menus which is described in more detail on page 5 12 m A toolbar that enables quick access to the Wizcon Application Studio most frequently used functions as described below sml al Soela og 4 Dla gl To do Open an image as described in Chapter 12 Image Editor Save the current application Define a tag as described in Chapter 7 Tags
386. ine contains one alarm definition The fields in the alarm definition lines are as follows No Tag Cond Value Text Prt Ann Pop Buz Fil Sys AAc AEn Dis CIA Sev Zone Name Help UserClass Action on Alarm Specifies the alarm original number Specifies the name of the tag associated with the alarm Specifies the conditional operator of the alarm condition For possible values see the section called Alarm Condition Statements earlier in this chapter Any numerical value for the alarm condition The text that will appear when the alarm condition is true The text appears in brackets lt gt These fields represent the target specification of the alarm The value can be Y for Yes or N for No These fields represent the alarm attributes The value can be Y for Yes or N for No Specifies the alarm severity from 0 lowest level to 50 000 highest level Specifies the alarm zone number from 0 to 50 000 Specifies the alarm name assigned in the alarm definition The name appears in brackets lt gt Specifies the name of the help file associated with the alarm specified in the alarm definition The name of the help file appears in brackets lt gt Specifies the user class associated with the alarm The value 0 represents no user class specification Specifies the name of the action macro which can be attached to each state of the alarm 8 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Gu
387. ing Wizcon as a DDE Client The WIZDDEC program enables your Wizcon application to run as a DDE client and receive information from server applications Whenever Wizcon receives frequent data updates from another program set your Wizcon application as a DDE Client For instance a program may read values from a field device and have to update Wizcon with data changes In this case you need to configure Wizcon as a DDE Client with all the necessary DDE Addresses in order to receive updates from the other program In addition to processing data received from DDE servers the WIZDDEC also supports the DDE poke one shot send mechanism If a tag value changes in Wizcon and this tag has a DDE Address then WIZDDEC will poke the tag value to the DDE server This feature exists to maintain data consistency between Wizcon and the DDE server application However the WIZDDEC poke does not transform Wizcon into a DDE server and is not meant for transmitting data on a large scale If your configuration requires Wizcon to frequently update another program the other program would be a DDE client with tag values do not define DDE Addresses for these specific tags in order to use WIZDDEC This will abuse the poke mechanism and result in inefficient data transfer In such a case you must configure Wizcon as a DDE server which is explained on page 22 18 22 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide WIZDDE Client Definition This sect
388. ing operations after actions such as moving copying and so on that may leave the Image drawn incorrectly It is useful for small and medium sized zones an Image not having too many objects This change can be implemented online Resolution Factor Sets a global stretching or shrinking factor that applies to all Images This overcomes display differences caused by replacing an operating system a monitor or other hardware devices The display of Images is resolution dependent Refer to the next page to see how to obtain the correct value for your application This 11 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Number of Gradient Gradient Color Steps Advanced parameter is also used for moving between resolution It is not recommended to develop an application using a factor other than 1 While the window itself in pixels remains the same size one centimeter in one Image will not be one centimeter in the other A value of 1 leave the Image as is Values greater than 1 expand the Image Obtaining values for your application is described in more detail below This parameter determines the number of steps used in drawing objects with a gradient fill Default is 16 Note that performance may suffer when drawing large gradient surfaces with many steps Develop using low number of steps and then increase for run time Displays the Set Image Window Attributes dialog in which you can set window attributes as described on
389. ing will be displayed For example a Text Table may state that whenever the tag value is 10 the string This tag has ceased to function will appear in the designated location in the Image Each string table is stored in a separate file gt To assign text tables or create new ones Activate the Text Table button in the Text dialog If no text table exists the New Text Table File dialog will appear for you to specify the name of the text table that you want to define If a text table file already exists the Open Text table file dialog appears Select a file from the list or activate the New button to invoke a dialog in which you can enter the name of a new text table file Image Animation 13 25 After you specify the file you want to edit the Text Table dialog is displayed to specify the string value relationship Text Table Station STATION E Tag SILO3 E Entry Data Value 45 Text Mix PROCESS HALTED Value Text MIx PROCESS HALTED f MIXERS ROTATING Add Change A Delete Save Cancel Help The following options are available Station Specifies the Wizcon network station to which the tag belongs Tag Specifies the name of the tag Value Specifies the string display value Text Specifies the string for the value List Specifies the list of values and the strings defined for them Add Adds the value string pair to the list Change Replaces the selected pair with the
390. inition dialog activate the Use button 3 Select the converted alarms file CNVALRT and activate the Replace button To preserve the original colors of the alarms your Wizcon 7 Events Summaries should be configured with the correct color settings An Events Summaries called CNVAN is provided with the conversion utility as an example If you want you can copy the color settings in CNVAN to other Events Summaries E 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Report Conversion Reports can be converted to Wizcon 7 reports starting from version 7 02 The conversion is done on the RPD DAT files only This conversion applies to languages that some or all of their letters ASCII code are higher than 128 gt To convert Wizcon DOS reports to Wizcon 7 To being the conversion press the Reports button in the Wizcon Conversion Utility dialog The Converting Reports dialog appears Reports conversion EN Report Convert SetAll Proceed Close d Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 17 In the first List Box there is a list of all the reports that the user created in DOS Double click on a report will set the selected report with an asterisk meaning that this report will be converted A second double click will reset this report and it won t be converted Or Press the SetAll button to mark all the reports with an asterisk and they will all be converted Press the ResetAll button t
391. inted the date appears in the format Day Month Year Specifies the current hour Specifies the current minute Specifies the current second Specifies the current day Specifies the current month Specifies the current year Specifies the current day where 0 is Sunday and 6 is Saturday Wizcon Language 16 15 Name Range Description SNEWMIN 0 1 This variable is set to 1 each time the program is executed after one minute Afterwards it reverts to 0 SNEWHOUR 0 1 This variable is set to 1 each time the program is executed after one hour Afterwards it reverts to 0 SNEWDAY 0 1 This variable is set to 1 each time the program is executed after 24 hours Afterwards it reverts to 0 SOPERATOR String Specifies the current operator name GROUP Bitmask Represents the groups associated with the current operator SDISKFULL 0 100 Specifies the percentage of disk space used S INTIME 1 1439 Specifies the minutes passed since midnight This value is used for tag comparison and definition SINDATI Fl 1 Specifies the days passed since January 1 1980 This value is also used for tag comparison and definition 16 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Name Range Description SBACKUP 0 1 Represents the status of the backup station When variable is set to 1 the system is in passive mode When set to 0 system is in active Backup station or
392. inutes 12 30 to 13 00 for the value 7 The result will be 00 40 00 Current value Returns the current value of a tag This function causes Wizcon to force read a tag when generating the report For example 1 For the last value at the end of a work shift Days from 0 to 0 Hour from 06 00 to 14 00 Function Last value 20 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 2 For the amount of items produced yesterday Days from 1 to 1 Hour from 00 00 to 23 59 Function Sum 3 For the minimum temperature during the last shift Days from 0 to 0 Hour from 22 00 to 06 00 Function Minimum 4 For the maximum fuel consumption during the week that ended three days ago Days from 9 to 3 Hour from 00 00 to 23 59 Function Maximum 5 For the total time the machine operated during the weekend Days from 2 to 1 Hour from 00 00 to 23 59 Function Total time for range 1 to 1 Note In this case a digital tag is used to determine when the machine is active 1 and not active 0 Reports 20 21 6 For the number of times the machine stopped during the last shift Days from 0 to 0 Hour from 00 00 to 14 00 Function Count for range 0 to 0 Note In this case a digital tag is used to determine when the machine is active 1 and not active 0 7 For the time that a boiling temperature value was detected for the tenth time Days from 1 to 1 Hour from 00 00 to 23 59 Function Rep 10 of value 100 Compound F
393. ion describes the following m Defining Wizcon to run as a DDE client as described below m Specifying a DDE address for tags so that Wizcon updates the tag values it received from DDE server application as described on page 22 8 To define Wizcon to run as a DDE client 1 In the Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the Application Setup icon or From the Design menu select Application Setup The Application Setup dialog is displayed 2 Activate the Add button The Programs Specifications dialog is displayed 3 Press Browse and locate the Wizddec exe file in the Wizcon Bin directory 4 Select the file and click Open The file name appears in the Programs Specification dialog Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 7 5 Click OK to save your definition and to close the dialog The Application Setup dialog appears as follows Application Setup X Name Window s Style Run Before Wizcon Interface Wait f il i i i aa Properties Remove Move Up Move Down OK Cancel Help Advanced 6 Click OK to save your definitions and close the dialog Note For more details about adding programs to run with Wizcon refer to the section on Application Setup in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Specifying a DDE Address for Tags When you want Wizcon to update the tag values it receives from a DDE server application you must specify a DDE address for such tags
394. ions are available Item List Displays a list of display categories which can be selected and moved to the Sort Order list for display in the Events Summary Display Order Specifies the display categories in the order in which they are displayed in the Events Summary m To show a display category in the Events Summary Select the category in the Item List box and activate the Move button The item is moved to the Display Order box m To remove a display category from the Events Summary Select the category in the Display Order box and activate the Move button The category is moved to the Item List box 9 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m To change the display order of the categories Move all the display categories to the Item List box and place them back in the Display Order box in the order in which you want them to appear in the Events Summary Double clicking an item causes that item to move to the other list Alarm Colors Menu gt Options Colors The Colors option is used to assign alarm text and background colors according to their severity level or zone To assign colors Select the Colors item from the Options menu The following dialog appears Select Colors Text Severity v g 3 H ga 1 2 BENEN Q TURE RR HLL TLL Cancel Help i Events Summaries 9 13 The fields in this box are Text Arrow Button Toggle button used to specify if the text
395. ions of that tag In the data box tag list causes the Data Box Setup dialog to appear 18 60 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Key Mouse Drag and Drop Description Clicking the mouse button once Holding down the left mouse button dragging the cursor to the desired position and releasing the button Operation After a box is drawn around a specific area in a graph or scale a single click in the box zooms in to that portion of the graph or scale Clicking the left mouse button on a tag scale zooms out of that scale and its associated graph Clicking the right mouse button on a tag scale zooms in to that scale and its associated graph Clicking the left mouse button on the time scale zooms out by a factor of 1 5 Clicking the right mouse button on the time scale zooms in by a factor of 1 5 This mouse operation can be performed to draw a box around a graph or scale area whereby clicking the left button in that box afterwards zooms in to that portion of the graph or scale You can click the right button on a tag scale and drag that scale to any side of the Chart Charts 18 61 Functional Ranges The following table summarizes the Chart functional ranges Item Range Maximum number of graphs for time 16 Chart Maximum number of graphs for XY 15 Chart Maximum Chart time period 365 days Minimum Chart time peri
396. is displayed Note If the time display was not defined as Time with Seconds the seconds box will not appear in this dialog After the new time is entered the time display object will immediately be updated Image Animation 13 53 Trigger Macros T Web disabled _ one Once you have defined Trigger objects you can define special macros keys or key combinations to apply Trigger object operations For more details about Wizcon Macros refer to Chapter 21 Macros gt To define Trigger macros Activate the Set Macro button in the Trigger Object Definition dialog The Trigger Macro Definition dialog is displayed Trigger Macro Definition Name Joy or Description ENGINE ACTIVATION p Accelerator keys Confirm Before Execute Ia Km Ir Execute when out of YP F3 MM Group Save Cancel Help The following options are available Name Specifies the name of the macro Description Specifies a brief description of the macro Accelerator Keys Alt Ctrl Shift and Function keys that can be used in combinations to invoke the macro Confirm Before Execute Causes Wizcon to prompt you to confirm the execution of a macro before it is executed 13 54 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Execute when out of VP Causes a macro to be executed even when the trigger object does not appear visually in the Image window Group Used to assign groups to operators for macro authoriz
397. is removed from the cache in order to make room for the new bitmap The range is 0 50 Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Maximum fast zones field in the Fast Zone tab of the Image Properties dialog as described it the Image Properties section of Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value 0 FastZone disabled IMG_PARSEONLOAD Enables or disables tag names parsing upon loading in Images Disable this option to shorten image load time for images that contain network tags Restart Wizcon for changes to take affect Caution When this option is disabled the validity of network tags is not checked It is suggested to use this option after all tag definitions on network stations are completed This parameter is represented in the Parse each image when loading field in the Loading tab of the Image Properties dialog as described in the Image Properties section in Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value YES Tuning Parameters C 11 IMG_POOLSIZE Sets the amount of memory available for image objects The value for the parameter can be set from 60 to 150 The default enables large images with many objects to be created but allows only about 10 image windows to be open at one time The lower the value the more image windows that can be opened simultaneously as long as they are smaller in size Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented in the Images me
398. is used only for regular non dynamic text in the Image Regular text is described in Chapter 12 Image Editor Tag Value For numerical display Text Table For the display of text according to predefined tag values Date Time For date or time display String For actual field device value display Each of the dynamic text object types are described in the following paragraphs 13 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Tag value gt To define numerical display for tag values Activate the Tag value button The Tag Value dialog is displayed Station STATION Ter SILO2 m Display Mode Dec r C Hex M Prefixed C Eng M Leading Zeros Display Format Digits Before E After 7 a Cancel Help The tag and its value to be displayed are both defined together with the display attributes The fields in this box are Station Specifies the Wizcon station to which the tag belongs Tag Specifies the tag associated with the tag value Display Mode Select Dec for Decimal Hex for Hexadecimal or Eng for Engineering powers of ten For example for the number fifteen Dec 15 Hex F and Eng 1 5el Options In this field select Left Justify to cause the digits in the text field to be justified to the left Image Animation 13 23 Select Prefixed to cause positive values to be preceded by a plus sign By default no sign precedes positive values
399. it Chapier 8 Alarms describes how to define and use alarms which are internal system messages that provide the operator with information concerning events generated by the system Chapter 9 Events Summaries describes different options for alarm display in a regular Events Summary window or in a Popup Event Summary Chapier 10 Creating Events Summary Profiles describes how to define the way alarms are displayed in a browser Chapter 11 Creating Images and Picture Viewers describes how to work with Wizcon Images and how to create a Picture Viewer so that the Image can be viewed in a browser Chapter 12 Image Editor describes how to create and view images Chapter 13 Image Animation describes the process of image animation Chapter 14 Creating Trend Viewers describes how to create and modify a Trend Profile to compare device functionality and correlate actions and responses and how to create a Trend Viewer that displays these past and current events in a browser Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages describes how to generate and edit HTML pages Chapter 16 Wizcon Language describes how to create programs that enhance system capabilities Chapter 17 Recipes describes how to create define and apply recipes and model recipes A recipe is a list of tag values that can be saved and applied in specific control processes as a group to cause the process to enter a desired state Each recipe belongs to a model which is
400. ith your existing databases spreadsheet and other customized applications allowing you to focus on productivity rather than compatibility m Wizcon Virtual File Interfaces VFIs enable the designer to select different file formats to be used by WizPro for historical data logging and report generation The system engineer can use a combination of different file systems and databases with the application for data manipulation convenience and optimum performance H A comprehensive set of Application Programming Interfaces APIs is included with every Wizcon for Windows and Internet package to enable smooth integration with customized programs and application modules 2 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m Wizcon supports two way Dynamic Data Exchange DDE links for exchanging data with other DDE compatible applications m Wizcon SQL Interface enables application designers to build event driven SQL queries to read and write Wizcon for Internet data from and to database tables simplifying the exchange of information with other applications m Wizcon is managed by a real time event driven kernel called WizPro This module includes a set of APIs which can be used to write supplemental Wizcon programs in C and Visual Basic language to meet the specific requirements of any project For further information refer to the Read Me file located in the Wizcon Toolkit m Wizcon is compatible with a wide variety of PLCs and o
401. ive Date The format of the relative date chart command is CHART VpName RELDATE D_Date I_TIME D_Len T_Len This command loads the specified chart window and changes its time parameters in the relative date mode where D_Date The number of days back from the current day I_Time The number of minutes since midnight This parameter is optional If not specified the default definition will be used D_Len Chart and window period in days This parameter is optional see notes below T_Len Chart and window period in minutes This parameter is optional see notes below In the relative date mode you can define the numbers of days ago as a simple digital display and the time when the chart will begin Note H For all modes if the window is not loaded the CHART command will first load the window and then change the definitions If the window is already loaded the command will only change its definitions m The CHART command can change time parameters only for historical charts Wizcon Language 16 33 Examples CHART PROCESS ABS IDATE ITIME This command loads the PROCESS chart window in the absolute mode and sets time and date parameters according to IDATE and ITIME tags The values for these tags can be assigned using WIL2 instructions or Date Time triggers in an image CHART TEMP RELDATE 1 ITIME This command loads the TEMP chart in RELDATE mode and se
402. izcon configuration page 23 29 describes how to configure your Wizcon network for TCP IP TCP IP Software The TCP IP software you need to install on your system is the Windows network protocol you are using This is located by clicking the Start button pointing to Settings and selecting Control Panel The Control Panel window is displayed in which you can double click on the Network icon to display the Network dialog 23 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide For further information refer to the Windows Readme file In TCP IP configurations the IP addresses of the stations on the network are made up of 4 digits identifying the LAN and specific station on the network During TCP IP configuration the IP Addresses and Broadcast Addresses should be defined according to the needs of your system No special TCP IP address configuration is necessary for Wizcon In order for Wizcon stations to be able to communicate on TCP IP networks the IP Addresses must be defined with the first 3 numbers identifying the LAN and the last number identifying the specific station Note Wizcon will not support different configurations Wizcon Configuration The Wizcon network is configured for your TCP IP as follows gt To configure the Wizcon Network for your TCP IP 1 Install Windows NT or Windows 95 TCP IP on all stations To test the communication use the Ping utility from the TCP IP folder 2 Inthe Tuning Parameters utility
403. izcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Tag Sampling Write to HIS File Alarm Module Collapse Alarms Compress definitions Enables the WizPro tag sampling mechanism Tags are sampled according to the rate defined for the tag in the Analog Tag Definition dialog or the Digital Tag Definition dialog as described in the Defining Tags section in Chapter 7 Tags Tag sampling will not occur if this option is deselected Enables the recording mechanism to record sampled tags in historical files Historical sampling will not occur if this option is deselected Enables WizPro to check if alarm conditions are true whenever tag values change Enables WizPro to collapse alarms in the Events Summary This means that repeated identical alarms will be displayed on a single line in the Events Summary If this option is not selected each alarm will be displayed on a separate line until the condition defined for the alarm ceases to exist Physically removes all deleted tags and alarms from the Wizcon database and renumbers their ID numbers When tags or alarms are removed from Wizcon they are not physically deleted but only marked as deleted so as not to affect the internal ID numbers of the remaining tags and alarms Enable this option in applications where it is necessary for tags and alarms to have sequential ID numbers Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 27 Things to remembe
404. izcon for changes to take effect Note As soon as either of the two settings reaches the defined value the data buffer will be sent Wizcon Network 23 23 Selecting a Network Protocol You can select either the NetBIOS or TCP IP network protocols in the Protocol tab of the Network dialog Network 2 xi General Protocol Internet Backup Click on the network protocol to be used by Wizcon The default network is NetBIOS Note Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect In order for a Wizcon station to communicate with Wizcon stations on other LANs specify the Broadcast Address of the remote stations in a text file called OTHERNET DAT For more details about OTHERNET DAT files refer to page 23 30 23 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Optimizing Network Use You can optimize network use in the Internet tab of the Network dialog Determine lower values for the settings in this dialog so that Wizcon will send smaller packets of data more frequently updating Wizcon Java applets faster Network 2 xi General Protocol Internet Backup These settings are used for optimizing network use Lower values means Wizcon will send smaller packets of data more frequently so that Wizcon Java applets will be updated faster Maximum time a message could be delayed UO Maximum number of messages delayed 48 The following options are available Maximum time a message could be delayed Spec
405. izcon for changes to take effect Note The WizPro logger and alarm generator will be activated only after the specified recipe is loaded If the load fails see the file called ERRORS RCP for a description of the failure C 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide This parameter is represented in the Startup Recipe field in the General tab of the Recipes Properties dialog For more details refer to the Recipes Properties section in Chapter 17 Recipes TRG_ACTIVATE This parameter determines which trigger object is activated when you click on overlapping trigger objects The top or the bottom one You can specify TOP for top or BOTTOM for bottom Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented in the State field in the Trigger tab of the Image Properties dialog For more details refer to the Image Properties section in Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value TOP TRG_FEEDBACK This parameter determines whether or not trigger objects will be highlighted when you click on the object and hold the mouse button down If you specify YES trigger objects will be outlined with dashed lines when they are selected Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Highlight Trigger object field in the Trigger tab of the Image Properties dialog For more details refer to the Image Properties section in Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value NO Tuning Pa
406. k do not require this parameter Name Specifies the name of the communication driver DDL file For example VPIWNxxx Parameters Specifies the Device access rights m To add a driver Activate the Add button The Wizcon Communication Driver Setup dialog is displayed in which you can select a driver from those you installed when you installed Wizcon E Toremove a driver Select the driver you want to remove and activate the Remove button The driver is deleted from the list of drivers Note After defining communication drivers you will need to restart Wizcon so that the definitions you defined are recognized 6 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Communication Driver Properties Communication driver properties are defined in the Communication Driver dialog as shown on page 6 3 gt To define communication driver properties In the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio select Communication Drivers The Communication Drivers dialog is displayed as shown on page 6 3 Select a driver and then click the Properties button to display a dialog in which you can define communication driver properties In this dialog you can define the following H General driver properties in the General tab as described on page 6 6 H Serial port parameters in the Serial tab as described on page 6 7 m Communication blocks in the Blocks tab as described on page 6 8 You can also view information about the
407. l be objects will be larger and less of the total Image will be visible Note that though objects may seem larger their size in terms of Drawing Units does not change Any Zoom level can be assigned from 1 to 2048 At a zoom level of 64 each Drawing Unit is 0 01 mm on a standard monitor The Zoom level of an Image is indicated by the Scale parameter in the title bar of the window Note It is not recommended to work in an extremely low or high scale since text and other objects may not appear correctly when redrawn Images 11 17 The following Zoom operations can be performed Factor Zoom Performed using the Zoom Scroll Bar at the left edge of the window Window Zoom Performed to mark a window to be used later as a window Auto Zoom Automatic matching of an Image region that contains objects In addition to these Zoom operation methods zooming can be performed by selecting GotoZone from the Options menu as explained below The selected zoom method is displayed in the window title together with the Image and active layer names Each of the Zoom operations is described in the following paragraphs Factor Zoom Zooming by factor is performed by moving the slider of the Zoom Bar Move the slider up to Zoom out and down to Zoom in Window Zoom Button gt W Menu gt Options Window A window zoom is performed by marking a window in the Image to be used later as the window This zoom enables the operator to de
408. l functional group from different parts of the controlled area 9 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining and Modifying Events Summaries This section describes how to define an Events Summary as described below and how to modify an existing Events Summary as described on the following page Note You may want to refer to the Getting Started guide to see how to define an Events Summary in more detail gt To define an Events Summary Click the Events Summary J icon in the Wizcon Application Studio toolbar or In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Events Summaries and select New Events Summary from the popup menu The Events Summary window appears as follows E C WIZCON PROJAVPSANN Untitled0 ANN Un Ee EG File Operations Aepo Options Help Start Time Zone Text The window contains a menu bar with the following options File For filing operations Operations To invoke alarm operations Events Summaries 9 3 Report To create and view alarm reports in the History mode Options To specify display parameters such as sorting order and item colors The Start Time Zone and Text are predetermined categories that display information determined when the alarm was defined For more details refer to the section on General Alarm Definitions in Chapter 8 Alarms gt To modify an Events Summary Double click on the Events Summary in the List of Event
409. last zone value for which alarms should be displayed Note All zones with a value between the first and last zone are included Specifies the alarm classes for which alarms should be displayed When this button is activated the Set Class Filter dialog is displayed Set Class Filter T Popup buzz P Wotused IT class3 E Not used T class4 FE Hotused T class FE Notused T class FE Notused IT class E Notosed IT class8 E Not used Set All J class9 F Notused IT class10 E Wotused Reset All IT class11 Jo Notused T class12 E Not used IT class13 FE Notused Tl classi4 T Popup IT class15 IV Annunciator IT classi6 Tl Printer Cancel Help In this dialog you can select alarm classes Only the alarms that belong to at least one of the classes that you select will appear in the Events Summary Events Summaries 9 9 Alarm Sorting Menu gt Options Sort The Sort option is used to specify the categories and their order according to which the alarms will be sorted in the Events Summary gt To specify sort categories Select the Sort item from the Options menu The Sort dialog is displayed ltem List Sort Order Zone Start Time The following options are available Item List Displays a list of sort categories which can be selected and moved to the Sort Order list for display in the Events Summary Sort Order Specifies the sort categories in the order in which they are displayed in
410. lecting a Language After you have defined multilanguage support you can select the language in which you want Wizcon to display the application texts To seta language 1 From the WizTools menu point to MultiLanguage Support and select Select Language from the popup menu The Select Language dialog is displayed Select Language ES Select the language for the application j hid Cancel Help Click in the Select the language for the application field and select the required language from the list of supported languages Click OK to save your definitions and close the dialog The language strings are now displayed in the selected language Note The language strings are displayed in another language only after refreshing the required container in the All Containers section For example to display the alarms language strings in the selected language click the sign to the left of Objects The objects list collapses and the changes to a Click the sign to expand the objects list and then click Alarms to display the List of Alarms The alarm text is displayed in the Text column of the List of Alarms in the selected language Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 45 Loading Wizcon Files Created in Another Wizcon Application If you try to load import an image or the wizgates dat and alerts dat file created in another application the multilanguage support module may detect that the file was not crea
411. led whenever the amount of time specified by the slower rate has elapsed It is therefore recommended to group tags into blocks according to their sample rate Communication Drivers 6 11 Viewing Driver Information You can view driver information in the Information tab of the Communication Driver dialog as described below Refer to page 6 3 to see how to access the dialog Commmunication Driver Allen Bradley SLC500 ES General Serial Blocks Information e ABC File name VPIWNAB3 Type Serial Supports ReadBlock WriteBlock Description Allen Bradley SLC500 family Data Highway 485 x es The following information is available File name The driver file name Type This field can contain one of two parameters Serial which defines parameter for serial communication RS 232C protocol NUL which is not serial and can use an external library or device drivers supplied by an external provider Supports Describes the function which the driver supports Description The name of the driver 6 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining OPC Wizcon Client OPC OLE for Process Control is an industry software standard designed to provide business applications with easy access to industrial plant floor data Using OPC technology a system integrator can create a common interface for exchanging data with hardware field devices or other software that can be reused by this cl
412. les contains the Wizcon elements that are stored as files such as Images Events Summaries Charts History Viewer Model Recipes Layouts and Reports H Objects contains the elements that are stored as objects such as Tags and Alarms Clicking the right mouse button on any of the containers opens a popup menu that displays related options For example right clicking on Alarms displays a popup menu with the following options Add Alarm Import Alarms Export Alarms and Properties Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 7 When a container is selected in the All Containers section on the left a list of its contents is displayed in the List Zone on the right For example when Alarms is selected in the All Containers list a list of all the alarms in the application is displayed in the List of Alarms as shown below Wiz Application Wizcon Application Studio File View Design Network Tools Help Gell Al Salala alalla Ble el Al Containers List of Alarms E e Wiz Application EI Web Application PUMP FILL gt 0 Caution HTML REACTOR_TEMP gt 0 Caution P Events Summary Profiles Si Trends Profiles c e Files Ve Images afi Events Summaries Charts History Viewer GT Model Recipes ET Layouts EF Reports EI Objects Tags Alarms For Help press F1 All lists for example the List of Alarms shown above share the following common features H Right clicking anywhere in the lis
413. ll appear when a user logs in and out in the General tab as described on the following page m Determine the time format that appears in the Events Summary and the alarm printout in the Time Format tab as described on page 8 17 m Define how the alarm is printed and overrides the default printer options with an escape sequence in the Printer tab as described on page 8 18 8 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Specifying a Login Logout Message You can specify a message that will appear when a user logs on and logs out in the General tab of the Alarms Properties dialog Refer to the previous page to see how to open the dialog Alarms Properties 2 x General Time Format Printer Login Alarm Text Logout Alarm Test The following options are available Avoid generating new alarms Specifies that logins and logouts are not logged Restart Wizcon for change to take effect Login Alarm Text Specifies the text you want to appear when a user logs in This change can be implemented online Logout Alarm Text Specifies the text you want to appear when a user logs out This change can be implemented online Alarms 8 15 Determining a Time Format You can choose between four different alarm time formats to determine the time format that will appear in the Events Summary and the Alarm printout in the Time Format tab of the Alarm Properties dialog Refer to page 8 4 to see how to open th
414. ll be loaded in the zone it was in when it was last saved If the image or window you specified does not exist no operation will be executed Moves the image in the specified window to the specified zone If there is no such zone or window no operation will be executed Loads the specified recipe Enter the full recipe name prefix and extension in the Recipe field If no such recipe exists no operation will be executed Updates the tag values in the recipe to the values that Wizcon reads from the PLCs 21 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Action TagAssignment PlaySound Parameters Tag Expression Description Applies the results of the specified expression to the specified tag The macro writes the nearest value upper lower to the tag If the calculated value is out of range then the nearest limit is written to the tag In the Expression field use the following formats Operand Operator Operand or Operand Where Operand is any constant value tagname or for the tag you specified in the Tag field Operator can be or mod In the Tag field select a tag from the list of existing tags by clicking on the arrow to the right of the field Enables playing a WAV file in asynchronous way The only parameter needed for this macro is the sound files name WAV Note that the combo box is not filled and the user must enter a full path for the requested file Macro
415. ll of one half of the current window Size 1 3 window A scroll of one third of the current window size 1 4 window A scroll of one fourth of the current window size Charts 18 37 Scrolling and Zooming Several Chart scrolling and zooming operations can be performed to view the graphs in the Chart in different ways This enables you to obtain specific tag value information quickly and easily The different scrolling and zooming operations are described in the following pages Scrolling Scrolling in the Chart is the same as navigating through time in the Chart As you scroll the Chart back and forth the appropriate historical values appear Besides the automatic scrolling feature mentioned in the section called Online Mode as described on page 18 36 you can also scroll a graph in the following ways m By manually by clicking on the right or left arrow of the scroll bar m By clicking inside the scroll bar area m By dragging the scroll bar slider Zooming Zooming can be performed on three different components of the Chart window H The graph area m The tag scale m The time scale 18 38 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Zoom In Zoom Out Several zooming operations are common to all of the Chart components These operations include the following This operation is used to view a specific part of a graph To zoom in to a specific area in a graph an area must first be designated by drawin
416. lled a frame You can create a frame in one of two ways m Entering text directly into the Report Definition dialog shown on the previous page m Using any text editor You can also print a frame as described on the following page To create a frame In the Report Definition dialog displayed on the previous page enter the text exactly as you want it to appear in the report The report editor operates like any other ASCII text editor For text you can type any character except the number sign which is reserved for fields If the report screen is full you can scroll it using the dialog scroll bar You can also use your own text editor to create a frame file However make sure that the frame filename is saved as filename rpt Reports 20 5 Printing a Frame Frames can be printed before generating a report You can print from the command line or from the Explorer gt To print from the command line 1 Inthe Report Definition dialog shown on page 20 4 activate the Save button The frame is saved in the default file location with the extension rpt 2 From the command line enter COPY RPT name of report DAT LPT1 In order to enable control characters as form feed in report forms you can use the DD where DD is the printer control code For example use 12 to form feed control 12 Some common ASCII codes are m 12 Form feed m 15 Compressed mode 132 characters per line m 18 Normal mode
417. log is displayed String Tag Field Definition Station MAIN zl Tag Janag E Value Event Days back Time back Indicator Eram fo joo 00 00 Relative d Daus back Time back Indicator To fo foo 00 00 Relative d m Function Last value Current value Cancel Help The following options are available Station Specifies the station to which the tag belongs Tag Specifies the name of the string tag with which the field will be associated Value Event Specifies the period of time from which the values of the string tag will be analyzed The following options are available From Specifies the beginning of the period To Specifies the end of the period Reports 20 29 Indicator Defines the date and time for the beginning and end of the period for which the tag values will be analyzed Click inside the field to display the following options Absolute The exact time that you specify For example if you specified the date 08 05 99 and the time 15 00 00 the value will be recorded at 3 PM on August 5 1997 Relative The time and date that you specify will be relative to the current time and date For example for time 10 00 00 and date 3 the value will be recorded at 3 days and 10 hours ago Relative Date This means that only the date that you specify will be relative to the current date the time will remain absolute For example for time 10 00 00 and date 3 the value w
418. low this field You can activate the Properties button in the Font Styles Definition dialog to reopen the Font Properties dialog where you can change your font definitions It is important to note that when using bitmap fonts since these fonts cannot be scaled or rotated changing the zoom would not change the size of the font It is recommended to place bitmap text in layers using only one scale level Modifying Text Text in an Image can be changed by selecting the text you want to edit and then activating the Text tool in the Drawing toolbox gt To modify text 1 Select text and activate the Text tool The Modify Text dialog is displayed Modify Text Text Silo 2 Const pe The text you selected to edit will appear in the Text field Change the text and activate the OK button to cause the new text to replace the old text For tag value text table or date time text the appropriate dialog is displayed in which you can change the text attributes For text tables you will be able to select a different file to use Image Editor 12 31 Image Editing Image Editing operations are performed to alter the current state of an object or groups of objects in the Image The editing operations you can perform include the following types Select To select objects in an Image for modification transformation or clipboard operations Undo Redo To reverse or delete the last entry Redo allows you to restore wha
419. lowing page gt To save the current tag list in a recipe file 1 From the File menu select Save as Recipe The Recipe File Name dialog is displayed Recipe File Name Recipe Model Recipe Name Cancel Help 2 Enter a recipe model to which you want the recipe to belong in the Recipe Model field Click inside the field to display a list of existing recipe models 3 Specify the name of the recipe file in the Recipe Name field 4 Click OK to save your definitions and close the dialog Note For more details about recipe models and recipes refer to Chapter 17 Recipes 25 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To save the current tag list in a tag list file 1 From the File menu select the Save as GLS option The New Tag List File dialog is displayed New Tag List File Cancel Help 2 Enter the name of the file in which the list is to be saved without the 3 GLS extension Click OK to save your definition and to close the dialog Multiple Tags 25 11 25 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix A Wizcon for Windows and Internet Files e 2 About this appendix This appendix describes the data and configuration files used by Wizcon for Windows and Internet as follows File Name Function wizgates dat Contains tag definitions wizgates dbf Contains tag names and ID cross references wizgat
420. lso 0 This indicates that the first cluster object in the basket library will be number 0 Image Editor 12 69 Cluster Listbox A list of existing clusters defined in the basket library Add Activate this button to add the current cluster definition to the basket library Change Activate this button to change the definition of a cluster in the basket library to the current definition Delete Activate this button to delete the cluster from the basket library Instantiating Basket Objects You can instantiate an existing cluster object from a basket library to the application gt To instantiate an existing cluster Select Open Basket from the Clusters menu The Drag amp Drop to Img dialog is displayed 12 70 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To instantiate an object from the library window Click on the right mouse button on the object you want to instantiate and drag the object to the desired location in the Image Note In addition to each object in the library the numbers indicate the amount of required objects that you specify in the Basket Maintenance dialog and the amount of objects you already instantiated in the Image Instance Operations Once clusters are instantiated in an Image they can be moved scaled rotated and deleted the same as any other Image object For more detail about these operations refer to the Image Editing section on page 12 32 Cluster definitions can be
421. lude Picture Viewer Check this option to display dynamic graphics in the HTML page Then choose the Picture to be displayed Dias F Disable control operations L cb T Include Events Summary Viewer Check this option to display alarms in the HTML page Then choose an Events Summary Profile for the configuration of the Events Summary Profle l X width 1600 Height j200 2 eigh j TI Include Trend Viewer Check this option to display a Trend in the HTML page Then choose a cl Trend Profile for the configuration of the Trend object Profile l z Width En Heist Er Cancel Help The dialog contains three sections Picture Events Summary Profile and Trend Viewer 2 Click the Include Events Summary Viewer box to enable the fields in this section 3 Click the Profile box and select an Events Summary Profile file from the list of available Profiles 10 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Optional You can change the default width and height of the viewer in the Width and Height fields It is recommended to generate the page first and view it in your browser before changing the default options Click Generate The New File dialog is displayed Navigate to the AnnPrf folder enter a name for the HTML page and click Open The page is generated It is saved in the List of HTML files in the Application Studio
422. luster dialog activate the Tags button to change the original definition of the tag so that a new tag will be generated upon cluster instantiation in the Image After you activate this button the Tag Definition dialog is displayed In this dialog only the tags that are associated with the cluster objects will appear in the tags list Only the Change button is enabled Image Editor 12 57 To change the current definition of the tag and cause a new tag to be generated upon cluster instantiation activate the Change button to invoke the Tag Specification dialog The fields in the Tag Definition and Tag Specification dialog are described in more detail in Chapter 7 Tags Note You can also access this dialog by double clicking on a line in the list Tag Definition Cluster DIE Utilities End Molbedd List Use Name Description ID ALARM IDI ASKI Description Special Tokens In the Tag Definition dialog you can use special tokens to enable customized tag creation and identification upon object instantiation These tokens can be used in the Tag Name Address and Description fields to enable customized tag attribute generation TI brackets specify an optional parameter 12 58 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following tokens can be used 1D from to The from to variable represents characters from the data supplied by the operator upon instantiation The following m
423. ly Select to display the time Date only Select to display the date 14 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Specifying Trend Profile Display You can specify a title that will appear at the top of the Trend Viewer as shown below Title kann e Phase 1 4 Phasel Phase2Phase3Phase4 100 100 7100 am AA TN KN A Ee You can also determine the background color of the Trend Profile and the color of its time display labels and title using the foreground color gt To specify Trend Profile display 1 Select the Display tab in the Trend Profile dialog The following page is displayed Trend Profile 2 x Tags Time x Axis time format Display trend name and background color Title Background color Foreground color OO Scroll step No window C Full window ZS 1 2 window 1 3 window 1 4 window Cancel Help 2 Specify a title for the Trend Profile in the Title field Creating Trend Viewers 14 19 3 Click the Background color box to display the standard Color dialog in which you can determine a color for the background of the Trend Profile 4 Click the Foreground color box to display the standard Color dialog in which you can determine a single color for the time display labels and title of the Trend Profile 5 Click on the Online scroll step to regulate automatic scrolling Default 1 2 window gt To regulate automatic scrolling From th
424. mage The image is a graphical representation of the application process and represents the feedback that the user receives from the plant The image is the main part of the application that a user views Therefore it should be informative yet easy to understand When designing images take advantage of the following features m The Wizcon Image Editor that features many different toolboxes to enable you to build your application m Zones different areas of the image that can be viewed in close up Each zone can represent a different part of a plant process m Layers that can be compared to transparent sheets with the same coordinates which lay on top of each other You can enable group access to certain layers and thereby control sensitive information 4 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m Cluster libraries that use object oriented technology to simplify and speed up application design and maintenance A cluster is an object with pre defined behavior patterns which can be linked to existing tags and alarms or can be used to automatically create new tags and alarms m The Wizcon Image Editor that features many different toolboxes to enable you to build your application For more details about defining images refer to Chapter11 Creating Images and Picture Viewers Chapter 12 Image Editor and Chapter 13 Image Animation Step 5 Defining Wizcon Language Wizcon Language commands are used to make logic c
425. me of the user you want automatically logged in whenever you start Wizcon in the Default User tab of the Station Properties dialog This is enabled after defining a user name and password as described in more detail on page 5 32 Note that you only log on to the system when using Wizcon locally Station Properties zl General Default User Date Fomat VFI Password password Cancel Help The following options are available User Specifies the User s name Enter an asterisk to specify the last user that logged out Changes are implemented online Password Specifies a password Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 17 Setting the Date Format You can set the date style and date separator in the Date Format tab of the Station Properties dialog Station Properties 2 x General Default User Date Format Jup Date style Date separator slash X Cancel Help The following options are available Date style Specifies a date style from a list of predefined date styles Listed below are the Date styles DDMMYY MMDDYY YYMMDD DDMMYYYY MMDDYYYY YYYYMMDD Date separator Specifies a date separator from a predefined list of date separator styles The Date separator files are slash dot dash gt To Set Date Format 5 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 1 Inthe Stations Properties dialo
426. mory pool size field in the Loading tab of the Image Properties dialog For more details refer to the Image Properties section in Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value 150 IMG_RESFACTOR This parameter sets a global stretching or shrinking factor that applies to all images It is needed in order to overcome display differences caused by replacing an operating system a monitor or other hardware devices The display of images is resolution dependent This parameter is also used for moving between resolutions Note It is not recommended to develop an application using a factor other than 1 While the image window itself in pixels remains the same size one centimeter in one image will not be one centimeter in the other Value of 1 will leave image as is Values greater than 1 expand the image C 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide To obtain the correct value for your application m Load the image in OS 2 and measure the length of an object in the image a line will do m Load the same image in Windows and measure the length of the same object m Divide the first length with the second length and the result is the xx xx value m Enter the IMG_RESFACTOR with the value you found and reload Wizcon The range is 0 1 lt MG_RESFACTOR lt 10 Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented in the Resolution factor field in the View tab of the Image Properties dialog For more d
427. mponents such as tags alarms communication drivers and so on and is usually performed by application designers m Use existing clusters and place them in the application This task requires minimum knowledge of Wizcon and no programming skills Once you place a cluster in your application you create an instance One cluster can have many different instances each with the specific characteristics or personality that you define according to your application s needs For example each instance can be associated with a different set of tags and alarms that you define when creating a new instance in the application The action of creating a separate instance of the object or function is called instantiation Image Editor 12 53 A unique editing feature allows you to modify any object and simultaneously apply the changes to all applications diagrams For example if you need to modify a runtime supervision in a certain pump type you can redefine the pump cluster in the library Then you can Rebuild all instances of that pump to incorporate the changes made to the cluster definition Wizcon includes a set of ready to use cluster libraries For more information about these libraries refer to the Wizcon Clusters Library booklet Why and When to Use Clusters It is recommended to use clusters whenever possible Working with clusters is much easier than working with graphics tags and alarms separately Besides saving tim
428. multaneously Make sure that WizPro is active before running WizSQL Activating WizSQL from the Command Prompt You can activate WizSQL from the command prompt using the following flags WIZSQL P A D L C FileName You can also run WizSQL from Wizcon Language The command is as follows SHELL WIZSQL P A D L C FileName If you run WizSQL from a Wizcon Command Macro use the same format Activating WizSQL from the Application Setup Menu Item It is also possible to run WizSQL from the Application Setup menu item From the application setup dialog click ADD and browse to locate WIZSQL EXE which should be added to the programs to run field In the parameters field enter the file name without the suffix You can also use the following flags P A D L C Example L D FileName Note To run WizSQL properly make sure to only checkmark TI the Open a Window field WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 9 The WizSQL File WizSQL enables you to define commands for reading and writing data from to user defined RDB tables These commands are defined in an ASCII file using a standard ASCII editor The format of the file is as follows Header section Initialization Commands Termination Remarks Includes one line with the version number Lists SQL and Wizcon commands for initializing variables and connecting to the RDB Includes a set of command
429. n Menu gt Modes gt Grid Setup Image Main Toolbar gt gt To configure a grid Select Grid Setup from the Modes menu or the Grid Setup tool from the toolbar The Grid Setup dialog is displayed Step Units Step C Pixels x 1500 e Waid WS Origin x fo Select Point Me fo Show cont pn The following options are available Step Units Specifies the grid type as follows Pixels are Image grid type units World are geometric grid type units Step The grid step in the respective units X is the horizontal step Y is the vertical step Image Editor 12 73 Origin Used to enter the origin point X Y coordinates Select Point When this button is activated the dialog will temporarily be suspended and the operator can then indicate the origin point by clicking the left button in the window Show When this button is activated the grid is displayed on the Image to verify the setting If the operator changes the setting and activates the button again the old grid will be deleted and the new one will be displayed Grid Display Operations Toolbar gt HH Menu gt Modes gt Grid Show Grids can be visible or hidden gt To make a grid visible or hidden Click on the Grid tool HH from the Operations toolbox or select Grid Show from the Modes menu A grid is displayed over the Image 12 74 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide For the following Im
430. n all saved macros are written to a special file called wizmacro dat This is an ASCII file that you can edit In the wizmacro dat file the title line in the file must always be the current version number Then each macro included in the file must have the following lines m The first line for each macro includes the following data Macro number type A for Action P for Program C for Command name accelerator keys confirmation Y for yes N for no authorization m The next line is the description of the macro The last line includes specific macro data For Action macros name and parameters for Commands the shell command for Programs the macros included in the Program separated by commas 21 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Macro Definition You can define Action Command Program macros from the Macro Definition dialog Note You may want to refer to the Getting Started guide to see how to define a macro in more detail To define macros P In the Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the CEA Macros icon Or From the Design menu in the Wizcon Application Studio select Macros The Macro Definition dialog is displayed Tie Set kegs T Genfgne ung mw Hu Agree Tee Ee Denpi Macros 21 5 The following options are available Name Specifies the name of the macro 8 characters maximum Description Specifies a brief description of the macro 20
431. n SQL program Use this option to find syntax errors in the program You do not need the database itself when you use it A Automatically run the backup file D print runtime debug messages for each command with its parameters L prints error debug and warning messages to a log file The log is the filename with LSQ suffix C Error codes for detecting database disconnection In the WizSQL Backup mechanism commands are written to a backup file once the communication with the server is lost See the WizSOL Communication Failure Processing section for more details WizSQL needs to know which database error codes indicate that it should start writing the commands to the backup file You can enter these error codes into WizSQL in its command line with the parameter C in one of the following ways Cxxxx where xxxx is a database error code meaning that the communication with the database has ceased or Call all error codes received from the database mean that the communication with the database has stopped 24 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Example 1 WizSQL C1234 C4321 prog The error codes 1234 and 4321 mean a communication error with the database server Example 2 WizSQL Call prog All error codes mean a communication error with the database server Note m The error codes can be found in the documentation of the database server you are using m Several WizSQL files can run si
432. n Setup menu 24 9 from the command prompt 24 9 WizSQL commands 24 13 Workflow 4 9 X X axis definition 18 31 Z Zones 11 21 defining 11 21 jumping to 11 23 Zooming 11 17 auto zoom 11 19 factor zoom 11 18 window zoom 11 18 Il 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide
433. n page 21 7 Action LoadWindow CloseWindow SwitchToWindow SaveWindow SwitchToManager LoadLayout Parameters Window Type Ann Img Chr Anl Window Type Ann Img Chr Anl Window Type Ann Img Chr Anl Window Type Ann Img Chr Anl None Layout Description Loads the specified window If a window with the specified name already exists this macro will not be executed Closes the specified window If no window with the name and type you specified is open on the screen no operation will be executed Closes the specified window If no window with the name and type you specified is open on the screen no operation will be executed Saves the specified window If no window with the name and type you specified is open on the screen no operation will be executed Specifies the Wizcon Application Studio to be the active window Loads the specified layout If no such layout appears on the screen or is already loaded no operation is executed Macros 21 9 Action Parameters LoadLayout Layout LoadImage Window Image Zone GoToZone Window Zone LoadRecipe Recipe SaveRecipe Recipe Description Description Loads the specified layout If no such layout appears on the screen or is already loaded no operation is executed Loads the specified image and zone If you did not specify a zone or if no such zone is defined for that image the image wi
434. n page 8 5 A Tag Name Operator Value Alarm Condition D D fo Alarm Text PO The alarm text can include the following tokens tagname Replaces tagname with the current tag value when the alarm is started tagname Replaces tagname with the value of the tag that is force read from the PLC when the alarm is started tagname Replaces tagname with the value retrieved from the block to which the tag belongs if the block is fresh If the tag does not belong to a block the control will function the same as Note The above 3 tagname tokens must be typed in lower case letters Otherwise the system will not recognize them TIME The current time in Hours Minutes Seconds format The value range is from 00 00 00 to 23 59 59 DATE The current date in Day Month Year format The value range is from 01 01 00 to 31 12 99 HOUR The current hour The value range is from 0 to 23 MINUTE The current minute The value range is from 0 to 59 SECOND The current second The value range is from 0 to 59 DAY The current day The value range is from 1 to 31 8 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide MONTH YEAR WEEKDAY OPERATOR GROUP SINTIME INDATE The current month The value range is from 1 to 12 The current year The value range is from 00 to 99 The current day of the week The value range is from 1 to 7 where 1 is Sunday and 7 is Saturday The current operator name The value is
435. n the Low option of the Tag Scale Limits field as shown in the following example Charts 18 19 Value Selecting Value Causes the pattern to fill the graph line in between the highest and lowest limits defined in the Tag Scale Limits field Using similar graph definitions in the following example the Value option was selected with a value of 30 a Ji Ee Geo rier Deets Opes Ein aj Tag Scales The tag scale consists of a predefined value range defined in the Graphs Definition dialog described on page 18 15 along the vertical axis Up to 16 tag scales can appear simultaneously in a single Chart window The following is an example of a Chart with more than one tag scale Dis Ger hia Ceampcert Opra Ek 107 llith 161 Ko E ger 18 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide By default all the tag scales are located in a pile to the left of the graph area You can move a tag scale by clicking the right mouse button on the scale dragging it to the left or right side of the graph area and dropping it at the new location Any scale located in the pile of scales on the left side of the window can be moved to the top of the pile simply by clicking on the right or left arrow button below the menu bar Note that since scale units may sometimes be too large to appear on the scale the units have a maximum of four digits At the bottom of the tag scale the units appear in powers of ten to indicate the actu
436. n the application directory specified in the Set Default Paths dialog which is described in the Specifying Active Printers section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio An example of a GLS file is shown below You can set filter conditions so that only specific tags will appear in the generated tag list The Filter and Address fields in this dialog are in From To format and are used to set the tag list filter In addition you can specify the tag list target If File is selected as the target the filename without the path or extension must be specified The filename you specify will be given the extension GLS and the file will be placed in your Wizcon application directory GLS File Format Tag list files GLS are ASCII files that you edit or create and add to or replace the existing Wizcon tag list Note Long tag names address strings and additional parameters in tag definitions make length of a line in a GLS file over 256 bytes In order to work with GLS files use any Standard Windows Editor and set the Wrap option to OFF The title line of the tag list file has the following format No Name Description Groups Rcd Rcd Rate DDE Params Source Source Params Type Type Params Note Any line that begins with a semicolon will be ignored Tags 7 27 Tag descriptions appear inside the characters lt gt Addresses have the format driver address or empty spaces for dummy tags For DDE Params
437. n the window at any given time In the example on the previous page one minute of data is displayed in the window Specifying the window time period is described on page 14 12 The window time period display can be specified to show the date the time or the date and time together as described on page 14 17 and shown on the previous page m The scroll bar is positioned just under the monitored data It automatically moves with the data in a Trend displaying online data If the trend displays historical data the scroll bar is positioned on the far left of the Trend Viewer and is clicked to view the accumulated data m There are two Y axis displaying tag values Each axis represents a line in the graph The axis is displayed in the same color as the line it represents The Y axis on the left belongs to the line representing the first tag added to the Trend The Y axis on the right belongs to the line representing the second tag added to the Trend 14 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide If a third tag was added to the Trend the Y axis of the line would be displayed to the right of the second tag added and so on as shown in the example below 0 pp 0 osofi erne plore x File Edit View Go Favorites Help le gt OR Aa ESGRe2 FASB Address ei E PC Soft Wizcon for Internet PROJECT Docs phases html hd Phase 1 4 Phase Phase2Phase3Phase4 100 100 7100 7100 80 80 80 80 60 60 60 60 40 40
438. namic elements are drawn as before Operate only when NOT is Edit mode The following options are available Fast zone threshold Specifies the fast zone threshold If this msec parameter is set to be 2500 and the background takes 2500ms or more to draw the zone is considered to be slow The range is 0 to 1 hour in ms The default is 2500ms Maximum fast zones Determines the limit of the number of fast zones bitmaps that can be kept in a single window s memory cache When a window reaches this limit the least recently used fast zone bitmap is removed from the cache in order to make room for the new bitmap The available range is 0 50 The default is 0 FastZone disabled Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect 11 42 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Determining the Blinking Rate Values for Dynamic Objects Note The Image Dynamic Properties is not applicable on the Web You can determine the blinking rate values for dynamic objects in the Dynamic tab of the Image Properties dialog as shown below Image Properties 2 xi Pictures View Loading Trigger Rates FastZone Dynamic The blinking rate values for dynamic objects msec Fast Medium Slow En 4 fi 000 4 2000 The format of this parameter is from left to right It is recommended to increase the values for this option if it is anticipated that a large number of dynamic objects on the screen will be updated at once
439. nce point can be made to relate to the Image or the object itself by specifying the desired parameter in the Options dialog which is invoked by activating the Options button in the Dynamic Parameters dialog Image Animation 13 11 Fill Region Like other object elements the fill region of an object can vary according to the tag value and is set according to the Start and End values When the Fill button is activated the Dynamic Parameters dialog will be moved temporarily to the background and a half filled box icon will be attached to the cursor Click the left button and drag the mouse to the Start Value area Click the left button again to fill the End Value area Click the right button to abort the operation When the Fill operation is complete the Dynamic Parameters dialog will return to the foreground for further specifications The filling reference point can be made to relate to the Image or the object itself by specifying the desired parameter in the Options dialog Show Empty The Show and Empty attributes can be applied globally for an entire tag range as follows Empty Object When the Empty button is activated the object will be empty for the given value range and filled when outside that range if the object is defined as a filled object Show Object When the Show button is activated the object will be visible for the given value range and hidden when outside that range For each global setting if you
440. ncrement 4 Function Sum This example is valid assuming that you defined a 4x30 matrix of fields in which the fourth column is the total production for each day of the month A value of 4 for Increment means that only the values of the fields in the fourth column of the matrix will be included in the sum Reports 20 25 Suppose a plant includes two machines for which three work shifts are organized In addition to obtaining information about each machine and shift you would like to obtain totals of each You can define Multiple fields to store the total information as follows Machine 1 Machine 2 Total Shift 1 00001 00004 00009 Shift 2 00002 00005 00010 Shift 3 00003 00006 00011 Total 00007 00008 In this table the multiple fields are fields 7 to 11 The definition for these fields would be as follows Field range 7 is defined from 1 to 3 increment 1 Field range 8 is defined from 4 to 63 Increment 1 Field range 9 is defined from 1 to 4 Increment 3 Field range 10 is defined from 2 to 5 Increment 3 Field range 11 is defined from 3 to 6 Increment 3 20 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Time Field Type The Time field type is used to include specific times in your report Time fields are relative to the reference time gt To activate the Time field In the Field Definition dialog activate the Time button The Time Field Definition dialog is displayed Time Reference Time F
441. nd modified Specifies a description of the statement Statements are only identified by their description The following options are available Disregard indicates that the commands will be executed as long as the condition persists Execute on Change indicates that the commands will be executed only once when the condition changes from false to true Specifies a condition expression Specifies operations each separated by a semicolon If and Then conditions are described in more detail on page 16 10 Adds the statement to the statement list in the dialog Edits a statement definition Select the statement and make the required changes before activating Inserts a statement into the statement list after the currently selected statement Deletes the selected statement Removes the definitions of the selected statement Loads a selected file from a list as described on page 16 11 16 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide List Loads a specific file from the statement list to the printer or to a file as described on page 16 12 Find Finds specific text in If Then statements and description sections of a program as described on page 16 13 Statement Definition You can define statements in the definition fields the Description Previous status If and Then fields of the Wizcon Language dialog as described below and select the statement execution method Refer to page 16 7 to see how to acces
442. ne type l Line Line color BE T Override default tag defined limits Low High Cancel 3 Ifthe network is configured Click the Station name box and select a station from the list of available stations 4 Click the Tag name box and select a tag from the list of available tags Note that the low and high limits of the tag that were specified during tag definition appear in the Low and High fields at the bottom of the dialog 5 Click the Line type box and select a line type You can choose from Line to display a curved line or Line with Markers to display a line upon which tag value changes are indicated with markers 6 Optional Click the Line color box to change the color of the line The standard Color dialog is displayed in which you can determine a different color If you are adding more than one tag to the Trend Profile the Wizcon system automatically allocates a different color for each line 7 Optional Select Override default tag defined limits to set new limits for the tag This will determine the high and low point of the line on the Y bar of the Trend Profile 14 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 8 Click OK The Add new tag dialog is closed and the options you specified are displayed in the Trend Profile dialog as shown below Trend Profile To add additional tags to the Trend Profile repeat steps 2 to 8 You can add up to 1
443. nerated The list filter specifications are preserved until a new window is invoked or the system re started The History Viewer list is displayed in the dialog as follows MIXING Mi x File Options Help Date Time Tag Value Type 20 03 96 14 21 39 990 STATION SILO2 19 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Historical Data Directory You can specify the directory from which Wizcon will extract the historical tag data To specify the directory From the Options menu in the History Viewer window select the History Directory option The History Directory dialog is displayed History Directory Use default history directory Cancel Help The following options are available Use default history directory Determines that the default directory is used to save the data The directory is that specified for the History field in the Set Default Paths dialog For more details refer to File Paths section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Enter history directory Specifies the path of the directory in which the historical data file is located m To save the existing History Viewer From the File menu in the History Viewer window select Save A standard Save As dialog is displayed in which you can name the file Click OK to save the file and exit the dialog The History Viewer list is saved with the data definitions History Viewers 19 7 Loading an Existing History Viewer
444. ng page displays a Picture Viewer an interactive graphical representation of the application process m An Events Summary Profile as described in Chapter 10 Creating Events Summary Profiles The resulting page displays an Events Summary Viewer in which you can view and interact with online alarms m A Trend Profile as described in Chapter 14 Creating Trend Viewers The resulting page displays a Trend Viewer in which you can view past and current events that occurred in the Wizcon for Internet system You can generate a single HTML page that will contain two or more objects or an HTML page that will contain a single object 15 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Planning Ahead It is recommended to decide how you want your application to be displayed before you begin to generate HTML pages If you choose to generate two or more HTML pages you will need to decide how to jump from one page to another You can m Design a home page the page that is displayed when the application is launched that contains links to the other pages For example a link to the graphical representation and a link to the online alarms view as shown below ite pret Deg apa bat P GERS i 8 d malfacilos him Ee E Ven h Pansi bmi iee W Hels g Bekbes ia E eed Welkome to the Wizcorn for Intemet Getting Started Application Generating HTML Pages 15 3 m Determine which HTML page is displayed when the appl
445. nguage can be used to execute a variety of commands and will run periodically in the background of the application Wizcon Language commands can include predefined messages that are issued as the program is executed The following is an example of a simple Wizcon Language program that will check if a tag called PRES equals or exceeds a specific pressure level and if so will reset a tag called AIR which will then cause a tag called SPRAY to begin the spraying cycle IF PRES gt PRESLVL ESE AIR SET SPRAY RINTSE Starting to Spray THEN R P The Wizcon Language setup procedure enables you to define how the language will operate when it is invoked gt To configure Wizcon Language for operation From the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio point to Wizcon Language and select Settings from the pop up menu Wizcon Language 16 5 The Wizcon Language Setup dialog appears Scan rate Every fo Seconds Redirection PRINT A4 p PRINT E5 MV Popup J Printer PRINT B File PRINT C File j PRINT D File Save Cancel Help The following options are available Scan rate Specifies the rate at which the Wizcon Language program is executed Each time the specified period in seconds has elapsed the program is executed once if the previous pass was completed A value of zero indicates that the Wizcon Language program will not be executed a
446. nition gt To activate the Default Zoom option From the Operations menu select Default Zoom or Press the HOME key In the Online mode the Chart reverts to how it appeared when the Online mode was first activated except for the time scale which displays the current time Zooming In Online Mode A zoom in operation can also be performed in the Online mode When you zoom in to a specific area of the graph in the Online mode automatic Chart scrolling ceases and the area you zoomed in to fills the entire graph area Note To reactivate online scrolling and return to the original online State of the graph from the Operations menu select Default Zoom 18 40 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Goto A zoom operation in the Online mode is indicated by an icon that appears in the time scale as follows ri ib Eu m In addition to the zoom operations described above you can also perform a Goto operation This operation is used to search for a particular section of a graph then to display it in the window The search is based on time and it is modeless This means that you will be able to go to a specific graph section perform any operation in that section go back to the previous location in the graph and so on To perform a Goto operation From the Operations menu select Goto The Goto dialog is displayed dey tad a Tee Tee iif oo ees reg peed Dei ken Aides Gere Ee
447. nline Alarms lt FONT gt lt HR WIDTH 160 gt lt P gt lt SCRIPT LANGUAGE JavaScript gt version navigator app ersion substring 6 navigator a if navigator appName Netscape amp amp version lt 4 arc wizcon zip else S off Field Def Summary f Save Save as Cancel Reports 20 11 3 Add the required Wizcon report fields and click Save to save the report and exit the Report Definition dialog Note To produce a report use the REP EXE report generator and allocate a file name ending with HTML 20 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Field Definition Types The following field definition types are available in the Field Definition dialog as shown on the previous page Tag in which you specify the tag and its station for which the field will be defined as described on the following page Compound in which you define calculated values based on the values of two other fields and or constants as described on page 20 22 Multiple in which you define multiple type fields which are calculated values based on a group of other existing fields as described on page 20 24 Time in which you can define time fields that will return specific times in the report as described on page 20 27 Date in which you define fields that will return specific dates in the report as described on page 20 28 String Tag in which you define the field for which
448. nnnunnnunnnnnnnnnnennnnnnn nnn 23 7 Time Setting Consideratons 23 7 Configuring WiZcon Network Stations ccsccccsscesseeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeseneenenseeees 23 9 Configuring a Wizcon Server Station ccccccccesceseeeeeeseeeeeeceeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeee 23 10 Configuring SCADA and Network SCADA Stations 000 0 ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 23 10 Status of a Station and WiZCON Language 23 12 Querying the Status of a Station with Wizcon Language 23 12 Configuring a Hot Backup Gtatton tentetu ttnnennennnsennsnn nens 23 13 Updating an exiting Hot Backup application cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeetnneeeeeeee 23 15 Configuring a Management View Giation esr eesr ner nssrnssrnssrnsns 23 16 Querying the Status of a Station with Wizcon Language 23 17 Recording Remote Data cscsseccseseeeceseeeeeeeseneeeesesneeensenneeenseseeesnseeneeenseeneees 23 18 Network Properties ccccseeccsseseeeceseeeeeeeseneeeeesenneeenseneeensenneeeesenneesnseeneeenseeneees 23 22 Accessing Wizcon Stations on the Network cccccccesseeeseeceeeeeeseeeeneeeeenees 23 23 Selecting a Network Protoco 23 24 xvi Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Optimizing Network USE nii eera e T EE E 23 25 Configuring the Hot Backup Switching Mode 23 26 Wizcon TOPP upper ege Seege 23 28 TG PAPO Software ees ot E deren ENEE E E NEEN den 23 28 WIZCON Confouration 23 29 Wizcon Backup Principles of Operation ccsssccc
449. not be disabled Select the options you want and activate the OK button m To view the data box with the options you selected Activate the Test button Note the Test button is disabled if the Activate data box option is not selected m To save your options and exit the dialog Click OK 18 44 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Grids A grid is a set of horizontal lines intersected at 90 angles by vertical lines covering the entire graph area The lines can be displayed in subunits or whole units When activated the grid appears on the screen enabling you to coordinate the measurement of steps along the X and Y axis Subunits The following is an example of a Chart with an active grid displayed in the background E Sen al E E Beep Hije Dresbie Ogbe ro Charts 18 45 Grid Setup Before you activate the grid it should be configured by setting several options gt To configure the grid From the Setup menu select the Grid Setup option The Grid Setup dialog is displayed A V TC Eachtick rf E Eech Eachd C gesat E Eech gei az fez Ea The following options are available X Axis You can define the following options Each tick Displays the vertical lines on the grid in subunits Each label Displays the vertical lines on the grid in whole units Y Axis You can define the following options Tag Specifies a tag represented by a Y axis in the C
450. ns tools that you can activate to perform Image graphic and layout design operations Images can be designed modified and monitored by selecting the appropriate tools in this window The toolbar is displayed when an existing Image or a new Image window is opened ajej Ae 215 AAA A ale The function of each tool is described in Chapter 12 Image Editor When an editing operation is selected the icon associated with that operation will be attached to the cursor In addition when the cursor is moved to a tool area a brief description of that tool will appear in the title bar of the window Images 11 5 Toolbox Activation Menu gt Modes gt Edit Toolboxes are invoked by activating the Image Edit mode To display the toolboxes Select Edit from the Modes menu in the Image window You can also show or hide the different toolboxes and menus by selecting the View menu and clicking on the appropriate toolbox Toolboxes are described in more detail in Chapter 12 Image Editor Window Modes The Image window operates in the following modes m Monitor for viewing and monitoring the Image This means that the Image is not in Edit mode as described on the following page m Navigate for moving through an Image work space without editing the Image as described on the following page m Edit for designing and editing an Image as described on page 11 8 In addition the Trigger On mode can be activated with a
451. nstant can also be considered an expression In expressions any operator in parentheses will be calculated first For Boolean operators the value 0 is considered False and the value 1 or any non zero value is considered True Negative values can be included in expressions by subtracting from zero However only positive constants are allowed 16 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Examples KILOS 1000 GRAMS Returns total in grams TEMP1 TEMP2 2 Returns tag average FLAG OR NOT FLAG Returns 1 True WEEKDAY gt 7 Returns 0 False 60 MAX MINUTE 1 61 Returns 1 True 0 100 Returns 100 0 VOLTAGE Returns inverted value of VOLTAGE Remember Division by zero returns a value of 0 Bit operations such as shifts and Boolean bit operators take unsigned integers If any other value is encountered it is converted to a positive integer which may cause unpredictable results m Only the following operators can be used for string tags gt lt lt gt NOT AND and OR Wizcon Language 16 21 Commands Commands are symbols that represent operations Some commands may require arguments Wizcon Language commands examples of each command and brief descriptions of each are provided in the following table Command ASSIGN INC DEC SET RESET SETBIT RESETBIT RSAVE RLOAD Example tag1 130 tag1 2 tag2 tag1 tag2 2 INC tagl DEC tagl
452. nt is loaded In order for the WizDDE to establish contact with the DDE server application the server must be loaded before WizDDE For example if your Wizcon application receives data from Excel the DDE server you must first load Excel before loading WizDDE m Ifthe DDE server application was not loaded prior to the WizDDE or was closed and then reloaded you must do one of the following to establish communication Restart WizDDEC or If a DDE tag is displayed in a Single Tag Input dialog or image close the dialog or image and reopen it Restart the DDE Client to restore communication and reopen the tags If no DDE tag is visible simply display the tag in a Single Tag Input dialog and communication will be restored Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 15 WiZDDE Server WIZDDES WIZDDES is used to run your application as a DDE server This section describes the following H When to use Wizcon as a DDE server as described below m Defining Wizcon to run as a DDE server as on page 22 19 m Specifying a DDE address in the client application as described on page 22 20 m Activating the WizDDE server WIZDDES as described on page 22 21 Using Wizcon as a DDE Server Your Wizcon application should run on a DDE Server when Wizcon has to send tag values to another program A common example of this configuration is a Wizcon application and a spreadsheet program that receives tag values from Wizcon and displays them in a pie
453. ntainers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click HTML and select New HTML File from the pop up menu The Generate new HTML file dialog is displayed Generate new HTML file Ea gt T Include Picture Viewer Check this option to display dynamic graphics in the HTML page Then choose the Picture to be displayed Picture z Disable contra operations T Include Events Summary Viewer Check this option to display alarms in the HTML page Then choose an Events Summary Profile for the configuration of the Events Summary Frofie Z Width En Siet Er T Include Trend Viewer Check this option to display a Trend in the HTML page Then choose a PS Trend Profile for the configuration of the Trend object Profile l z Width En Height eoo Cancel Help The dialog contains three sections Picture Events Summary Profile and Trend Viewer 2 Click the Include Picture Viewer box to enable the fields in this section 3 Click the Picture box and select a Picture file from the list of available files 11 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 4 Optional Select the Disable control operations check box if you want to disable control operation for the user 5 Click Generate The New File dialog is displayed 6 Enter a name for the HTML page and click Save The page is generated It is saved in the List of HTML files in the Applica
454. nted by the string tag called RCP1 Note that RCP1 must be a string tag and its value must be a valid recipe for the operation to be executed When a recipe is applied or captured an alarm will automatically be issued The destination of the alarm is determined by the PRINTSA command as explained above and its status is Acknowledged and Ended 16 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide SHELL Command Examples While Wizcon Language commands and statements are being executed operating system batch programs can also be called and executed The command syntax is SHELL command where command is a string containing any operating system command SHELL COPY RECIPE 001 RECIPE 002 This command will copy file RECIPE 001 tO RECIPE 002 SHELL COPY DATA COUNT DATA NEW If the tag called count is 15 file para 15 will be copied to DATA NEW SHELL START MYPROG This command will execute a program called MYPROG Note Wizcon functions can be expanded by writing add on program using the WizPro kernel Information about add on programs is provided in the WizPro Online Reference Chart Command The CHART command can be used to load a chart with several optional parameters The following CHART command formats can be used Default Chart The format of the default chart command is CHART VpName This command loads the specified
455. nter This field will be empty when the data box is showing current values because reference graphs have no current value Charts 18 29 m Since the reference graph is used only for comparison it will not have a scale E Zoom and scroll operations will apply to reference graphs as for standard graphs Average mode will apply to reference graphs as for standard graphs XY Chart behavior Same as for time graph Single Graph Definition You can change the attributes of a graph in the Chart by double clicking on the tag scale of that graph in the Chart The Graph Definition dialog is displayed in short form without the graph list for you to modify 18 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide X Axis Definition Three types of graphs can be presented in a Chart as shown in the diagram below m Two types of XY graphs in which the X axis represents tag values as illustrated below m Time graphs in which the X axis represents time XY Graph Time Graph de ee ede Geers C zer Hee ion l i H al D H Si d k 4 u EE d i Ku d 1 Dn i kY J Boe E e BY 20 i0 iwi E MEE map CET vot Phasa l weit A Nna ZANY rne wali BR A Charts 18 31 gt To select the graph type From the Setup menu select X axis definition The X axis definition dialog is displayed Select X axis type Ze Time gt Time lables format Time and date Time only C Date only
456. nternet application Changing the Default Location of Trend Profile Files page 14 26 describes how to change the default location of Trend Profile files Creating Trend Viewers 14 1 Overview Trends are used to compare device functionality and correlate actions and responses Their data can be displayed in one of two modes RW Online mode in which the Trends are constantly updated according to changes in field values RH History mode in which the Trends can be configured to display tag values that occurred over a specified time period Trend Profile A Trend Profile contains the definitions that determine the way graphical views of past and current activities recorded by the Wizcon for Internet system are displayed in a browser Trend Viewer A Trend Viewer displays online past and current activities recorded by the Wizcon for Internet system according to definitions specified in the Trend Profile 14 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Trend Viewers are created by generating an HTML page from a Trend Profile and publishing the resulting page on the Web An example of a Trend Viewer is shown below Whom Apallewton M erzeg Insariot Explores EECH SagPpnean Peak Y axis displaying the tag values Scroll bar X axis displaying the window time period Creating Trend Viewers 14 3 Note that m The X axis displays the window time period meaning how many minutes of data is displayed i
457. nts Summaries display alarms according to the user s specifications The user can apply a filter to display only those alarms from a certain zone or of a certain priority The alarms can also be sorted in the Events Summary by the same criteria A user can also decide what alarm information is to be displayed such as alarm start time end time acknowledge time and in what order those fields will appear Furthermore you can rely on Wizcon s foolproof event driven alarm notification to detect all alarms in real time ensuring that you never lose data or miss alarms Introducing Wizcon 2 7 Events Summary Profiles Events Summary Profiles determine how active alarms are displayed in a browser according to the definitions defined by the system integrator Events Summary Viewer An Events Summary Viewer features real time monitoring of alarms according to the definitions specified in the Events Summary Profile This enables the operator to m Monitor and acknowledge alarms in real time m Adjust alarm display resize columns and change alert sorting m Change the alarm filter and view only a specific type of alarm For example from a certain zone or of a certain priority View HTML alarm assist files View alarm background and text colors set by alert severity and zone Hot Backup Support A Wizcon for SCADA station can serve as a backup to other stations If the main SCADA system fails the backup station immediately tak
458. ny of the modes mentioned above to enable the use of Trigger objects The default operational mode is the Monitor mode Note Since modes are activated and changed through the Modes menu in the Image window the operator must have the proper authorization to use that menu Each of the Image modes is described in the following sections 11 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Monitor Mode In this mode the default the window consists only of a frame and an Image No other element such as scroll and zoom bars action buttons menus and so on is present In this mode the displayed Image can only be viewed not navigated or edited However tag input can be performed if the operator is authorized to do so and the Trigger On mode has been activated Navigate Mode Menu gt Modes gt Navigate In this mode the Navigation functions of the window are present These functions include scroll and zoom bars action buttons and Image coordinates The Navigate mode is used to move through an Image without editing it This mode is entered by selecting Navigate from the Modes menu A check beside the item indicates that it is active Selecting the item again causes the system to revert to the Monitor mode In this mode the displayed Image can only be viewed not navigated or edited though tag input can be performed if the operator is authorized to do so and the Trigger On mode has been activated Images 11 7
459. o From the Macro Definition dialog activate the Action button The Action dialog is displayed Name sadf Actions loadwindw zl The following options are available Name Specifies the macro name of an existing macro Actions Specifies the action to be invoked by this macro To view a list of predefined actions click the arrow to the right of the field These actions are described in more detail on page 21 9 Parameters Specifies parameter information as described on the following page Macros 21 7 m To define special action parameters Activate the Parameters button The Action Parameters dialog is displayed Action Parameters Action Loadwindow Window Type C Ann C Ima Chr Anl Cancel The fields in this dialog are different for each action you select In the dialog shown above the Load Window action features the following fields Window Click the arrow to the right of the field and select a window layout Type Select one of the following to specify the window type Ann Events Summary Img Image Chr Chart Anl History Viewer Clicking OK saves your definitions and closes this dialog displaying the Macro Definitions dialog in which you can activate the Add button to add the macro to the list of macros 21 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Actions This section describes the actions available in the Actions field of the Action dialog displayed o
460. o attached gates found Attached gates table not initialized ignoring template Action The attached gates file is empty Make sure that the correct file from your original Wizcon DOS application is in the flattened application directory 10 Attached gates table not initialized ignoring template Action The utility could not initialize the table due to memory allocation problems the most probable cause being that there was not enough memory Close some applications and repeat the step E 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 11 Error while loading gate No gate number Action The gate file was found to be corrupted Return to the Wizcon for DOS application and save the gate information again Second Pass of Attached Gate Conversion 12 File not found WIZ BAT Action The WIZ BAT file is missing Make sure that it exists in the flattened application directory 13 Could not open file GATES DAT Action The GATES DAT file is missing Make sure that it exists in the flattened application directory This message may also indicate that the GATES DAT file is already being used by another application In this case close the application using the file and repeat the step 14 No global gates found Action The GATES DAT file is empty Make sure that the correct file from your original Wizcon DOS application is in the flattened application directory 15 Global gates table not initialized Action The
461. o erase the asterisks that exist The Second List Box will show the progress of the conversion s process Final Adjustments The following paragraphs describe the final adjustments required to complete the template conversion process Wizcon 7 Fonts The converted image uses five predefined fonts designed to replace Wizcon DOS fonts as accurately as possible However in some applications other fonts may be more appropriate If you want you can change the converted image fonts Note however that when a font is changed any text object in the image that appears in that font will also change For more information about changing image fonts refer to Chapter 12 Image Editor E 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon Language Compatibility Wizcon Language in Wizcon 7 is different from the Wizcon Language in Wizcon for DOS The differences between them are listed below Tasks performed by Wizcon Language in Wizcon for DOS can be performed much more easily and efficiently by custom application modules in Wizcon 7 To convert Wizcon language commands to Wizcon 7 format 1 Copy the files ECL DAT and SET_UP DAT from your Wizcon DOS applications to the Wizcon 7 directory 2 Start Wizcon 7 3 Select the Wizcon Language item from the Design menu And then select the Definition item 4 Activate the Save button to save the corrected Wizcon Language commands At this point a number of errors might
462. o that a trigger activates Trigger zone name The name of the zone that a trigger goto Trigger button Any name in trigger button including title and legend on each button Cluster instance The instance name of a cluster Cluster library The library name of cluster instance Cluster object The cluster object name as appearing in the library Image Editor 12 39 Text table value String tag value Note The current string value matches the search string The current string tag value matches the search string SR For Text table and String tag the Simple text option must be also checked If searching for trigger zone or macro then the search is also made in trigger buttons for such a match SR Options can be set independently Other Advanced Search Options Other search options give you control of the way the actual search is made Goto object Always Goto object Smart order Check so that Wizcon will automatically navigate to the found object to bring it into the middle of the current Window the scale will not be changed Causes Wizcon to navigate to the found object even if it already was inside the visible part of the Window Causes a geometric search to be perform The Image is searched from left to right in strips of the same size of the current open view In many cases such search is more intuitive especially if the Image is divided into zones with a corresponding layo
463. occur due to the differences in the Wizcon Language of Wizcon for DOS and Wizcon 7 Correct these errors by replacing or deleting the commands that contain unsupported features in Wizcon 7 Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 19 The following list of Wizcon Language features are supported in Wizcon for DOS but not in Wizcon 7 Predefined Variables ACK KEY TEMPLATE LEVEL STATION END EVENTSCR Operators TABLE Commands SETBIT RESETBIT LOAD CSHELL WINDOW_MEM_ON WINDOW_MEM_OFF CHART PRTSC EVENTS ACKALARM ENDALARM COMERR HELP EXIST E 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Generic Application Module Charts Several trigger operations supported in Wizcon for DOS are not supported in Wizcon 7 A special generic application module was designed to convert these trigger operations Wizcon 7 trigger objects will communicate with the add on program through simple gate assignments and the program will perform the operations for the triggers A special dummy gate called CNVADDON will be defined during gate conversion This gate will be used by the generic add on program The operations supported by the generic add on program include e Recipe save Recipe load DOS commands Chart activation Report activation The generic add on program uses an initialization file that describes the operations required in the converted application This file called CNVADDON DAT will be g
464. ocuments that can contain text and calculated values fields based on historical data stored in system files After the report is defined and saved it can be generated by typing the command at the command line or by command in Wizcon Language as described on page 20 37 A report is composed of the following components m Frame Free text and fields m Fields Tag and calculated values including report date and time Frames are stored in ASCII files called rpt and field data is stored in files called rpd The following is an example of a customized report in the User Defined Report utility Dagiee Cosi res Stat T batr Sates pytle Tereioal ion Fetal Erg ions Corryor 4 fifo LLL nd AE I Eessen D litte DST STITT Iepasaar F iit LAL LLIS Petal Eat ei 20 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Report Definition and Modification Defining a report consists of four steps m Invoking the Report Definition dialog as described below m Creating a frame which is the shell of the report that contains the text and the fields as described on page 20 5 Entering field codes into the frame as described on page 20 7 Inserting field definitions which are the calculated values inserted in the text at specific locations as described on page 20 9 m Saving your definitions After you have defined a report you can obtain a complete list of all the defined fields in your report The list appears in
465. od 6 seconds 18 62 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 19 History Viewers Web disabled _ e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to generate and use History Viewer lists in the Wizcon system as follows History Viewer List Definition on the following page describes how to generate a History Viewer list define a filter and specify the directory from which Wizcon will extract the historical tag data Defining History Viewer Window Attributes page 19 9 describes how to define attributes for the History Viewer History Viewers 19 1 History Viewer List Definition History Viewer lists provide you with simple and straightforward data concerning tags and tag values over specific periods of time This section describes the following m Generating a History Viewer list as described below m Filtering lists to include only specific tags as described on page 19 4 m Specifying the directory from which Wizcon will extract the historical tag data as described on page 19 7 m Loading an existing History Viewer list as described on page 19 8 Generating a History Viewer List Wizcon can generate lists of historical tag values for History Viewer purposes gt To generate History Viewer tag lists Click the History Viewer J button in the Wizcon Application Studio toolbar or In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click History
466. od Specifies the time limits of the Chart You can define up to 365 days Window time period Specifies the length of time that is viewed in a single Chart window For example even though you define your Chart to include a thirteen day span you may only want to view the values for three days in the Chart window at any given moment The window time period cannot be longer than the Chart time period Once the Chart time periods are defined you can then define the graph and other Chart components 18 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Graph Definition Graph definition is the next step after the Chart time definition Graphs are defined by specifying the following items m A tag to be represented by the graph H The tag value limits m Graph display attributes H Control limits m Graph description Each Chart can be composed of one or many graphs Each graph represents the values of a specific tag and has its own attributes such as style pattern color and scale All graphs are drawn according to a common time scale that you define at the beginning of the Chart definition procedure Tag Value Display The Chart window can include up to 16 graphs Each graph represents one tag Several parameters control the graph display A graph can appear in one of the following forms 4 Bar Ns S E Line Charts 18 13 Line with Markers JN Markers Only Note If you have defined different gra
467. of the window relative to the workspace Specifies information of x y coordinates scale and layers The left edge slider used for zooming Moving up zooms out see a more detailed view moving down zooms in Buttons located above and below the Zoom Bar used for viewing operations These operations include automatic positioning of the Image a window selection w and Image redraw r Contains buttons to activate the most common functions as described on page 11 5 Note that none of these elements appear in the Monitor mode which is described on page 11 7 The Image menu bar contains the following main menus Select To do File Image window file operations Edit Image editing operations View Access Image toolbars Layers Layer operations 11 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Select To do Clusters Object library operations Options Various options for different Image window operations Modes Set the operating mode of the window Help Access the online help In addition to the Image window a Tools window is invoked in Edit mode This window contains drawing tools Several Image windows can appear on the screen simultaneously This enables the operator to view and edit separate parts of the same Image or different Images on the same screen Current coordinates of an active Image window are displayed in the title bar of the Image window The Image Toolbar and Toolboxes The toolbar contai
468. off select the Elaborate On item from the Layers menu A checkmark v beside the item indicates that the mode is active Note Even if the Force Override Show or Elaborate Off option is used for a layer unauthorized operators will still not be able to view that layer Moving Objects to Active Layer Menu gt Layers gt Move Objects to Active Layer To move selected objects to the active layer first select the objects that you want to move and then select Move Objects to Active Layer from the Layers menu Note that the Move Objects to Active Layer option is not enabled unless you selected one or more objects 11 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Viewing Part of an Image is always visible in the Image window Several Viewing operations can be used to move through an Image and zoom in or out Each of the Viewing operations is described in the following sections Scrolling and Panning An Image can be scrolled vertically or panned horizontally using the Scroll Bars at the bottom and right edges of the window The size of the sliders varies according to the size of the window When the window is enlarged the slider size and position will reflect the new window size and position When the window is reduced the slider will reflect the new reduced size and position accordingly Zooming The Zoom level determines how close the Image will be viewed The smaller the zoom level the closer the Image wil
469. og tag type parameters 7 11 Analog type tags 7 3 Application design 4 5 workflow 4 9 ASCI ILS File Format G 1 Assigning authorization groups to menu items 5 38 group names 5 37 groups to a tag 7 15 names to alarm classes 8 13 Attached Gates E 7 Automatic switch backup mode failure detection and reaction 23 33 Baskets 12 68 Bit 13 50 Bit testing 16 44 Blinking 13 16 Buttons 13 51 C Changing the location of Events Summary Profiles files 15 17 Picture files 15 18 Index l 1 Trend Profile files 15 19 web application files 15 16 Chart control limits setting 18 22 Charts 18 3 ASCII files 18 56 average 18 52 background color 18 51 communication error 18 54 control limits 18 18 crosshair pointer 18 53 data box 18 42 default zoom 18 40 defining 18 10 entering a description 18 23 fill reference 18 19 functional ranges 18 62 goto 18 41 graph definition 18 13 grid 18 45 history directory 18 35 history mode 18 34 keyboard mouse action summary 18 60 logarithmic display 18 18 online mode 18 36 online scrolling 18 37 properties 18 48 reference graph parameters 18 23 scrolling and zooming 18 38 tag scales 18 20 tag value display 18 13 time definition 18 11 x axis definition 18 31 zoom back 18 40 zoom in 18 39 zoom in online mode 18 40 zoom out 18 39 Clipboard operations 12 49 Cluster library 12 53 Clusters baskets 12 68 copying 12 65 copying from one l
470. ograms to exchange data Any software that supports the DDE protocol can talk with other programs that support the protocol regardless of differences between the applications When Wizcon passes tag values to an Application Module it does not use DDE but when Wizcon and Excel exchange information they must use DDE When applications exchange data using DDE one is called the client application and the other the server application as shown in the diagram below The basic distinction is that the client application receives data from the server Another difference is that the client always specifies what data is to be transferred The DDE client specifies the data items to be exchanged by using a standard syntax called a DDE Address Request Update Data 22 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide DDE Address Before two applications can exchange information the client application must specify the data items it wants to receive by using DDE Addresses Remember that even though the data items reside in the server application the DDE Address is always specified in the client application The DDE Address consists of three parts H Application that defines the name of the application you want to communicate with m Topic that defines the data you want to process E Item name that defines a unit of data it can also be a file A program acting as a DDE server requires a client to define DDE Addresses in a spec
471. older Name field and click Create The folder structure appears in the Folders list 6 Click OK to save your settings and close the dialog Wizcon closes and then reopens with the default settings of the selected application Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 53 gt To open an existing application 1 From the File menu choose Open Application The Open Application dialog is displayed Open 21x Look in E Project D cl bes E L Does WIZAPP Fiename Files of type wiecon for Internet Document w27 zl Cancel 2 Select the wz7 file of the application you want to open and click Open Wizcon closes and then re opens displaying the specified application 5 54 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 6 Communication Drivers e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to define communication drivers in Wizcon as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of communication drivers and communication blocks Defining Communication Drivers page 6 3 describes how to add and remove communication drivers to and from your application Communication Driver Properties page 6 5 describes how to define general driver properties serial port parameters and communication blocks It also describes how to view general driver information Defining OPC Wizcon Client page 6 13 provides an overview of OPC OLE for Process Control OPC Driver Propertie
472. omatically adjusted After this operation is performed a window in the window will be marked to represent the previous position of the window If the previous window is larger than the current window the current window will be marked on the window border When the left button is clicked outside the marked window the current window will be active Clicking inside the window causes the previous window to return This is useful to toggle between a detailed drawing and a drawing overview After the Auto Zoom is invoked and a window is marked all the operations valid for a Window Zoom such as re shaping and moving the marked window are valid for this operation as well Navigating To move the cursor in Wizcon Images you can use the keys and key combinations listed below Note that by default one unit of movement along the X or Y axis equals four pixels Arrow Keys Move the cursor in the respective direction one unit at a time CTRL Arrow Moves the cursor in the respective direction five units at a time x for X axis Deletes one pixel from the movement unit y for Y axis Deletes one pixel from the movement unit Shift x X axis Adds one pixel to the movement unit 11 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Shift y Y axis Adds one pixel to the movement unit Home Resets the movement unit back to the default four pixels Spacebar Simulates the left mouse button Shift Spacebar Simulates
473. on Field Equipment Introducing Wizcon 2 3 Wizcon for Windows and Internet Main Features This section describes Wizcon main features and concepts A glossary appears at the back of this book in which you can find descriptions of Wizcon terms and concepts Alarm Processing When exceptional events occur Wizcon selectively sends alarms to special files pop up windows a web client Images and printers If you want to handle numerous alarms simultaneously you can filter sort and divide the alarms according to zones names and priorities Operators can acknowledge the reception of alarms and automatically receive instructions for handling them Automatic Network Optimization In cases where there are very fast tag changes on the Wizcon station and server is too loaded to send all the tag changes to web clients fast enough only the newest tag values will be sent to the web client m Incase the web client can not keep up with tag changes from the Wizcon for Internet station it will process the latest tag value m This insures that the web client always displays the most updated information possible even if the server or the web client are loaded and can not keep with the fast tag updates 2 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Background Processing Wizcon enables you to process heavy jobs without temporarily disabling the use of the Wizcon system The background processing feature operates when
474. on No line breaks are necessary between commands If an expression in a Condition yields a True value the commands in the relevant Operation are executed If the expression is false the commands are ignored and the program proceeds to the next statement Note The Conditions element may be empty causing the Operations to be executed in any case 16 40 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Examples IF SHOUR 18 AND DONE THEN RLOAD NIGHT 1 IF LEVEL gt SETP THEN RESET PUMP SET MIXER PRINTSE Starting Mixing Comments Comments can be inserted in statements but will be ignored upon program execution Comments are typed in curly brackets Example IF LEVEL gt SETP THEN RESET PUMP SET MIXER PRINTSE Starting Mixing Statement Groups Several statements can be grouped togethe r in a single condition When the condition is True the statements will be executed If the statement is False the entire group will be ignored including all its conditions and commands Groups are placed between BEGIN and END grouping elements only directives which serve as The BEGIN directive must be the first element in a group of statements and the END directive must be the last element Wizcon Language 16 41 Example
475. on Studio select Open In the dialog that is displayed select the file to be opened Image files have the extension VIM Or Select the file you want from the List of Images in the Wizcon Application Studio When a file has been selected and confirmed the Image will be opened 12 78 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide If an Image with an undefined tag is loaded an error message will appear with a reference to a file called imgname mis where imgname will be the name of the Image that was loaded The mis file can be opened for further information using any text editor The file includes the name of the undefined tag and its type dynamic or trigger Saving Files Menu gt File gt Save or gt Save as The Save menu saves the current Image and window setting position mode etc When saving the Image for the first time the Save As dialog with the extension of VIM opens in the default directory for the Image It prompts you to give your Image a new name VIM Consequent saves are saved with the current name Select Save As to save the current Image file under a new file type VIM ASCII or BITMAP In the dialog that appears enter the new name of the file to be saved gt To save an Image as a bitmap Select Save as Bitmap A dialog is displayed enter the new name of the Image For a bitmap file the extension is BMP gt To save an Image as an ASCII file Select the Save as ASCII option A dialo
476. on building block has its own tuning parameters which can be accessed by right clicking its container in the All Containers section in the Wizcon Application Studio and selecting Properties from the displayed popup menu For example right clicking Alarms and selecting Properties from the popup menu displays the Alarms Properties dialog Each field in the dialog represents an Alarm tuning parameter Each time you make a change to a tuning parameter in the Properties dialog of a specific building block it is reflected in the wiztune dat file located in the c wizcon proj directory Parameters that were not displayed in the file before being modified are displayed after modification You can access the wiztune dat file and change an entry back to the Wizcon default You can also tune a parameter directly into the file Following is a list of all the Wizcon tuning parameters their locations default values and the field they represent in the containers Properties dialog It also states whether you can apply a change online or if you have to restart Wizcon for the change to take effect C 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Tuning Parameters The following tuning parameters are available in Wizcon ALARM_PRT_2_LINES Type YES if you want the alarm to be printed in two lines The first line will contain the WizPro title timestamp etc The second line will contain the alarm text Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect
477. on that can communicate with up to 16 networks of PLCs simultaneously This station performs functions such as sampling PLCs generating alarms collecting historical data and performing control operations The operator can view the process through the Wizcon 7 user interface and interact with on going activities The Wizcon 7 SCADA station can receive and send data to other network stations H 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Wizcon SCADA View Station WizPro The Wizcon 7 SCADA View station is a full operational station that allows operators to view and control the process This station automatically receives all the online and historical data from the SCADA stations as required The operator can transparently interact with the process using Wizcon 7 images Charts and other standard modules The Wizcon 7 SCADA View station serves as a mirror of the real time and historical data from one or more SCADA stations The SCADA View Station is not connected to a PLC it is connected to SCADA Stations via a network WizPro is the real time kernel that manages the Wizcon 7 system The WizPro kernel enables other programs to share the Wizcon 7 resources and run parallel to it either locally or on remote stations In addition to managing Wizcon 7 WizPro add on programs can be written to enhance Wizcon 7 functionality and meet specific plant requirements Write History Zone This option enables you to stop the logging of
478. one specified in the entry boxes Delete Deletes the selected pair from the list 13 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Specify a tag name the tag values and their corresponding strings in the entry boxes and add them to the list by activating the Add button A value string pair can be selected from the existing pairs list placed in the entry boxes and revised by activating the Change button When the Delete button is activated the selected pair is removed from the list Special Cases m Ifa tag value does not exist in the text table the text field will be filled with Xs xxxxx m If no text table file exists number signs will appear in the field m If acommunication error occurred asterisks will appear in the field If spaces are to be used in the string enclose the string in quotation marks for example The text Text table string files can be created or modified using your system editor The format of this file is as follows Value String 5 Cycle Starting 20 Cycle Completed Note Text Tables can also be used for Trigger objects when the String input method is active Refer to the Trigger Objects section on page 13 36 for more details Image Animation 13 27 Date Time Date Time display is used to present the value of a tag as a dynamic date or time display gt To define Date or Time display for tag values Activate the Date Time button in the Tex
479. ontrol and other application related needs Dummy tags are updated by user input or changed by other application modules These tags are set to 0 upon system initialization Dynamic Object Dynamic Objects are objects in images that are defined to change graphically or textually according to the value changes of tags with which the objects are associated Dynamic objects are defined by selecting an object and then selecting Operations and then Dynamic from the Edit menu in the image window or by selecting the Dynamic Definition icon in the Objects toolbar Elaborating Zoom The Elaborating Zoom is a technique used in Wizcon 7 images to obtain detailed views of specific plant or facility sections When the Elaborating Zoom mode is active each layer in an image will be viewed according to the scale range specified in the Layer Definition procedure When the mode not active the layers will appear in the image even if scale ranges were not defined for them The Elaborating Zoom mode can be toggled on and off by selecting Elaborate On from the Layers menu in the image Events Summary The Events Summary is a Wizcon 7 module used to display online and historical alarms Several operations such as acknowledge can be performed on the alarms displayed in the Events Summary Glossary H 5 In addition to the Events Summary a pop up Events Summary can also be defined to appear on the screen immediately whenever severe alarms occur
480. ook at the given line and column to locate error gt command failed error code is error code Action A run time command execution failed The command part describes the command which fails the error code gives the reason for the failure The error code can be found in wizerr h WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 37 24 38 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 25 Multiple Tags e x About this chapter This chapter describes how Multiple Tags are used in the Wizcon system as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of Wizcon Multiple Tags Invoking Multiple Tags on page 25 3 describes how to invoke multiple tags Multiple Tags 25 1 Overview The Wizcon Multiple Tags utility can be used to optimize performance and enhance functionality This utility enables you to adjust system parameters and establish a proper Wizcon application working environment The Multiple Tags utility displays tag lists and enables you to read and write tag values as well as change several tag attributes In addition Multiple Tags provides options to save the tag list as a recipe or a tag list file Tag list files are ASCII files that contain lists of tags and their attributes These files have the extension GLS and can be used in Wizcon to generate tag lists in the tag definition procedure 25 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Invoking Multiple Tags Menu
481. ool gt La Image gt Edit gt Operations gt Pick Color Select the Pick Color tool in the Operations toolbox for filling or drawing objects with the exact color used in a different object The Pick Color tool enables you to sample colors from an area of an Image to designate a new line color or fill color gt To select the line or fill color using the Pick Color tool 1 Select the drawing tool of your choice 2 Select the Pick Color tool then place the dropper icon on any point in the Image over the desired color 3 Draw your new object and the object fills with the selected color m To select a new line color In the Color toolbox click the required color E To select a new fill color In the Color toolbox right click the required color The toolbox resets to the last drawing tool that was used and the color becomes the default color for that drawing tool 12 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Image Design The following sections describe some basic concepts frequently used when designing Images Active Layer As mentioned earlier in this chapter an Image is composed of layers Drawing is done one layer at a time Any layer being worked on is referred to as the active layer The layer that always exists by default is called the base layer The active layer name is displayed in the window title together with the Image name and the current scale To select an active layer Activate the Ac
482. or the following objects Text Filled Box Circle and Polygon Please note that pipes do not support Gradient fills 12 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Patterns E Drawing Toolbox The Drawing toolbox contains simple drawing objects such as Line Pipe Box Text and Circle Both filled and unfilled objects can be selected The selection and text tool are also included in this toolbox Filled rectangle or square tool k Select tool Filled circle tool all Unfilled rectangle or square tool e Filled ellipse tool Filled closed arc tool V K NN v Unfilled circle tool Unfilled ellipse tool Filled orthogonal polygon tool Unfilled closed arc tool Filled polygon tool F i Orthogonal pipe tool Unfilled orthogonal polygon tool Unfilled polygon tool Pipe toal Arc tool em Text toq Insert Picture Orthogonal polyline tool Polyline tool Button Image Editor 12 9 Align Toolbox The Align toolbox enables you to align two or more selected objects They can be aligned to the Left Right Top or Bottom The objects can also be centered or resized Horizontally Vertically or both Center Horizontal Center Vertical Align Right Align Left Es E Align Top Center Horizontal and Vertical Same Width and Height Align Bottom Same Height Same Width Operations Toolbox The Operations toolbox includes Rotate Pick Color Active Layer Toggle Fill Clus
483. or your database as described below m Configuring the Wiztune dat file as described on the following page Installation To use the new ODBC support of Wizcon install the following m The Wizcon System files from the standard Wizcon installation CD Version 7 01 or higher which include the WizSQL ODBC support m The ODBC driver for the database you are using Provided by the database vendor WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 5 ODBC Configuration To configure your ODBC configuration add the following variables to the wiztune dat file WIZSQL_ODBC_ATTRIBUTES database connection string WIZSQL_INTERFACE ODBC Database Connection String In the database connection string you define the database you are using plus other necessary attributes It has the following format attribute value j attribute value The connection string must include the attribute DSN data source name gt To determine the Data Source Name 1 Click the Start button point to Settings and click Control Panel from the popup menu The Control Panel window is displayed 2 Double click the ODBC or 32 bit ODBC icon The Data Sources window is displayed with a list of data sources drivers 3 Inthe USER menu select ADD and then select the name of the driver you are using and click the Finish button 4 The ODBC Text Setup dialog is displayed 5 Fill in the necessary information according to the driver you have chosen Select the lo
484. orm to the standard SQL syntax The following examples cover the most common SQL commands INSERT Adds a new row of data to a table Syntax INSERT INTO table name column name column name VALUES value value Example EXEC SQL INSERT INTO Processl Batch Temperature Pressure VALUES August TEMP PRES UPDATE modifies the values of one or more columns in selected rows of a single table Syntax UPDATE table name SET column name expression WHERE search condition 24 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide DELETE Example EXEC SQL UPDATE Processl1 SET Temperature TEMP WHERE Batch August Removes selected rows of data from a single table Syntax DELETE FROM table name WHERE search condition Example EXEC SQL DELETE FROM Processl WHERE Batch BATCH_NUM Note The syntax in the above commands is partial For the full syntax please refer to your SQL documentation COMMIT Signals the successful end of a transaction A transaction is a sequence of one or more SQL statements that together form a logical unit of work The SQL statements that form the transaction are closely related and perform interdependent action Each statement in the transaction performs some part of the task but all of them are required to
485. ort will be sent E SD and ED stand for Start Date and End Date respectively and are used with Tag type fields for which you selected the Given at Run Time option These parameters are optional m The RD RT STand ET parameters are optional In order to leave them empty type an X at their location in the REP command Reports 20 37 Wizcon Language Report Generation In addition to using the REP command at the command line reports can be generated by Wizcon Language as follows H Short Format REPORT xxxxx where xxxxXx 1S areport name of up to 5 characters Tag names can be included in the REPORT command as variables This can be useful to generate a series of reports with a single command For example if you want to generate ten reports REPO to REP9 you would define a dummy tag called repno and write the following command sequence IF repno gt 0 THEN repno repno Es REPORT REP repno H Full Format The full format of the REPORT command with optional report variables is REPORT xxxxx rd rt st et of sd ed where the parameters are as defined above 20 38 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Examples The following are examples using the REP command Example 1 REPORT REP4 2 360 0 360 LPT2 This command would create a report in a format defined as REP4 with a reference date of 2 days before a reference time of 6 AM midnight as the
486. ossible solution is to individually stretch or shrink images Wizcon 7 On Windows provides a global tuning parameter that can be used to automatically apply the adjustment The parameter format is IMG_RESFACTOR xx xx In which xx xx is a floating point number that scales the image Value on 1 will leave the image as is values less than 1 will shrink the image and values greater than 1 will expand the image gt To obtain the correct value for your application 1 Load the image in OS 2 and measure some image s object s length a line will do 2 Load the same image in Windows and measure the same object s length 3 Divide the first length with the second length and the result is the xx xx value Enter the IMG_RESFACTOR with the value you found to WIZTUNE and reload Wizcon 7 Default value is 1 Converting Wizcon 5 Applications B 9 Special Characters Consideration Windows uses a different character set than OS 2 Languages with special characters such as a 4 etc will not be displayed correctly To overcome this problem export all the Wizcon definitions into ASCII files Then using any conversion utility such as Word or WordPad load the files in DOS Text format and save them in Text format Make sure the extension is not changed to TXT Load Wizcon and import all ASCII files If your application runs on Wizcon 7 On Windows and on Wizcon 5 for OS 2 connected through the network avoid special c
487. oup 14 foroupt4 22 group22 30 foroup30 a forou 15 Jugi 23 oroup23 31 group31 8 Joroups 16 Joroup16 24 Joroup24 32 group32 el ml Any group name can be edited The names will be used later for authorization purposes Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 37 Menu Access Authorization Web disabled __ ae Menu gt Design Authorization Menu Items Each menu item in the Wizcon system can be assigned authorization groups whereby only operators belonging to those groups will have access to the items For example if an operator belongs to the groups called MANAGER SYSTEM and USERS and a menu item is assigned the groups TECH SYSTEM and ENGIN that item will be accessible to the operator since both have a common group To assign menu item authorization From the Design menu point to Authorization and select Menu Items from the popup menu The Menu Authorization dialog is displayed Menu Authorization Image gt Chart gt Events Summary gt History Viewer gt Group Be Set All Reset All Save Cancel Help 5 38 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide This dialog contains a list of the Wizcon windows such as Image Chart Events Summary History Viewer and the Quick Access bar The menus of these items are displayed in a tree arrangement Menu branches are expanded and contracted by double clicking on them An item that includes sub items i
488. ouse and key operations that perform the same function as that menu item are also disabled Note that you can prevent an unauthorized operator from performing any Chart zooming operation simply by disabling the Operations menu For more details about setting the authorization for menus and menu items see Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Charts 18 55 Chart Files Any active Chart together with its parameter settings can be saved for later use by selecting Save from the Chart window File menu The Chart is saved in an ASCII file called chr These files can be edited using any text editor Note All colors are RGB colors and not indexed The following is an example of a Chart file VERSION 5 11 1024 768 WIN 425 408 299 319 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 ror Chart type Number of graphs XY_T 2 0 Graphs Tag parameters Name Label Limits Default Y N Low High Scale Side X order Z order Display parameters Line type Log Display Y N Color Pattern Fill ref Fill down Y N Value Control Limits Show Invert Val Low High Description Use Default Y N Write on scale Y N Description PHASE Volt N 240 240 B 0 0 O N 16711680 15 Y 0 NONNO Y N Phase 1 PHASE2 Volt N 240 240 L00 N 255 15 Y 0 NONNO Y N Phase 2 Chart Start time Type Date Days Time D 0 00 00 00 DT Chart time length Window time length 01 00 00 00 01 00 00 Backgro
489. out to a user 1 Inthe Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the Users icon Or From the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio point to Authorization and select Users from the popup menu The User Setup dialog is displayed Name lused Password o yO Ben Default Layout Name Default Layout al pe eT 2 Inthe Name field specify a user name 5 48 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 3 In the Password field specify a password 4 Inthe Default Layout field specify the previously defined layout you want to assign to the user 5 Click Add to add the user and the layout to the list 6 Click Save to save your definitions and close the dialog You can logout and login using the defined user name and password and see how the layout is automatically loaded Loading a Layout You can load any layout you choose To load a layout In the List of Layouts in the Wizcon Application Studio right click the required layout and select Load Layout from the popup menu Closing all Open Windows You can use the Close All windows feature to close all the windows open in your application To close all windows In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Section right click Layouts and select Close All windows from the popup menu Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 49 Saving Layouts by Default You can configure the layou
490. owing tag options are available They are explained in more detail in the section on Tag Definition in Chapter 7 Tags Name Driver No Address Source PLC Dummy Compound Type Analog Tag Value String 25 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Source File Specifies a tag list file The following options are available WizPro A standard Wizcon tag file File GLS A GLS file Enter the file in the field without specifying the extension You can click in the field to display a list of existing GLS files from which you can select a file 2 Click OK to save your options The Tag Filter dialog closes and the Tags Exerciser Program window is displayed with a list of the tags that meet the filter requirements you specified The Tags Exerciser Program Window The Tags Exerciser Program window displays a list of the tags that meet the filter requirements specified in the Tag Filter dialog as described on the following page The following is an example of a tag list in the Tags Exerciser Program window DR 23 34 O0TDDpDp Kkktp DDIDDDID seme HOLDDDID Sxtts DOTDDDID icc The data in the window is displayed under the following columns Column Specifies Name The tag name Driver The Driver number associated with the tag Multiple Tags 25 5 Column Address Value Rate Sample TYPE Specifies The address of the tag in the PLC The last read value of the tag The tag s
491. owledge T Popup T Auto END T Popup buzz T Class at Acknowledge IT User class S I Record to file T Discard The following fields must have entries Alarm Condition The following fields are available Tag Name Specifies the tag for which the alarm is to be issued Operator Specifies a logical operator or bit value that represents the condition in the alarm statement For more details about the alarm statement refer to the section on Alarm Condition Statements as described on page 8 8 Alarms 8 5 Alarm Text Value Specifies the value used to test the alarm condition Displays the alarm message Define the message that will be displayed to the operator when the alarm is issued The alarm message can include tokens which are described in more detail on page 8 10 The following fields are optional Zone Family Severity Help File Targets Specifies the area of the plant in which the alarm occurred You can enter a zone area from 0 to 50 000 This value is used to classify and filter alarms in the Events Summary and Wizcon popup windows Zone areas are described in more detail in Chapter 12 Image Editor Specifies the name of the group to which the alarm belongs The name can consist of up to 16 characters and is the link to alarm objects It is also used for classification and filtering Specifies the priority order of each alarm For example a low priority could be 0 and a high priority
492. page 11 34 Obtaining Values for Your Application When changing the Resolution Factor as described on the previous page the window itself in pixels remains the same size but one centimeter in one Image will not be one centimeter in the other A value of 1 leaves the Image as is Values greater than 1 expand the Image Images 11 33 gt To obtain the correct value for your application 1 Load the Image in one PC and measure an object s length in the Image a line will do 2 Load the same Image in another PC and measure the same object s length 3 Divide the first length by the second length and the result is the xx xx value 4 Enter the IMG_RESFACTOR with the value you found and reload Wizcon The range is 0 1 lt IMG_RESFACTOR lt 10 The default value 1 Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect The range of the factor is 0 1 lt IMG_RESOLUTION _FACTOR lt 10 Setting Image Window Attributes Note Setting Image Windows Attributes is not applicable on the Web You can set Image window attributes by activating the Advanced button in the Image Properties dialog The Set Image Window Attributes dialog is displayed Image Window Attributes Components r Pos X fioo 3 3 Vv itle Y fm IV System Menu M Min Max Button M Size Border M Menu Bar x 420 T Always On Top y 280 r Size Title Bar Text SS Cancel Help 11 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s
493. pe Line Line with markers Markers only and Bar In the trend there is only Line and Line with markers therefore Markers only in chart will become Line with markers in trend and Bar in chart will become Line in the trend It is not enough to write the title of the chart in the properties of the chart VP in order for it to be added to the trend the user should press save on this chart after the title was added There is no foreground color in the chart definition so in the trend it will always be black as the default for it in the trend definition 23 is the highest number that can be defined as relative time in the trend so if the user defined the time in the chart as relative more then 23 hours back he could see only 23 hours back in the trend Charts 18 59 Keyboard Mouse Action Summary The following table summarizes the Chart keyboard and mouse actions Key Mouse 3 Description Operation ESC Pressing the Causes a zoom back to the ESC key previous state of the graphs Pressing the HOME Causes a zoom back to the first Double click HOME key original state of the graphs Clicking the In the graph area causes the left mouse Graphs Definition dialog to button twice appear rapidly On the time scale causes the Chart Time Definition dialog to appear with the current specifications On the tag scale causes the single Graph Definition dialog to appear with the specificat
494. peration again Multiple Windows Several Image windows may appear on the screen simultaneously One toolbox of each type will appear for each different Image For example if you opened three windows for the same Image called DEMO one toolbox of each type will serve all three windows 12 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Design Procedure The following sections describe how various figures are drawn All figures should be drawn only after an active layer the type of figure the color and the pattern have been selected Remember that the left button is always used unless otherwise specified gt To create figures 1 Select an active layer 2 Select a figure type 3 Select colors 4 Select a fill pattern 5 Draw Note In addition to using the tools in the toolboxes you can also draw polygons circles and other shapes by selecting the shape in the Image Edit menu Image Editor 12 17 Drawing in the Image You can design draw and modify your application by selecting the appropriate tools in the Image The Drawings toolbox contains simple drawing objects such as Line Pipe Box Text and Circle You can draw both filled or unfilled objects You can also assign text to your Image by using the text tool Drawing with specific shapes is described in more detail on page 12 22 Note To change the colors of a selected object select a new color in the color toolbox as described on page 12 8
495. phs in different colors in the same Chart you can use the multi marker option described on page 18 48 to automatically assign different shaped markers to each graph Remember that for each type of graph you can also select a fill pattern An example of a fill pattern defined for a graph is shown in the following Chart T TRENI lolz Blo Got Bete Dous gioa Hen D iat 4 06 00 PETAT 106 en MEIS Beet wi 18 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To define a graph From the Setup menu select Graphs definition or Double click in the graph area of the Chart window The Graphs Definition dialog is displayed Graphs Definition The following options are available Display parameters Enables you to select a graph type The following options are available Type Click in the field to display the following options z Line curved line connection z Line with markers line that indicates where tag value changes occurred Charts 18 15 Markers only without connecting lines ES Bar histogram represents points Logarithmic Display Determines that the tag scale of the graph displays logarithmic values as described on page 18 18 Graph color Specifies the color of the graph Click on the arrow to the right of this field and select a color Graph pattern Specifies the fill pattern Click on the arrow to the right of the field and select a fill pattern Fill reference De
496. picture below is an example of an Events Summary Viewer Ack Selected Force End Columns Filter Unacked 3 Start time 10 09 11 08 Caution Temperature in Reactor is Ve REACTORS E 10 09 11 08 o Temperature in Reactor is High REACTORS 09 12 08 13 10 09 11 07 3 Level in Storage is High TANKS Interacting with the Events Summary Viewer Alarms are displayed according to parameters specified in the Events Summary Profile In the example above alarm information is displayed in the following columns Start time Ack time End time Severity Text and Family An operator can click a column heading to sort the information displayed in the column according to ascending or descending order 10 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Events Summary contains the following options that the operator can select Ack Selected Force End Assist Columns Acknowledges selected alarms and removes them from the alarm display Force ends displayed alarms The time the alarm is ended is then displayed in the End time column Displays the following window in which an operator can select which columns are displayed in the Events Summary E Columns EN _ Items Display 3 amp ckld lt Move gt aj Java Applet Window The columns that appear in the Display list on the right are those that are displayed in the Events Summary To move a column from the Items list on the left to the Di
497. pose the following set of tag values was obtained Time1 Time2 Times i Time4 X 0 0 4 2 Y 0 2 2 2 If you select Time the graph is displayed on the following points 0 0 0 2 4 2 and 2 2 In this case there are two points 0 0 and 0 2 with the same X value but two different Y values If you select X Tag Values the graph appears on the following points 0 0 2 2 and 4 2 In this case only the last point for the 0 X value is displayed Note that the order of the points is by their X value order Charts 18 33 Modes Charts can run in one of two operational modes History described below or Online described on page 18 36 History Mode Historical Charts provide graphical information for recorded values This operational mode can be used as an analytical tool to help discover patterns and trends in the plant gt To activate historical Charts From the Modes menu select the History option A check mark appears beside it to indicate that it is active The History mode is indicated in the Chart by an icon that appears in the time scale as follows n et a Lf History mode 15 F Say LELEL icon Kg TI Tr In the History mode the Chart includes a horizontal scroll bar that can be used to scroll the Chart The scroll bar has the following characteristics m The left side of the bar represents the Chart start time m The right side of the bar represents the end of the Chart perio
498. ppear in the Input Method field instead of Data Entry The following fields are available Station Specifies the Wizcon station to which the tag belongs Tag Specifies the tag associated with the object Input Method The value input methods described above Data Entry Action Smooth Buttons Bit Momentary Set Macro Activate to define macros for trigger objects Not applicable on the Web Test Activate to test the input method and adjust its appearance Any object static dynamic segment can be defined as a trigger object However only one tag value input method can be assigned per object Image Animation 13 37 gt To cancel a trigger object definition Select the trigger object you want to cancel right click and select Remove Trigger from the pop up menu or Select the trigger object point to Operations in the Edit menu and select Remove Trigger The tag value input method that you select in the dialog will be marked by an arrow Note that for the Data Entry Smooth Bit and Test dialogs described on page 13 48 the last position of the dialog will be saved unless you activated the Cancel button before completing the operation This means that you can drag the dialog to any position on the screen Thereafter whenever that dialog is invoked it will appear in its last position However the dialog position is relative to the window position If the window is moved and then the dialog is invoked it
499. pplication Setup form the Design menu Recipe Model Descriptions Since recipe models do not exist in Wizcon for DOS the models for your recipes are created during the conversion procedure For each model the description is copied from one of the recipes of that model After the conversion operation it is recommended to review the list of models and change their descriptions so that each model will have a unique description E 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Unsupported Features The following Wizcon DOS components are not supported by the conversion utility If you are not familiar with Wizcon 7 it is important to learn the Wizcon 7 features that can replace the unsupported Wizcon features more effectively Setup information All the information in the Configuration and Setup modules of Wizcon for DOS including the MENU DAT and WIZCFG DAT files if they existed Gates RECORD and WAIT gates are not supported by Wizcon 7 Alarms Multiple color alerts are not supported by Wizcon 7 Each alert has only one set of colors foreground and background The gate feature is not supported by Wizcon 7 alerts The alert print control file ALARMS PRT is not supported by Wizcon 7 The environment variable WIZALERTLPT is not supported by Wizcon 5 The following predefined variables are not supported by Wizcon 7 ACK END STATION EVENTSCR Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 23 Char
500. r m If the ID number of tags or alarms is changed the data in the history files may not be processed Therefore it is strongly recommended that you keep a backup of the tag definition files WIZGATES DBF WIZGATES CDX before deleting any tags from the database m Ifthe ID number of tags is changed you need to save the Wizcon Language commands again in the Wizcon Language Definition dialog as described in Chapter 16 Wizcon Language This is necessary so that the commands will correspond to the new internal tag IDs m Deleted tags count as defined tags when Wizcon checks if the number of defined tags is less than the amount allowed by the security key 5 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Changing Default File Paths Menu gt Design Options Paths Default paths can be defined for each file type to enable the system to keep track of files and their locations gt To define file paths From the Design menu point to Options and select Paths from the popup menu The Set Default Paths dialog is displayed Application wizfactory wizcon proj is Alarm History fc wizfactory wizcon pro Alarm Help Jc wizfactory wizcon pro ahp Tag History c wizfactory wizcon pro Images c wizfactory wizcon pro img Text Tables c wizfactory wizcon pro tbl Cluster lib c wizfactory wizcon pro cb Recipe fe wizfactory wizcon pro rep Recipe Model c wizfactory wizcon pro rc Window definitions o wizfa
501. r before changing the default options 5 Click Generate The New File dialog is displayed 6 Enter a name for the HTML page and click Save The page is generated It is saved in the List of HTML files in the Application Studio 7 Click on the page in the List of HTML files to display it in your browser 14 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Importing Trend Profiles You can import a Trend Profile from another Wizcon for Internet application into a current application gt To import a Trend Profile 1 In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Trends Profiles and select Insert Profile from the pop up menu The mport File dialog is displayed 2 Specify the name and location of the Trend Profile and click Open The Trend Profile is imported into the current application and added to the List of Trend files in the Application Studio Creating Trend Viewers 14 25 Changing the Default Location of Trend Profile Files Trend profiles are saved by default in the TrendPrf directory that is stored under the root directory You can change this default location in the Trend Profiles Properties dialog gt To change the default location of Trend Profiles files In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Trends Profiles and select Properties from the pop up menu The Trends Profiles Properties dialog is displayed as shown below in which yo
502. r columns in which display options are determined as shown below Events Summary Profile x Alarm Filter Display Features Color Select columns you wish to view in the Events Summary Set default sorting order and proportional size Column View Order Ascending Ascending Ascending 11 Descending 44 _Mave Down Ascending 11 Descending 20 Descending 20 Station Name Descending 15 KR Sorted By Start Time X Time Format Day Time v Cancel Help The following options are available Column Displays the available alarm parameters such as Start time and End time A parameter is selected deselected for display by double clicking inside the View column View Specifies which alarm parameters are displayed in the Events Summary Profile Double click inside the column along side the required parameters to select or deselect the parameters A plus sign indicates that the parameters is selected 10 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Order Weight Move Up Down Sorted By Time Format Specifies the order of the alarms in ascending or descending order Double clicking in the column along side the required parameters toggles it between ascending and descending Specifies the amount of space designated to a column in relation to the entire Events Summary Double clicking in the column along side the required parameters displays the Updat
503. r viewing Only authorized operators assigned to a group that corresponds to any of the layer groups can access the layer for viewing and editing Note This option is supported for Windows only 11 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Active Layer Operations toolbox gt Lol Image Menu gt Layers gt Active Layer Image objects are drawn in layers Objects are always drawn in the current active layer To draw objects in other layers not active you must first make the layer active To make a layer active for drawing and editing Select Active Layer from the Layers menu or Activate the Active layer tool from the Operations toolbox The Select Active Layer dialog is displayed Select Active Layer BASE SILO MAIN VIEW SILO PUMPS SILO VALVES H Cancel Help Any layer selected from the list will become the active layer The name of the active layer will then appear in the window title Note Layers can be modified only in the Edit mode as described in more detail in Chapter 12 Image Editor Images 11 13 Forced Layer Display Menu gt Layers gt Override Show You can override the current visibility mode and make a layer visible gt To make a layer visible Select Override Show from the Layers menu The Layer Override Show dialog is displayed Layer Override Show BASE SILO MAIN VIEW SILO PUMPS SILO VALVES S Show Clear The following options ar
504. r will enable quick and convenient access to the relevant zones E 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Miscellaneous Digital Display without space and prefix Until now when a user created a digital display on a gate value and didn t choose Prefixed Wizcon saved a space instead of a sign The PREFIX_SPACE NO parameter offers the user to create a digital display without prefix and without the space that came instead This can be accomplished by manually entering the parameter into the wiztune dat file PREFIX_SPACE NO Default is YES Points as trigger objects In Wizcon for DOS a point could be a trigger object and it was easy with the arrows to move to the exact pixel and activate the trigger In windows we are using the mouse and it s difficult to point to the exact pixel This version of the utility solves the problem by drawing these trigger points as small filled circles that are easy for the user to point to with the mouse Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 15 Alarm Conversion To convert Wizcon alerts to Wizcon 7 alarms activate the Alerts button The Converting Alerts dialog will appear Converting Alerts EN Alerts conversion completed Check the results in the list and correct any errors Then repeat the operation as necessary gt To import the converted alarms into Wizcon 7 1 In Wizcon 7 select the Alarms item from the Design menu 2 Inthe Alarms Def
505. ral changes explained below The destination indicator is a letter preceded by the dollar sign which indicates the destination of the string A string can be sent to any of the following destinations SA The string is recorded and sent as an alarm to the pop up Event Summary the printer or both depending on how it was defined in the Wizcon Language Setup SF The string is recorded and sent as an Acknowledged alarm to the pop up Event Summary the printer or both depending on how it was defined for the A indicator in the Wizcon Language setup SE The string is sent to the pop up Event Summary the printer or both depending on how it was defined in the Wizcon Language Setup dialog as shown on page 16 6 However it will not be recorded as an alarm This is useful when immediate notification is required but the information does not have to be recorded and processed SG The string is recorded as an alarm but not sent to the pop up Event Summary or printer SB The string is sent to a file specified in the Wizcon Language setup SC Same as B but can be a different file for saving SD Same as B but can be a different file for saving Wizcon Language 16 27 Examples The pop up Event Summary is described in more detail in Chapter 9 Events Summaries Several destination indicators can be specified for one PRINT command so that the string will be sent to all the indicator destinations PRINTSA
506. rameters Click to display a drop down list in which you can choose the tag type to work with Your choice will determine the available tag type parameters Analog the default tag type as described on page 7 11 Digital as described on page 7 13 String as described on page 7 13 The default tag type is Analog 7 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide PLC Tag Source Parameters You can associate the tag you want to define with a PLC driver by clicking in the Tag Source field of the Tag Definition NEW Tag dialog as shown on page 7 5 and selecting the driver from the drop down list The Tag Source parameters will appear as follows Driver eee icy Si hever Sample Rate Address In Monitor eo Sch SI ms The following options are available Driver Specify the driver name which is responsible for communication with the relevant external device The available communication drivers should be previously defined in the communication driver definition module For a list of currently defined communication drivers click on the arrow to the right of the field Address The address string specifies the location of the tag data source in the PLC or other field device Generally the address represents combination of a PLC unit and PLC register number and type The exact address format is specific for each PLC and depends on the driver used for the communication For more details refer to the driver on
507. rameters C 21 TRG_TEST_ON_ MOVE VFI This parameter determines whether or not the mouse pointer will be highlighted when it is moved on top of a trigger object in an Image Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Highlight Mouse pointer on triggers field in the Trigger tab of the Image Properties dialog For more details refer to the Image Properties section in Chapter 12 Image Editor Default Value NO Enables you to determine the format for tag history files by selecting Virtual File Interface DLLs You may choose between VFISCB or VFISFST formats Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Note VFI5FST can be used only for tag history files This parameter VFI is represented in the VFI tab of the Station Properties dialog For more details refer to the Station Properties section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Default Value VFISCB for both tag and alarm history files C 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide VFISFST_ MODE_TIMESTAMPYES This parameter enables the record of values with old time stamps and the concurrent writing of history from two clients For more details refer to the New VFI Fast Mode section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Default Value Yes Note This is only available in version 7 01 and higher WIZ STARTUPLOGO This parameter determines t
508. raph Snai neti iin eae de ie eel aig Sein EE EA 18 5 Online History miinaa hove denied ated eee ee aes ec 18 5 xii Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Viewing Conventions masisi serisinden idan akna ieaiai itia ei ia ee see 18 5 Men Options eS oe SE mE rR ee Ee 18 6 Fil MGM bases acre cece ccd baited eiae eee d e den teat aga Seay ste geseis Seet deeg 18 6 SETUP MEMO E 18 7 lee EE EE 18 7 Operations Men icin eva env e oh ENEE 18 8 Options Menu aiv o8ste a eel eae ee tee 18 9 Chart Definition gege EES EE 18 10 Opening a Chart Wimdow nnt 18 10 Time Definition E 18 11 Graph Hetto eege sechere a aa aaa ie aae aaa p EES 18 13 Tag Value Display eer aranera areari K E AADA AREA PAARE chet senegal 18 13 elt re NET 18 18 Logarthme RI EE 18 18 Frills ROTEL Le 18 19 RR WE 18 20 Setting Control TT EE 18 22 Specifying a Description for the Chart 18 23 Setting Reference Graph Parameters seesesseeseesessisssissrrnsrnnstnnetnnsennennnns 18 24 X Axis Definition ue 18 31 MOOS IPARI AITTE SAE S PEAP IT AA ETI A AAE EE IT ee 18 34 ele Ale E 18 34 OMINE MOS cei Terea beat E AEAT E E E EEA AES 18 36 Scrolling ANd ZOOMING cccseeceeeeeeeeseeeenaeeeseeeeneeeeseeeeseaeseseeeenseeeseeeseseaeenseeeeeee 18 38 rell 0 E EE 18 38 ZOOMING DEE 18 38 Daten BOX nre eR Pe ee ER ooo RS eo ERO EEO 18 42 Data e D EE 18 43 El oso secs clea eens E E geen vcutewaueuet seus e vducestuersockis 18 45 Grid SOtup EE 18 46 Grid e
509. rary to the application Select Open Lib from the Clusters menu in the Image window Or e Select the Lal tool from the Operations toolbox The Drag amp Drop To Img dialog is displayed Note This window is modeless meaning that you can perform other Wizcon or operating system functions while this window appears on the screen In addition the library window can be resized to adjust its height 12 62 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide In this window specify the library from which you want to instantiate a cluster For a list of existing libraries click on the arrow to the right of the Library field After you select the library the clusters that exist in that library appear in the listbox To obtain information about any specific cluster double click on the cluster An information box appears with the library to which the cluster belongs the cluster s name a brief description of the cluster who defined the cluster and when it was defined After you specify the library select the cluster that you want to use and instantiate it in the Image by clicking the right mouse button on the object and dragging it to the desired location in the Image After you place the cluster in the Image you need to enter some parameters that will be used to generate the instance personality If the cluster is not defined with the Define each Object when Instantiating option the Instance Parameters dialog is displayed
510. re defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by right clicking Reports in the All Containers section and selecting New Report or by clicking the New Report icon in the toolbar VFI Virtual File Interface is an interface layer through which WizPro writes and reads data to and from files in a format that databases can use In Wizcon 7 windows are used for Charts images Events Summaries and History Viewers Glossary H 15 Wizcon Application Studio The Wizcon Application Studio includes all relevant objects and files needed to run and manage an application It has an Explorer like interface from which the application developer has full control and access to all parts of the application Wizcon Language Wizcon Language is a simple but powerful tool used to enhance Wizcon 7 performance by issuing commands handling alarms and communicating with external applications Wizcon Language is generally used to issue sophisticated commands to the PLC that are either too complex or simply impossible to program directly into the PLC Wizcon Language operational parameters are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by selecting Wizcon Language and then Settings from the Design menu Wizcon Language commands are defined by selecting the Wizcon Language and then Definition from the Design menu or by double clicking the Wizcon Language icon in the Control Panel Wizcon SCADA Station Wizcon 7 SCADA station is an operations stati
511. reasing order Error Detection If an error exists in the RLS file incorrect syntax when a file is being loaded a message specifying the line and column in which the error occurred is issued An error is either a missing or incorrect item which prevents a field from being defined properly Note If the tags you specified in the list are not defined in your application the field is treated as a legal field and no message is issued 20 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Generating Reports After the report is defined and saved it can be generated in two ways m by acommand at the command line as described below E by command in Wizcon Language as described on the following page Command Line Report Generation After the report is defined and saved it can be generated by typing the REP command at the command line as follows REP repname rd rt st et of sd ed where H RD sets the reference date used by Date type fields 0 is the current day 7 is the previous week H RT is the reference time used by Time type fields This is the number of minutes that elapsed since midnight between 0 and 1439 Thus 8 AM would be 480 E ST and ET are Start Time and End Time and are only for the time in Tag type fields for which you selected the Given at Run Time option Specify the number of minutes that elapsed since midnight H OF is for Output File Specify the filename or device to which the rep
512. required information for the designated user Reports can be m Triggered in Wizcon Language m Written to a file m Sent directly to the printer 4 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide When designing reports it is possible to Place fields in different positions and include any text such as a header or short explanation at the end of the report The fields can represent runtime values and a number of calculations performed on the historical tag values such as averages integrals sums and more Choose the range calculation such as start day start time end day and end time Define compound fields that are based on two other fields according to a specific formula Multiple fields allow you to receive a value based on a group of other fields For more details on defining reports refer to Chapter 20 Reports Defining Recipes Recipes are specified sets of tag values that you can store for future use When defining recipes remember that Each recipe must belong to a model which includes tags for certain processes or production modes The recipe uses the tags in the model to which it belongs but can also include tags that are not defined in the model Each model and recipe has a unique name The same tag can belong to more than one recipe You can save the current values of any tags at any time as a recipe This means that at the end of a process you can save its values as a recipe and reload th
513. ressions 16 17 format 16 14 setup 16 5 statement 16 3 statements 16 40 string tags 16 20 16 25 Layers 11 9 active 11 13 definition 11 10 elaborate mode 11 16 forced display 11 14 hide 11 15 moving objects 11 16 Layouts 5 47 Assigning to users 5 48 capturing and saving 5 47 loading 5 49 saving 5 50 Loading file from the statement list 16 11 statement file to a printer 16 12 Long Term Security Problem F 12 Macro file 21 4 Macros 21 2 action 21 7 action macros 21 7 command macros 21 13 DDE command 21 16 defining 21 5 modifying 21 18 program macros 21 14 trigger 13 54 Management view stations 23 6 configuring 23 16 Media player 13 60 Menu items assigning authorization groups 5 38 Menu options 5 12 Messages operator initiated 9 23 Models creating 17 3 modifying 17 3 Modes history 18 34 online 18 36 Modifying macros 21 18 Modifying objects 12 41 aligning 12 43 bring to front 12 42 fill anfill 12 41 send to back 12 42 MultiAdd tags 7 23 Multilanguage support 5 41 Multiple tags 25 2 defining a tag filter 25 3 specifying a tag list file 25 3 N Network SCADA Station 23 4 Network SCADA stations configuring 23 10 Networking accessing Wizcon stations 23 23 configuration 23 7 properties 23 22 selecting a protocol 23 24 time setting considerations 23 7 l 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Objects aligning 12 19 copying 1
514. restart my computer later Click Finish to exit Wizcon for Windows and Internet setup 9 Click Finish Installation is complete Uninstalling Wizcon for Windows and Internet Wizcon includes an Uninstall utility which you can use to remove Wizcon for Windows and Internet from your computer The utility will only remove the directories files folders icons and registration originally created by the Wizcon for Windows and Internet Installation program To achieve the best results exit Wizcon and make sure that WizPro is not running in the background before using the Uninstall program If WizPro is working some files and icons may not be removed Installing Wizcon for Windows Internet 3 9 gt To launch the Wizcon for Windows and Internet Uninstall Program 1 Click on the Start button on your desktop point to Settings and then click on Control Panel The Control Panel folder is displayed Double click on the Add Remove Programs icon The Add Remove Program Properties dialog is displayed Select Wizcon for Windows and Internet from the list of available programs and click the Add Remove button When the program has been removed click the OK button to close the dialog Starting Wizcon for Windows and Internet To start Wizcon click on the Start button on your desktop point to Programs to WizFactory and then to Wizcon Click on Wizcon to open the Studio Or Double click on the shortcut to Wizcon icon
515. return 0 For example IF EXIST MAIN IMG THEN SHELL COPY MAIN IMG DETAIL IMG Note You can also use string tags to represent the file you want to search for Wizcon Language 16 37 For example IF EXIST IMG THE SHELL START MYPROG In this example IMG can be a string tag that contains the value of a valid filename Communication Error Verification Command The UNITERR command can be used to check if a specified communication driver and device are operational The format of this command is UNITERR n nnn Where n is the communication driver number and nnn is the device number For example UNITERR 1 002 This command will check if communication driver number and device number 2 are operational not in communication error In case a communication error is detected the return value will be 1 0 if communication exists Note Three digits must be specified for the unit number Macro Command The Macro command can be used to activate a macro pre defined in the Wizcon Macro Definition module The format of this command is MACRO MacroName or MACRO StringTag Where StringTag is the name of a string tag that contains the value of a valid macro name 16 38 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Examples MACRO MyMacro This command will activate a macro called MyMacro MACRO MAC This command will activate the macro repres
516. rformance in milliseconds Specify Maximum and Minimum Rates The default values are Maximum 2000 and Minimum 10 11 40 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Message Buffer size Determines the size of the internal message buffer that Images use to collapse tag alarm notification message received by WizPro When tag values change an Image receives messages in a buffer from WizPro and updates graphical objects accordingly The range is 5 to 500 messages A high value for this parameter improves the performance of Images with rapidly changing dynamic objects so that Images will not have to make graphical updates for each value message The default is 20 messages Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Determining the Period of Time for Slow Zones Note The Image FastZone Properties is not applicable on the Web You can determine the period of time in ms for slow zones in the FastZone tab of the Image Properties dialog as shown below A zone is slow if it has a background that takes more than a given period of time to draw You can improve the drawing time for Goto Zone operations by using a cache of memory bitmaps for drawing the background of slow zones Images 11 41 Image Properties 21x Pictures View Loading Trigger Rates Fast Zone l Dynamic Fast zone threshold msec Pii Maximum fast zones 0 OK Cancel Help ok Notes This only affects the background of the Image Dy
517. ros from the Design menu Glossary H 9 Management View Station Model Wizcon 7 Management View stations bring real time and historical data from the plant floor to any desktop in the organization Management View stations can display data collected by one or more SCADA stations In addition to displaying the data the form of Images graphs and reports Management View stations provide the necessary functions for interacting with on going activities Each command for changing process parameters or downloading a recipe is immediately transferred to the appropriate Wizcon 7 SCADA stations Since the Wizcon 7 Server handles the communication this process does not affect time critical operations on the plant floor A Management View Station cannot operate without a Server station A Model is a prototype list of tags from which recipes are derived Models must be defined before recipes and each recipe must belong to a model See Recipes Momentary Trigger A Momentary Trigger is an object that is used to change a tag value in a one shot way Usually such operations are required for a digital tag that controls some field operation that is activated by a high value one 1 for a short period of time followed by a low value zero 0 All tags can be used for the Momentary Trigger including string tags Network A computer network consists of several computers linked together to enable data to be transferred from one computer to anoth
518. roup 32 To name this group select from Studio gt Design gt Group Names In the Group Names dialog enter Studio in the Group 32 field B 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Refer to the Chemical Water and Hotel applications in Samples for an example of this useful technique and to the Operator Access Authorization section of Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Driver Definitions When you add a new driver Wizcon 7 automatically detects if the driver is of serial type and enables the serial parameters definitions The old NULL and Special types are obsolete The file format of WIZVPI DAT remains the same Converting Wizcon 5 Applications B 5 Differences Between Wizcon 7 for Windows and Wizcon 5 1 for OS 2 APIs Wizcon 7 On Windows supports the 32 bit Wiz5 APIs set only 32 bit add ons that use the Wiz5 APIs set need to be recompiled for Windows NT and Windows 95 REXX is available in Wizcon 5 for OS 2 only Communication Drivers Image Wizcon 7 On Windows supports only the 32 bit VDB communication driver interface 32 bit VDB OS 2 drivers need to be recompiled for Windows Windows does not support OS 2 Meta files OS 2 Icon format used to symbolize clusters is supported by Wizcon 5 for OS 2 only Pipes can have colors that are not solid patterns under Wizcon 5 for OS 2 only Ellipses can be drawn sideways slanted only under Wizcon 5 for OS 2 Sliders have more f
519. rst import the converted gate information into Wizcon 7 gt To import converted gate information into Wizcon 7 1 In Wizcon 7 select the Tags item from the Design menu 2 Inthe Tag Definition dialog activate the Use button 3 Select the converted global gates file WIZGTGLB GLS and activate the Replace button 4 Select the attached gates file WIZGTAT GLS and activate the Append button E 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Template Conversion Colors The conversion utility converts all Wizcon DOS templates to a single Wizcon 7 image whereby each individual template becomes a zone in the converted image The image will be designed to provide as much Wizcon DOS functionality as possible The conversion utility will convert the templates smoothly although conversion errors may occur due to the following reasons m Some or all of the gates were not converted properly according to the procedure described in the gate conversion process above m Wizcon 7 WizPro was not updated along with the converted gates m Some template files are missing or were modified To prevent such errors make sure that the gate conversion process was completed properly and the template files created by Wizcon DOS were not modified There are several differences pertaining to Wizcon 7 image and Wizcon DOS colors Wizcon DOS templates can have different background colors in different applications Once you have conver
520. rt Reference The Chart type is followed by the number of graphs in the Chart Under Graphs all the graphs in the Chart are specified according to the explanation lines above the values For line type the value can be B for bar L for line or M for line with markers Charts 18 57 Under Chart Start time the time type is specified as follows R for relative D for relative date or A for absolute For absolute the date is then specified followed by the time For relative or relative date the number of days is specified and then the time Under Chart time length Window time length the time periods are specified respectively The Chart time length is in the format days hours minutes The window time length is in the format days hours minutes seconds Under Background color the number that appears represents the sequential number of the selected color in the Chart Background dialog The first color in the first row is 1 the next is 2 and so on The second parameter determines whether to use the background color as the scales background color Under History directory if the default history directory is specified Y no history directory appears in the single quotes that follow If N is specified the default directory is not being used the directory name appears in the single quotes Under Data box setup all of the options are specified by Y yes or N no values followed by the data box coordinates x y on the scre
521. rting Wizcon 3 10 Statement definition 16 9 String 13 52 String tag type parameters 7 13 String type tags 7 3 System requirements 3 2 l 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Tag scales 18 20 Tag value changes recording 7 16 Tags 7 2 adding 7 5 analog type 7 3 compound 7 3 defining 7 4 deleting and modifying 7 20 digital type 7 3 dummy 7 3 exerciser program 25 5 exporting 7 26 importing 7 29 MultiAdd 7 23 PLC 7 2 properties 7 31 recording value changes 7 16 single 7 21 string type 7 3 value display 18 13 Tags exerciser program find tag 25 8 saving the tag list 25 10 zoom tag 25 8 Tag value string 13 29 TCP IP software 23 28 support 23 28 Technical Support 1 7 Template Conversion E 9 Text dynamic 13 21 modifying 12 31 Text table 13 24 Time format determining 8 16 Transforming objects 12 45 copy mode 12 45 delete 12 48 move 12 46 rotate 12 47 Trend Profile 14 2 Trend Profiles adding a tag 14 8 changing the default location of files 14 26 creating modifying 14 7 importing 14 25 specifying display 14 19 specifying historical trends 14 14 specifying the date and time 14 12 specifying the x axis time format 14 17 Trend Viewer 14 2 Trend Viewers creating 14 22 interacting with 14 6 Trigger macros 13 54 Trigger objects 13 35 defining 13 36 marking 13 55 U Undo Redo 12 36 Ungrouping objects 12 52 Utilities conversion E 2 V
522. s 12 51 H Help files alarms 8 25 Historical alarm data specifying a directory 9 19 History data directory 19 7 History files setting a format 5 20 History Viewer window attributes 19 9 History Viewers 19 2 generating a list 19 2 historical data directory 19 7 History Viewers list filter definition 19 4 Hot backup stations 23 3 configuring 23 13 configuring switching mode 23 26 HTML pages 15 5 building manually 15 8 If Then statements 16 10 Image file management 12 77 grid configuration 12 73 Image ASCII files 12 81 Image Design 12 15 modifying text 12 31 text 12 28 Image Editing 12 32 modification 12 41 selection 12 33 transformation 12 45 Image Editor 12 3 Image properties 11 30 Image toolbar 11 5 Images 11 2 attaching to a window 12 82 deleting 12 80 importing 12 83 layers 11 9 loading 12 83 merging 12 82 navigating 11 20 opening new 12 78 printing 12 80 repainting 11 32 saving 12 79 scrolling and panning 11 17 specifications 11 28 viewing 11 17 window 11 3 zooming 11 17 Importing alarms 8 23 tags 7 29 Input method 13 39 action buttons 13 39 immediate action 13 42 smooth variation range 13 43 testing 13 46 Input method operations bit 13 50 buttons 13 51 date 13 53 direct value 13 47 smooth variation 13 49 string 13 52 time 13 53 Index l 5 Installation 3 4 Language activation 16 4 commands 16 22 definition 16 7 exp
523. s page 6 13 describes defining OPC driver properties Communication Drivers 6 1 Overview Communication drivers handle communications with external devices such as PLCs industrial instruments remote computers and fieldbuses These drivers are separate program files which you install when installing Wizcon Communication driver file names have the format VPIWN DLL in which is the two or three letter code of the driver Since each communication driver is different the PC Soft driver information documentation should be consulted for specific communication driver details You can define communication blocks to improve driver performance when working with large quantities of tags These blocks enable you to transfer large blocks of information instead of individual data items For more details on communication blocks refer to page 6 8 The first step in designing a Wizcon application is to define the communication drivers and blocks You then define the tags which are control values monitored by the system They are used as internal variables for m Calculations and display m Communication with PLC s in order to represent data from PLC memory or to send commands to PLC s Tags are described in more detail in Chapter 7 Tags Caution In fast Pentium PCs with a 16550 UART serial interface chip Windows 95 default settings may cause communication errors on serial communication drivers To overcome this problem
524. s 21 11 User Login Allows the user to define a macro which will cause the login dialog to open Wizcon opens the dialog and applies the user s actions exactly the same way it does whenever the dialog is opened from Wizcon s Quick Access Bar The common macro running conditions and restrictions are applied to the discussed macro This macro does not have any parameter SelectLanguage Allows the user to select a language The macro opens the same dialog that is opened from the Studio This macro does not have any parameter PrintChart Enables the printing of predefined Chart Windows The parameter is a Chart Window name The chart will be printed without being displayed on the screen Note that only historical charts can be printed if they are not displayed An error message will be issued error code 621 if attempting to print in line chart using this macro and the chart is not loaded DirectLogin User Name Allows the user to define a macro and that will enable direct login without Password opening the Login User s dialog ExitApplication Allows the user to define a macro that will enable the user to exit an application easily This macro does not have any parameters 21 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining Command Macros Defining command macros is performed from the Macro Definition dialog as described on page 21 5 gt To define a Shell command macro In the Macro Definition dialog
525. s Guide Designing Popup Events Summaries Menu gt Design PopUp Settings Popup Events Summaries are designed in the Wizcon Application Studio gt To design a Popup Events Summary Select PopUp Settings from the Design menu in the Wizcon Application Studio A Popup menu appears with the following options Filter Sort Display Color Buzz and Options These items share the same functions as the Events Summary described in the section on Display Options on page 9 7 except for m Options in which you can set several Popup Events Summary parameters as described below m Buzz in which you can determine that the Popup Events Summary will buzz to attract the operator s attention as described on page 9 30 Setting Popup Events Summary Parameters Menu gt PopUp Settings Options The Options item is used to set several Popup Events Summary parameters such as the relax time the Popup title and the amount of lines the Popup will include Events Summaries 9 27 gt To set the Popup parameters From the Design menu point to PopUp Settings and select Options from the Popup menu The Filter dialog is displayed Stations Minimal Severity fo Pa Maximal Severity bom Family Prefix First Zone 0 v Last Zone 50000 D The following options are available List Length Specifies the number of lines in the list Relax Time Specifies in how many seconds the Popup will disappear from the screen when the R
526. s Summaries The Events Summary dialog is displayed as shown on the previous page in which you can modify the Events Summary Exiting the Events Summary Menu gt File Exit gt To exit the Events Summary Select Exit from the File menu or double click on the icon in the upper left corner of the Events Summary window Alarm Display The Events Summary displays alarms according to a severity range zone range class and name prefix These are specified by the operator For example the Events Summary can be instructed to display alarms with a severity level from 20 to 29 in zone 1 5 floors 1 through 5 in a building of classes 7 and 15 doors and windows with the name ROBBERY 9 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Alarms are displayed in the Events Summary based on the following parameters These parameters are selected during alarm definition Select To display Start Time The date and time the alarm was generated Ack Time The time the alarm was acknowledged by the operator End Time The time the alarm was terminated Severity The severity of the alarm Text The alarm message Zone The area of the plant in which the alarm occurred Family The name assigned to a specified group of alarms User The identity of the operator who acknowledged the alarm not in use Station Name The station in which the alarm is displayed Remember if an alarm is defined with both the Auto Acknowledged and Auto
527. s a convenient way of smoothing sensor fluctuations Tolerance applies to analog PLC tags only The value is in the external device measurement units raw PLC units and not engineering units ref Conversion Tags 7 11 Low High Limit These fields specify the upper and lower limits of the tag s value If the low limit you specify is greater than the high limit then no limits are set Conversion External devices normally generate values according to their internal format and in order to obtain the maximum accuracy For instance a temperature measured in the field which is in the range between 0 and 600 degrees may be presented as a numerical range of between 0 to 65535 To convert the field measured value in engineering units Wizcon uses the linear conversion Value 1 Measured Measured raw value sample Value 1 Engineering Corresponding engineering value sample Value 2 Measured Another measured raw value sample Value 2 Engineering Another corresponding engineering value sample For example if you specify the following Value 1 Measured 0 Value 1 Engineering 0 Value 2 Measured 1 Value 2 Engineering 2 The converted value would be the raw PLC value multiplied by two 7 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Digital Tag Type A digital tag type is a discrete logic tag with Boolean values of TRUE 1 or FALSE 0 To define a digital tag type Click in the Tag Type field of the Tag
528. s and items included in the Menu bar will appear in the System menu Always on Top Select to display the Image on top of other open applications Pos Specifies the window X and Y position coordinates in pixels Size Specifies the window size in pixels Title Bar Text Specifies the text to appear in the title bar if the title bar option was selected Window attributes allow you to limit access to the operating system and other applications by creating fixed size windows located in fixed positions that can not be moved Setting the Amount of Memory Available for Image Objects Note Setting the amount of memory available for Image objects is not applicable on the Web You can set the amount of memory available for Image objects in the Loading tab of the Image Properties dialog as shown on the following page The value for the parameter can be set from 60 to 200 11 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide You can also determine the amount of memory available for Image objects as well as enable or disable tag name parsing upon loading in Images Image Properties 2 xi Pictures View H Trigger Rates Fast Zone Dynamic Images memory pool size 200 S IV Parse each image when loading Cancel Help Apply The following options are available Images memory pool size Enables large Images with many objects to be created but allows only about 10 Image windows to be open at one time
529. s dat Action An internal function call failed See the errors dat file for the cause of the failure No SQL connect command in the INIT section Action A Wiz SQL program communicating with a database must have a CONNECT command in its INIT section No backup mechanism is enabled Action A Wiz SQL program communicating with a database must have either automatic backup mechanism activated by including the A option or the manual mode by having the command EXEC BACKUP in the Wiz SQL program 24 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 16 17 18 19 20 21 No TERMINATE command in the program Action The WizSQL will only terminate when WizPro is shutdown If you want to enable the operator to stop WizSQL add a TERMINATE command to your program under a termination condition Illegal tag type Action The type of tag is illegal for this command For example a string tag can t be used in a historical function Insert a legal tag type No records found for this tag Action No historical records were found while reading a history of a tag for calculating a historical function Check the tag s recording mode Illegal time parameter Action The format of the time parameter of a historical function is wrong Correct the time parameter Syntax error command string Action A syntax error was found during parsing the file The command string contains the erroneous part L
530. s dialog box appears This dialog box shows the groups and users currently defined with access permission for the selected Modbus OPC server 7 Click Add The Add Users and Groups dialog box appears 8 Inthe Names list box select the new users or groups to permit server access Press SHIFT to select multiple users or groups 9 Click Add The selected users or groups appear in the Add Names list 10 Make sure the Types of Access box shows Allow Access 11 Click OK 12 Start the Modbus Sample server Note DCOM changes do not take effect while server is running Make sure the Modbus OPC server is not running when you modify DCOM security otherwise you need to restart the server 13 Start the OPC Inspector installed on the remote computer 14 Add the Modbus Sample server to the Configuration group The OPC Inspector connects to the Modbus Sample server automatically Networking with OPC Using DCOM F 13 To view data items in that server create a group in the configuration and add the desired items to that group Refer to the Modbus Sample Help for more information on configuring and using server data groups Other Hints If a server is registered with a network drive in the path such as r shared servers myserver exe a local user can run the server while DCOM cannot Make sure servers are registered without network drives in the path for DCOM to be able to launch them F 14 Wizcon for Windows and Int
531. s do not necessarily have to include tags from the model to which they belong Each model and recipe has a unique name Two different recipes with the same name can belong to different models Models like recipes are stored as text files and can be exported to external applications Write Blocks Write blocks are groups of tags to which values are written in a single data transfer operation whenever the recipe is applied 17 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Recipe Model Creation and Modification The following section describes how to create and modify recipe models When defining recipe models you create a prototype list of tags from which recipes are derived This involves the following m Entering a description of the recipe model m Selecting the tag s and stations upon which you want to base the model recipe m Optional Specifying a write block Model recipes are created in the Model Editing dialog This dialog is invoked from the Wizcon Application Studio H To create a new recipe model follow the instructions listed on the following page to invoke the Model Editing dialog m To modify a recipe model double click the recipe model in the List of Recipe Models The Model Editing dialog is displayed on the following page Recipes 17 3 gt To create a recipe model 1 Click the New Recipe Model BI button in the Wizcon Application Studio toolbar or In the All Containers section o
532. s if not taken from there All the basket operations are also logged in a file called BASKET LOG which describes who takes or adds items from and to the application basket and when There is only one basket in the system which is kept in a simple ASCII text file called BASKET DAT This file can be edited using any text editor to ensure simple and fast Image design for Wizcon application engineers The format of the BASKET DAT file is similar to the one that appears in the listbox of the Basket Maintenance dialog described on the following page 12 68 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide To define the application basket Select Basket Maintenance from the Clusters menu in the Image window The Basket Maintenance dialog is displayed Hamen dreara Liwy E aT Sequel The following fields are available Name Specifies the name of the item as you want it to appear in the basket library Library Specifies the library from which you want to extract the cluster To select from a list of existing libraries click on the arrow to the right of the field Object Specifies the name of the cluster as it appears in the library you specify To select from a list of existing objects click on the arrow to the right of the field Amounts For Required specify the amount of times the cluster object will be available in the basket library For Used the value is usually 0 if you do not fill this field the default value is a
533. s indicated by an arrow gt When you double click on such an item the sub item list appears For example double clicking on Events Summary displays the following sub item list Double click on Events Summary to close the sub item list m To assign all the authorization groups to an item Activate the Set All button m To reset all the groups assigned to an item to their original settings Activate the Reset All button m To assign specific groups to an item Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 39 Select the item and activate the Group button The Set Group Access dialog is displayed as shown on page 5 36 in which you can select groups to be assigned to the menu item Only operators assigned to these groups will have access to the menu item Activating the Set All button assigns all the groups to the item Activating the Reset All button resets all the groups assigned to the item to their original settings If you assign groups to menus that include sub menus and sub items all the sub menus and sub items are affected However if you assign groups to a sub menu or sub item the parent menu is not affected When you select a sub menu or sub item that belongs to that menu you can only reset and set the groups that were defined for the parent menu unless you return to the parent menu and change the settings 5 40 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide MultiLanguage Support Web disabled
534. s installation of Wizcon 7 5 in ba C WizF actory Wizcon You can overwrite the current installation or Exit Press YES to overwrite NO to exit Ee It is recommended to click Yes to overwrite the previous installation 5 Click the Next button to install Wizcon in the default folder C WizFactory Wizcon Click the Browse button if you want to change the default directory 3 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide 6 Press the Next button and the Select Components dialog is displayed Select Components E Select components and subcomponents to install Components wi System Files 24663 K Communication Drivers OK Getting Started Web 8828 K Getting Started Windows 5030 K This component install Wizcon s ToolKit file Description Space Required 38522 K Space Available 58640 K lt Back Next gt Cancel In this dialog you can select the following components for installation System Files Select this option to install the Wizcon for Windows and Internet application files in the directory specified in the Destination Directory field in this dialog The default directory is C WizFactory Wizcon Communication Drivers Optional Select this option if you are using an external driver or controller You can then select the drivers you want to install from a list of existing Wizcon device drivers Press the Change button to open another dialog wher
535. s the dialog Once a statement is defined it can be appended to the end of the program by activating the Append button The statement numbers are automatically adjusted m To select a statement in the program Click on the statement The statement is highlighted Its definition appears in the Definition Fields for editing m To define a new statement Click on a blank statement The Definition Fields is cleared enabling a new statement to be defined When a statement is selected its position in the program will be marked so that new statements can be inserted in its place m To edit a statement in a program Select the statement make the desired changes in the Definition Fields and activate the Change button The edited version of the statement is entered in place of the original version To clear any statement activate the Clear button Wizcon Language 16 9 m To insert a pre defined statement at any location Select the statement before which the pre defined statement is to be inserted and activate the Insert button m To delete any statement in a program Select the statement and activate the Delete button If Then If Then statements consist of two elements Conditions and Operations RN Conditions contain expressions that yield the value True non zero or False zero WR Operations can contain several commands each separated by a semicolon No line breaks are necessary between commands If an expres
536. s the width of the Viewer wizlet in the page Height Specifies the height of the Viewer wizlet in the page Generating HTML Pages 15 7 Building HTML Pages Manually You can manually create HTML files using standard HTML editors such as FrontPage Express that is included with Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 and Composer that is included with Microsoft Netscape Communicator The following is an example of HTML code for adding a Picture Viewer Wizlet lt APPLET archive w4ireq200 jar CODE wizcon visualizer Visualizer class WIDTH 600 HEIGHT 250 gt lt PARAM NAME file VALUE car wnp gt lt PARAM NAME filebase VALUE pictures gt lt PARAM NAME cabbase VALUE wizcon cab gt lt APPLET gt Note Make sure you include the cabbase parameter to enable support when running within Microsoft Internet Express The archive w4ivsl200 jar specifies the name of an archive file that contains all the Wizcon for Internet Java classes By using the archive file Netscape and other browsers speed up the downloading time of applets The other way is to load Wizcon for Internet Java classes one by one which takes more time Netscape Communicator 4 0 and Internet Explorer 4 0 with limitation can load Java applets archived as JAR files JAR files are compressed as in ZIP files and therefore faster to download The JAR format is Java 1 1 standard for packing Java applications and should be supported by all Jav
537. s to be associated with the object The name you specify must be the name of a family of alarms that was or will be defined in the system You can specify the name of an alarm family that was not yet defined in the Alarm Definition module Although at some point it must be defined For a list of defined alarm families that you can select from click on the arrow to the right of the field Note The maximum number of names that you can specify is 600 Select Always to cause the object to appear in the Image constantly If you select this option you must also select an Animation as described on the following page or Trigger Function option described on page 13 34 Select Alarm Family Active to cause the object to appear in the Image only when the alarm condition is true Select No Alarm to cause the object to appear in the Image only when the alarm condition is false If you select this option both the Animation and Trigger Function fields will be disabled Image Animation 13 31 Animation The following options are available Blink Activate to define the blink parameters for the object The Image Alarm Blink dialog is displayed ke bas H Sot P N idid Jee J Erka Kan Fill Color Activate to define the color display of the object The Image Alarm Color dialog is displayed E os H pasi D R idi z com em Loel tee l e Select the alarm status option you want and the color to be associated
538. s to take effect Alarms 8 17 Exporting Alarms The Export Alarms option enables you to generate a list of alarms in ASCII format and send the list to the printer or a file The generated list can also be filtered to include only specific alarms The list is saved in ALS file format which is described in more detail on page 8 22 Alarm lists can be generated and then edited using a text editor Once generated the list can be printed for project documentation This is useful in large projects where thousands of alarms must be defined In this case working with a text editor is faster than defining each alarm separately gt To generate a list of alarms In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Alarms and select Export Alarms from the popup menu The Alarm List dialog appears From To No H Jee Tag Name O i yO Family fo FY Severity pO Oo o O 50000 ze vg Ce m Targets m Attributes m List Target W Printer M System Wide Printer IV Events Summary M Auto ACK MV Popup MV Auto END e File ALS M Popup buzz M Discard I Class at Ack _User Class M Record to file Cancel Help 8 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The dialog contains filter options that you can select to determine which alarms will appear in the list that you want to generate Each filter field is optional except for the filename in the List Target fi
539. s where each command is composed of a condition and a list of SQL and Wizcon commands Includes a list of SQL and Wizcon commands to be carried out before completing the program Remarks can be inserted in the WizSQL file in one of two ways from the slashes to the end of the line is a comment the comment can be closed at each end by these symbols Sample WizSQL Program The WizSQL file below performs the following functions in a Wizcon application 1 An order management system uses an RDB to process orders for production 2 When preparing to produce the next order WizSQL retrieves information on the pending order from the RDB 3 The retrieved information is placed in a group of dummy tags which are saved to a recipe 24 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The database is updated with a new status for the order just retrieved When production begins the recipe of dummy tags is loaded into real tags When production is complete the RDB is updated with the new status of the order produced WIZ SQL VERSION 7 INIT CONNECT USER IDENTIFIED BY PWDS NEW_ORDER 0 START_PRODUCT r ION 0 END_PRODUCTION 0 DESCRIPTION Retrieving a new order from RDB IF NEW_ORDER BEGIN SELE CT SELECT Order_Id Qty_l Qty_2 Qty_3 Orders_Sta FETCH INTO PRODUCT3 END SELECT
540. section must include at least a CONNECT command as described earlier The syntax of this section is INIT Commands list a list of assignment recipe connect and SQL commands The following shows an example of an initialization section in a WizSQL file INIT ANAO3 0 CONNECT USER IDENTIFI ED BY PWD 24 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Program Termination The termination section of the ASCII file includes an SQL command for disconnecting from the database and can include Wizcon commands to reset SQL related tags This section should include one of the two SQL disconnecting commands described earlier otherwise ROLLBACK is used WizSQL is signaled to go to the Termination section of the WizSQL file by using the TERMINATE command or when WizPro shuts down The syntax of this section is TERM Commands list a list of assignment recipe dis connect and SQL commands The following is an example of the TERMINATE command and a termination section IF BATCH_END TERMINATE TERM COMMIT WORK RELEASE ANA03 9999 WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 31 Communication Failure Processing When a communication problem with the RDB occurs WizSQL activates a backup mechanism to back up commands that should be executed The commands are backed up into a backup file consisting of the program file name and the extension
541. ser login Wait for the program to end before running the next program Specifies whether to wait until the current program will end before running the next program To select the setting environment for a Wizcon application Activate the Advanced button in the Application Setup dialog as shown on page 5 22 The Advanced Settings dialog is displayed Advanced Settings The following options are available Run Wizcon Language Specifies that the default Wizcon Language is run Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 25 Defining System Options Menu gt Design Options This section describes how to m Define WizPro options as described below m Change the default Wizcon file paths as described on page 5 29 m Specify active printers as described on page 5 30 Note Changes to WizPro Paths and Printers options are implemented online WizPro Options Menu gt Design Options WizPro WizPro is the Wizcon programming interface kernel It provides mechanisms through which PLC and external device communication can be implemented maintains an on line database and services all inter process requests and messages gt To set WizPro options From the Design menu point to Options and select WizPro from the popup menu The Set WizPro options dialog is displayed Set WizPro options MV Write to HIS File M Alarm Module I Collapse Alarms I Compress definitions Cancel Help 5 26 W
542. sion in a Condition yields a True value the commands in the relevant Operation are executed If the expression is False the commands are ignored and the program proceeds to the next statement Note The Conditions element may be empty causing the Operations to be executed in any case Examples IF SHOUR 18 AND DONE THEN RLOAD NIGHT 1 IF LEVEL gt SETP THEN RESET PUMP SET MIXER PRINTSE mixer start 16 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Comments can be inserted in statements but will be ignored upon program execution Comments are typed in curly brackets Example IF LEVEL gt SETP THEN RESET PUMP SET MIXER PRINTSE Starting Mixing Loading a File from the Statement List Activate the Use button in the Wizcon Language dialog shown on page 16 7 to load a selected file from the list The Use List File dialog is displayed Use List File Append Beplace Cancel Help a H The following options are available Append Replace Cancel Appends the selected list commands to the end of the command list located in the If Then fields of the Wizcon Language dialog Replaces the existing commands with the list of commands available in the defined WLS file Exits the dialog Wizcon Language 16 11 Loading a Statement File to a Printer or a File Activate the List button in the Wizcon Language dialog shown on page 16 7 to load a specific file
543. sions if any exist are detected and alternative names are suggested to resolve the conflicts To begin the conversion of attached gates press the Attached Gates button The Attached Gates Conversion dialog appears Attached gates conversion EN Gates Double click a line to modify Template Gate name New name DAT TWCRS1 GAT2 GAT2 TWCRS1 GAT3 GAT3 TWCRS2 GAT1 TWCRS2_GAT1 TWCRS2 GAT2 TWCRS2_GAT2 TWCRS2 GAT3 TWCRS2_GAT3 Progress Template TWCRS2 GT Loading attached gates 3 attached gates found loading 3 attached gates loaded 2 Templates processed e Proceed Check the results in the Progress field and correct any errors Repeat the step as necessary As you can see anew name is suggested for each attached gate When name collision is detected the new name differs from the original name You can change the suggested name by double clicking a gate s line in the list Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 7 The Modify Attached Gate Name dialog appears Template TWCRS2 Gate name GAT1 Cancel New name TWCRS2_GAT1 You can modify the new name in the New Name field Once you re happy with all the gates names activate the Proceed button in the Attached Gates Conversion dialog Check the results in the Progress field repeat the step as necessary Gate Conversion Completion All gate information is now converted Before you proceed to the next step you must fi
544. splay list and vice versa select the column and click the Move button Creating Events Summary Profiles 10 3 Filter Displays the following window in which an operator can specify alarm filters Filter x Minimal Severity Stations Maximal Severity 50000 Family Prefix First Zone Last Zone 50000 Ok Cancel Reset sl Java Applet Window sah When a column heading is clicked a downward pointing arrow appears in the heading which sorts the column information in descending order Click the column again to display the information in ascending order The arrow changes to an upward pointing arrow a Force End Assist Columns Filter Unacked 3 TT pe Jacktime Endtime Severity Text O 09 09 0 NL 09 09 05 41 09 09 05 41 09 09 05 41 09 09 05 49 The width and the height of the columns are determined when generating the HTML page as described on page 10 15 10 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Defining and Modifying Events Summary Profiles This section describes how to define an Events Summary Profile as described below and how to modify an existing Events Summary Profile as described on the following page Note You may want to refer to the Getting Started guide to see how to define an Events Summary Profile in more detail gt To define an Events Summary Profile Click the New Events Summary Wl icon in the Wizcon Application Studio toolbar or In t
545. ss the lt Ctrl Shift gt key combination and follow the instructions provided in the section called Clipboard Operations on page 12 49 12 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Moving and Scaling Objects When an object is selected eight handles small boxes will appear around the object to indicate that it is selected as in the following illustration gt To move an object or group of objects in the Image 1 Select the object s you want to move 2 Click inside the object or bounded rectangle for a group of objects hold the mouse button down and drag the object s to the desired location The following illustration shows how moving is performed gt To scale an object or group of objects in the Image 1 Select the object s you want to scale 2 Click on one of the eight handles of the object or bounded rectangle for a group of objects hold the mouse button down and drag the handle to resize the object s Image Editor 12 35 The following illustration shows how scaling is performed gt To resize the object s proportionally Click and drag any corner handle in a diagonal direction as in the following illustration Note To terminate a move or scale operation press the lt Esc gt key Undo Redo The Undo and Redo operations are available for Image drawing operations This applies to actions such as delete scale rotate and change attributes color of an object The Un
546. ssociated For example if the alarm condition is true the object may begin to blink or change colors This feature is described in more detail in Chapter 13 Image Animation Alarms 8 3 Defining Alarms Alarms are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio After defining an alarm you can assign a name to alarm classes as described on page 8 13 Note You may want to refer to the Getting Started guide to see how to define an alarm in more detail To define an alarm Click the Alarms 4 icon in the Wizcon Application Studio toolbar or In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Alarms and select Add Alarm from the popup menu The Alarm Definition dialog appears in which you can define E General alarm definitions in the General tab as described on the following page m A single action for an alarm as described in the Action on Alarm tab as described on page 8 12 8 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide General Alarm Definitions Alarm definitions are specified in the General tab of the Alarm Definition dialog as shown below Refer to the previous page to see how to access the dialog Alarm Definition NEW Alarm General Action On Alarm A Tag Name Operator Value AlamCondtio TI lh Alarm Text O Zone zz Severity p J Family Help File sid m Targets Attributes T Printer T System Wide I Events Summary T Auto Ackn
547. ssociated with that object will be applied The Text Table contains a list of strings corresponding to different tag values Date When the operator clicks on an object defined as a Date Time object a dialog appears with the current date value to be modified Time When the operator clicks on an object defined as a Date Time object a dialog appears with the current time value to be modified Smooth When the operator clicks on an object a dialog box appears with tag values that can be selected using sliders This method is valid for all analog and digital tags not for string tags Trigger Object Definition Objects Toolbox a Image gt Edit gt Operations gt Trigger gt To define trigger objects Select the required object and do one of the following H Click the Trigger Definition tool in the Objects toolbox m Right click and select Trigger from the popup menu E Select Trigger Definition from the Operations menu 13 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Trigger Object Definition dialog is displayed Station STATION i i SILO2 z Input Method k Action Smooth Buttons J Momentary Set Macro Test OK Cancel Help For Text Table objects the String button will appear in the Input Method field instead of Data Entry For Time objects the Time button will appear in the Input Method field instead of Data Entry For Date objects the Date button will a
548. station Restart Wizcon for changes to take place C 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The parameter is represented in the TCP IP address field in the Backup tab of the Network dialog For more details refer to the Network Properties section of Chapter 23 Wizcon Network NET HOTBACKUP_MODE This parameter determines the Hotbackup switching mode The Hotbackup station can be activated automatically or manually Both Master and Hotbackup stations must be set to the same mode Select Manual mode to enable activating the Backup station regardless of the state of the Master station Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect Note The Backup station can only be manually activated by using the SetBackup mode API in an add on Refer to the Wizcon Programming Interface online help for more details This parameter is represented in the Hot Backup mode field in the Backup tab of the Network dialog For more details refer to the Network Properties section of Chapter 23 Wizcon Network Default Value AUTO NET _MAXCHANGESDELAY This parameter determines the maximum number of messages that a source station accumulates before it sends the data buffer to a target station Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Maximum network changes delay field in the General tab of the Network Properties dialog For more details refer to the Network Properties section of Chapter 23 Wizcon Network
549. station or distributed among several Wizcon stations Alarms are distributed to several stations using Wizcon network support facilities For more details about network support refer to Chapter 23 Wizcon Network and to the WizPro online reference If this option is selected the alarm will be distributed to other stations in the network It can be acknowledged from any station across the network By default alarms appear only on the station used by the operator Auto Acknowledge Acknowledges alarms as if already acknowledged by the operator Alarms 8 7 Auto END Ends alarms as if the condition that caused the alarm to be generated was already terminated Class at Acknowledge Enables you to re assign a User Class property to the alarm when the alarm is acknowledged This means that you can change the routing of an alarm upon its acknowledgment Record to file Records the alarm in the alarm history file Discard Discards active alarms when the application is terminated Remember if an alarm is defined with both the Auto Acknowledged and Auto End options it will be considered inactive and will not be displayed in an Events Summary Alarm Condition Statements This section describes how to enter the alarm condition statement in the Alarm Definition dialog as shown on page 8 5 A Tag Name Operator Value Alarm Condition DI DI jo The alarm condition statements the Tag Name Operator and Value fields c
550. stem authorization is assigned by Groups Up to 32 groups can be defined in the system each with its own unique name Each operator can be assigned to one or more groups For example once a group is assigned to a tag any operator that belongs to that group can perform tag value operations on that tag Operators not assigned to a group that matches any of the tag groups will not be able to set new tag values System authorization is for local use only Group names and passwords are not used when interacting with the application through a browser 5 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To define operator authorization settings Select the Design menu and point to Authorization A popup menu displays the following options Select To do User Setup Setup users using passwords and group assignments as described on page 5 37 Group Names Assign names to authorization groups as described on page 5 37 Menu Items Assign an authorization group to each menu item in Wizcon as described on page 5 38 This section describes how to m Define users with passwords and group assignments as described below m Assign group names to authorization groups on page 5 37 Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 33 Operator Registration RTE z gt Web disabled The User Setup option defines users with passwords and group assignments The name of the currently logged in operator is displayed in the title bar
551. sting stations and tags click on the arrow to the right of the field String tag objects in the Image can also be defined as triggers When the object is selected in the Trigger mode you will be able to enter textual values using different input methods For more detail about string tag trigger definition see the Trigger Objects section on page 13 36 Image Animation 13 29 Alarm Objects Bera Oboe Objects Toolbox gt Image gt Edit gt Operations gt Alarm An Image object can be associated with an alarm so that the alarm will affect the way the object behaves Such objects are called alarm objects An alarm object can be defined to blink show hide or change colors when the alarm is active provide textual assistance when selected and enable alarm acknowledgment To define an object as an alarm object Select an object in the Image and activate the Alarms object button in the toolbox The Alarm Object Definition dialog is displayed Sisto Eraunz Alera Foard Kapp d D Glen Fee rei chem peat reg 4a T e Fred Ge Trigg Function TC ainor Get P peiro 7 acin Ack baton Hon 13 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Station Alarm Family Show Object When The Wizcon network station to which the alarm belongs For a list of defined stations that you can select from click on the arrow to the right of the field The family of alarm
552. sualizer Wizlet with different values For a complete reference to all the HyperText Markup Language HTML tags and attributes supported in Netscape Navigator see http developer netscape com library documentation htmlguid index htm Editing HTML Pages HTML pages can be edited as follows gt To edit an HTML page 1 Inthe All Containers section click HTML A list of HTML files is displayed in the List of HTML Files 2 Right click the required HTML file and select Edit HTML file from the popup menu The file is opened in your default HTML editor Importing HTML Files You can import an HTML file into your current application gt To import an HTML File 1 Inthe All Containers section right click HTML and select Insert HTML file from the popup menu The Import File dialog is displayed in which you can select an HTML file and click Open to import it into the current application 2 Right click the required HTML file and select Delete HTML file from the popup menu The file is removed from the application 15 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Deleting HTML Files HTML files can be removed from the current application gt To delete an HTML page 1 Inthe All Containers section click HTML A list of HTML files is displayed in the List of HTML Files 2 Right click the required HTML file and select Delete HTML file from the popup menu The file is removed from the application Changing t
553. t Wizcon will paste the object in the bitmap format If the object is not in this format Wizcon will not paste the object Note If you paste an object from the clipboard the imported object will be placed in the current active layer 12 50 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide In addition if you paste a text object from the clipboard and the original font of the object you pasted does not exist in your system the object will appear in the current active font The following editing operations can be applied to objects pasted from the Clipboard to a Wizcon Image Operation Bitmap Move Yes Size Yes Rotate No Fill No Color No Dynamic Yes Trigger Yes Grouped Objects Grouping objects combines two or more objects so you can work with them as though they were a single object You can flip rotate and resize or scale all the objects in a group as a single unit You can also change the attributes of all objects in a group at one time For example you can change the fill color to all objects in the group in a single step Grouped objects can be edited the same way as any other object but cannot be nested a group cannot include another group A grouped object can also be ungrouped to separate its original elements Note Any object in a segment that is defined as a trigger object will function in the Trigger mode the same as when it is not included in a segment For more information about trigger objects see Chapt
554. t 2000 MGMINWAIT 10 MGMAXWAIT 2000 EIER IMG size of collapsed buffer for receiving msgs from WizPro Must be in the range 5 to 500 default is 100 MGWIZMSGBUF 100 r r Define object blink rate parameters fast medium slow MG_BLINKRATES 500 1000 2000 Determine if trigger object will be highlighted when selected Default is NO RG_FEEDBACK NO EIER 3 Determine if clicking on overlapping triggers will activate the top or bottom object Default is TOP TRG_ACTIVATE BOTTOM 3 j Event Summary VP Variables Event Summary action when double clicking on alarm Can be ASSIST or ACK Default is ASSIST ANN_DOUBLE_CLICK ASSIST jp WizPro Variables WizPro Logger flush rate in seconds historic files Default is 30 maximum is 3600 LGRFLSHTIME 30 WizPro Logger buffer size in lines records historic files Default is 124 maximum is 2048 LGRBUFSIZE 124 Alarm generator will not generate new alarms while condition is TRUE and alarm is force ended or auto ended if this variable is Tuning Parameters C 25 set to YES Default is NO ALGEN_REGARD_STATE NO WizPro will load this recipe at startup STARTUP_RECIPE LOADME 1ST ALARM_PRT_CONDENSE contains the escape sequence sent to printer before each alarm Consists of decimal ASCII codes separated by commas For example if the cod
555. t all Redirection Redirects messages to specific destinations The following PRINT commands are available PRINT A and PRINT E Redirect messages to Popup for the Popup Event Summary or to Printer for the alarm printer PRINT B PRINT C and PRINTS D Redirect messages to the file specified Note To verify the rate of the Wizcon Language a print command with the current time can be placed in the program For example PRINTSE Start scan at STIME 16 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Language Definitions Menu gt Design Wizcon Language Definition The following section describes how to create Wizcon Language definitions that will be used by the system This involves two steps m Opening the Wizcon Language dialog in which statements are defined as described below m Defining statements as described on page 16 9 gt To open the Wizcon Language dialog In the Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the P Wizcon Language icon or From the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio point to Wizcon Language and select Definition from the pop up menu The Wizcon Language dialog appears Wizcon Language 16 7 The following options are available Command No Description Previous status Then Append Change Insert Delete Clear Use Specifies sequential statement numbering The statements are numbered automatically as they are defined a
556. t an existing message Select a message from the list in the Events Summary then select Message from the Operations menu and change the text gt To view the changes made to the message Select the message in the Events Summary and then select Assist from the Operations menu Note Using the above options you cannot change the text of system alarms alarms defined by selecting Alarms from the Design menu in the Wizcon Studio Application or by right clicking Alarms in the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio Remember An assistance file AHP is generated for each operator message This file contains all the operator message text except for the latest message entry 9 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Popup Events Summary The Popup Events Summary is an Events Summary that appears on the screen whenever a severe alarm occurs As you define each alarm you can specify whether the alarm will appear in a Popup Events Summary or in an Events Summary In addition the operator can filter the alarms that will appear in the Popup Events Summary This section describes how to use a Popup Events Summary Designing Popup Events Summaries is described on page 9 28 The following is an example of a Popup Events Summary papa enim 7 Alami 1 Dale gt 91 Zivlek Time 11953 The following alarm information is displayed Alarms The number of alarms that appear in the Popup Date The Popup a
557. t demo docs Generating HTML Pages 15 13 Using Microsoft Internet Information Server 4 0 The Microsoft Internet Information Server provides the Personal Web Manager for publishing as shown below A Perzsal Wen hdonages gt To publish your web application with Microsoft Internet Information Service 1 Map the physical directory of your application docs to a virtual directory the URL 2 Invoke your Personal Web Manager and select Advanced Options The Virtual Directories tree appears Select the folder under which you want to place your application 4 Connect to the Web Server and check your application Use the folder you specified to access the web application For further information refer to the Windows NT Option Pack Documentation Microsoft Internet Explorer Personal Web Manager s online help Adding New Publishing Directories 15 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Web Application Properties The Web Application Properties dialog enables you to change the following WH Web Application files directory in the General tab as described on the following page m Events Summary Profiles files directory in the Events Summary Profiles tab as described on page 15 18 m Pictures file directory in the Pictures tab as described on page 15 19 m Trend Profiles file directory in the Trends Profiles tab as described on page 15 20 m Cache settings for historical data in the
558. t dialog The Text Format Date Time dialog is displayed Text Format Date Time Station Tag Options Date C Time Time with Seconds Cancel Help The following options are available Station Specifies the Wizcon network station to which the tag belongs Tag Specifies the tag with which the Date Time display will be associated Date The tag value will determine the display of the number of days since 1 1 1980 The limitation date is up to the value of 21203 18 Jan 2038 18 01 38 on the Image Time The tag value will determine the display of the number of minutes since midnight Time with Seconds The tag value will determine the display of the number of minutes and seconds since midnight 13 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Tag Value String Tag value string displays can be used to represent tags defined as string tags in the tag definition procedure described in Chapter 7 Tags as Image objects Tag string objects in the Image will display exact field device numeric alphabetic or alphanumeric values gt To define a tag string display Activate the String button in the Text dialog The String Tag dialog is displayed Crater STATION balls Tits SILO Cancel Help Specify the Wizcon network station to which the string tag belongs and then the name of the string tag you want to be represented in the Image To select a station or tag from a list of exi
559. t displays a popup menu with context sensitive options m Clicking on a column header sorts the list in that column The information for each list is displayed under columns that are relevant to the list For example the List of Alarms displays the following columns Tag Name Condition Text Family Zone and Severity 5 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m A list can be duplicated in a separate window for ease of use by right clicking in the list window pointing to View and selecting Duplicate from the popup menu A list can be duplicated only once For example the List of Alarms as shown below List of Alarms agame l Condon _ Tet__ Faniy_ Zor AS PUMP FILL gt 0 Caution REACTOR_TEMP gt 0 Caution m A list can be customized by right clicking in the list window pointing to View and selecting Settings from the popup menu A dialog is displayed in which you can set the order and the type of fields to be displayed in the List Zone Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 9 For example the List of Alarms dialog as shown below To specify the columns to be displayed in the List of Alarms click the checkbox next to a column name to select it The following columns are available Tag Name Condition Text Family Zone Severity You can determine the order in which the columns appear in the Wizcon Application Studio by selecting a column and activating the Move Up or Move Down buttons
560. t in a block are saved and will be executed when the connection is renewed For more details refer to page 24 30 Used to run the backup file after the connection with the database is renewed For more details refer to page 24 33 The termination command signals WizSQL to stop running the commands in the WizSQL file The IF command is described in more detail on page 24 19 The following example shows a typical WizSQL command containing a Description Condition and a combination of SQL and Wizcon commands DESCRIPTION IF BATCH_ SQL I EXEC SQL Save batch data into Process table END STRUCTIONS INSERT INTO process VALUES TEMP_P1A DUR_P1A L EXEC SQL EV_P1A commit Wizcon command BATCH_END 0 24 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Saving batch data into process table Process 1A SE LES Oe 0 fe Bee TEMP_P1A 09 06 95 06 06 95 WizSQL Condition The Condition statement is a logical condition based on Wizcon tag values The format of the condition expression is similar to the C language format Consequently it is TRUE when it is different from 0 You can use the mathematical and logical operators listed below in expressions These symbols have the same meaning as the ones used in C language WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 15 Math
561. t property so that you are prompted to save the layout of any open windows before you exit Wizcon To savea layout by default 1 Right click Layouts and select Properties from the popup menu The Layouts Properties dialog is displayed Layouts Properties 2x 2 Select Prompt to save layout When you exit Wizcon you are prompted to save the current layout This change can be implemented online 5 50 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Using the New Wizcon Application Wizard Wizcon for Windows and Internet provides the New Wizcon Application wizard to enable you to open applications from the Wizcon Application Studio You can m Open a blank application Wizcon will base the application on the default Wizcon settings m Create a template application Wizcon will open a new application based on the settings of an existing application m Open an existing application gt To open a blank template 1 From the File menu choose New Application The New Wizcon Application dialog is displayed New Wizcon Application EN g A Blank Template Application Application Ir BER Cancel Choose which type of new application you would like Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 51 2 Select Blank Application and click OK The Set Application dialog is displayed Application name PS Folder name JEAwizcon for IntemetSPROJECT Create Folders EE 3 Wizcon for Internet E proje
562. t significant occurrences in a process It is important to design alarms with different severity levels zones and characteristics This way a user will recognize each alarm and react quickly and properly It is important to mark all alarms that are not targeted to an Events Summary with an Auto Ack attribute so that they will not have to be acknowledged by the operator For more details about alarms refer to Chapter 8 Alarms Chart Design Charts visually represent the process progression When designing charts you should take into account user requirements For example if a user needs to compare two tags to perform a certain task it is recommended to include both tags on the same chart Up to 16 tags may be represented on a single chart For more details about Charts refer to Chapter 18 Charts Tag Naming Conventions Make sure that the name you assign to each tag clearly indicates what the tag represents For example all the tags that represent Flow Transmitters may be called FTxxx This naming method is also convenient when adding a list of tags that are of the same type It is also recommended to name the stations in a predetermined manner For example according to plant area Logic You can use Wizcon Language to create an application that can enhance the capabilities of control equipment working with Wizcon such as PLCs and establish the connectivity interface between Wizcon and external computer applications For more det
563. t the bottom on the object with the options to Play Stop Pause Fast Forward and Rewind You can select and edit the object size and the location can be manipulated as any other object To change the object properties double click on it Image Animation 13 61 Tag Value Simulation Menu gt Options gt Simulate After dynamic objects are defined the operator can test an object s response to different tag values using a Wizcon mechanism that simulates tag values without affecting the tag itself gt To simulate tag values Select Simulate from the Options menu The Simulate Tag Values dialog appears Simulate Tag Yalues Station STATION Tag SILO2 lafla Current Simulated Value 0 New Suggested Value 350 TT P H Exit Bange Help The following options are available Station Specifies the Wizcon network station to which the tag belongs Tag Specifies the tag to be simulated Current Simulated Value Specifies the value being used for simulation New Suggested Value Suggested simulation value Enter a value or move the slider below Extreme left is the lower range limit extreme right is the upper range limit Exit Exits the simulation 13 62 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Apply Applies the suggested value Range Range of simulation values for the slider After you specify the value you want to simulate in the New Suggested Value field and activate the Appl
564. t you reversed Find Find Next To search for objects in an Image Modify To modify object attributes color pattern filled and so on Transform To change the position and dimensions of objects move rotate scale and delete Clipboard To copy objects from the clipboard to an Image or from an Image to the clipboard The basic editing sequence is as follows m Select an object or several objects m Select an editing operation m Perform the operation The following sections describe each of the editing operations and operation stages 12 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Selection Drawings Toolbox gt KA Menu gt Edit gt Select gt To select an object 1 2 Click the Select tool ki Click on the object you want to select The object will be selected and in addition any other selected object will be deselected To select several objects Start from an empty point in the Image hold down the left mouse button and drag a rectangle around the objects you wish to select To add an object to existing selection Click the mouse button while holding down the lt Shift gt key Handles small squares appear on the corners and sides of an object s highlighting box when the object is selected Use the square handles to resize and transform an object Click on a selected object and the handles change to arrows which then permit you to resize an object To move selected objects
565. tart position Link Enables you to define the DDE Link as Always linked to the DDE server or In Monitor When selecting Always every change will be passed by WIZDDEC to WizPro even if the tag is not In Monitor The WizDDEC block mechanism enables Wizcon to receive many tag values from the server in one update message This improves the communication between Wizcon and the DDE server Tags 7 19 A common use for DDE client blocks is a setup in which a DDE server updates at once a block of items that make up a recipe Define DDE client blocks only if data items in the server change simultaneously within milliseconds For more details refer to Chapter 22 Wizcon DDE Support PLC tags linked to DDE items will actually cause the DDE application to update the PLC and the updated value sampled from the PLC will be automatically transferred to the DDE application However if any Wizcon module reads or writes tag values it will first access the PLC tags and then update the DDE link Deleting and Modifying Tags After defining a tag you can modify it as described below gt To modify a tag 1 In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio click on Tags to display the List of Tags 2 Inthe List of Tags section right click the tag you want to modify and select Modify Tag from the popup menu or Double click on the tag in the List of Tags section The Tag Definition dialog is displayed in which you can modify
566. tation as described in Chapter 23 Wizcon Network Record remote tags and alarms and simulate the connection between a remote station that is not running as described in Chapter 23 Wizcon Network Set your network environment and establish a proper Wizcon application performance as described in Chapter 23 Wizcon Network Assign an immediate value to a tag This is useful for testing tag performance as described in Chapter 7 Tags Define multiple tags to optimize performance as described in Chapter 25 Multiple Tags Import a list of tags as described in Chapter 7 Tags or a list of alarms as described in Chapter 8 Alarms Export a list of tags as described in Chapter 7 Tags or a list of alarms as described in Chapter 8 Alarms Define Language Support as described on page 5 41 Display Help topics Display the Tip of the Day dialog Display information about the Wizcon Application Studio 5 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Optimizing Application Performance Wizcon Station properties enable you to optimize application performance and enhance functionality You can adjust system parameters and establish a suitable working environment for your Wizcon Application gt To define station properties Right click Wiz Application in the root of the container list in the All Containers section if you have saved your application the application name will appear in the root and select
567. te The New File dialog is displayed Generating HTML Pages 15 5 4 Enter a name for the HTML page and click Save The page is generated It is saved in the List of HTML files in the Application Studio 5 Click on the page in the List of HTML files to display it in your browser The Generate New HTML File Dialog In the example below all three Viewers have been specified Generate new HTML file 15 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Include Picture Viewer Include Events Summary Viewer Include Trend Viewer Check to display the dynamic graphic options as follows Picture Specifies the Picture that represents graphic display Click to display list of Picture files and select the required file Disable control operations Select to disable user control operations Check to display the active alarms options as follows Profile Specifies the Events Summary Profile that determines alarm display Click to display a list of Events Summary Profile files and select the required file Width Specifies the width of the alarm summary wizlet in the page Height Specifies the height of the alarm summary wizlet in the page Check to display the Trend options as follows Profile Specifies the Trend Profile that determines data monitoring Click to display a drop down list of Trend Profile files and select the required file Width Specifie
568. te defining large blocks that cover unnecessary items may degrade system performance H Itis better to define small blocks with fast sampling rates for items that are monitored frequently and leave the remaining data in larger blocks with slower sampling rates m Although blocks may overlap each other this situation is undesirable since identical tags that belong to two overlapping blocks will be sampled randomly There is no guarantee which block will be sampled first m The relationship between the block and tag sampling rates specified in the Block Definition and Analog Digital Tag Definition dialogs respectively is such that the slower of the two rates will always override the other For example If you define a communication block for five tags with a block sample rate of 30 seconds Three of the tags will be assigned a tag sample rate of 20 seconds and the remaining two tags assigned a tag sample rate of 10 seconds The following illustration will clarify the example G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 20 sec 10 sec El l 30 sec The tags will be sampled only after 30 seconds have elapsed since the last time the block was sampled 6 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide However if you define a sampling rate for a tag group slower than the block sampling rate as in the following illustration G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 40 sec 10 sec l 30 sec the tags in that group the 40 second group in the example above will be samp
569. ted in the current application The following may occur E Ifa language has not been defined for the application the application will work with the default language The multilanguage support module will attach the loaded file to the current application m Ifthe current application is a multilanguage application with two or more defined application languages the Language database selection dialog is displayed Language database selection E The language database does not match the file you are loading You can specify the path to the language database to be used with this file or choose the Ignore button to attach your file to the current database Press Cancel to cancel file loading Please enter the database directory as Browse Cancel Click Browse to specify the path of the language database to be used with this file If the selected database does not match the loaded file the Language Database Selection dialog will reappear You can either click Ignore to attach the loaded file to the current language database or click Cancel to prevent file loading 5 46 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Layouts Web disabled E A layout is the position of open windows in an application This section describes how to capture and save layouts and how to assign them to users You can assign a layout to a user so that when the user logs on the windows included in the layout will a
570. ted into the current Image and all the merged Image elements will automatically appear selected Note Imported objects will be placed in the layer to which they belonged in the source Image according to the ordinal number of the layer and not the layer name or in the current layer if the layer to which they belonged does not exist in the target Image The same applies for text in different fonts File Attachment File gt Attach to The Attach to options enables you to attach an Image VIM to an existing window This replaces the Image inside the window The VIM file is modified to reflects this change Common Open dialog lets you select the Attach VIM actually the Image is what is attached The Image title changes to for example attached to c APPLIC W7 2 VIM 12 82 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide File Import File gt Import The Import option enables you to import or load an Image file that has been saved as an ASCII file ILS into the Image window This file can then be viewed and edited Image Editor 12 83 12 84 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 13 Image Animation TR x About this chapter This chapter describes how to use Image animation in Wizcon for Windows and Internet as follows Overview on the following page provides an overview of Image animation Dynamic Objects page 13 3 provides a description of dynamic objects and describes how to define
571. ted object to which the dynamic definition will be applied Options Transformation options Important Notes In the Dynamic Parameters dialog a special arrowhead character will appear beside any button that has been selected When the Dynamic Parameters dialog appears on the screen no dynamic object animation will occur in the Image although tag values will be updated As soon as the dialog is closed when the OK or Cancel button is activated all dynamic objects in the Image will be graphically updated Several transformation and range parameters can be set for one object each dependent on its associated tag value The final appearance of an object will be the result of all the relevant transformations However if any one transformation is applied more than once only the last application will be effective Dynamic objects cannot be nested or grouped When defining dynamic object attributes in the Dynamic Parameters dialog you can right click to cancel the current operation Image Animation 13 7 Optimizing Dynamic Object Performance Motion The task of dynamic updating in the Image is one of the most important operations in the Image Each time a dynamic object changes its state such as in tag changes or blink times Wizcon Image redraws the object When you have a dynamic object that changes very fast such as a blink with a fast rate the Image can not avoid many repaints This process is complex and uses a larg
572. ted your templates into a Wizcon 7 Image you can change the background color of the image to be the same color you had in Wizcon DOS You can do this by selecting Edit gt Set Background Color from the Image menu Wizcon DOS colors are sometimes XORed with each other as with text and dynamic elements Wizcon 7 colors are not XORed Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 9 The conversion utility uses two color tables to convert the Wizcon DOS colors to Wizcon 7 format One table is used for text the other for graphical elements If you want you can change the values of a color table using customized color conversion files such as CNVCOLOR which is provided with the conversion utility in your Wizcon 7 directory Note that for template conversion customized color conversion files should be placed in the new Wizcon 5 application directory The following is an example of a customized color conversion file GraphicsBlack White GraphicsBlue LightBlue GraphicsGreen LightGreen GraphicsCyan LightCyan GraphicsRed LightRed GraphicsMagenta LightMagenta GraphicsBrown DarkYellow GraphicsLightGray DarkGray GraphicsDarkGray LightGray tBlue Blue GraphicsLigh GraphicsLightGreen Green GraphicsLightCyan Cyan GraphicsLightRed Red GraphicsLightMagenta Magenta GraphicsYellow Yellow GraphicsWhite Black TextBlack Transparent TextBlue LightBlue TextGr
573. teeereeeeeees D 4 VFISFST_NO_COMM_ERR VEISEGTT NO COMM ERR D 5 VFISFST_MODE_TIMESTAMP VFI5FSTT_MODE_TIMESTAMP aannnaaaann D 5 Appendix E Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility E 1 Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility ssassnnennennnennnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnne E 2 Converting Wizcon for DOS Applications s sssssssnssunnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnna E 2 Preparing the Wizcon for DOS Application E 3 Initial Configuration 0 0 eee ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeaeeceaeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeees E 4 Gate Te EE E 5 Template Converslon E 9 Miscelaneos 2227 eege egetede a EES cada i ie aa E 15 Alarm Conversions esaea E E Ere A AT EAEE EEE Ed ebe E 16 Report Conversion ais aean inaa aa kE e EEGEN dE E 17 Final Le Eu CEET E 18 Troubleshooting BEE E 25 Appendix F Networking with OPC Using DCONM sees F 1 Making OPC Connections cccccccesccesseeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeessaeseseeeenseeeeeseeeseaeseseeesnsneeeeees F 2 When You Cant Make OPC Connections ccccsecseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeneeeeeeseeteas F 2 Security for Windows NT and DCOM c sccssecceseeeseeeeesneeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeseneenenseaeees F 3 Configuring DG OM estecchereteiectesteshedangedechesdieecinedeaecaesiazena EA R F 4 Table of Contents xix Different or Same Domaines F 6 Default SeCUrity Hagen geesde ere ve eege Ee F 7 Short Term Security Problem Resolutions c cccescesseeeseeeees
574. tem Note Not all programs support block message Please check the documentation of the DDE server application A common use for DDE client blocks is a setup in which a DDE server updates at once a block of items that make up a recipe Wizcon the client receives all the items and the tag values are changed at once Define DDE client blocks only if data items in the server change simultaneously within milliseconds Wizcon receives the whole block of data whenever one of the items in the block changes Therefore if items change one at a time Wizcon will receive a whole block of values many of which have not changed DDE Client Blocks Definition and Modification Menu gt Design DDE Blocks Using DDE blocks in Wizcon involves two steps m Defining the DDE client blocks H Connecting the tags to the relevant blocks in the DDE Link tab of the Tag Definition dialog as explained on page 22 13 A DDE block in Wizcon is composed of an internal name block address and block dimension The internal name is used to connect a tag to a block 22 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide DDE blocks are created and modified in the DDE Client Block Definition dialog This dialog is invoked from the Wizcon Application Studio gt To define modify DDE Client Blocks 1 Inthe Control Panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the DDE Blocks icon or From the Design menu of the Wizcon Application Studio
575. tem Updating from the Backup to the Master may take a few minutes if it logged a few Mb while it was active This updating is done while the Master is already active and sampling or logging the current process Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 21 Application Setup Menu gt Design Application Setup The Application Setup dialog enables you to set up or modify the additional add ons and programs you wish to run when starting Wizcon This section describes the following m Opening the application setup dialog as described below m Setting up the program you wish to run while starting Wizcon as described on page 5 24 H Selecting a setting environment for a Wizcon application as described on page 5 25 gt To open the Application Setup dialog In the Control panel of the Wizcon Application Studio double click the Application Setup icon Or From the Design menu select Application Setup The Application Setup dialog is displayed Application Setup Name Window s Style Start Before User Login Wat Properties OK Cancel Help Advanced 5 22 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Add Properties Remove Move Up Move Down Advanced Sets up the additional program you wish to run while starting Wizcon For more details refer to the following page Displays the properties of the selected program Removes the selected
576. tem integrator the power to limit the operations that the user is able to perform A Wizcon tag is used as an internal variable for m Calculations and display WR Communication with PLCs in order to represent data from PLC memory or to send commands to PLCs Tag values can be scanned and recorded to historical files according to several parameters specified by the user Tags can also be assigned a DDE link definition and can therefore receive or send data to from other applications 2 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Trend Profiles The Trend feature provides real time and historical graphical view of tags values over time Wizcon architecture provides additional benefits for remote control applications and applications where frequent causal access is required For those applications historical display of data is critical In such applications an operator may wish to log in to his application at the end of the day and check what happened during the day The Trend features include Historical cache mechanism Offers improved performance with minimum load on the server Asynchronous historical data download As a result the Trend is always responsive to the user Performance On a local area network performance is similar to Wizcon for Windows It is possible to use trends over dial up connection Display of multiple tags over time Historical and on line data support X and Y axis labeling Offers
577. ter Library Send to Back Bring to Front Delete Grid and Snap to Grid Cluster Library Toggle Fill Delete Snap to Grid Send to Back Bring to Front 12 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Objects Toolbox The Objects toolbox enables you to define Image objects such as Alarm Trigger Dynamic Cluster Definition Group Slider and Media Cluster Definition Alarm Definition Trigger Definition Slider Media Player Dynamic Definition Font Bar The Font bar enables you to set the text font style for any text object simple digital or text table This toolbar includes the font name size direction and different text effects The text can be bold italic underscored or strikethrough Underline Strikethrough L E GEN to Top Defaut Jl System fio B Style Top to Bottom Left to Right Right to Left Image Editor 12 11 Wizcon Color Features This section describes some of the Wizcon color features Full Color Support Wizcon7 has full color support that is limited only by your operating system and hardware Selecting Colors Double clicking on any color in the Color toolbox opens a common color dialog displayed below that enables you to select different colors from the ones defined in the toolbox You can define your own set of colors and customize your toolbox Color Basic colors IT EFSI Meer WII ET SES tae LEE DI See
578. ter describes how to work with Wizcon Images It also describes how to create a Picture Viewer so that the Image can be viewed in a browser as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of Wizcon Images and a description of the Picture Viewer The Image Window page 11 3 describes how to open an Image window its toolbar and toolboxes modes Layers page 11 9 describes how to work with layers in Images Viewing page 11 17 describes viewing Images in their windows scrolling and panning and zooming Creating Picture Viewers page 11 25 describes how to create a Picture Viewer by generating an HTML page from an Image Image Technical Specifications page 11 28 provides technical specifications of Images Image Properties page 11 30 describes how to enhance the Image and update its properties Images 11 1 Overview Wizcon Images are dynamic graphic representations of industrial processes Each tag in an industrial process can be represented by an Image object and each object can represent specific process values thereby displaying a dynamic picture of the process This chapter provides basic information about Images and how they are created It also describes Image navigation activities how Images are viewed and manipulated Picture Viewers A completed Image is converted into an HTML page and then published so that an operator can interact with the process through a browser An example of
579. termines how a selected pattern will fill the graph as follows Low Limit Causes the pattern to fill the graph line down to the lower limit value of the graph the value specified in the Low option of the Tag Scale Limits field Value Causes the pattern to fill the graph line in between the highest and lowest limits defined in the Tag Scale Limits field Tag parameters The following options are available Station Specifies the station to which the tag belongs Tag Specifies the tag represented in this Chart Label Specifies a description of up to four characters that represent the type of units in the graph For example lbs can be used for weight 18 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Tag scale limits Extended parameters Specifies the limits of the scale Low Specifies the lowest value that will be presented in the graph High Specifies the highest value that will be presented in the graph These values appear as the vertical axis limits for the graph Default tag limits Determines that the specified limits are the default limits for any other tag you add to the graph The following options are available Control limits Specifies the lowest and highest tag values for which graph lines will be drawn as described on page 18 18 Description Specifies a description for the graph as described on page 18 23 Reference Graph Sets the parameters for the graph as described on p
580. ternet Information Server that can be downloaded from the Microsoft web site Installing Wizcon for Windows Internet 3 3 Installation It is strongly recommended that you close and exit all Windows programs before running the installation procedure gt To install Wizcon 1 Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The WizFactory Setup menu is automatically displayed E WizFactory Setup x PCSOFT Bringing Together Control amp Information INTERNATIONAL Wien S The Master Setup program contains the following options Wizcon for Windows and Internet Loads the Setup program for the Wizcon for Windows and Internet installation program m WizPLC Loads the Setup program for WizPLC installation program 3 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide WizDCS Load the Setup program for WizDCS Wizcon Demo Applications Enables you to install Wizcon demo applications such as Chemicals and Building and Water Different demo applications run on Windows 95 98 and Windows NT The resolution of your screen should be set to either Resolution 1024 x 768 or Resolution 800 x 600 Explore the CD Opens Windows Explorer enabling you to view the CD contents Exit Exits the Master Setup program If the menu is not automatically displayed Click on the Start button select Run and enter D setup exe into the Open field where D is your CD ROM drive Click OK Select Wizcon for Windows and Internet T
581. th a scale of 64 each unit being 1 100 mm per unit change in the tag value A special animation feature enables the movement to reflect the combined value of two tags To implement this feature specify a new tag name or use the current tag name in the Dynamic Parameters dialog activate the Move 2 button and specify the coordinates for the second tag in the Move 2 dialog that appears The final position of an object is derived from the sum of the coordinates of each individual position For example diagonal movement can be obtained through the combination of one tag with a horizontal position parameter and another tag with a vertical position parameter Image Animation 13 9 Rotation When the Rotate button is activated the Dynamic Parameters dialog is temporarily disabled and the Editor enters the Rotate mode described in Chapter 12 Image Editor When the object is rotated to the orientation corresponding to the End Value parameter the dialog reappears for further setting Note If the start point is identical to the end point clicking on a rotation point will rotate the object 360 degrees If the Hand mode described in the Transformation Options section on page 13 19 is active instead of rotating the object the operator enters the rotation parameters in the Rotate dialog The following options are available Angle Specifies the rotation angle in degrees per unit change in the tag value Reference Point Sp
582. th the Class button are similar to the specifications defined for the Events Summary Refer to the section called Alarm Display in Chapter 9 Events Summaries The Network Simulation option allows you to simulate the connection to a remote station that is not running This enables you to work with remote tags alarms and images to aid in developing the local station application 23 20 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To implement network simulation 1 Copy the application files of the remote station to a directory on a server drive or your local hard disk Create a text file called NETSIM DAT as follows STATION_NAME ID PATH where STATION NAME is the name of the remote station with which the connection will be simulated TD is the station ID PATH is the path specifying the location of the remote station s application files This file must be located in the local application directory For example SCADAO1 110 S AWIZCON REMOTE Wizcon Network 23 21 Network Properties The Network Properties menu enables you to set your network environment and establish maximum Wizcon Application performance and to enable or disable specific functions gt To define network properties Bo Double click the Wizcon Network icon in the Control Panel D CH o r From the Network menu of the Wizcon Application Studio select Network Properties The Network dialog is displayed as s
583. the Events Summary m To display a sort category in the Events Summary Select the category in the Item List box and activate the Move button The item is moved to the Sort Order box 9 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide m To remove a sort category from the Events Summary Select the category in the Sort Order box and activate the Move button The category is moved to the Item List box Double clicking an item causes that item to move to the other list Alarms are sorted in ascending order 1 2 and so on except for the severity level group which is sorted in descending order 90 89 and so on so that the most severe alarms will be displayed at the beginning of the Events Summary list Note Since you can only view a limited number of alarms in the Events Summary window it is recommended to sort the alarms according to their severity m To change the display order of the categories Move all the sort categories to the Item List box and place them back in the Sort Order box in the order in which you want them to appear in the Events Summary Alarm Display Setup Menu gt Options Display The Display option is used to specify which alarm components will be displayed in the Events Summary Events Summaries 9 11 gt To specify which alarm components to display Select the Display item from the Options menu The Display dialog appears ltem List Display Order Start Time Zone The following opt
584. the PLC but can be used to store specific values Tags are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by selecting Add Object and then Tags from the Design menu by clicking the Add Tag icon in the toolbar or by right clicking Tags in the All Containers section and selecting Add Tag Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP is a communications protocol that provides effective and reliable communications between computers within a network and between different networks H 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Tokens Clusters The use of a variable or operator in an application to enable customized tag creation and identification upon Instantiation These tokens can be used in the Tag Name Address and Description fields to enable customized tag attribute generation Tokens can also be used to easily create and identify alarms This applies for Tag name Family Help File and text fields in the dialog ASK text from to or ID from to TU brackets specify an optional parameter Trigger Object A Trigger Object is an object in an image defined to execute a specific operation whenever it is selected Trigger objects are defined by selecting the Operation Trigger from the Edit menu in the image or by selecting the trigger icon from the Objects Toolbar User Defined Report VFI Window User defined reports are customized reports that contain free text and calculated field data Reports a
585. the Text dialog 3 Click OK The text will appear at the specified location on the screen The other Text Types field is used for the dynamic display of tag values This field is explained in Chapter 13 Image Animation When the text is entered and confirmed it will appear at the specified location on the screen 12 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Font Style Selection In Wizcon 7 any text object simple tag value or text table can have its own font style The Font bar reflects the font style that is going to be used for the next text object It also reflects the font style of the current selected single text object Changing the font style while a single text object is selected will change that object s style Predefined text styles can be used for easy uniform texts as labels titles and so on It is possible to set a style to text and then change only part of the style properties If a style is changed all texts with that style are changed in any property that was not modified for that text The text object colors are selected and set as any other object gt To define font styles 1 From the Options menu select Fonts Definition The Font Styles Definition dialog is displayed Font Styles Definition x A4 a The following font styles are defined for the image Name FaceName L ps Type D System 10 Bold i Arial Black 12 TrueType Italic Add Remove Image Edi
586. the image 11 32 Report Conversion E 17 Report field definition types 20 13 compound 20 22 date 20 28 multiple 20 24 string 20 28 tag 20 14 time 20 27 Reports 20 2 defining 20 3 field codes 20 7 field definitions 20 9 field summary 20 31 frames 20 5 generating 20 37 generating from command line 20 37 generating from language 20 38 importing HTML templates 20 11 saving 20 33 Rotating objects 12 47 S Saving colors 12 13 image files 12 79 SCADA stations 23 3 configuring 23 10 Searching for objects in images 12 38 Security for Windows NT and DCOM F 3 Selecting colors 12 12 network protocol 23 24 objects 12 18 Serial port parameters defining 6 7 Server stations 23 5 configuring 23 10 Setting amount of memory for Image objects 11 36 chart control limits 18 22 format for history files 5 20 image background color 12 13 reference graph parameters 18 24 Setting up additional add ons 5 22 Setup data box 18 43 grid 18 46 Short Term Security Problem F 11 Shutting down 4 17 Simulating a connection to a remote station 23 20 Simulation setting range 13 63 tag values 13 62 Single tag input 7 21 Sliders 13 57 Smooth variation 13 49 Sorting alarms 9 10 Specifying DDE address 22 18 directory for historical alarm data 9 19 login logout message 8 15 Specifying historical cache settings 15 20 SQL 24 3 command 24 16 Standard graphics files JPG and BMP support 11 29 Sta
587. the previous page to see how to access the dialog L Tag Definition NEW Tag 21x General Record DDE Link L Tag Name Groups Ke Description Tag Source Dummy w Tag Type Analog be Format Unsigned16 EI GE Measured Engineering Tolerance fp Value 1 fo fo Low Limit fi Value 2 fi fi High Limit fo The following options are available Tag Name Enter a unique tag name with no more than 32 characters Description Enter a brief description of the tag Groups Click to display the Set Group Access dialog in which you can define security groups so that only authorized operators can set the tag value For more details about defining security groups refer to the section on Authorization Groups on page 7 14 Tags 7 5 Tag Source This field is divided into two sections a tag source option and below it the tag source parameters Click to display a drop down list in which you can choose the source to work with Your choice will determine the available tag source parameters Dummy select for internal application related processing and needs The Dummy tag has no tag source parameters PLC select to associate with a PLC driver The tag source parameters are described on page 7 7 Compound select for automatic calculations The tag source parameters are described on page 7 10 Tag Type This field is divided into two sections a tag type option and below it tag type pa
588. the right mouse button Tab Moves from one Trigger object to the next only if the Trigger On mode is active To move to the previous Trigger object use the lt Shift gt and lt Tab gt keys Shift Tab Moves from one Trigger object to the previous Trigger object only if the Trigger On mode is active In addition to using special cursor movement keys you can use Zones or Positions to navigate through Images Zones can be defined in order to mark specific areas in an Image for navigational purposes Positions can be specified in order to jump to different locations in an Image The following paragraphs explain these operations Defining Zones Menu gt Options Zones Definition A Zone is a specific area in a Wizcon Image marked for navigational purposes Once defined zones can be used in go to and macro operations to cause specific Image sections to fill the Image area of the window immediately In Wizcon for Internet each time a zone is defined the zone area is saved in a single picture file When generating HTML pages these pictures are used to determine the opening view of the Image in the page as described on page 11 26 Images 11 21 To see how to define a zone in more detail it is recommended to refer to Step 6 in the Getting Started Guide To define a zone Select Zones Definition from the Options menu The Zones Definition dialog is displayed Name FILLING_AREA Geale H Central Point x
589. the value of the string will appear in the report as described on page 20 28 Reports 20 13 Tag Field Type The Tag field type is used to calculate tag values according to several options that you can select as described on the following page To activate the Tag field In the Field Definition dialog activate the Tag button The Tag Field Definition dialog is displayed Tag Field Definition STATION n l H te P 20 to bm The following options are available Station Specifies the station to which the tag belongs Tag Specifies the tag name 20 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Days Hours Function Specifies the days and hours of the tag records that you want to use for the calculations in the report Range Determines that the dates you use are relative to the reference date the date displayed on your computer Since the reference date is usually the current date 0 represents the reference date and 1 is the day before the reference date future dates cannot be used Given at Run Time Specifies that the values will be determined by the Wizcon Language REPORT command or the REP command used to generate reports at the Windows 95 command line Specifies the function to be performed on the recorded values The following options are available Last value Returns the tag value at the end of the specified interval This value will be the last
590. the values even if no changes were detected Every Specifies that the tag value will be recorded each specified time interval Note The fastest rate at which Wizcon samples a tag for recording is 50 milliseconds 7 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Communicating Online with Other Applications Wizcon can communicate online with other applications such as Excel through the DDE Dynamic Data Exchange interface as shown in the DDE Link tab of the Tag Definition NEW Tag dialog as described below Refer to page 7 4 to see how to access the dialog L Tag Definition NEW Tag General Record DDE Link DDE Type None K The DDE is a common protocol that allows applications to exchange data freely using either one time data transfers or ongoing transfers in which applications send updates to each other whenever new data is available The DDE Link tab contains options that enable you to specify that the tag will be linked to another application through the DDE This will cause the tag value to be updated immediately whenever a change occurs in the object to which the tag is linked Tags 7 17 You can choose between three options DDE Type Click in the field to display a drop down list with the following options Selecting an option will display its parameters None Specifies that no DDE link is associated with the tag This is the default option Single as described below
591. ther control system components Custom adaptation is supported through a fully documented toolkit m Wizcon s OPC capabilities enable system integrators to create a common interface for exchanging data with hardware field devices or other software that can be reused by this client program and other HMI SCADA and custom applications Picture Viewer This feature displays an online dynamic graphical drawing representing the factory floor It serves as the operator s main tool for viewing interacting with and controlling the factory floor through dynamic graphic representation PLCs Sampler Wizcon samples PLCs at up to 50 milliseconds resolution and can receive data with a time stamp of up to 1 millisecond resolution Wizcon can sample up to 16 networks of PLCs and other field devices Introducing Wizcon 2 11 Recipes Wizcon provides recipes lists of tag values that are applied to specific control processes as groups Operators can edit load and save recipes for convenient handling of production processes and setting of control programs Recipe management and downloading of production recipes from management systems is simple and straightforward Security on the Web Tags Wizcon applications take full advantage of the security features provided by the Web server enabling user access control according to selected Web pages A Firewall can be used to limit access according to IP addresses Wizcon also offers the sys
592. this chapter This chapter describes the Events Summary Profile that contains the definitions that determine the way alarms are displayed in a browser It also describes how to create an Events Summary Viewer an HTML page that features real time monitoring of alarms as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of the Wizcon Events Summary Profile and Events Summary Viewer features Defining and Modifying Events Summary Profiles page 10 5 describes how to define which alarms will be displayed in the Events Summary their order how to assign alarms text and background colors Creating Events Summary Viewers page 10 13 describes how to create an Events Summary Viewer by generating an HTML page from the Events Summary Changing the Default Location of Events Summary Profile Files page 10 16 describes how to change the location of Events Summary Profile files Creating Events Summary Profiles 10 1 Overview The Wizcon for Internet system enables real time monitoring of alarms Events Summary Profile First you create an Events Summary Profile that contains the definitions that determine the way alarms are displayed in a browser For example you can set filter conditions so that only those alarms that meet certain conditions are displayed Events Summary Viewer An Events Summary Viewer features real time monitoring of alarms according to the definitions specified in the Events Summary Profile The
593. tion Studio You can click on the page in the List of HTML files to display it in your browser Images 11 27 Image Technical Specifications The following table lists the technical specifications of the Wizcon Image Image Specifications Coordinate space Number of static elements Number of dynamic elements Number of zoom scales Number of zones Number of layers 2 000 000 x 2 000 000 pixels 100 000 10 000 2 048 500 64 11 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Standard Graphics Files JPG and BMP Support JPG files and BMP files can be inserted into an Image and also displayed by the Picture Viewer on the browser JPG and BMP files can be used as a background for other dynamic objects and can also be animated using the dynamic definition For more details about dynamic objects and animating refer to Chapter 13 Image Animation It is recommended that JPG and BMP files are located in the same directory as the Image file so that when the application is copied to other computers those files will be transferred also You will be prompted to copy the file to the Image directory if you insert a graphic file in a directory which is not under the application directory In Wizcon for Internet when a BMP file is inserted into an Image it is converted to a JPG file when the Image is saved BMP pictures inserted into an Image through the clipboard are not supported by the Picture Viewer in the we
594. tion 13 57 gt To design a slider From the Edit menu point to Drawings and then to Widgets Select Slider from the popup menu or Click the Slider tool a in the Objects Toolbox The Slider properties dialog is displayed Station STATION E Tag un d m Value Assignment C On dragging On dropping only Ce On dragging to Image on dropping to Tag m Ticks Limits 7 Serr Tick every bom KR EE leois From Ticks on Right Bottom Ticks on Left Top Ticks on both sides M Border IT Snap to Tick cre zs The following fields are available Station Specifies the Wizcon network station to which the tag belongs For a list of stations from which you can select click on the arrow to the right of the field Tag Specifies the tag to be associated with the slider For a list of tags from which you can select click on the arrow to the right of the field 13 58 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Value Assignment Limits Select On Dragging to cause the value of the associated tag to change as the slider is dragged Select On Dropping only to cause the value of the associated tag to change only when you complete the dragging release the mouse button and place the slider on a specific value Select On Dragging to Image on dropping to Tag to cause the value of the associated tag to change and be reflected in the Image only as the slider is being dragged
595. tion Studio Login to Wizcon Logout of Wizcon Exit Wizcon as described on page 4 18 4 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Designing an Application A carefully designed application enables a user to easily and efficiently supervise an on going process This section describes the following m The basic information you need before designing an application as described below m Typical application requirements as described on the following page Before Designing Your Application Before you start designing your application you need to know some basic but necessary details about the process for which you are creating the application H Obtain a list of variables that Wizcon will read and write from and to a PLC I O list or Tag list H Look at the control drawings to study the design and use of certain equipment H Look at the plant drawings to examine the layout of the plant for which you are designing the system m Find out what kind of reports users and managers want to receive in what format and inclusive of what fields m Find out what kind of network you have if it uses the NetBIOS or TCP IP protocol and the name of your network station Determine any authorization definitions Determine PLC definitions such as blocks and addresses Once you have this background information you can build an application that fully uses the resources of the plant s equipment Remember that if yo
596. tion concerning internal system events such as communication driver failure network communication errors and others Note Alarms must be configured System messages are automatically provided by Wizcon Wizcon alarms can be displayed in the special Events Summary or in a popup window In each of these display options operators can examine and handle numerous alarms by filtering and sorting them 8 2 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Basic Principles Only users with the appropriate authorization can define alarm conditions Wizcon alarms are generated whenever predefined conditions exist These condition types are explained later in this chapter Up to 65 000 alarms can be defined in Wizcon Each alarm can be assigned different characteristics and properties during the alarm definition procedure Alarms in Events Summaries Alarms are displayed in separate windows in Events Summaries or in Popup Events Summaries which are described in Chapter 9 Events Summaries To provide the operator with online help such as operational instructions when an alarm occurs alarm messages may be linked to Help files These files are explained later in this chapter Alarm Objects in Images A special feature in Wizcon enables you to visualize alarm conditions in a graphical way by associating image objects with alarms Alarm objects in images react to the conditions of the alarms in the alarm family with which they are a
597. tion types are available They are described in more detail on the following page Field No Displays the number of the current field Tag Determines tag values and value calculations Compound Determines the calculated value of two other fields and or constants Multiple Determines the calculated value based on a group of other fields Time Determines that a specific time is included in the report Date Determines specific dates in the report String Tag Determines predefined tag string values 20 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Importing HTML Templates You can use any HTML file as a template for a report The file can be located anywhere on your system and can be created using any standard HTML editor After importing the file you can modify it by adding Wizcon report fields as described on page 20 9 gt To import HTML 1 In the Report Definition dialog as displayed on page 20 4 activate the Import HTML button A message appears asking if you want to discard changes Click Yes The Import HTML File dialog is displayed Select the HTML file that you want to use as a template and click Open The file appears in the text window of the Report Definition dialog as shown below Report Definition 123 lt TITLE gt Wizcon for Internet Application lt TITLE gt lt HEAD gt lt BODY TEXT 666666 BGCOLOR FFFFFF LINK 6666EE UL H lt CENTER gt lt P gt lt FONT SIZE 2 gt 0
598. tions and responses A Chart can be defined edited and viewed It is displayed in a window where up to 16 activities can be displayed simultaneously each with its own color and style Chart operations are performed according to the operator s authorization level For example some operators may be able to define edit and view Charts others may only be able to view Charts The following is an example of a Chart window File Setup Modes Operations Options Help 6 20 03 96 20 03 96 20 03 96 4 ez ep IER 10 13 57 36 13 58 12 13 58 48 Be A Time Scale Scroll Bar Charts 18 3 In addition to the standard window structure the Chart window includes the following elements Graph Area The center area used to display graphs Tag Value Scale The vertical bar located to the left of the graph area by default This bar can be moved by dragging and dropping it at the right or left side of the window Time Scale The horizontal bar located at the bottom of the window above the scroll bar Scroll Bar The bar at the bottom of the window used to scroll the Chart Mouse Operations on the Time Scale You can double click the left mouse button on the time scale horizontal axis to invoke the Chart Time Definition dialog in which you change the specified range values In addition several zooming and scrolling operations can also be performed on the time scale as described on page 18 38 Data Box Window A
599. tivate that button by pressing the lt Alt gt key together with the lt F gt key In the Macro field you can specify a macro that you want to be activated by typing the name of the macro or by clicking on the arrow to the right When you click on the arrow a list of predefined macros will appear for you to select from Note If more than one operation is assigned in this dialog the operations will be performed in the following order goto zone tag assignment run macro If one of the operations fails the next operation will not be executed To save a button definition Activate the Save button and type a name Once action buttons are saved for a specific object they will appear each time the operator clicks on that object Then clicking on any button will apply that value to the tag Image Animation 13 41 Action If you want to use the Action input method you must first define an Action formula To define an action formula Activate the Action button in the Trigger Object Definition dialog The Action Definition dialog is displayed Tag Name STATION SILO2 Formula J siLo 5 Zone MIXER d Macio emeng Cancel Help Enter the tag name and formula of the value to be applied whenever the operator clicks on that object For the tag value formula you can use any of the following formats tag op val val op tag val tag where alone is the current tag tag is the name of any tag op
600. tive Layer tool in the toolbox or select Active Layer from the Layers menu Mouse Buttons Cursor Generally the left button is used to draw objects Click the left button on specific points in the Image to start and end objects The right button is generally used to cancel operations or complete them to close a figure de select an object and so on When a drawing operation is selected the cursor will take on the appearance of the icon representing the operation that was selected Image Editor 12 15 Filling Any figure can be filled with a pattern A pattern is structured as a foreground text color over a background color A transparent attribute can also be selected Open figures will be filled up to the line connecting the endpoints of the figure Orientation Some figures are drawn in an orthogonal orientation only in the horizontal vertical or 45 degree directions Once such a figure is drawn it can be rotated to any angle Attributes Each figure circle square polygon and so on is assigned a set of attributes including colors filling and patterns An important Image Editor drawing feature is that once you draw a figure with specific attributes each time you select that operation again the figure will be drawn with the same attributes you selected previously Continuous Design After an object is drawn a new object with the same attributes can be drawn immediately without having to select the o
601. to a cross hair shape as described on page 18 53 Data box Present graph tag and time values according to the current pointer location or current tag values as described on page 18 42 Hide Vertical Remove the vertical scales from the Chart Scales Hide Horizontal Remove the Horizontal scales from the Chart Scale Hide Scroll bar Remove the Scroll bar from the Chart Charts 18 9 Chart Definition Chart Definition involves the following steps m Opening a Chart window as described below m Defining Chart time as described on page 18 11 m Defining graphs as described on page 18 13 Note You may want to refer to the Getting Started Guide to see how to create a Chart in more detail Opening a Chart Window The first step in Chart definition is opening a Chart window To open a Chart window Double click the Chart button in the Wizcon Application toolbar Or In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click Charts and select New Chart from the popup menu An empty Chart window is displayed AR C WIZCONS PROJA YPSCHR Untitled0 CHR Bisi x File Setup ie Gperations Options Help 18 10 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Time Definition The Chart time determines the period for which tag values can be traced There are three components in the Chart time definition H Chart start time H Chart time period m Window time period Note In the Histor
602. to end Select the alarms you want to force to end from the list in the Events Summary and select Force End from the Operations menu The selected alarms will be terminated If End appears in the Events Summary the current time will be displayed in green Operator Initiated Messages Menu gt Operations Message This operation is used by the operator to spontaneously record alarm messages in the system This enables the operator to immediately record special activities or outstanding events The operator can also overwrite an existing operator message entered manually or automatically and also view the edited message as described on the following page This option can be used for example to record only part of an on going process for display or to modify a message to meet a particular requirement Events Summaries 9 23 All messages whether entered manually or automatically are recorded and can be retrieved gt To record a new alarm message Select Message from the Operations menu The Message dialog is displayed in which you can enter a message el mm Alarms that are entered manually are assigned the default severity level 0 and the name MSGn where n stands for the number of the alarm in the order of manually entered alarms MSG1 MSG2 etc Manually entered alarms are always acknowledged You can also edit a message and view the edited text as described on the following page To edi
603. to the new point If the X axis was defined as X Tag Values as described on page 18 33 each time an X value changes the Chart module will check each Y scale If a Y axis value exists for the X value the current Y value will replace the X value If no Y value exists for the X value the new point will be added to the graph X current Y Each time a Y value changes and a valid X value exists for that Y value the new Y value will replace the old Y value gt To activate Online Charts From the Modes menu select the Online option A check mark appears beside it to indicate that it is active Note When the operational mode is changed from Historical to Online the Chart automatically jumps to the current time The Online mode is indicated in the Chart by an icon that appears in the time scale as follows a IESSE Online Histo SEH at con ee oe es A ig d 18 36 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Online Scroll Automatic scrolling occurs in the Chart whenever the graph reaches the extreme right side of the window This is determined by the window period configured for the Chart You can regulate automatic scrolling gt To regulate automatic scrolling From the Options menu select Online scroll step A popup menu displays the following options Select To enable No step The default scroll one small bar at a time appears on the time scale Full window A scroll of one full window 1 2 window A scro
604. to the right of the field to display a list of macros 21 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Program List Specifies the list of macros that you selected to be included in the program m To adda macro to the list Activate the Add button after specifying your definitions m To adda macro to the list before the currently selected macro Activate the Insert button Clicking OK saves your definitions and closes this dialog displaying the Macro Definitions dialog where you can activate the Add button to add the macro to the list of macros Macros 21 15 Defining the DDE Command Macro Using the DDE Command macro you can create a macro that enables you to execute commands from any applications that support the Command part of the DDE protocol Usually these applications include a predefined set of supported commands which are listed in the applications documentation Defining DDE Command macros is performed from the Macro Definition dialog as described on page 21 5 To define DDE Commands In the Macro Definition dialog activate the DDE Command button The DDE Command dialog is displayed DDE Command Name mmm Application Ir Topic eege Command Ir Cancel Help The following options are available Name Specifies the macro name that you specified in the Macro Definition dialog Application Specifies the name of the DDE compatible application in which you want to execute the comman
605. toolbar Alig x E S z F EI i E E There are several ways to align objects in Wizcon 7 Two or more selected objects can be aligned to Right Top or Bottom They can also be centered or resized Horizontally Vertically or Both Image Editor 12 43 You may also use the Align toolbox to align and resize objects Use To Align objects by their left edges Align objects by their right edges Align objects by their centers vertically Align objects by their middles horizontally Align objects both horizontally and vertically Align objects by their tops Align objects by their bottoms One or more objects can be resized to the same width One or more objects can be resized to the same height One or more objects can be resized to both same height and width Note The Align feature does not support the Undo option 12 44 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Transformation Transform operations are used to change the position and dimensions of an object Each of the Transform operations is discussed in the following paragraphs Copy Mode Menu gt Modes gt Copy On The Copy On mode enables the duplication of objects in Transform operations When the Copy On mode is activated a Transform operation will preserve the original object When the Copy mode is not activated a Transform operation will discard the original object only the transformed object will remain To toggle the Cop
606. tor 12 29 2 Activate the Add button The Font Properties dialog is displayed Font Properties Style name Font Jy Almanac MT Ty Antique Olive mp Antique Olive Compact mp Architecture T Anal e e hail Kl seen HES Size roo n f2 7 Bod I Italic CC Underined 14 Web disabled 16 I Strikethrough zl s E ext E Cancel Help 3 Specify the required font style from the following options and click OK to save your definitions and close the dialog Style name Font Face Name Font size Effects Selected from list Reflects the font style that is going to be used for Text objects Predefined text styles can be used for easy uniform texts as labels titles and so on Can be bitmap or TrueType selected for available fonts system dependent List of available system fonts For bitmap fonts you can select from sizes available for that face name If another value is entered the Image will use the best fit For TrueType fonts the 14 size is translated as 1 000 word units in 64 scale Select from the following options Bold font dependable Italic Underline and Strikethrough Note that Underline and Strikethrough are not applicable on the Web 12 30 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Sample Text Type any text to obtain an example of the way the text will appear in the Image The text example that you type appears in the example box be
607. ts Charts should be converted manually Templates Background bitmaps will not be converted Graphical segment libraries will not be converted Line style and Line width graphical attributes are not supported by Wizcon 7 Blinking drum gates will not automatically be converted It is recommended not to fill your Wizcon 7 images with blinking elements since this will significantly degrade system performance The point of reference concept does not exist in Wizcon 7 In Wizcon for DOS dynamic elements and text are drawn in the XOR mode In Wizcon 7 all graphics are drawn in the REPLACE mode This may distort the visibility and colors of some elements As a partial solution you can use customized color conversion files described earlier in this appendix Wizcon 7 triggers are not marked with asterisks As mentioned above they are always drawn in the REPLACE mode Only Load Template function key assignments will be converted to Wizcon 7 triggers as mentioned in the section called Template Conversion earlier in this appendix E 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Troubleshooting The following paragraphs describe the errors that may occur during each step and possible solutions The errors are displayed in Bold Global Gate Conversion 1 File not found WIZ BAT Action The WIZ BAT file is missing Make sure that it exists in your flattened Wizcon DOS application directory 2 Could not open
608. ts Summary Properties 2 xi General l m Alarm help text status I Scroll alarm kt Assist IT Show Force End User C Ack C Assist and Ack 9 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The following options are available Alarm help text status Scroll alarm list Show Force End User Advanced The following options are available Assist Enables the user to obtain alarm help text from alarm Help files Ack Acknowledges alarms Assist and Ack Enables both the Assist and Ack options This change can be implemented online Enables the Events Summary to scroll and display alarms in the top of the list If this option is checked this parameter determines that when a new alarm arrives the Events Summary automatically scrolls to show the top alarms in the list This ensures that if the new alarm is important it will not be missed because the operator scrolled the list too far Restart Wizcon 7 for changes to take effect Implements the Force End field which helps the user to know whether the name that appears in the User field is the name of the person who ended or acknowledged the Alarm Defines Events Summary window attributes as described on the following page Events Summaries 9 33 Defining Events Summary Window Attributes Activate the Advanced button in the Events Summaries Properties dialog as shown on the previous page to define default Events Summary window attributes
609. ts the date for yesterday and the time according to the ITIME tag Report Command This command enables the automatic generation of a report according to a format that has been created previously in the Report module Note The REPORT command cannot be used to edit any report that was not created using the Wizcon Report module The short format of the command is REPORT xxxxx where Xxxxx is a report name of up to 5 characters Note that the REPORT command must be the last command in the Execute section and therefore cannot appear together with an RLOAD or SHELL command Tag names can be included in the REPORT command as variables This can be useful to generate a series of reports with a single command 16 34 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide For example if you want to generate ten reports REPO to REP9 you would define a dummy tag called repno and write the following command sequence IF repno gt 0 THEN repno repno 1 REPORT REP repno One way the series could be activated is by pressing a function key defined with the value of 20 For example IF TAG1 20 THEN repno 0 The full format of the REPORT command with optional report variables is REPORT xxxxx rd rt st et of sd ed dir tag where RD sets the reference date 0 is the current day 7 is the previous week RT is the reference time used by Time type fields This is the number
610. u Cancel Help Specify the time in hours and minutes that is to be subtracted from the reference time in order to obtain the time value that is to appear in the field Note The reference time will be the time the report was generated from current unless otherwise specified in the command that activates the report Reports 20 27 Date Field Type The Date field type is used to include specific dates in your report All dates are relative to the reference date gt To activate the Date field In the Field Definition dialog activate the Date button The Date Field Definition dialog is displayed Date Field Definition Date Reference Date id Cancel Help Specify the amount of days to be subtracted from the reference date in order to obtain the date value that is to appear in the field Note The reference time will be the time the report was generated current unless otherwise specified in the command that activates the report String Tag Field Type The String Tag field enables predefined tag string values to appear in the report Note To use this field type the tag associated with this field must have been defined in the Tag Definition procedure as a String Tag as described in Chapter 7 Tags 20 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide gt To activate the String Tag field In the Field Definition dialog activate the String Tag button The String Tag Field Definition dia
611. u are not aware of the limitations of the equipment you may cause damage Getting Started 4 5 If you are creating an application for a networking environment refer to Chapter 23 Wizcon Network before you start designing the application Designing Multiple Applications If you are designing multiple applications you need to decide where to store your history files on the local disk or on the server Using Wizcon network tags the same application can run on many stations The application can be designed on one station and copied to another station The only difference will be the station name definition and number Note The tag alarm and communication driver definitions should not be copied Tip It is recommended to define the station name and number before you begin to build your application images charts and so on Typical Application Requirements A successful Wizcon application takes into account the following Consistent Display Design Process visualization accurately represents an on going plant process enabling a user to clearly understand the process status at any given time It is recommended that displays in the visualization remain consistent throughout the application For example if a tanks fill status is represented in percentage form then all fill status should be represented in percentages 4 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Alarm Design Alarms represent one of the mos
612. u can change the default location to the required location Trends Profiles Properties 21x Trends Profiles l History Location of Trend Profile files relative to the web application root directory 14 26 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Trend Profiles Properties History In the History tab of the Trends Profile Properties dialog you can set the amount of time you wish to store history files on your PC You can either set it 10 days back or 20Mb free on disk default If for example you set the cache 10 days and you run out of free disk space before that the oldest history files will be erased and the newer ones kept Trends Profiles Properties zl Trends Profiles History l m Cache Settings Cache the last D days Keep at least EY Mb free on disk Creating Trend Viewers 14 27 14 28 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages e G About this chapter This chapter describes how to generate and edit HTML pages in the Wizcon for Internet system It also describes how to publish them on a Web server in order to view and interact with the application Overview on the following page gives basic information about what you need to know before generating HTML pages in the Wizcon for Internet system Generating HTML Pages with the Wizcon HTML Assistant page 15 6 describes how to generate HTML pages using the HTML assistant how to
613. u can jump to a specific position in an Image whether or not that position is defined as a zone gt To jump to a specific position in an Image Select Goto from the Options menu The Goto dialog appears Goas 1 ki Potion cma lz Define the value of one scale unit or use the default that appears in the Scale 1 field Then enter the X and Y coordinates of the position When all the information has been entered and confirmed the window will jump to the specified Image position 11 24 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Creating Picture Viewers A Picture Viewer displays a graphical representation of a process in a browser The Wizcon for Internet HTML assistant enables you to choose what graphical representation is displayed by the Picture Viewer when the HTML page is first opened by selecting one of the project Picture files Picture files are automatically generated and saved with a wnp extension when zones are created in an Image A single Picture file is created for every zone defined in an Image Zones and Picture files are described in more detail on page 11 21 This section describes how to generate a single HTML page that contains the Picture Viewer For details on generating a single HTML page that contains two or more objects refer to Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages Images 11 25 To create a Picture Viewer 1 Click the New HTML File icon in the toolbar or From the All Co
614. ue the relevant operation or operations are executed The following are example statements IF THI IF THI TEMP gt 100 N POWER 0 PRINTSA Boiling Water at TEMP Degrees Power Shut Obi LEVEL lt MINLEVEL AND RESERVE lt gt 0 AND SHOUR 12 N FEEDRATE 10 FEED 1 PRINT A Filling tank at rate FEEDRATE Note Since operations are executed as long as the respective conditions are met the same set of operations can theoretically be executed perpetually To prevent this from happening or to cause this to happen the operator can assign the following parameters Wizcon Language 16 3 Disregard Operations are executed as long as a specified condition is true Execute on Change Operations are executed only once when a condition becomes true Each Language statement can include a brief description Language Activation Wizcon Language activation is performed in two stages m Statements are defined the programming stage m Language statement scanning and execution parameters are determined The remainder of this chapter deals with the statement definition stage only 16 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Language Setup Menu gt Design Wizcon Language Settings Wizcon Language is a language program that can be accessed from within the Wizcon application The la
615. ulation commands are supported WizSQL does not support the standard SQL data definition commands for managing the DBMS Refer to the relevant SQL documentation for the full syntax of each SQL command Connect Disconnect Every WizSQL program must connect to the database with the standard CONNECT command and disconnect from the database using one of the standard COMMIT ROLLBACK RELEASE commands CONNECT can appear only in the initialization section while DISCONNECT can appear only in the termination section Connect command Syntax CONNECT user name IDENTIFIED BY password connect string CONNECT user name password connect string The user name password and connect string parameters are string expressions String expressions are described below Connect String optional Enables connection to different databases from two different Wizcon programs running in parallel WizSQL Wizcon SQL Support 24 17 If no connection string is given then the connection string is taken from the Wiztune global parameter WIZTUNE_ODBC_ATTRIBUTES database connection string Examples CONNECT PC Soft IDENTIFIED BY Wizcon or CONNECT USER PASSWORD Caution WizSQL cannot communicate with the RDB without the CONNECT command in the INIT section of the WizSQL file Disconnect command Syntax COMMIT WORK RELEASE ROLLBACK WORK RELEA
616. ule called WizSQL is to allow a two way data exchange between Wizcon and database management systems WizSQL can be configured to do the following m Store Wizcon data in user defined tables in a database management system The data can be online values of tags historical data or data derived by applying functions to Wizcon historical data H Retrieves data from database management system DBMS tables and updates Wizcon tags or other structures The connection between Wizcon and DBMS systems allows easy implementation of laboratory analysis systems batch tracing recipe management and order management applications WizSQL is a separate module which is run from the Wizcon application setup m WizSQL can also be used as an event driven language for doing calculations and extracting information from Wizcon history When used in this way an SQL database is not required 24 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide ODBC SQL Support WizSQL Module supports the Microsoft Open Database Connectivity ODBC interface allowing Wizcon to exchange data uploading and downloading with a variety of databases including Sybase INGRES INFORMIX DB 2 and others as well as file formats such as dBase and Paradox Note The Wizcon ODBC interface and the specific ODBC compliant driver to the relevant database must be obtained separately This section describes the following H Installing the Wizcon system files and the ODBC driver f
617. unction can return the hour at which a value of 1 0 was recorded the 2nd time For Repetition type a 0 to obtain the last time the value you specified appeared for that period For example Repetition 0 of value 100 will return the last time the tag had the value 100 Current value Returns the current value of a tag This function causes Wizcon to force read a tag when generating the report For examples refer to page 20 20 The following table indicates whether or not the SET initialization value of a tag stored in the history file is included in report function 20 16 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide calculations A plus means that the value will be included in the calculation and a minus means that it will not be included Function Last value Minimum Maximum Average Sum Integral Weighted average Total time for range Count for range Time of logging no Value of logging no Repetition of value SET Value Included Reports 20 17 Integral The Integral function returns the sum of a series of products Each product is the result of multiplying a single log value by the time elapsed until the next recording Note that the integral unit is not necessarily meaningful For example suppose the time interval is from 12 00 to 13 00 and there are three records in the historic file as follows Tag Name Tag Value Time of Logging ANAOO 11 12 00 ANAOO 5 12 10 ANAOO 7 12
618. unctions in Wizcon 5 for OS 2 than in Wizcon 7 On Windows The default font in Wizcon 7 On Windows is a Bitmap font In Wizcon 5 for OS 2 it is a vector font Windows does not support the shear characteristic of Vector fonts B 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide WR Wizcon 7 On Windows allows only basic patterns to be drawn in transparent color m OS 2 and Windows font names and typefaces are different For further information on Overcoming Image Font Differences see below m In most cases same images under Wizcon 5 for OSC and Wizcon 7 On Windows will not be shown the same size For detailed explanation see below Overcoming Image Font Differences Loading an OS 2 image in Windows produces the message Missing fonts A new conversion file FNTCNVT DAT eases the conversion process The file has one line per font system font not Wizcon as follows NAME1 Courier TYPE1 V SIZE1 0x0 NAME2 Courier New TYPE2 V SIZE2 0x0 NAME1 Tms Rmn TYPE1 B SIZE1 5x15 NAME2 MS Serif TYPE2 B SIZE2 6x14 If a font is not found while loading an image then the FNTCNVT DAT file if present in your system is read and used to create a conversion table NAMELI Font name in OS 2 NAME2 Parallel font name in Windows NT and Windows 95 TYPE V for vector font B for Bitmap font SIZE Must be 0x0 for vector font Font size for bitmap Converting Wizcon 5 Applications B 7
619. und color 12632256 N History directory Default Y N Directory name Y Z Data box setup Options Y N x y Cx cy 18 56 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide YY Y YY YN O STOA 768 85 Grid setup X axis Label Tick Y axis L T Tag L L PHASE2 Chart modes On line History Average Y N Grid Y N ON Y Chart options Scroll step 1 x Cross hair Y N Data box Y N 2NN m The first line specifies the Wizcon version number and should not be changed m The second line contains the Chart window attribute values The first two values represent the window coordinates x y and the next two values represent the window width and height respectively The values after the window height 1 for selected 0 for not selected represent the min max button title bar name in title system menu size border and menu bar options in that order The last value in the line 3 represents the window type Chart and should not be changed H The third line contains the title bar text of the Chart window specified originally in the Set Chart Window Attributes dialog as described in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Under Chart type Number of graphs for Chart type the following parameters can appear T represents a Time Chart XY_X represents an XY Chart with the X Tag Values option for Graphs Sort Reference XY_T represents an XY Chart with the Time option for Graphs So
620. und color for all alarms with a Zone between 1 and 50 will appear in black The background color for all alarms with a Zone between 51 and 100 will appear in blue History Online Mode Menu gt Options Online This option is used to select the Online mode for a list of alarms as they occur in the system or the History mode for a list of historical alarms To toggle the Events Summary mode select Online from the Options menu When the Online mode is not active no check appears beside the item the History mode is active Selecting the History mode enables the Report menu from which you can m Configure alarm reports with special filters as described on the following page m Specify the directory from which Wizcon 7 will extract the historical alarm data as described on page 9 19 Note Alarms must be defined as Record to File to be used in the History mode Events Summaries 9 15 Configuring Alarm Reports You can configure alarm reports with special filters as described below To configure alarm reports Select Design from the Report menu The Alarm Report Definition dialog is displayed Alarm Report Definition H omm frees mife es a 2 res freame zip fowm free z p omn feme zip fowo faee z C C E ee Rm mg The following options are available Note Where two sets of columns appear in a field the first set is used for From values and the second for To values Start time Specifies the range of d
621. use a range in which the first value is greater than the second the opposite effect will occur the object will be hidden for the range specified 13 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide For example if you use the range 10 4 9 for each of the settings the following will occur m The object will be filled for any value from 5 to 10 m The object will be hidden for any value from 5 to 10 Note You can select Force Dynamic Show from the Options menu in the Image window to cause a dynamic object in an Image to always appear even if that object is currently hidden in accordance with a Show Object specification Or you can click on the Force Dynamic Show icon Lei in the Image toolbar In addition note that the lower value must be a value within the range of show values for the hidden option to operate such as 10 4 9 described above Fill Colors and Types Some attributes that can be applied to dynamic objects are divided into several tag value ranges These attributes include Blink Line Color Fill Color Fill Type and Drum Each of these attributes is described in the following paragraphs Dynamic colors and patterns can be applied to objects by activating the Line Color Fill Color or Fill Type button Image Animation 13 13 Colors If you activate the Line or Fill Color button the following dialog is displayed Select Colors Low V bue Hight Vote H D 10 r5 EI Pei L d L d L d L sg Lg
622. use name collisions due to the fact that Wizcon 7 does not differentiate between attached gates and global gates To prevent such collisions a special mechanism is dedicated to the possibility of name collisions Note Since Wizcon for Windows does not support the dot character in gate names this character will be changed to an underscore _ For example a gate called SILO 7 in DOS will be converted to SILO_7 in Wizcon for Windows Global Gates gt To convert global gates To begin the conversion of global gates activate the Global Gates button in the Wizcon Conversion Utility dialog and wait for the conversion to complete The conversion report and error messages if any exist will appear in the Global Gates Conversion dialog Converting Global Gates EN Scanning WIZ BAT file for Pls OVPls found Loading global gates 7 global gates found loading 7 global gates loaded Converting global gates Global gates conversion completed Check the results in the list and correct any errors see troubleshooting guide later in this appendix If errors occurred correct them and repeat the step as necessary E 6 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Attached Gates gt To convert attached gates The conversion utility converts Wizcon attached gates to regular Wizcon 7 tags Two conversion passes are executed In the first pass the attached gate files GT are scanned name colli
623. ut If this option is not checked the search is simple meaning that the search is by the order of objects in the Image from the first object created to the last one 12 40 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide If a search fails a notification message is displayed with the searched string Modification As mentioned earlier Modify operations are used to change the appearance of an object color fill pattern and order for overlapping objects The following sections describe each of the Modify operations Toggle Fill Operations Toolbar gt E Menu gt Edit gt Operations gt Toggle Fill This operation is used to fill and unfill objects The Fill tool operates as a toggle Note When an object is unfilled it still retains its fill attribute which can be restored at any later time For segments when the right button is clicked on the Fill tool it toggles between setting each segment element to its original fill or unfill attribute gt To use the Toggle Fill tool 1 Select an object and click the left mouse button on the Toggle Fill tool E in the Operations toolbox Or 1 From the Operations Menu click Toggle Fill Image Editor 12 41 Bring to Front Send to Operations Toolbar gt Fal Menu gt Edit gt Operations gt Bring to Front The Bring to Front option enables you to place objects in the front of your Image You can change the way objects overlap or lie by shifting the object to the
624. uthorization section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Step 3 Defining Tags and Alarms Defining Tags Tags are I O points that are mapped from the PLCs to Wizcon as well as to internal dummy and calculated compound variables You can use tags in images charts alarms and all Wizcon functions When defining tags make sure that tag and block sample rates do not conflict with each other For more details about defining tags refer to Chapter 7 Tags Defining Alarms Once you define the tags continue by defining the alarms Alarms notify a user of an event in the process They can m Indicate the beginning of a process m Warn of a failure in part of the process Getting Started 4 11 When defining alarms it is possible to m Set different severity levels to control the grouping and displaying of the alarms m Target serious alarms to a pop up window ensuring that users will not perform any Wizcon function before clearing the alarm This is recommended Group alarms in families Assign an alarm to an object in an image This object will then change its graphical attributes whenever the alarm conditions are met m Assign a Help file to each alarm so the user will know what to do when an alarm begins For more information about defining alarms refer to Chapter 8 Alarms For more information about displaying alarms refer to Chapter 9 Events Summaries Step 4 Building the Application I
625. utomatically be displayed in the position in which they were saved You can also close all the open windows in your application as described below Capturing layouts assigning them to users and user log on is for local use only Layouts are not used when interacting with the application through a browser Capturing and Saving Layouts You can open Image Events Summaries History Viewers and Chart windows position them on your screen and save their position gt To save a layout In the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Section right click Layouts and select Capture Layout from the popup menu A standard Save As dialog is displayed in which you can save the layout The layout is displayed in the List of Layouts m To add additional window positions to an existing layout Specifying the existing layout file name in the Save As dialog Getting to Know the Application Studio 5 47 m To load a layout In the List of Layouts in the Wizcon Application Studio right click the required layout and select Load Layout from the popup menu m To delete a layout In the List of Layouts in the Wizcon Application Studio right click the layout you want to delete and select Delete Layout from the popup menu Assigning Layouts to Users When you have captured and saved a layout you can assign it to a user so that when the user logs in the layout is automatically displayed on the screen gt To assign a lay
626. utton an error message appears and a file called REPxxxxx MIS is generated where xxxxx is the name of the report you are saving This file contains the numbers of all the fields that were not defined and can be viewed using any text editor You can save your definitions in a file with a name that you specify The field definitions can then be used for other report definitions gt gt To name the report definitions file Activate the Save As button A dialog appears in which you specify the name of the file The field definitions that you save can then be used for other report definitions Reports 20 33 Generating a List of Report Fields Report lists can be generated and then edited using any text editor Editing a report list is described in more detail on page 20 35 gt To generate a list of report fields Activate the List button in the Field Summary dialog as shown on page 20 31 The Fields List dialog is displayed From fi To 3999 List Target Printer File RLS RE Cancel Help The Fields List dialog contains a From To field filter option The filter determines which fields will appear in the list generated Specify the list file name for the desired target file The default suffix RLS will be automatically attached to the file name you specified The output of the list is a text file which includes all the fields requested in the field range each line describes a field The format of t
627. ve Cancel Help 2 Select the macro you want to modify make the changes you require and activate the Change button 21 18 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 22 Wizcon DDE Support e 2 About this chapter This chapter describes how to use the Wizcon system as a DDE client or server as follows Overview on the following page describes an overview of DDE clients and servers DDE Address page 22 3 describes the DDE Address DDE transactions and Wizcon DDE Overview Using Wizcon as a DDE Client page 22 6 describes when to use WizDDE as a client WizDDE Client Definition page 22 7 describes how to define Wizcon as a DDE client and how to specify DDE addresses for tags WizDDE Client Block page 22 10 describes how to define and modify DDE client blocks DDE Command page 22 15 describes DDE commands Activating the WizDDE Client WIZDDEC page 22 16 describes how to run the WIZDDEC module WizDDE Server WIZDDES page 22 18 describes when to use and how to define Wizcon as a DDE server how to specify a DDE address in the client application and activate WIZDDES Excel to Wizcon Data Transfer page 22 22 describes how to send data from Excel to Wizcon Wizcon Macro From Client page 22 24 describes how to activate Wizcon macros from DDE client applications Wizcon 7 DDE Support 22 1 Overview The Dynamic Data Exchange DDE is a protocol that enables unrelated software pr
628. vents Summary a Chart and a History Viewer Load and Save Recipes Open multiple tags Open a single tag input Initiate Wizcon shutdown The main function of the Quick Access bar is to enable a user to initiate the following actions during runtime These actions can be customized so that only authorized users can initiate them as described in the Operator Access Authorization section of Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Select To do Open the Wizcon Application Studio as described in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Load a layout file lay Capture the layout of your open windows and save them o mu g Load an image file vim Images are described in more detail in Chapter 12 Image Editor Getting Started 4 3 Select To do ci Load an Events Summary file ann Events Summaries are described in more detail in Chapter 9 Events Summaries Load a chart file chr Charts are described in more detail in Chapter 18 Charts Load a History Viewer file anl History Viewer files are described in more detail in Chapter 19 History Viewers Load a recipe file as described in Chapter 17 Recipes Open the multiple tags utility as described in Chapter 25 Multiple Tags Opens a Single Tag input as described in Chapter 7 Tags WW R Rl Save a recipe as described in Chapter 17 Recipes Pu Users Setup as described in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Applica
629. vents Summary Profile Files 10 16 Chapter 11 Creating Images and Picture Viewers 00 11 1 Eeleren Ee eege 11 2 PICKUP VIEWS S agestoen Seeerei a ceevsan Age dE ez Gegen ees 11 2 The Image Window cccecseceeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeesneeseeeeneeseeesneeseeeeneeseeenneesesenneesesseeeseeeenes 11 3 The Image Toolbar and Toolboxves AA 11 5 Window Modes AAA 11 6 Layers ennaa EE 11 9 Layer Heften aaaea aE ATEA EARRA A DA AREA REAREA TAOTE KETAR IR HERRA Seed eege AKERRA 11 10 PONE EE 11 13 Forced Layer Display ranuro n O TO EAE 11 14 Forced Layer Aide srren iieii enai EEE aden AAE KEENE 11 15 Elaborate On Mode A 11 16 Moving Objects to Active Layer 11 16 AACE Cf E 11 17 Scrolling and Pannimg eseesseeeeesesssresissiestinsrtettnnstntttnnntnnnttnnnennnnnsen nenn nnnn 11 17 ZOOMMIMG DEE 11 17 Navigating anien eaea a a Eaa AEE A ANERE EE aa EEE 11 20 Defining e IEN 11 21 dumping to Zona Sais ao aaah tan hen Acedia aah 11 23 dumping To Foto Eve ta ia ta ada ie 11 24 Creating Picture Viewers ccscccsscssseeeeeeeeeeeneeseeesesneeensneeseeeeeseaeseneenenseeeeeaees 11 25 vi Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Image Technical Specifications sccsseccesceeeeseeesseeeeseeeenseeeseenseseaeseeeeeenenees 11 28 Standard Graphics Files JPG and BMP Support ceccceeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 11 29 Image Propertiee sic cceccccedsceteeeezentie anaia a iaasa ian aba CEA 11 30
630. ween buzzes Status Parameters The following options are available Buzz Acked Alarms Select this option if you want the buzz to operate on alarms that were defined to buzz even if they were acknowledged Buzz Ended Alarms Enables the buzz to operate on alarms that were defined to buzz even if they were ended Test Severity Buzz The following options are available Severity Specifies a severity number to test how the Popup will buzz for that severity Start Test Starts the buzz test A buzz will sound according to the parameters you defined in the dialog When the buzz is operating the Start Test button will change to the Stop Test button You can activate this button to terminate the test Note In the Popup the alarms causing the current buzzing will be marked by a small eight star marker in the left margin of the line that contains the alarm Events Summaries 9 31 Events Summary Properties This section describes how to define Events Summary tuning parameters as described below and Events Summary window attributes as described on page 9 35 Events Summary Tuning Parameters You can define Events Summary tuning parameters for alarm Help text and for the alarm list gt To define Events Summary properties From the All Containers section of the Wizcon Application Studio right click on Events Summaries and select Properties from the Popup menu The Events Summaries Properties dialog is displayed Even
631. which the recipes are derived Models must be defined before recipes Models are defined in the Wizcon Application Studio by right clicking Model Recipes and selecting New Recipe Model or by clicking the New Recipe Model button in the toolbar A recipe can then be defined by double clicking Model Recipes then right clicking on a model and selecting New Recipe H 12 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Reference Graph Report SCADA Server A reference graph is a graph with a predefined set of values chosen by the engineer The values are either supplied manually or taken from the history of a specific tag in a specific time period A reference graph is attached to a standard graph and is used to graphically represent the desired behavior of the standard graph The operator can graphically compare the actual behavior of a tag with the desired one See User Defined Report Wizcon 7 is a Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCADA system SCADA is a common process control application that collects data from sensors on the factory floor or in remote locations and sends them to a central computer for management monitoring and control It is used in many diverse industries such as oil and gas as well as water waste water and electrical systems To isolate and avoid overloading SCADA stations that control real time data the Wizcon 7 Server buffers and redirects data exchange transactions between the Management Vi
632. with that status Active alarms can be either Started unacked unended Acked and unended or Ended but unacked For example you can define the object to be red when the alarm is started green when it is acked and its default color when it is ended the options for this example are shown in the dialog above Line Color Activate to define the color of the border lines of the object The Image Alarm Color dialog is displayed as shown above 13 32 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Trigger Function Note that More than one animation option can be applied for each alarm object If the No Alarm option is selected in the Show Object When field the Animation field will be disabled A selected Animation option is indicated by a small arrow that appears beside the button label If more than one alarm is active in an alarm family the status of the alarm in order of severity will be as follows Started Ended Acked In the Trigger mode if the Acknowledge option is selected in the Trigger Function field and you click on the object to acknowledge the alarm all the alarm instances will be acknowledged The Alarm Collapse mechanism is described in the WizPro section of Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Select Acknowledge to cause the alarm associated with the object to be acknowledged whenever the object is selected in the Trigger mode described in Chapter 12 Image Editor
633. x Right click an object and select the Dynamic Definition option from the popup menu E From the Edit menu point to Operation and select Dynamic 13 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide The Dynamic Parameters dialog is displayed Dynamic Parameters m Ranged Parameters Station Tag From To STATION sl 0 D fi fo STATION SILO3 D po je WE em WE op S m Multi Range Parameters Station Tag e e STATION gt SILO3 M X X X X Web disabled The following options are available Ranged Parameters Includes the following fields Station Specifies the station running the Wizcon application to which the tag belongs To select a station from the list of stations defined in the Wizcon network click on the arrow to the right Tag Specifies the tag associated with the selected object To select an existing tag click on the arrow to the right From Specifies the minimum tag value for which the animation will occur To Specifies the maximum tag value for which the animation will occur Image Animation 13 5 Animation Specifies the dynamic operation to be performed on the selected object for the specified tag value range The operations include the following Move 1 Positional variation 1 Move 2 Positional variation 2 Scale Scale variation Rotate Orientation variation Fill Command to fill an object Show Specifies t
634. y On mode Select Copy On from the Modes menu A check beside the item indicates it is active In addition to the Copy mode the following methods can also be used to copy objects m In the Select mode described in the Selection section on page 12 33 when an object or group of objects is selected for a move or resize operation while the lt Ctrl gt key is held down the Copy mode is activated for that operation H To copy an object to the clipboard Press the Ctrl Insert key combination Image Editor 12 45 Move m To paste an object from the clipboard Press the Shift Insert key combination For more details about clipboard operations refer to the Clipboard Operations section on page 12 49 Image gt Operations gt Move This operation is used to move objects from one location to another As opposed to the move operation described in the Selection section mode on page 12 33 this move operation is useful for long distance moving from zone to zone area to area etc since the mouse button does not have to be held down while dragging the object To move an object 1 Select one or more objects 2 From the Edit menu point to Operations and select Move from the popup menu 3 Click on the left mouse button The cursor changes to a bi directional arrow 4 Click the left button on a starting point 5 Move the frame of the object s to the desired location and click the left button Clicking the right mous
635. y button the value you specified will be simulated and any dynamic or trigger object associated with that tag will be affected accordingly gt To set the simulation range 1 Activate the Range button in the Simulate Tag Value dialog The following Simulating Tag Values Range dialog is displayed Simulating Tag Values Range Lower Limit ig Upper Limit 65535 Cancel Help Enter the range limits The scroll bar in the Simulate Tag Values dialog will immediately be adjusted to the new range See the previous page Image Animation 13 63 13 64 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 14 Creating Trend Viewers TR x About this chapter This chapter describes how to create and modify a Trend Profile to compare device functionality and correlate actions and responses It also describes how to create a Trend Viewer that displays these past and current events in a browser according to the definitions specified in the Trend Profile Overview on the following page describes an overview of Trend Profiles and describes how to interact with a Trend Viewer on the web Creating Modifying Trend Profiles page 14 7 describes how to define and modify a Trend Profile Creating Trend Viewers page 14 22 describes how to create a Trend Viewer by generating an HTML page from the Trend Profile Importing Trend Profiles page 14 25 describes how to import a Trend Profile from another Wizcon for I
636. y mode the Chart time is fixed In the Online mode the Chart time will continuously change according to the current time gt To define the Chart time periods On the Chart that is displayed double click on the time scale or From the Setup menu select Time definition The Chart Time Definition dialog is displayed Chart Time Definition Chart start time Days back Time ft 00 00 00 l Relative date b Indicator m Chart time period Days Hours Minutes Kap as m Window time period Days Hours Minutes Seconds Cancel Help Charts 18 11 The following options are available Chart start time Specifies the date and time from which the data will begin to be monitored Click in the Indicator field to select one of the following options Absolute Specifies an exact time and date For example if you specified the date 08 05 96 and the time 15 10 00 the data will monitored from 3 00 PM on August 5 1997 Relative Specifies the amount of time until the data begins to be monitored For example for time 10 00 00 and date 3 the data will begin to be monitored in three days 72 hours and 10 hours after runtime Relative Date Specifies the number of days until the data begins to be monitored The time remains absolute For example for time of 10 00 00 and date of 3 the data will begin to be monitored on the third day after runtime at 10 00 00 AM Chart time peri
637. yer in uppercase Lowest scale included in that layer Highest scale included in that layer Group authorization for that image Style of the font which the user sets when he define a new font Font name B for bitmap V for vector LR I RL TB BT BLD amp I ITL amp UND amp l STK Size of the font The name of the zone that the user wrote when he defined it The x parameter of the zone s center point The y parameter of the zone s center point The scale of that zone Index of the object Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 17 Pattern num Filled XI pos YI pos X center Y center Widthin Widthout X left Tag name Formula Macro name High val Low val Buttons order Extra buttons Display mode Digital options File Value assignment Ticks pos Show option Rate Color Trigger options Number String Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number String String String Number Number String String String String String String String String String 0 lt Number lt 16 String Pattern of the object EMPTY FILLED X parameter of a point Y parameter of a point X parameter of a center point Y parameter of a center point Width in Width out X parameter of the left point Y parameter of the left point X parameter of the top point Y parameter of the top point X parameter of the right point
638. ying Recipes page 17 11 describes how to set the tag values of an on going process to a specified recipe Recipe Properties page 17 12 describes how to determine the tag value and the recipe that will be loaded on startup Additional Information page 17 13 provides additional information concerning files and communications Recipes 17 1 Overview This chapter describes recipes lists of tag values that are applied to specific control processes Value groups are applied to a control process to cause the process to enter a desired working state In Wizcon when a recipe is applied the tags listed in that recipe are set to the corresponding values that you specified A tag in a recipe can be assigned a set value or associated with the value of another tag If a tag is associated with another tag its value will be the current value of the tag with which it is associated at the time the recipe is applied Creating recipes involves two steps m Creating a recipe model as described on page 17 3 m Creating a recipe based on a model as described on page 17 6 Recipe Files Recipes are stored as simple text files Therefore they can be used to exchange information between Wizcon and other programs Models Recipes are defined and grouped using models A model is a prototype list of tags from which recipes are derived In Wizcon models must be defined before recipes However while each recipe must belong to a model recipe
639. ying Trend Profiles ccseccesceesesecesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesseesestenenseeeees 14 7 Adding a Tag to the Trend Profile ee eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneaeeeeneeaees 14 8 Specifying the Date and Time 14 12 Specifying the X Axis Time Format 14 17 Specifying Trend Profile Display cccccececeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesaeeteneeees 14 19 Modifying Trend Profiles AA 14 21 Creating Trend Viewer cccccccesccssseecsseesseeeesseeesseeseseeeenseeeeeeeeessaeseseenenseeeneeees 14 22 Importing Trend Profiles cccseccecesseeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeseseeneeseseeneeseseeneeseseeneeeeseenenes 14 25 Changing the Default Location of Trend Profile Files ssssssessseeee 14 26 Trend Profiles Properties History ccccsseeceeeseeeceeeseeeeeenseeeeenseeeeeenseeneeenees 14 27 x Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Chapter 15 Generating HTML Pages ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 1 RA 15 2 Planning WE Le DEE 15 3 Generating HTML Pages with the Wizcon HTML Assistant cseccseeeees 15 5 Generating a Single HTML Page With Two or More Objects eeseeesseesseee 15 5 Building HTML Pages Manually cccceseeeceseseeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeseseeneeseseeneeeeseeenens 15 8 Editing HTML KEE 15 10 Importing e VOR GUTE 15 10 Deleting HTML EE 15 11 Changing the Default Location of HTML Files eee cece eee eee ene ene erates 15 11 Publishing an Appli
640. yl pos gt lt x2 pos y2 pos gt poly position VERTICS lt x pos yl pos gt n n number of vertexes in the poly Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format G 7 Circle ellipse position CENTER lt x center vi center gt PARAMS lt Righted point on the circumference gt gt gt gt lt Leftward point on the circumference gt Righted point on the circumference e Cl pos yl pos gt Leftward point on the circumference lt xl pos yl pos gt Pipe position WIDTHIN widthin WIDTHOUT widthout VERTICS lt x pos yl pos gt n n number of vertexes in the pipe Circarc position lt x left y left gt lt x top y top gt lt x right y right gt text information START lt x pos yl pos gt FONT font style FACENAME font name TEXT_SIZE font size T_font direction T_ font data STRING text ANOT optional when the object is a simple text object Trigger definition Data entery Action Smooth Buttons Bit trigger Momentary Data entry TRIGGER DIRECT GATE tag name POSITION lt x pos yl pos gt G 8 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Action TRIGGER IMMEDIATE GATE tag name NOT optional incase that a FORMULA is defined in the next line FORMULAE formula
641. zcon to appear in the task list This prevents unauthorized users opening or closing Wizcon Select YES to place Wizcon in the task list Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect This parameter is represented by the Put Wizcon in task list field of the General tab in the Station Properties dialog as described in the Station Properties section in Chapter 5 Getting to Know the Application Studio Default Value YES C 14 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide LGRBUFSIZE This parameter determines the WizPro logger buffer size for history files in lines records Maximum is 2 048 records Increase the value for this option if it is anticipated that a large number of changes will occur at once at any time during the Wizcon session Restart Wizcon to implement changes This parameter is represented in the Buffer size field in the Wizpro Logger tab of the Tag Properties dialog For more details refer to the Defining Tag Properties section in Chapter 7 Tags Default Value 256 records LGRFLSHTIME This parameter determines a value that will represent the WizPro logger flush to disk rate in seconds for history files Maximum is 3 600 seconds Restart Wizcon for changes to take effect The parameter is represented in the Flush rate field in the Wizpro Logger tab of the Tag Properties dialog as described in the Defining Tag Properties section of Chapter 7 Tags Default Value 30 seconds Tuning Paramet
642. ze and location of the object You can then define the area which the graphic object will fill using an outline box After the initial click simply move the outline box by moving the mouse to the end point of the object and click again Image Editor 12 49 Note that if you start by clicking on a high point and move down and click on a lower point the graphic object will appear upside down unless that object is in the bitmap format Wizcon supports the following data formats Image Parameters This format is used by Wizcon to create Image objects Each object in a Wizcon Image includes several parameters such as Dynamic Trigger etc that tell Wizcon how that object behaves If this format is used when transferring an object from to the Clipboard that object will include special Wizcon Image parameter information Bitmap Bitmap is a graphic format that tells the application to consider the graphic element whether it is text or drawing as a solid unit including its background The bitmap graphic element is captured by pixels and any mark appearing within the captured area will be included in the final element For a Copy to Clipboard operation Wizcon will copy a selected object s in all of the formats described above For a Paste from Clipboard operation Wizcon will paste the Clipboard object first in the Image parameter format if the object is in that format If the object is not in the Image parameter forma
643. ze performance and enhance functionality Appendix D VFI5FST VFI Fast describes the VFISFST tuning parameter Appendix E Wizcon DOS to Wizcon 7 Conversion Utility provides instructions on how to convert Wizcon DOS applications to Wizcon 7 for Windows 1 4 Wizcon for Windows and Internet User s Guide Appendix F Networking with OPC Using DCOM provides instructions for accessing data from remote OPC servers using DCOM and explains how to troubleshoot DCOM problems with OPC servers Appendix G Wizcon ASCII ILS File Format describes the structure and format of the Wizcon for Windows and Internet ASCII ILS file Appendix H Glossary provides a description of the terms and definitions used in this manual Using this Guide 1 5 What You Should Know Before you start using Wizcon and work through this user s guide you should be familiar with the Windows NT and Windows 95 operating systems You should also know how to do the following m Operate an IBM PC or compatible m Use a mouse m Use a dialog Typographical Convention This guide uses the following typographical conventions This symbol indicates a menu or menu path and the item within the menu that you need to select to perform the task as it is described in the section that follows For example Menu gt Operator This symbol indicates that a feature is not supported or applicable an on the Web lt gt G 1 6 Wizcon for Windows

Wizcon 7.5 - User manual (English).

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents